ve eS 4 aR TEMES
SRSA ene
ya oo in a

athe

Pea skal
eee

yd

2)

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

LIBRARY

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

‘as
buchos.
Seem ber tf, 1895 Abruary 19,1896.

PRA SACTIONS

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

VOL. XIX., for 1894-95.

[With Ten Puatszs. |

INCLUDING PROCEEDINGS AND REPORTS.

EDITED BY PROFESSOR RALPH TATE.
$$$

-
ISSUED DECEMBER, 1895.

bas Adelaide:

W. €. RIGBY, 74, KING “WILLIAM STREET.

Fd

Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South

Australia, from Europe and America, should be addressed

‘per W. C. Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co.,
35, Milk Street, Cheapside, London,”

Ropal Society of South Mustravia.

> ae

Patron:

HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.

EC OE ee

[Elected October 1, 1895.]

President :

WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S.

Vice-Dresidents :
REV. THOS. BLACKBURN, B.A.
PROFESSOR R. TATE (Representative Governor).

Bon, Treasurer:

WALTER RUTT, C.E.

Gon, Pecretarics:
W. L. CLELAND, M.B. | W. B. POOLE.

atlembers of Gouncil:

SAMUEL DIXON. PROFESSOR E. H. RENNIE
WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S. D.Se., FG
J. S. LLOYD. W. H. SELWAY, Jon.

E. C. STIRLING, M.D., M.A., C.M.G., F.B.S.

© ONE aN Tea.

PART I. (Issued July, 1895.) PAGE.
Parknovse, T. A.: Native See in the Be arounaee’ of Port
Darwin 1
freuen, J. G. O.: ve or Little. caeee Orthopters edt tee
Callabonna , , 19
GoypDER, G. A.: Batons of ips Craiae Beane upon i
Cyanide-process for Gold-extraction : ie igo)
BLACKBURN, Rev. T.: Description of New Gace and Species of
Australian Coleoptera (X VII.) ? Pager 7!
Howcuin, W.: New Facts pearing on the Glacial Reaiiees of
Hallett’s Gore oe y, Ea null
MouLpeEN, J. C.: Petrographical loncereatons on some South Aus-
tralian Rocks ? 70
Tare,2PRor. R.: A SD dniomicne? to a eaters of tie mig: ct Beta
tropical South Australia 79
Verco, Dr. J. C.: Descriptions of New Specie a Maeaas iraindes
of South Australia (Plates 1-3) : 84
Verco, Dr. J. C.: A Revision of the Recent Gasteropods of ae '
Australia (i. ) 94
Tate, Pror. R., and ae ANT, ah neat of the irate Ter-
tiaries of Australia, Part II., Victoria (continued ) 108
PART II. (Issued December, 1895.)
DauL, Knut: Treatment after Circumcision in the pay River
Tribe, Northern Territory . . 122
SLOANE, THomas G.: Notes on “Cambide ion, Tate pane eee
Central Australia ... 124
ETHERIDGE, R., JUN. : Additional Plant Rane from be Leigh
Creek Coalfield, Central Australia (Plates 4-6) 138
Treprer, J. G. O.: Notes on Victorian and other Blattavi ea
Descriptions of New Species : : 146
SmitTH, Dr. G. ELiior: The oonmnaatiee eistoray of the one tin
of Notoryctes typhlops (Plates 7-9) : : ve LGT
Howcurs, Waurer: Carboniferous Foraminifera of Weston Aus-
tralia, with Descriptions of New Species (Plate 10) coum, LE
Howcuin, WALTER: Two New Species of Cretaceous Foraminifera
(Plate 10, pars.) ae 198
BLACKBURN, Rev. T.: Description of New Gane and Species of
Australian Coleoptera (XVIII. ) * ; 201

1V.

PAGE.
Abstract of Proceedings . es pe aed ... 259
Annual Report and Balance- sheek oe a re ... 264
Presidential Address... si oe _ a: sad 206
Donations to the Library =e 4 ard 2 Sa IO
List of Fellows ae a a se - na )2e80

APPENDICES.

Proceedings, Annual Report, and Balance-sheet of the Field Natura-

lists’ Section rae 289
Proceedings, Annual tec ae an Balance- avout of atts Astronomia
Section... : » ie gee

Proceedings, Annual Report sind Palance ated of the Malacologieen
Section... es ve ots ee .. 294

REMARKS ON THE NATIVE TONGUES IN THE
NEIGHBORHOOD OF PORT DARWIN.

By T. A. Parkuouse, formerly Accountant and Paymaster 8.A’
Railways, Port Darwin.

[Read November 6, 1894. ]

The aborigines in whose country Port Darwin is situate are
the Larraki‘a, of whom Mr. Paul Foelsche has given some
interesting particulars in a previous paper.* They inhabit a
tract of land embracing the seaboard from Shoal Bay to South-
port, together with some portion of the country west of that
port. At the forty-six mile on the railway line we pass their
southern border, and going through a neutral belt of some eight
or ten miles, strictly preserved and upon which none trespass
without good reason, at near Rum Jungle enter into the terri-
tory of the Awarra, whose southern boundary is the Howley.
At about Fountain Head commences the country of the Aggra-
kundi, extending to the Union and perhaps to near Pine Creek.
Beyond Pine Creek to the Katharine are the Addéwen (?) and
Mennagi (?). To the east of the Larraki‘a, from Marrakai
cattle station on the Adelaide River to Shoal Bay and thence
along the seaboard to beyond Escape Cliffs, are the Wulnar ;
and east of these again and abutting on the Agegrakundi are
the Mary River (! Berigurruk) and Alligator River tribes, the
country of the latter extending south as far as the Eveleen.

These districts are subdivided among the several families of
the tribes. I am of opinion that each family has its own proper
name, but I have no evidence that this is the case; nor do I find
totems, or that there is any restriction as to food. The laws
governing marriage, too, remain to be discovered ; I have little
information except that in certain instances, where the indi-
viduals were pointed out, a would have been the wife of 6 had a
been born a girl, or 6 the wife of c were 6 female <A Larraki‘a
stated, in the first instance, that the issue was from a common
forefather, 6 being descended in male line from one wife, and a
descended in female line (until a) from another wife. These
cases may simply mean that the parents arranged a marriage
before the birth of the infants, sex being favorable.

These natives are tall, well-set, and of an excellent carriage.
They are clean-limbed and with little hair on the face, thus
differing from the race south of the MacDonnell Ranges, to

* Transactions Roy. Soc. S.A., vol. V., 1881-2.

2

whom they are superior, not only in stature and symmetry, but,
generally speaking, in feature likewise. The aborigines of the
Alligator and Mary River tribes, which possess similar character-
istics and will probably be found to be in alliance, are the finest
in physique and apparently the most numerous. They are feared
by the other tribes, whom they hold in small esteem. A party
of the former tribe every year or two make their way to Port
Darwin, but they are not welcome visitors and the Larraki‘as
breathe more freely when their five or six weeks’ sojourn is at an
end. At Burrundi, where a camp is formed by some of them
nearly every year, the Aggrakundi vacate the place entirely at
their approach. Their speech is fuller, deeper, and more
resonant than that of the others, and I regret that I am unable
to give examples—“ kwaokh-dong-‘aok” (fire), Alligator River,
is the only word I have noted.

Second to these physically are the Wulnar and Larraki‘a,
allied tribes between whom intermarriages are frequent ; some
families of the Wiulnar, indeed, have a permanent camp at Port
Darwin. In the speech of the Wiulnar a pretty intonation is
observable, not used by the other tribes, but which Mr. Joseph
Bradshaw tells me he found in a tribe in the north of Western
Australia. The cadence is especially noticeable in the conversa-
tion of the girls and younger women, but, curiously enough, I
have not heard it adopted by a Larraki‘a conversing in Wulnar,
nor is it used by a Wiilnar speaking Larraki‘a. For example,
“enough” is in Larraki‘a “banuk,” and in Wilnar “®",,, -ya;”
or, while a Larraki‘a calls a mosquito “lamtda,” an Awarra says
“nael,”? and an Aggrakundi “kimmiel,’ the Wutlnar chants
P RORR e e So also in ‘“unggoingi,” the first syllable
‘“ung-” is said in an even tone, there is a fall upon “-go”
gliding into “ in-,” and a rise for the final syllable ‘-gi.”

Inferior to the Larraki‘a and fewer in numbers are the Awarra
and Aggrakundi, who again are allied tribes ; indeed they have
been hitherto known to Europeans only as Wulwoéngga, and a
member of either tribe will so designate himself. The Aggra-
ktundi, it is said, were formerly more powerful and in alliance with
a tribe called Awinmil, whose head camp was at Burrundi, but
the mortality of one bad season so reduced the numbers of
both tribes, and especially of the Awinmil, that they became
one.

There is no dialect common to any of these tribes in addition
to the tribal tongue, as in some parts of Queensland. A
Larraki‘a can hold no converse with a Wulnar unless one has
learnt the language of the other, nor an Awarra with an Aggra-
kundi except he be bi-lingual. The construction of the language,
however, is the same throughout, the difference being merely in

3

the words used, and its simplicity is well exemplified in the
examples given at the foot of each page in the vocabulary
annexed. :

The Larraki‘a verb is often in some moods and tenses rendered
by the same form, as “‘ mogwiri,” you two go, or may we two go,
or will we two go. Thus “ ngigari mogwiri,” where the variation
except for euphony is only in the pronominal prefixes ‘‘ngi-” and
‘““mo-,” meant “you go on (ngigari), we two will come after
(mogwiri) ;” “ bagbirra mogwiri banmogwinma” was a question in
which one of two boys asked whether they might carry my bag ;
‘“‘brédema mogwiri baimitum,” spoken to their fellows at another
time, explained that the speaker and another lad were on the
way to buy bread. The indicative future-simple and the perfect
are rendered : as “ neggellipmerk,” you will return, “ neggellip-
menerk,” you have returned. The imperative, “give me,” is
“‘an-ngok,” and “ I am about to have given to me” is “‘annagok ;”
as, ‘erribédkwa anngok,” give me a light, “‘tobakkwa annagok,”
he is going to give me tobacco presently ; “nagok,” I give to
you, “ minnannagok,” he will give to you and me. “Ngigiddjyi”
tells one to arise; “neggogiddjyi” enquires whether you are
getting up or asserts the fact.

Thus, “dallipmenérk dallipbing” indicates in da- the third
person plural, -alip- is the root, -me- the perfect tense, -merk the
direction towards and not from; while -bing in the second word
denotes the continuance of their absence, the meaning being,
“They have come back and cleared out ”’—broken up camp, gone
away not to return. So in “ dallipbing dalaji,” they have cleared
out and gone away. While, as in “ngigdri” in the example
given above, “ go” is “-gari,” “ gone” is represented by -lajz, and
for “been gone” dra is prefixed ; as “‘bilaji,” he is gone, “ bara-
bildji,” he has been gone. As “-merzk” indicates the direction
towards, so -wm signifies ‘‘ from ”—“‘ nogélderk,” for instance, run
to me, “ndgoldum,” run from me.

In nouns I find no variation in declension for number, person,
or case.

The Larraki‘a personal and possessive pronouns are—

Separable. Inseparable. Separable.

Anannga an-, I, me anagi, mine

amille* — I myself anang-emilla, belongs to me
it‘uma ngi- or ne-, you it‘ennagi, yours [myself
yaba bi-, he, she, it, him, her bidnnagi, his, &c.

bimilla — himself, &c.

dorendbirra — we, us dorennagi, ours

moanmil/la mo-, youand I, heand I modannage, belongs to us two
biddendbira do- or da-, they, these biddennagi, them

* -muella (German ii) is a term of emphasis, as ‘‘ patj‘i,” he is good ; ‘‘ patch‘imilla,”-he
is good fellow, 7.e., very good.

~

to which must be added the inseparable “go-,” this fellow,
“kwond-,” those fellows, and “ gonbodénnagi,” belongs to this
or those fellows.

T have not learnt an inseparable first person plural as distinet
from the third, or any second person plural. ‘ Ngigari” (be off
with you), for instance, was used in addressing several or one ;
Father Konrath has, however, “ gurangura,” you, and “ gurenn-
ege,” yours (pl.).

One notes in the Larraki‘a first person singular ‘“‘ananga” the
similarity to the Hebrew “anoki” and the Moabite “anak ;”
followed in Wilnar by “tantinga” and in Awarra by “ngzak,”
but lost altogether in the Aggrakundi “‘arraman.” ‘The first
person singular “a-” and ‘“go-” and the dual “mo-” or mau-
compare with the Polynesian,* and the third person ‘“ ya-ba”
with ia. The occurrence of “it‘uma” as a pronoun of the second
person in Larraki‘a and of ituwma (ye) in Oceanic is scarcely
fortuitous.

So, too, the New Zealand, Samoa, and Hawaii /a compares with
the Larraki‘a “lallira” and Awarra ‘“miral” (sun); Samoa
lalanga (to broil), and the Polynesian /ani, langi (day), with
Larraki‘a “illdngwa” (day); Tonga Jo-nguto (the lips) with
Wilnar “liungitperner” (the jaw); Samoa alanga (to shout),
Larraki‘a “aléngea” (to growl, as at an interloper) ; Polynesian
io, Awarra “yo,” Larraki‘a “g‘o” (yes); Hawaii and Tahiti waha,
Rarot. and Mangar waa (talk, gossip), with Wulnar ‘“‘ weyer”
(talk), ‘‘waoba” (mouth), “waoler” (laughing), “ waol” (ear);
Polynesian wat (fresh drinking water), wai-w (milk, lt. breast-
water), North Celebes aki, akei, with Wulnar “aeke” (water),
Larraki‘a “ kwiumung-gaoppowei” (milk) ;; Ceram (Gah.) arr,
Palaos Islands arrall,t Larraki‘a “kwarroa” (water) ; Palaos
tut, Awarra “dutut” (milk); Bougainville Islands ka/a, || Larraki‘a
“kallaguk” (one).

* See Fornander, ‘‘ Polynesian Race,” page 24.

+Father Konrath had ‘‘ gumungappa” and ‘‘quiumungappa,” Mr. P.
Foelsche ‘“‘ gunnimkappa,” and I had written ‘‘kwiumunngappa.” My
boy, however, told me, ‘‘ That one no proper. You say all same black-
fellow—kwi-u-minng-gdop-powei,” a correction I verified when more
familiar with the tongue. Although not in use by the Larraki‘a, abba,
kappa, &c., are common aboriginal terms for water, and, in association
with amung, the idiom breast-water is preserved. This link of the Poly-
nesian wai, and the awwei (water) of South Australian tribes, with the
kappa of other tribes, although of little value apart from evidence bearing
upon the origin of gaop is not without interest. The Wtilnar aeke and
Awarra wik, it will be observed, point to wéi k...?... with an apocope, and
the Larraki‘a kwaorrowa to kwo arra wai.

+ Wilson, ‘‘An Account of the Pelew Islands.”

|| Guppy, ‘‘ Solomon Islands and their Natives.”

5

_ Many of the words used by the Port Darwin aboriginals recur
among far distant Australian tribes—the Larraki‘a and Wiulnar
‘“kap” (be silent) in the kapo of the Marowra at the junction of
the Murray and Darling Rivers;* “banbanning,” Larr., and
‘‘illebidbanna,” Wul. (I do not know, /7é. see), in ila bano nato,
Mar. (I did not hear) ; “‘bunbano,” Larr. (women with children),
in kumbunbano, Mar. (any number of women); “ anngoka,”
Larr., ngoka, Mar. (give me), again reproduced in the nooka of
the Cornu.

Among the Narrinyeri of Encounter Bay lakkin (throwing a
spear) compares with “laggin,” Awarra (throwing away); yakkai
(ah! oh!), Narr. and Larr.; the Narrinyeri ngan, Marowra
ngana, the nanni of the Diyeri of Lake Eyre, nganno of the
Lake Kopperamano aboriginals, and the Larriki‘a “anannga” (I,
me). Again, the Larraki‘a “‘ndow‘d” is repeated in the Diyeri
noa (husband); and “bolinyi” is not lost in the Diyeri palina
(dead), and, further modified, is traceable in the palone of Yardea
and piallano of Venus Bay.

In eastern Australia we find the Awarra “yo” (yes) in
Kamilaroi;+ the Awarra “yan” (come, go) at Georges River,
Botany Bay, in the yannin of the Dippil tribe at Moreton Bay,
and the yennan of the Turrubul on the Brisbane River, and it is
repeated at Lake Amadeus, Central Australia (yan, walk.);{ the
Larraki‘a “ ginnyi” (sit), Dippil ninnai, Turrubul nginnen, and
the nginne of the Pikumbul tribe at Calandoon in Queensland ;
Larraki‘a “kwi-amung-gaoppowei” and Dippil amung (breast).

As noted by the Rev. W. Ridley, M.A., of Sydney, with
respect to the Kamilaroi, so the Larraki‘a gives intensity to any
expression of thought or feeling by prolonging the last or the
root syllable. Thus the longer yaokkei-ii is held the greater the
expression of wonder or sorrow, the longer the ai in “argai” the
more intense the pain or the greater the weariness, while in
dirriwa he dwells on dirrr to magnify the distance.

In Western Australia the Awarra appellation for the moon re-
appears among the Pidong of the Murchison River and the Wal-
lawe of Yarrgabie Station as the name of the sun (“karrong,”
karong, kurrung), the Awarra “yan” (come) in yannma (go),
yoann, yannar (come), and the Larraki‘a “neginnyi” in nginna
(sit); the Larraki‘a “¢‘o” in Pidong ngow or kwa and Wallawe
kua (yes); Larraki‘a and Pidong “yokkai” (oh!), In the
puddja of the Minninng tribe of the Fraser Range is found the
Larraki‘a “ paddji” (good), and the Awarra “aliddma” (teeth) in

* Holden, “‘ South Australian Folklore,” edited by the Rev. G. Taplin.
* Ridley, ‘“‘ Kamilaroi and Other Australian Languages.”
+ W. H. Willshire, ‘‘Aborigines of Central Australia.”

6

the Minninng thalidd.* Here, too, it is to be observed one word
as in Larraki‘a, expresses both eating and drinking.

The same expression “sitting down” for residing or abiding
with is observable in the Larraki‘a of the north, the Narrinyeri
of South Australia, and among the aborigines on the eastern coast
of New South Wales; and I doubt not such other idioms as ‘‘ Me
been lose ’em; by-and-bye me find ’em” (I forgot it; I shall
remember presently), ‘Him bite me” (a thorn prick), “all about”
(many), “ Water sit down” (a pool of water is there), “ What
name!” (what is it? what am I to do?) are equally widespread.
Idiomatic turns of expression deserve more attention than they
receive, and they should be recorded word for word both in the
native tongue and in the blackfellow’s interpretation in English.

In concluding my paper, I wish to express my thanks to the
Rev. Father O’Brien, 8.J., of the Northern Territory Mission,
for much valuable information concerning the Larraki‘a.

ORTHOGRAPHY.

a, as ain father; @, as in mate; for a in mat, double the con-
sonant, as matt, fann.
i for ee in esteem and for y in any; also frequently for we in
German muede; foriin kitchen double the consonant, as kittchen.
ei for ey in they
ei Fees Smet
Le ee Oe
CBs why Oey
aw“ ow “* now
ao * ao ‘ Macao, and aw in fawn
wy hoo + fool, mm fall
kw “ qu “ queen
g, as in gun; 7 for g in gin
dj for dg in dudgeon; jj for dge in judge
kh, guttural only
The aspirate is represented by the sign (‘ ).
Letters in italics are frequently elided or only indicated.
Norr.—The aspirate is often associated with the sound of y,
as in Larrakiy‘a, ity‘uma, padjy‘, &c.; although much import-
ance is attached to it, on account of its redundancy and follow-
ing the usual custom I have omitted it except in a few words.
The letters f and v appear, but the former is rather pf or bf, and
the latter partook of a y quality. Ther final in the Wiulnar is
usually a reproduction of the Cockney final, represented by r’ in
Glossic, rather than an r. To a European ear di is usually heard
as 1, rarely as d; but the Larraki‘a is less concerned at the omis-
sion of / if the d sound is retained ; 7 is often mistaken for /.

*Lindsay’s ‘“‘Journal of the Elder Scientific Exploring Expedition,
1891-2 ”’—vocabularies by L. A. Wells.

fi

VOCABULARIES.

LARRAKI‘A.
Afternoon (sun go down), kwillin- | bamboo trumpet, mammillima
nowa bandicoot, kwarraballa
adulterer (suspicious character),! | banian tree, kdlonamirma
b‘umatium beats, he, binyom ; one who beats,
ah! oh !? yakkei binyombirra
all, many, binolka, gonyolka before, in front, mdlgoroa; one pre-
alligator, gumaondera ceding, molgoroamilla
alone, ‘uludbing; all by myself*, | behind, last,® trimmkoa
alludjimilla belly, m‘tidloma ; full, neddlabok ;
altogether (entirely), gwilling empty, gollomang
always, balmok belongs to me, him, this or these
anger, kwiuroa; a_ bad - tempered fellows, an-, bia-, gonboden- -nage;
man, kwiuronambirra to me myself, anang-amille
angry—I am, you are, ana-, na- | belt (hair), br‘iraelma
-murring between, or the middle one, balall
animal, mammillbirra big, gwillage, gwillagwang
another,* gallagawirra bird, mudjira
ant (little common), dimmirrinda bite, ‘andowei®
apron (male’s fringe), l‘diyera black (see dark), binyuminnkoe,
arm, kwiaverndara k‘uminnkoe
armlet, mérakkma blackfellow (s. and pl.), biliewira
ashes, white, daddag‘utida; charred, | blind (night person), dlamon-ngapin-
gwianunoroa a
attend, listen, inna blood, dumattilla
Baby, dulda, dorre blunt, kwiunn-gullpup
back, the, gimuleng bone, nimirringwa
bad (no good and sick)—he is, this | book (see marks), mendirrema
fellow is, b6-, go- -‘arra box, boat, steamer, mérrima
bag, daudiwa boy, little, nimm ; big, nimmgololo;
bald (forehead big), mudbirma children, nimmba
gwillaga breast, man’s, daramoldera; woman’s
bamboo, gwierzkgwa (also milk), kwiumunggdoppowei

1. ‘““What for you come along my camp--you go away? What for you come?” See
Growl.
2. Yakkei big‘um—“‘‘ He calls out.”
‘© Heigh,” he says.
3. Kwo-ngiderrkwa ‘uludbing kwodlagwa—‘‘ I was alone at camp yesterday.”

camp alone yesterday.
4, Gwinnbirra gallaga biddla—‘*‘ This one who is standing by is another blackfellow—not
This another stays.

the same one.”
5. Yogolak irimmkoa—‘‘ It is behind, somewhere on that side ;” N‘irimmgwa gwaiyinga
That side behind.
—‘*T have left it behind.”
6. Kwotkita ‘andowei—‘‘ The opossum has bitten me.”
Opossum me bite.

bring, gwinnakerk, gwin ngirik; he | broken—it is, this fellow is, ? baukh-,

brings, béggigerk; dual bring,+ kwaukh- -tong
méjerk; bring it, I cannot, gollo- | brother, elder, néddla; younger,
polla; brought him, bédjikinnerk now‘ok; my brother, nallanbirra;
1. Kwarroa gwin-ngirik—‘‘ Fetch some water ;” Ngigari gwinna—‘‘ You go and bring it ;”
Water here you carry. You go carry.
Bun-ngilla (or bonari) aragwa bonani bedjikinnerk—‘‘ Which way have you brought

Little girl, (or fatherless boy)where carry him brought.
the little girl (or fatherless boy) you carry with you?” Ngigari méramar gwinnikerk— ‘‘ Get
Yougo knife here you carry.
me a knife.”
2. Kwiarrimba baotong—‘‘ I nearly broke my hand.”
Hand part it is broken.

two brothers or sisters, binip- | cockatoo, white, arkhkngarrwa ;

pinapp black, billillilwarwa ; tail feathers
bush, the, mdélngoroa of black, medémimma
by-and-by, mannagwa cold—I am, this fellow is, ab-, go-
Calf of leg, morna -buldépwei; it is cold, dubbodp-
camp, kwo-ngiderkwa pwei
carry, bondni; carry this fellow, | come! ngullakk; come to me, nulli-
gabaon; dual carry it,* mog- gan; I, he comes on,® a-, nég-
winnma | -garik

_earry as children are carried—with | come, he will,’ néggojakk
a hand between legs, bidttbirra come back—lI, thou, dual, these

borrjin ; seated on_ shoulders, fellows,® a-, ne-, mo-, kwond-
anaminnkera; pickaback, anamid- -gellippmeérzk
dluk _ come back—dual have, they have, *

catch it, g‘arrz; the down-come-

mo-, da- -lippmenerk
fellow, gudlpin-ga; the falling,

coming,® barakerk

biddlabong come down, nogudmilla; am come
children, nimmbirra down again,!° gudmilippmerk
chin, gonn-g‘onn-gwa come in (see inside), negodyerk
clean, white,* ‘arkhngarr come out, they are, dallippmerk;
clothing, dumuzya they have cleared out not to re-
club, sharp-edged, mommbellégema; turn, dallipbing

round, gwunda

3. Bagbirra mogwiri banmogwinnma=‘‘ May we two go and carry the bag ;” Mogwiri
Bag two go ? two carry. two go
bagbirra minnmogwinnma—‘“ We two will go and carry the bag on shoulder.”
bag shoulder two carry.
4. Arkhngarr binoa—‘‘ Make it clean.”
Clean it make.
>. Nimm ngullak—‘‘ Here, boy ;” Néggarik mannagwa—‘ He will come on by-and-
Boy you come. T'o you come on by-and-bye.
bye.”
6. Argwigam néggellippmerk kwondallippmérk—‘‘ When do you return? These are
When you come back ? These fellows are come back.
come back.”
7. Adnlamille neggojakk—‘‘ Which way will he come ?”
What name come?
8. Dallippmenérk dallipbing — ‘‘ They have come back, and then cleared out
They have come back ; they are come out.
(broken up camp).”
9, Jeinaminbira barakerk—‘‘ A Chinaman is coming ;” Aragwa barakerk bilira—‘* Which
Chinaman coming. Where coming blackfellows ?
way are blackfellows coming?” Biramm barakerk—‘“‘ All of them are coming on.”
All about coming on.
10. Also, leaning against, as placing a ladder ; thus, gudlamarami is to stand one thing
against another, or as one resting his back against a post; Biddla darwin-ng‘idung
Him hit, head hide
gomulwa gud‘arging—‘ He hit him on his buttocks, his head going down,” making the
buttocks come down.
figure 4 ‘‘ gud.”

cook it, gogérapp, gawapp; I have | crooked, gurnamading-a

cooked it, ananng-a gurbaoni _ ery—lI, he, al-, bil--lum; crying bit-
copulation, beddijim; he, thisfellow, _ terly, gwilageru billum

dual copulate or purpose, be- cut, a, makkamille

ngida, kwin-ngida, mogodijji _ cuts (cicatrices), mammétma
cough, mamanndillima Dark, dlamaongwa; too dark, ku-
country, béinigerrkgwa minngoemilli
cousin (?actual kinship), némabor daughter, allmerk; daughter’s hus-

band, noaddjak
day, to-day, now, illangwa

cover me over, menéitchura
crocodile, ann-gallaba

1. Arip gogomille—‘ How far do I cut (into a water-melon) ?”
Into this fellow cut.

dead, baotokk

deaf (‘‘no more him hear”), kwaella
b‘uéllyidong

devil, birauel

die (see ill)—I, he will, they, a-, bo-,
da- -linnyi

difficult (see strong), dankal

dirty, gomuntchula

dog, little, b‘illimnga; big, mamorol;
wild (dingo), bannaminngora

door, mialdama

dream, gulwao niyani

drink? (see eat), gogwe

duck, black, kuriminnbirra

Ear, banarro

eat,® gdgwe, gomogwe; eating—dual
are, they are, minnyi, danyl;
eaten—he has, thisfellow has, they
have, bid-, gar-, dad- -bienni

edge (of a knife—see teeth), dlenn-
bérrgkwe |

egg, gwidammgwa

elbow, borumba

embrace (short quick hugs), boganar

empty, kw‘aotidong; make empty,
dakw ‘aot

emu, langwirra

enough, banuk

excrement, munmar

eye, lemurra

eyelash, madobirma

Face, darreminndbirra

fallen—thou, he, this fellow has, +
no-, ber-, go- -addbing

father, nigan; child addressing,
naggeding ;> my father, nigann-
birra; father’s brother, bipi

fight—lI, he, a-, bér- -ramelliddyim

find it, genyurup; found (see catch),
gare

finger, gw‘larrwoa

finished, banuk gwilling

fire, gwianngwoa; fire gone out,
gwiawinng

firesticks to produce fire, bollbilli;
to use them, willam gillam

fish, muddowa

flesh, biddloa

food, mauma, meiyoma

fool, you, and other terms of vitu-
peration, dinndidani, dinndaijik,
diamy ‘udaijik

2. Kwarrowa mogwe— This fellow wants a drink of water ;” also, Golmorra gwinnyi—

Water eat.
‘© Will this fellow drink his grog?”

Grog sit dow.

3. Banana mogwe—‘‘ May I eat the bananas?” Bréddema daddbienni—‘‘They have

Banana eat.
eaten my bread.”

Bread they have eaten.

4, Agoldum addbing—‘‘I ran and fell;” Nogoldum noaddbing—‘‘ You ran and fell ;”

Ivan from fallen. You
Bilajz
He has gone, him fallen.
hit and has fallen.”

beraddbing—‘‘ He has gone and has fallen ;” Biddla

ran from fallen.
bérraddbing—“‘ He is
Him hit, him fallen.

5. Term of endearment, as when an English child throws its arms around its father’s

neck, and says, ‘‘ My daddy.”

fool, to, z.e., you fool me, noligum;
you lie to me, gonélum gwinnyir-
am

foot, gwiéllkwa

footprint, biralpbirra

forehead, mudpirrma

forget—l, dual, al-, mu- -lerrinn-ga ;
I forgot,! kwaélla birw‘a

four, gallatillik anndillik

fresh (water), kuntltoa

frightened, be‘udkhyéllming

frog, kulpulwa

from, -um

. “No more catch him.”

2. Donoerkwi ngigari—‘‘ Go on further.”
Further you go.

3. Kwarroa garri—‘‘ Get water.”

Water cateh.

4, Kwarrowa an-ngok—‘‘ Give me water ;” An-ngagok

Water give.
have tobacco given me;” It‘uma an-ngok

You givetome I.

full (from eating), néddlabokk,
yunutpi
further,? donoerkwi -

Get up—you, he, ngi-, bi- -gidjyi;
you are getting up (see stand),
neggogiddyi

get it, néggildum; I have not got it
or brought it (see catch),*® kwaella
gaora

girl, big, baon-ngugolo ; little, baon-
ngilla

give to me, to him, an-, bin- -ngok;
you give,* nagok

tobakkwa—‘‘I am about to

Me about to be given tobacco.
ana—‘‘ You give yours for mine.’

10

given to me, you, dual, him—about ( greedy, minnovzel
to be, an-, na-, minn-, b‘u- -ngagok | ground, gwialwa

give, I will not, barbium growl, to (see adulterer), alennjia,
go—I, you, he, a-, ngi-, bi- -gari; allennjiak
dual,* mogwiri; this fellow go, | Hair of head, br‘iridlwirra; of face,
not to return, goaribing kwiabalma; of body, m‘auerma;
going or coming,® néggarikk of abdomen, g‘dulma
gone—he, they have, bi-, da- -laji; | half, kwéawirra
he has been gone,’ barabilaji hand, gw‘iarrwirra
go back—I, you, he, a-, ni-, bi- | hasten, gwillipbikk
-géllibum he, she, it, him, her, yaha; his, hers,
go round (also turn, as a doorknob), biannage; himself, &c., bimilla
gwindari head,* malloma
good, padj‘i; very good, patch‘i- | hear—l, he, al-, ba- -leitong
milla ; goodbye, mamdok heavy,® m‘tutki
goose, bonnamorra; pigmy goose, | here, yenn, yénngwa
lidinnda hill, little, gumardéka gulla; big,
grass, small, meriedlema; tall, mdot- gologo gwillaga
dlema

5. Anannga it‘uma mogwiri—“‘I and you go ;” Ngigari mogwiri—“‘ You go firs‘, we two
you. two go. You go, two go.
go after ;” Agari bigiddjya bigari—‘‘I will go, let him get up and go away ;” ananng-a
I go, him get up, him go.
agari m‘ulitudma mulerippma; agari agalimbgwa——‘‘ May I go to the little house, for
T go little little house; Igo I urinate.
micturition?” Ngigari big‘umm—‘ Go quickly.”
Zou go, it is being said.
6. Néggarikk mannagwa—‘‘ He (who has fallen behind) will come on by-and-bye ;”
You go towards by-and-bye.
Aragwa néggarikk—‘‘ Where are you going?” Adnlamilla Mdell négzarikk—‘‘ Where is
Where you go? What name Maell go.
Maell going (having departed)?”

7. Dallippbing dalaji—‘‘ They have cleared out, and gone away;” Gallatillikk maram4-
They are come out, they are gone. Two two
rillikk—‘‘Two have gone away ;” Dagarillikk daragwilling—‘ All have gone away to-
have gone. They are gone, they have been entirely.
gether ;” Aragwa moléji—‘‘ Which way did we two go?” Arakwa bilaji bilira—

Where two gone? Where him gone blackfellows ?
‘* Which way have the blackfellows gone?”
8. Malloma gwillika—‘‘ A big head.”
Head big.
9. M‘utma m‘ulit‘udma—“ A little heavy.
Heavy little.

~

hit, shot (see stop), biddla I, me, ananng-a; belongs to me,
hold him, duppinnyer anagi; myself, anang-amilla
horse, nanntoa iguana, kurara
hot—I, you, it is, 4-, né-, bér- -rak- | ill, hurt, dying, allinyima; I, you

wirra he, they are, a-, ne-, bo-, da- -linyi
how much, argugwinnikk inside—you put, this fellow put,
house, small, méneliirra, m‘tileribb- no-, go- -gaodta

ma; large, kwonaminngwoa; hut | intestines, namannamanerk

or wurley, maldurébbma Jabiru bird, daolduba
hungry, amunnding, nigar amimnd- | jump on back, baramunnyin

lng Kangaroo, l‘un-ngutpa
hurt, are you (see ill), nelinnikk; | kills, hurts, wounds — he, this

have I hurt you, nawaum fellow, they,” bi-, go-, da- -gilla
husband, naow‘a knife, maramari

1. Place in a room or put yourself inside, as, Trautherwa nogoadta—‘‘ Put on your
trousers.” Trousers you put inside.

2. Bigilla nimmgololo—‘‘ He is beating the lad ;” Larraba bigilla—‘‘ He has wounded the

He kills big boy. Old man he kills.

old man.”

know, I (see hear), alleitong; I do
not know (see see), banbaoning,
banmaoning

Laugh—I, you, this fellow, they,
a-, nel-, gwial-, dal- -lamaoggi;
a big mocking laugh,* bokkung
gwillagi

laughing-jackass bird, l‘anurba

lazy,* mumo-ing

leg, daonda

let me, him (allow), an-, bin- -ngolda

lie down, I, anannga nakkgaert

liar, kwinnyiram

lift it, biddbiddla ; lift this fellow
(see stand), g‘ogiddla

light of day, lallirirkgwa; of fire,
bokulktji; light it,®* bokwinnida

lightning, leaurba

like, relish, bidjalippmerk; distaste-
ful, dukkwa

like, affection (see hear), b‘udbaléit-
maong; I like you, you like me,
al-, nel- -leitmung

like, similar, nogzvum

listen, inna

little, m‘ilit‘il, mtlage, m ‘iilitudma;
little fellow,, gumilla

lives, he, bimedip

lizard, small light, kumungwa ;
small darker, lurabella; frill, dad-
dlwirra

long ago, kwillimigérrgwa, ? allok-
wa, ? aragwegum

long way, a, dirriwa

look out! (see see), gwin-ganna

louse, lamilla

Make, modlum; this fellow make it,
gaodlum; I can make it,’ ana
maotbudbing; make it right or
proper, *® agg‘aganmidjing

3. Analla gwiallamuggi—‘‘ What do you laugh for?”

What for laugh.

4, Illangwa mumo-ing—‘‘ Heis too lazy now.”

Now lazy.

5, Erribokwa an-ngok---‘‘Give me a light.

Light give me.

>

6. Nimmbirra m‘ulit‘idma—‘“ Very little children.”

Children small.

7. Kappbirra bimédlum-—‘‘Is he to make me a cap

Cap him make.

8. Trautherwa ag‘agannmidjing—‘‘ Make my trousers

waist). Trousers me make right.

mankind, biaba, birok

man, young, ballia; married, mdl-
linyu; old, larriba

many, binndlka, birammbirra; many
people, kwarrabarokk

marks, I make, méndirramuggi

mate, addressed as, midir

moon, laurua

more, do some (see another), gal-
lagwa

mosquito, lamtda

mother, algan; my mother, algan-
birra; addressed by son, kwoding;
by daughter, nemabirra; mother’s
brother, tnyi

mouth, gwearbaulkwoa, gwerba

move farther away, yutkwa, ytit-
keri

Nail of finger and toe, daalla

name, neana

1. Neana adnlamilla—‘t What is your name?” It‘uma

Name what is itself ?
boy called ?

9
7?

right” (tighten them at the

native-companion bird, doluba

near, ‘ipporo

neck, gumudaopgwa

night, dark, dlamaongwa

no, no more, not any, kwaeélla

no (do not want it), kwiaok

nose, kwiangwa

nosepin, dlemélwira

now (to-day), illangwa

One, kallaguk

open, tdadtman

opossum, kw‘aotkita

orphan, fatherless, baonari; mother-
less, mundalling; either addressed
as, bombilla

ours, dorennage

outside,* nakk, nakkjin

Pairs, to place in, kwimitlik

palm, an edible, kwillimmba

parrot, blue mountain, willrilma

enama
name

néddle — ‘‘ What is your

“ou your boy.

2, Tdadman nakkuk mialdama—‘ Open the door ;” Lemurra dadman—“ Look.”

Open outside
3. Balallwilwa
The middle one throw it away.

door.

Eye open.

winnulma-—‘* Throw it outside ?

12

perhaps, g‘ogndogh plenty, gotuk, baratuk, mamdia
pick it up,+ morenjim pregnant, méloa

pinch, aragiki _pud. hominis, dubirra, dorkh‘ing ;
play, gulamuggi, ilomai, gulomai ; mulieris, dinnda

children’s games, as, hide-and- | pull off (see throw),* winntlla

seek, agarut; hide, whistle, and | put it down—TI have, anam ‘ai; this
spy, dadwiln‘idung; hold with fellow has, gug‘ai; put it up
hands and with legs round waist there, gwidjinidaong

and fall back, dredbingmung; | put on (see inside),® g‘idta

pushing oneanother over, daminaji Quickly, hasten, kwillipbik

4, Arenji ,bigar—‘‘I pick up (the ball) and catch it.”
Lpickup him catch.
5. Trauthera winnuulla ‘‘ Pull off my trousers.”
Trousers pull off.
6. Aragwa nog‘tidjo— Which way do I put iton?’ Ngigari buminnyi—“‘ You go and

Which way you put on? You go him sit down.
put it away.

quiver, of the limbs in the corrob- | see, baoning, mamann, bannaning,

borie, mutmir mamanning; seen him, binnging;
Rain, baolmba I have seen,*® 4ragobéoning
ready, are you, barabiddji sharp, as scissors, birtinnki
ribs, marulma short-fellow—he, this fellow is, bin-,
ride, bibiddmi gon- -nopollera
river, kwi‘aliggwa | shoulder, daraminndillera; shoulder-
rock to and fro, as a baby to sleep, blade, minnikillma

sugumedla show me, you, naégalitda

run, muddli; towards me, from me, | shut, méittnamilli
nogold- -erk, -um; dual run, | sick, vomit, kumenan

mogoldariji | silent, be, gaop ; silence ! (emphatic),
Say—I, you, he, a-, ne-, bi- -g‘im; | kapp nig‘am*
to him, to this fellow, bi-, go- | sinew, vein, déonera

-nimbirra; he has said, barag‘tim; | sing, culwagemullam

he said, bog‘um; he is, two are | sister, elder, dnmerk ; younger,
talking, bin-, man- -g‘fam; a | nullw‘ok

general talk,? gégog‘imbirra sit—you, he, dual, ne-, bi-, mo-

scratch, mutterum -gw‘inyi; he is, they are sitting, °
sea (?), kunimiddyénderroa bén-, den- -yin
season, the wet, gwondreawang sleep—you, he, no-, ber- -ramedjin;

1. Nogoldogol—‘‘ You run there and run back ;” Nakkjin ndgoldo—“‘ Run outsid.e.”
Outside you run.
2. “No,” nég‘um binimmbirra neg‘innyi—‘‘ Say ‘No,’ and tell him to sit down ;”
No yousay him tell you sit down.
Beritt bog‘um—‘‘ He says ‘ Turn.’”
‘Turn,’ he says.
3. Kwaélla baona—‘‘I do not see it ;’ Anyédlde magaono—‘‘Let me see, too Anydlde

No more see. Let me dual see Let me
bigwaoning—‘‘ Let me have it to see ;’ Anyold gogwaono—“ Let this fellow see ;” Baoning
see it. Let me this Fellow see. See
mondlkoa—‘‘I see them all about (I see a big mob) ;” Nemang-wa magaono—‘*A revoir ;”

all about. To-morrow two see.
Arbirra binnging—‘‘ Who sawhim ” Anall 4nnyam—‘‘ What do you look at me for?”
Who him saw? What see?

Angwaon gwérrip—‘ I fear to see him (the superstition ‘ evil eye ’—‘ him frightened Eyes’
See this fellow into.
was the interpretation given me).”
4. ‘* You say a silence.”
5. Gwan mog‘innyi and Gwinn mogw‘inndi—“ Let us two sit here ;” It‘uma anang-a
There two sit. Here two sit. You
mogwandi—‘ Will you and I live here?” Aragwa nenani—‘‘ Where do you reside?”
two sit down. Where you sit down ?

13

you, he has been asleep,® nora-,
ban- -medjini

slowly, go, manoi

smoke, a, kwiigwa; a big smoke,
meréidlya; to make asmoke, b‘ud-
awillawaéollam

smoking, bongbong ;
égoma

snake, black, daarla; brown, lemir-
dla; yellow, lamalla; spotted,
kwarilla; a small, kwiungulloa ;
a dreaded poisonous, méromor-

ludyi ©

to smoke,’

son, némérk ; son’s son, nédlyo

sores, gubengoa

spear, Jag, mallag‘irm4; jagged both
sides, ménauilidma; stone, dau-
inga; reed with point, lierba ;
reed without point, g‘wirinnda or
griinnda

spirit, ghost, portrait, darabdllera

spittle, bilirema; I must spit, mera-
minnma; to spit phlegm, tokh
neg‘am

6. Agol médjim —‘‘T shall go to sleep quickly ;” Nogol medji and Ngigari nogol médji—

Irun_ sleep.

You run sleep. “ou go you run sleep.

“*Go to sleep ;” Mogwiri medjim—‘‘ We two go to sleep ;” Aolmédjimuk—‘‘ I am sleepy ;”

Twogo sleep.
Alladika belaji berramédjim—‘ He is goin
Wife him gone, him sleep.
—‘* Where will you sleep ?”

I sleep towards.

g to live at home for awhile ;” Aragwa medjia

here sleep

7. An-ngok gogoma-—.‘‘ Give me a smoke (from your pipe).”

Me give smoke.

stand, you, negiddyi; standing up,! |
kolknari |

star, mamudlema

steal, guullibik

stone, damilla

stop—I, you, a-, ne- -g‘do; you, he
stay,*?neddh, biddli; leave off (see
enough), banuk

stretch oneself (see ill), allinnying ;
to stretch one’s leg, dh‘uethth‘uel

strong, hard, difficult, dankal ;
strong fellow, gwillagowang; make
it strong, negodpingi |

sun, lallirra

sweat, kwillikerra

sweet, dadbon

swim, walaragum |

Take it, you, nagukka; he, this |

}

fellow take it, bin-, go- -nukka;
take out,® magdlla, gomodlla, bodlla
(or boara, goara)

tea, yabarak

tears, guloa

teeth,* dlenb‘érkgwe

tell them—TI do not want to (see say),
baragummugegi

testicles, gwiyuwunngwa

thank you, monkdini

that one, yedbirra

that side or that way®, yagolak,
yagolagwa

there,® yagwa, yagbirra, yenn

this fellow, amilla

this one,’ gwinnbirra

this side or this way, * gwinn.
gwaonika

1. Kolk agar giddyi—‘‘I stand up ;” Kolk ngigar giddyi—* You stand up.”

Um Loo lift. Up

you go lift.
2, Neg‘ao—‘‘ Stop (walking or other action) ;” Adnla néddle

ngigari—‘‘ Why do yo

What you stay? you go.

stay there? Be off ;’ Arak biddle—‘‘ Where did it (the ball) stop ?”

Where him stay ?

3. Banjollop and millbollom gollop—‘‘ He does not want to take him;” Trautherwa

Trousers

gogwolla—‘‘ May I take off my trousers?” B‘utpolla padj‘i—‘‘I will take up a good one ;”

this fellow take away.
Goara
This fellow taken, it is gone.
it out to throw away.”

Him take good.
bilaji—‘‘ He has taken it ;”’ Nakk bimukk

binnulla—“‘ He has taken

Outside him take, him throw away.

4. Dienb‘érrginum allinnyam—‘‘ Toothache.”

Tooth all.

5. Yakk golaji—‘‘ This fellow has gone that way ;”’ Gwan

That way this yellow has gone.
way.”
6. Yan nelaji—‘‘ Have you been there?”
There you gone.

mogwiri—‘‘ We two go that
That way two 40.

7. Gwinnbirra gwinnbirra gwinnbirra gwinn—“ This one, &c., this ” (enumerating).

8. Gwinn
This way this fellow gone.
long side (of the table).”

golaji—‘*‘ Go this way, eh? (having turned off) ;” Gwinn gwillakwa— This

This way big.

14

thigh, mukka | tickle, bérribiddbirra

thou, it‘uma, adama?® tired, annélling; a cry of weariness

three, gallatillik kallaguk or pain, arrgai...

throat, mangolma _ to-day, illang-wa ; to - morrow,

throwing-stick for spear, bildta; | nemang-wa; day after to-morrow,
for reed spear, billilma | nemann kallaguk

throw it away, agaribob, binntilma; toe, kwiéllgwa
throw it, this fellow away, bo-, go- | together (see pair, to), millik
-ara; I have thrown this fellow, tongue, kwiaméddloa

both away,!° go-, muo- -lomang _ too,® garra
thunder, molne; thunderstorm,
bierrdwa

9. The softer intonation, ‘‘adama,” is heard in tones of tenderness, as a boy being with
another whom he is loth to leave says ‘‘I go,” adding ‘‘adama garra” (you too), wistful
that his mate should accompany him.

10. It‘uma binntlma—“ You throw it away.”

You him throw.

truly, gaodloa whistle, you,® will nég’um, willwill
turn it, beritt nog‘um, willwill rogum
two, gallatillik white, clean, arkhngarr
Up, above, on top, kolkoa whitefellow, arkhngarramilla
urinate—I, you, agga-,noar--limmb- who, which one, arbirra; whose,
gwa _ arbidénnagi
Vent, gum‘ulwa; from it tobladder | why for, why not,°® ‘arbiddla
(see carry), biattbirra _ widow, widower, bénnbirria
Wait, I, adelaong wife, alladik
wake him—yon, negillmi _ wind, minmtnma

wash myself, bathe, aramannbitt- wish, want, amalla
jium; I wash myself, you yourself, | womankind, muellabirra
ara-, ndlo- -mannbiddji; I wash woman, with children, btnbena ;

the clothes,” gugumanndub old, g‘umul
water,® kwaorrowa work, I’ (see make), agg‘aganmidji
wax, in ear, bonorroa wrist, mobirma
we, dorendbirra; dual, moanmi//a write (see marks), méndirramuggi
what, analla; what name,+ adnla- Yam, pulida
milla | yes, I assent, g‘ogogwe, g‘o
when, ‘argwigam yesterday, kwodlaogwa
where, which way, aragwa | you, (s7g.) it‘ima ; yours, itennage
1. Beritt nogo‘itji beritt n‘egum—‘‘ Turn to the right, turn to the left ;’ Beriddma nongya ?
Turn ? right, turn ? left. Turn 2
—‘ Turn over ;” Berittbing gogomang—‘‘ Turn, smoke (reference to forming camp).”
2. Ngigdri nolomannbiddji, gallagewirra gungwa biginnyi platbine gomanndop
You go, you wash yourself, another fellow here him sit down plates wash.

Lemdlagwa bigdri optigkwa beggaganmiddji—‘‘ You go and wash yourself, the other
Lemalagwa himgo ogice him make proper.
fellow stay here and wash the plates; Lemalagwa will go to the office and work.”
3. Kunult gdri gwdrroa—‘‘ Fetch cold water ;” Kwaorroa gwilla bidding—‘‘ The water
Fresh catch water Water all fall down.
has all leaked away ;” Korroa gwaélla negwilling—‘ You have drunk all the water.’
Water no more entirely
4. * Whatisit? WhatdoIdo?” Analla ngigdri—‘‘ What am I to fetch
: What for you go ?
5, ** Whistle, you say.” Will barag‘um—‘‘ Somebody whistled.
A whistle has been said
Arbiddla beg‘ao—‘‘ Why does he not stop ?”
Why for stop ¢

fon

15

WULNAR.

Most of the words known to me are included in the vocabu-

laries compiled by Mr. W. O. Be
are therefore not reproduced here.

Afternoon, meliter

animal, momulydéner

Bag, owel

big, miyangyer

bird, loaga

breast, Woman’s, gumunnya

brother, younger, uita;
nullar; my, nulladbunna

Cold, oppogwi

cough, mamurrda

Dark, dlamungwar

day, irning-a

Enough, biléiya

Fight, wauikattpi

finger, téliamunger

fire you light, leitonga b‘ukonwa

Give me, gunmitja

good, nodla

Hair of head, lerrmalner; of face,
yaber

hand, mani

husband, lainelonggunya

Ill, angeaga

insect, moromora

elder,

AWAR

Alligator, bira

ankle, ann-gro, annmo

ant, little common, bim; yellow,
woallum ; red, bom

arm, ann-goronng

armlet, dAaman

Bad, allwarra

bandicoot, yok

basket, dul

before, bulgmarra; you go on before,
yaggma bellajin

behind—come on, lura kolajin

belly, anndoyi

belongs to old man, agallawo datt-

ulla

belt, darabert

birth-delivery, bin-ginyan

blackfellows, nalmok

blood, kuraj

bone, annmau

boy, little, allil; addressed as,
warraba ; big, auwirra

breast, woman’s (also milk), d‘utut

brother, my, boppa

Calf of leg, annbuin
1. Moann yann—‘‘ You come on.”

nnett and Mr. A. J. Todd, and

Mankind, kumaol

_ many, miapunger

milk, ngoiyer

Navel, lemala

No, kwoddlégo; I do not want,
litter

Open the door, daddmanakwa mo-
gwianagwa

Pelican, yuropiter

pud. hominis, mung-ai

Run to me, mokwel; from me, mur-
biokwel

Silence, you say a, kupp ninnmi

sister, younger (see brother), uita ;
elder, nelami

smoke, lenlatimima

stopped, he has, witjunga

Thigh, wondga

throw it away, linnannmittiger

tired, innmdkattaz:

tongue, wliyer

Wake him, lemorr

womankind, mungedmitta

RA

club, sharp-edged, warawara; blunt,
dukkara

cold, allal

come—you, yann; ye,! biann

cough, gulaba

crocodile, maimakko

cuts (cicatrices), darawumerring

Dead, bajum

dog, little, ng‘iri

Ear, ann-gonnem

elbow, annkénmo

emu, morin

empty, made, addwilling

enough, amoge

excrement, gudma

eye, anndum;_ eyebrow,
monndi

Father, bibi

find it, wado gunya; I have found
it, Addnai

fire, verk

firesticks to produce fire, gwélgma
to use them, vagmo

food, moiya

fool, to, minwalgwinn

apndu-

foot, ann-goba ; footprint, annborra

forehead, annwalma

frog, jakkun

Girl, baby, allmarramaring; crawl-
ing, albupaddma; little, pfotatta

give me,” bano

go, ya; he has gone, kaiinnye

goodbye, mamok

good, ammokwao

gum, ironbark, yilyil

Hair of head, mida, annmar; of
face, kéttawerk; of abdomen,
tolmida

hand, annabi

head, annbon

hill, giri

hungry, uyung*

I, me, naak

Jabiru, gw‘ael

jaw, anndomkok

Kangaroo, kupu

Lips, tnnduli

lizard, kinnimbullo

Man, young, dulrgwin; married,
bumbiligo ; old, dattpulla

micturition, waol

moon, karrong

mosquito, nael

mother, warra; my mother, bulbil

Name, what, yemin-gi

navel, annlannjérruk

no, wado, waggi; not yet, mutto-
waggi; no more, amalla

nose, annji

Opossum, uoda

Pregnant, moleru

pud. hominis, unnleng,
benning ; mulieris, ual

2. Wik bano—‘‘ Give me water.”
1. Lukluk bian—‘‘ Come on, quick.”

lannku-

16

2. Wik bilaggin—‘‘ Throw away the water.”

AGGRAKUNDI.

Arm, ajinn

armlet, mamal

Bad, yoyo

bag, dul

belly, margill

blood, gulminn

boy, baby, innbarro ; little, ambut ;
addressed as, tumbitimbi; big,
darraggit

breast, woman’s (a/so milk), ying

brother, boppa

bush, the, bunndi

Calf of leg, ann-gorro

come—you, yann; ye, biann

cousin, hawong

Quick, hasten, lukluk

Shoulder, annmonukk

sit, pfaddminninni ; dual sit, gallem
galboninni

sleep, maiyuol; I want to sleep,
maio m‘ai‘i

smoke, to, dibbomélwon, dubbomi

snake, bellum ; water, gunda; brown,
baonobaon

sore, bigmi

spear, boko, kowonéro; jag, toltol ;
jag two sides, méddoballi ; stone.
lauk ; reed, darin

sun, miral

swim, marrimmar

Talk, mattgo-inge; tell him, kaji,
kaji jai

teeth, aliddma

testicles, annmueth

_ thigh, 4nndarato, annmullok

throw it away, laggin; thrown
away,” addlaggin

throwing-stick, don ; for reed spear,
girikk

thunder, kéddaduvidma; thunder-
storm, duridmin

tomahawk, dodol

tongue, unnjenn

Walk, main; you and I, geironga
main

water, wik; drink, wik mabel

way, that, inndubba

what, Abo-in

where, umbulla bajim

woman, old, imbillalgo ; young, ad-
dressed as, allamanduba

Yes, yo

you (sig.), moann

crocodile, genult

cry, ra-i

cuts (cicatrices), biling

Dead, nulgmeung

dog, yiri

Ear (also toe), adalpi

empty, unwilleing

eye, mibull

eyebrow, marluk

Father, awarrago

firesticks, to produce fire, gibei
food, moiyi

foot, amul

Girl, anmodalpa ; baby, immalwulk
give me, anmo; I give, bano

go, yak

goodbye, ! mamaok

Hair of head, mannmar; of face,
keddoark

hand, annmoa, abill

head, immbun

hill, garaui

house, small, maiwa

I, me, arraman

Jaw, adamkill

Kangaroo, taning

Laugh, gommenn-gommenn; dual,
mogabbinn; they, mugga-mug-
gamminn

lizard, small light, mungbéllma ;
small dark, bonjimm

Man, young, deinmulva

moon, kommil

mosquito, kimmiel

mother, innarrago

mouth, unnyulk

Name, naban

no, kwaella, wagge

nose, agginngelk ; nosepeg, gegung

One, udérinn

Opossum, dinng-a

Plenty, wiomopo

pud. hominis, darr, abigelloduk

Quick, warri;{come on quickly,
allauklauk bian

Run to me, marimari

Shoulder, abelma

sister, mulginn

sit, anninni; you sit, méan anninni;
dual, manninni

sleep, aréiyi, maiyi

smoke, I, amitubbimi

snake, grass, bann; water, mdbal-
lago

spear, stone, konddébum; reed, ldimo

stop, daonok

sun, mawarrik

swim, marbirrami

Teeth, aiimmerrikk

testicles, taiimmell

thigh, abell

throwing-stick for reed spear, dirik

toe (also ear), adalpe

Walk,? yiark

water, yik

way, a long, malwalk

what, abbon

You (sing.), moan

1. Mamok yawarra—‘‘ Good-bye, I shall come back.”
2. Warri (or waggi) arra yiark—‘‘ I do not want to walk more.”

NATIVES OF THE KATHARINE.
(Contributed by Mr. E. J. Kemp, of Glenelg).

Alligator, dagul

All right, Iam, laguit

ant, common, cheak; white, karab-
lungul

apron, man’s _ fringe,
woman’s, ungoruk

arm, murnuk

armlet, willa

Back, the, ngolo

bag, dilly, miyauk

bamboo trumpet, kurnbug

bandicoot, yawk

barramundi fish, mardbing

beard, ngaruk

belly, ngoldag; full, wei; empty,
gugmarin

belt, braak

billabong, nglanga

blind, tumea

blood, kurak

bone, unmoa

boy, little, megulgul

breast, woman’s (a/so milk), gawn

brother, unbuba

B

jolgon ;

Camp, numbura

catfish, chalo

cockatoo, white, ngaruk; blaek,
karuk ; tail feathers of black,
didjualla

come back, goyai

crow, yi

cry, dollumun

Daybreak, ungulara

dog, wild (dingo), waruk

duck, tilbiuk

Kye, undum

Father, tchardba

fire, wuruk

fish, mardigal

fly, house, morok

foot, undjora

Girl, little, ulwan

go quickly, ngorra-ngorra

go, you, ungan; you and I, negan-
neuilo

good, nglagamura

good-bye, munjungala

ground, hard, bawl gumma-gumma

hair, bamjuruk

hand, barak

head, mengalap

how are you, ngulawil yigina

Jabiru, paundoru

Kangaroo, kupu

knee, umbart

Laugh, yeaumun

leg, ungarra

leave it, ponga

lip, ngalk

lizard, yang

Man, kingulpoya; old (also woman),
tholba-tholba

mine, nagulung; this belongs to me,
ngagulu warre

mosquito, beundo

mopoke bird, gogulporuk

mountain range, baran ngire

moon, deat

mother, karung

Nails, unbillum

night, gullaruk

nose, gamul; nose stick, maruk
Opossum, wirik

Quail, jirik

Rain, waak

river, unboa, ngugmari
Sandfly, ngala

sick, I am very, kulwutma
sister, dinda

smoke, undumugma

spear, bogo

stone, paat

sun, giguil

swordfish, chulwul

Teeth, nglaidmor
tomahawk, mardi

tree, laianth

turkey, beinuk

What is that, guliana
whistle, wirdmun

woman, old (see man), tholba-tholba

Ly,

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW OR LITTLE - KNOWN
SPECIES OF BLATTARILZ, GRYLLACRIDA,
AND STENOPELMATIDZ COLLECTED AT LAKE
CALLABONNA, S.A.

By J. G..O. TEepeer, 2-E:8.

[Read November 6, 1894. ]

The various forms of Orthopterous insects which form the
subject of these notes were collected by Mr. A. Zietz during the
latter half of 1893, at Lake Callabonna, as bye-work whilst
engaged there in the exhumation of Diprotodon and other fossil
remains. The specimens referred to form part of the entomologi-
cal collection in the South Australian Museum.

SECTION BLATTARIA.
FAMILY PHYLLODROMIDi.

PHYLLODROMIA MAGNA, spec. nov.

Ochreous testaceous ; head only slightly prominent, face with a
broad blackish band between the bases of the eyes; antenne
blackish, basal joints pale ; pronotum slightly wider than long,
emarginate in front, with two broad straight black stripes, wider
behind (not curved), space between them of the same color as the
margins and the elytra; elytra concolorous (wings not observed),
veins dark, branches parallel, only divergent at the base; legs
pale, concolorous; abdomen above banded with black, ventral seg-
ments each with an intramarginal black spot; cerci blackish, banded
pale; subgenital lamina broad, rotundate, with a short dark
oblique streak on each side, and a blackish dot near the apex.

Female.
Length of body ... ne i. ee ie lainey
Length of elytra bie ae Peis PAN oi
Length of pronotum _... oe: ag toner
Width of pronotum ... s Setar: ia

The single specimen obtained appears to resemble P. Ger-
manica, L., but is much larger, the pronotum less transverse, the
black stripes of unequal width, and the anterior margin distinctly
emarginate ; whilst the branches of the radial vein of the elytra
only diverge at the base, being otherwise parallel throughout.

20

The abdomen also is differently marked. This species appears to
be the largest hitherto described.

PARATEMNOPTERYX ZIETZII, spec. nov.

Brown to blackish, paler below, shining; head free, an ill-
defined, narrow, curved black bar between the eyes ; ocelliform
spots obsolete ; clypeus pale, basal area of the antennz whitish,
latter very slender, as long as the body, pale brown. Pronotum
elliptical, margins very narrow, disk more or less distinctly exca-
vated, anlges rounded, hindmargin straight. Elytra nearly
quadrangular veins distinct, raised, scarcely exceeding the first
abdominal segment. Wings rudimentary. Legs uniformly pale
brown, fore femora crowdedly spinose, all more or less ciliate
(tarsi without arolia). Abdomen with dorsal segments finely
scabrous along the hind margins, angles not produced, except
those of last segment. Ventral segments brown to _ black,
shining. Supra-anal lamina longer than wide, subtrigonal,
posterior third incurved, apex rounded. Cerci very long, acute.
Subgenital lamina very large, cucullate, hindmargin entire,
bearing the short, suberect styles; latter black above, pale
beneath.

Adult males. Male and female larve.
Length of body ... 18 -19 mm. 13-15 mm.
Length of elytra... 4-5 « —
Length of pronotum 4:5- 4:8 “ 3-3°5 ‘
Width of pronotum 6 — 6:5“ 4-5“

There are two full-grown males and three larve, one of them
apparently a female. The species is distinguished from P. aus-
trale, Sauss., by its larger size, absence of ocelliform spots, much
shorter elytra, and the peculiar form of its anal appendages. The
larve are much darker, inclining to black. The vertex of the
head is paler than the very dark face.

FAMILY PERISPHAERID AL.

LEPIDOPHORA, gen. nov.

Resembling Perisphaeria glomeris, Sauss., in aspect. Body
convex, elongate, stout. Anterior angles of dorsal segments pro-
duced laterally as a subtrigonal scale overlapping imbricately the
respective ventral segments at their base. Supra-anal lamina
quadrate, posterior angles produced as short spines. Subgenital
lamina subtrigonal, apex produced, forming two conspicuously
diverging spines. Styles slender, as long or longer than the
lamina.

The scale-like appendages along the lateral ventral margin, to
which the name refers, are apparently a novel character among

21

the Blattariz, as I have hitherto not observed it myself, and I
am unacquainted with any reference thereto either by description
or figure in the literature available. Similarly the form assumed
by the subgenital lamina is quite unusual. These features justify
therefore, I think, the establishment of a new genus for the
species, which for the present at least is located among the Peri-
spheeridee, to which in general aspect it appears to fit best, but it
may require, when better known, to be removed elsewhere.

LEPIDOPHORA FURCATA, spec. nov.

Black, finely rugulose, wingless. Body much curved. Head
concealed, glossy ; vertex and face reddish-piceous ; sides, fore-
margin of clypeus, and trophi pale testaceous. Antenne much
shorter than the pronotum, slender, reddish. Eyes irregularly
reniform or wedge-shaped. Pronotum elliptical, margin narrow,
not much reflexed, laterally incrassated, less so in front, arched ;
hindmargin concave, angles subacute. Meso- and metanotum
similar. Abdomen dorsally almost smooth, hindmargin of seg-
ments with minute raised points, straight, rectangular laterally,
angles of the seventh segment produced as a short red spine;
beneath piceous laterally, disk reddish, penultimate ventral seg-
ment narrow, reddish. Legs rather short; internal spines of
fore femora short, crowded, very numerous, external ones longer,
few, and distant. Coxe pale testaceous, base piceous, remainder
reddish. Tarsi long, beneath dilated, whitish. Supra-anal
lamina with hindmargin ciliate, pale reddish. Cerci lanceolate
acute, longer than the lamina, dark red. Styles reddish.

Male.
Length of body... sli ape ey 2 Ts
Length of pronotum ... ds Sans On Ota us
Width of pronotum _... = aes Ss

A single male was obtained, but I have since got another from
elsewhere. The specific name refers to the peculiar form of the
supra-anal appendage.

SECTION LOCUSTODEA.
FAMILY GRYLLACRID.
EONIUS CALLABONNENSIS, spec. nov.

Resembling £#. tigrinus, mihi (Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., XV.,
163), paler. Vertex and front of the head pale, clouded darker ;
apex of mandibles obliquely truncate, toothed, deep black. Pro-
notum with the fore and hindmargin each slightly marked
with a blackish band, longer than in the allied species. Elytra
ovate, slightly extending beyond the hindmargin of the meta-

22

notum, veins distinct. Wing-lobes rudimentary, concealed by
the elytra. Hind femora with six pairs of small spines. Hind
tibize with four to six external and six to eight internal spines,
all black at the apex. Femora near apex, and all the tibie and
tarsi, hirsute, like Z. tigrinus (omitted to state in monograph).
Ovipositor very slender and long, nearly straight, acute, apex

black.

Female.
Length of body ... ue ... 396 —37 mm.
Length of elytra... fe s3¢.60) BO Oe
Length of pronotum ae 4) = Se
Length of hind femora... a. LD Oe
Length of ovipositor $e .. 43 -48 «

The two specimens obtained differ principally from #. tigrinus
(independently of color and size) in the black, toothed apex of
the mandibles, almost concolorous pronotum, much longer elytra,
different arrangement and size of spines, and the more slender
ovipositor; from Z. atrofrons and EL. fumatus in much larger
size, pale head, and number, &c., of spines.

The ova were extracted from both the specimens, and proved
to be nearly mature, in the one more so than in the other. One
yielded 47, the other 24, a small proportion were only about
half-grown. The mature ones were brown, elongate elliptical,
5-5-5 mm. in length, somewhat thicker on one end than the
other, each terminating with a circular, smooth, shining, darker
lid, the intermediate portion being ornamented with crowded
microscopical papilla, arranged in regular diagonals. The small,
immature (or male ?) ova are almost cylindrical.

Eontus aTrorrons, Tepper (Trans. Roy. Soc. 8.A., XV., p. 164).

Two specimens were secured, viz., a nearly mature male
nymph (the first example of this sex for the genus) and a female
larva. As the species was originally established from a singie
female, these not only confirm its validity, but the former supple-
ments the generic description, hence a full description becomes
necessary.

Male (nymph) similar to female, but considerably smaller.
Abdominal segments 8 and 9 almost concolorous ; hindmargin
of the latter straight, angles lobe-like produced. Supra-anal
lamina transverse, divided by four furrows into five unequal
parts, the central sulcus produced posteriorly as a dilated rotund-
ate lobe, and longer than the basal part. Cerci very short, apex
blackish. Subgenital lamina small, subquadrangular, rather
longer than wide, simple. Styles minute.

Male. Fem. larva.
Length of body --2) 2135 mm. 18 mm.
Length of pronotum ... 4 “ ori
Length of elytra soe) ale, Lae PRES) ah
Length of hind femora 10 “* Sk

The black face is so conspicuously characteristic of the species
that it scarcely can be mistaken for any other yet known. The
ovipositor of the female larva is scarcely conspicuous.

FAMILY STENOPELMATIDZ.

PENTHOPLOPHORA DRIFFIELDI, Zepper (Trans. Roy. Soc. 8.A.,
XV tp. LES):

Of this species fifteen specimens were obtained, viz., six adult
and four larval males, and one adult and four larval females, the
larvee representing various ages, the youngest being only 9 mm.
in length, while the oldest is almost full grown, but presents the
ovipositor still in its recurved position, and much abbreviated.
This being the first instance of males having been secured, the
description is added.

Male. Similar to female, somewhat smaller, paler, and the
markings less defined. Abdomen with the eighth segment
cucullate, hindmargin sinuate, angles and middle slightly pro-
duced, rotundate, concave parts with numerous, minute, dark-
brown toothlets; the ninth segment only exposed posteriorly,
contracted, trigonal, apex broadly rotundate, disk on each side
with a conical protuberance surrounded by a depression, its apex
formed by a small, blackish, outwardly curved acute spine, from
which extends laterally a short blackish ridge. Cerci short,
slender, hirsute, pale. Last ventral segment of abdomen trans-
verse, hind margin very sinuate, middle much produced with two
short, thick, obtuse, blackish spines near apex. Styles short,
glabrous, apex blackish.

Adult. Larve.
Length of body (Male) 30-40 mm. 9 -26 mm.
Length of pronotum... 5-6 “« 15-4 *
Width of pronotum ... 8-9 «* Zia al Oe oe

The considerable difference in length is most probably largely
due to unequal contraction after death while immersed in alcohol,
through which also the color has been considerably aftected.

The dark bands are caused by a pigment, so loosely deposited
upon the thin translucent integument, that it becomes detached
when one attempts to remove the intestines, no matter how care-
fully. This may serve asa hint for recipients of spirit specimens,
or fresh ones as well, who may attempt the operation. If the
specimens have been preserved in weak spirit, I find it best to

24

immerse them in strong spirit for a sufficient time to harden
them; then mount quickly, as most of them when drying
rapidly retain their shapes fairly well.

These insects, as stated by Mr. A. Zietz, inhabit (singly) bur-
rows excavated by themselves in sandy parts of the lake basin.
They are perfectly circular in form, about three-quarters of an
inch in diameter, twelve to eighteen inches deep, and at the bot-
tom somewhat dilated so as to allow the inhabitant to turn round
easily. Where the sand is dry, 7.¢e., the upper part of the shaft,
the grains on its surface are securely fixed by some cement.
Around the mouth a mound, an inch or more, raises the entrance
by so much above the general surface, and is sloping outwardly.
The pellets of excavated soil are carried by the insect toa dis-
tance of six to nine inches from the entrance, and disposed there
in a regular circle. When a grass stalk is first pushed into the
hole, the insect comes up to ascertain the cause of disturbance,
and then withdraws, and will not come up again. When dug
out, they refuse to fly from their foe, but will resolutely face
him, whatever way he turn, standing on the defensive, and move
rather towards him than otherwise.

bo
Or

ON SOME IMPORTANT REACTIONS OF DOUBLE
CYANIDES BEARING UPON THE CYANIDE
PROCESS FOR THE EXTRACTION OF GOLD.

By G. A. GoyDEr.
[Read December 3, 1894.

While endeavoring to find an accurate process for the quanti-
tative determination of simple cyanide of potassium in solutions
containing also double cyanides, such as the sump liquors obtain-
ing in the McArthur-Forrest process for extracting gold, I found
that cyanide of potassium was alkaline to phenol phthalein, and
that the quantity of alkaline cyanide present could be accurately
determined, in the absence of caustic alkalies and alkaline car-
bonates, by titrating with acid, using phenol phthalein as
indicator. The presence of bicarbonates makes the end reaction
more uncertain, but by adopting special precautions accurate
results may still be obtained. The double salt zinc potassium
cyanide is quite neutral to phenol phthalein. I am further
investigating this reaction with the object mentioned above.

It appears to be generally believed that such double salts as
zinc potassium cyanide in aqueous solution have no solvent action
on gold. JI have, however, found by experiment that this double
cyanide readily dissolves gold, although the action is slower than
that of the simple alkaline cyanides. When a solution of zinc
potassium cyanide is shaken with gold-leaf in the presence of
oxygen, or air, the gold is dissolved, forming gold potassium
cyanide, while zinc is deposited as oxide. A secondary reaction
also takes place, involving the formation of the auricyanides of
zine and of potassium, the former of which appears to be in-
soluble, and of zincate of potash. Copper potassium cyanide
also dissolves gold, although the action is still slower than that
of the zine double salt. It is hardly necessary to point out that
the above reactions may be of considerable importance in the
McArthur-Forrest process.

In order to determine the total cyanogen in sump liquors I
have devised the following modification of Rose & Finkener’s
process :—A measured quantity of the liquor is heated on the
water bath, or gently boiled, for 20 minutes with excess of oxide
of mercury with occasional agitation, filtered and washed. To
the filtrate about one gram. of caustic soda is added and excess

26

of sulphuretted hydrogen water to precipitate the mercury. After
being well shaken, filtration not being necessary at this point,
excess of carbonate of bismuth is added to precipitate the
residual sulphuretted hydrogen, well shaken, filtered and washed,
and the filtrate titrated with silver nitrate after the addition of
a little potassium iodide to sharpen the end reaction which is
indicated by a faint permanent opalescence. One molecule of
silver nitrate used indicates two molecules of cyanogen present.

bo
~J

FURTHER NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND
SPECIES,

By the Rev. T. Buacksury, B.A.
[Read April 8, 1895.]
OVAL.
CARABID.

An important and very able memoir by Mr. T. G. Sloane on
Australian Carabide appears in the recently published Part (IIL,
1895) of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales. Some of Mr. Sloane’s proposals—e.g., the merging of
the Morionides and Trigonotomides in the Feroniides, and of
Notonomus and Sarticus in Pterostichus,* while Coxandrus
Prosopogmus, &c., are treated as genera—certainly appears to me
on first thoughts open to much objection; neither can I acquiesce
in Mr. Sloane’s apparent reluctance to regard sexual characters
as of classiticatory value (illustrated by his uniting WVurus and
Homalosoma on the ground that they do not seem to differ except
in respect of sexual tarsal characters). As however the memoir
was published in Sydney only a week ago, I have not had time
to do more than hastily run my eyes over it and am not justified
in seriously criticising it on the strength of so slight an acquaint-
ance with its contents, nor should I have discussed it on this
occasion if it had not been that Mr. Sloane refers here and there
to what I have myself written concerning some Australian
Carabide and in at least one instance seems to invite further
information from me which this seems a good opportunity to
furnish.

In dealing with Leptopodus, Chaud., Mr. Sloane refers to my
having expressed the opinion that it is scarcely distinct from
Simodontus on the strength of its having been formed for the
reception of Péerostichus holomelanus, Germ., but thinks that
(although he agrees P. holomelanus is a Simodontus, yet) inas-
much as M. Chaudoir attributed also other species to Leptopodus
some of which stood in need of a new name holome/anus ought
to be relegated to Simodontus and Leptopodus retained for other
species. I think Mr. Sloane is right in this view of the matter.

*T observe that in a footnote Mr. Sloane himself hesitates considerably
on this point.

28

Mr. Sloane in a footnote states that Rhytisternus sulcatipes,
Blackb., is &. levilaterus, Chaud. I cannot look upon this as
more than a guess, inasmuch as M. Chaudoir never really de-
scribed levilaterus but only indicated its differences from
f. liopleura. Of course it may be sulcatipes but inasmuch as
M. Chaudoir says that in levilatera the fifth elytral stria is
“‘omnino obliterata,” while in swlcatipes that stria is perfectly
traceable throughout the length of the elytra; and as moreover
levilatera is said to be from Queensland while I have seen
sulcatipes only from Southern Australia, I look upon the identity
of the two as far from being established.

Discussing the affinities of Cyclothorax Mr. Sloane expresses a
doubt whether that genus can be placed in any of the recognised
tribes of Carabide. I think however it may be placed in the
tribe for which (Proc. L.S., N.S.W., 1892, p. 85) I proposed the
name Ambiytelides.

Mr. Sloane agrees that, as stated by me Tr. Roy. Soc., §.A.,
1894, p. 203, Cyclothorax cinctipennis, Black.—C. (Phorticosomus /
lateralis, Cast.

Australian coleopterists owe a debt of gratitude to Mr. Sloane
for such a memoir as this on which Iam commenting. I sincerely
hope that he will be able by degrees to treat all the larger genera
of Australian Carabide as he has now treated Homalosoma and
Rhytisternus, and that in due course the tribes of Lebtides and
Harpalides will be dealt with by him after the manner in which
he has dealt with the Feroniides.

TRECHUS.

T. atriceps, Macl. In Proc. L.8., N.S.W., 1892, p. 97, I men-
tioned having seen the type of this species at Sydney and noted
that it seemed to be a Thenarotes. Recently Mr. Masters has been
good enough to send me an example and [I find that my opinion
was correct. It is very close to my Thenarotes discoidalis var. ?
minor, but certainly distinct, being much smaller and having the
basal part of its prothorax differently sculptured. In 7. atriceps
there is a basal punctulate depression extending almost from the
central channel to the lateral margin scarcely deepened into a
fovea in the middle, while in 7. minor the punctulate space is a
distinct (though not sharply defined) fovea separated from the
central channel by a considerable unpunctured interval.

GYRINIDA.

DINEUTES.

D. inflatus, sp. nov. Fem. Latissime ovatus ; supra obscure
viridis, prothorace elytrisque sat longe intra marginem
lateralem vitta sat lata obscure cupreo-aurea (hac postice

29

abbreviata) ornatis; subtus piceo-ferrugineus, pedibus anticis
concoloribus, posterioribus 4 paullo dilutioribus; supra fere
levis obsolete rugatus, rugis in capite prothoraceque confusis
in elytris longitudinaliter dispositis, in elytrorum parte
externa paullo magis distinctis substriiformibus; elytris in
parte mediana magis quam latera versus convexis, parte
cupreo-aurea leviter subimpressa, apicibus singulatim rotun-
datis. Long., 6; lat., 4 1. (vix).

Easily distinguishable from all the previously described Aus-
tralian Gyrinide by its great width, its length being scarcely
more than half again its breadth.

Victoria.

HY DROPHILIDE.

PHILHYDRUS.

P. eyrensis, sp. nov. Ovalis; nitidus ; piceo-niger, palpis anten-
nis tibiis tarsis et capitis prothoracis elytrorumque margini-
bus lateralibus rufis vel rufo-testaceis ; supra sat equaliter
crebre sat fortiter (elytris quam caput prothoraxque paullo
magis fortiter) punctulatus ; elytris puncturis nonnullis (his
seriatim dispositis) vix majoribus impressis. Long., 23 1. ;
lat., 141.

This species is extremely like P. melanocephalus, Fab., and is
probably the insect on the authority of which P. melanocephalus
has been credited (I believe it is in Dejean’s Cat.) to Australia.
But it differs from melanocephalus in its head not being impressed
in front of the eyes, in the evidently less strong puncturation of
its prothorax and in its palpi being scarcely infuscate at the
extreme apex.

Hyre’s Peninsula.

HYDROCHUS.

H. Palmerstoni, sp. nov. Minus elongatus ; sat nitidus ; viridis,
elytris brunneis, cupreo-submicantibus ; antennis_ palpis
pedibusque sordide testaceis, genubus infuscatis ; capite inter
oculos longitudinaliter 3-sulcato; prothorace cordato sat
crebre ruguloso-punctulato, indisco minus perspicue 3-areo-
lato ; elytris seriatim punctulatis, puncturis basin versus sat
parvis postice permagnis foveiformibus. Long., 13, L;
lat., 2 1.

A remarkable species on account of the peculiar sculpture of
its elytra, the seriate punctures being in the basal one-fourth
comparatively small and the interstices between the series con-
tinuous and well defined, while before the middle the seriate
punctures become extremely large round fovez of diameter greater
than the width of a puncture and an interstice together in the

30

basal part so as to leave no continuous straight interstices be-
tween the fovez.
Near Palmerston, N. Terr. ; taken by Mr. Walker.

BEROSUS.

B. munitipennis, sp. nov. Ovalis; convexus; nitidus; supra
pallide testaceus (exemplis nonnullis sparsim fusconotatis),
capite prothoraceque rufescentibus ; subtus obscurus, anten-
nis palpis pedibusque testaceis ; capite equali, fortiter crebre
antice minus crebre) punctulato, prothorace transverso fere
ut caput (sed minus crebre quam hujus pars postica) punctu-
lato; elytris minus fortiter punctulato-striatis, ad apicem
leviter emarginatis, parte emarginata extus ut spina gracilis
perlonga producta, interstitiis planis sparsim sat fortiter
punctulatis. Long., 241.; lat., 141.

Allied to b. externe-spinosus, Fairm., but ditfering from that
species, as described, by the much coarser puncturation of its
head, its entirely testaceous legs, &c. ; differing from Queensland
specimens in my collection (which I have no doubt are Faire-
maire’s species) and from all the other described Australian
Berosi, also by the very long slender spine into which the external
apices of its elytra are produced.

S. Australia; taken by Mr. Zietz near Lake Callabonna.

NOTOBEROSUS (gen. nov. Hydrophilidarum ).

Beroso affinis; differt antennis brevioribus specie 6-articulatis
(articuli 3° 4"° que minutissimi cum 5° intime conjunguntur),
hoc quam 6° multo latiori; mesosterno haud carinato.

The insect for which I propose this name has very singular
antenne. Examined under a Coddington lens they appear to
consist of six joints, the basal two much like those of a Berosus,
the third conical and at its apex much wider than any of the
three joints which compose the club. Under a compound micro-
scope however the basal part of this apparent third joint seems
to consist of two minute joints intimately joimed to each other
and the second of them to the large joint that follows.

N. Zietzi, sp. nov. Ovalis; nitidus; glaber; supra albido-
testaceus, clypeo capiteque in medio et postice plus minusve
nigris vel obscure fuscis ; mesosterno metasterno et abdomine
nigris ; antennarum clava vix infuscata ; capite prothorace-
que (hoc transverso quali) subtiliter crebre punctulatis ;
elytris nullo modo striatis, sparsim inzequaliter (hic illic sub-
seriatim) punctulatis ; nonnullorum exemplorum (? marium)
puncturis raris permagnis juxta suturam positis. Long.,
13.1. + Jat. 21.

The punctures of the elytra are of several different sizes con-

dl

fusedly and not closely intermingled; in some specimens

(apparently, from the few examples taken, males) a few of these

are much larger than the rest and are placed near the suture

along its front half. In the male the hind margin of the

penultimate ventral segment is widely and sinuously emarginate.
S. Australia; taken by Mr. Zietz near Lake Callabonna.

NITIDULIDAE.

MACROURA.

M. Baileyi, Blackb. In Trans. Roy. Soc. 8.A., 1894, p. 204,
I stated that this species seemed to be identical with Carpophilus
obscurus, Macl., on the authority of a specimen sent to me by
Mr. Lea and compared by him with Macleay’s type. I much
regret to find that this was an error. I have since received the
same species from Mr. Masters as Witedula concolor, Macl., and
on investigation I find that the latter name is right and that
Mr. Lea’s label must have been a /apsus calami or by some over-
sight have been attached to the wrong specimen. I therefore
must withdraw my assertion regarding C. obscurus, Macl., and
notify that it is Wetedula concolor, Macl., to which it applies.

LAMELLICORNES.

ONTHOPHAGUS.

O. Leat, sp. nov. Robustus; piceus, antennis palpisque testaceis ;
nonnullorum exemplorum pedibus rufescentibus; subtus
rufo-hirsutus ; clypeo antice late rotundato ; capite creber-
rime subtilius transversim, prothorace (hoc subcanaliculato)
paullo minus crebre minus subtiliter longitudinaliter, rugu-
loso; elytris modice striatis, striis vix manifeste punctulatis;
interstitlis sat planis sparsim leviter nec subtiliter punctu-
latis; tibiis anticis extus 4-dentatis (processu apicali
incluso).

Maris; capite postice lamina subtransversa erecta alta armato,
hac ad apicem utrinque et in medio acute prominenti ; pro-
thorace antice latissime perpendiculariter declivi, superficie
perpendiculari areis 3 concavis constituta, supra aream per-
pendicularem medianam prothoracis dorso ut lamina horizon-
talis profunde bifida producto. Long., 8—91.; lat., 5—541.

This fine species is in most respects very much like O. feroz,

Har., but differs from it in the shape of the frontal horn of the

male which is a transverse lamina (not much wider however

than high), rugulose on its face and smooth on its hind surface,

soutline (viewed from the front) forming three triangles one
on each side with its apex directed outward and one on the top
with its apex directed upward; the rugulosity of the prothorax

32

moreover is markedly finer and closer than in ferox and of con-
spicuously longitudinal arrangement, the anterior projection of
the prothorax is more flatly horizontal with its lobes non-
divergent, &c., &c.

N.S. Wales; taken near Forest Reefs by Mr. A. M. Lea.

APHODIUS.

A. callabonnensis, sp. nov. Minus convexus; sat nitidus;
piceus vel nigro-piceus, prothoracis lateribus elytris (maculis
nonnullis fuscis exceptis) pedibusque (presertim femoribus
posterioribus) testaceis ; capite mutico, sparsim sat fortiter
punctulato, clypeo antice sinuato-truncato; prothorace ad
latera capillis elongatis fimbriato, postice haud marginato,
lateribus modice arcuatis, angulis posticis obtusis ; scutello
parvo sparsim punctulato; elytris subtiliter striatis, striis
seriatim punctulatis, interstitiis suturali 3° 5° que fortiter
convexis externis uniseriatim punctulatis; tibiis anticis
extus bidentatis (dente apicali incluso); tibiis posticis setis
inzequalibus instructis ; tarsorum posticorum articulo primo
elongato (quam 2"* 3° que conjuncti paullo longiori), 2°
quam 3" longiori.

Maris prothorace subtiliter, feminz magis fortiter, sparsim punc-
tulato. Long., 241; lat., 14.1.

Allied to A. sws, Fab. The fuscous spots on the elytra are one
on the fourth interstice immediately in front of the middle and
several considerably behind the middle placed in a transverse
line and more or less run together. Also resembles A. lindensis,
Blackb., differing from it inter alia by its bidentate front tibie,
clypeus truncate in front, sides of prothorax not emarginate be-
hind, elytral costee more prominent. A. Candezer, Har., also
seems (from description) to resemble the present species but
belongs to a different section of the genus having its prothorax
margined behind.

Lake Callabonna ; taken by Mr. Zietz.

ATZENIUS.

A. Zietzi, sp. nov. Subovatus; nitidus; rufus vel piceo-rufus,
nonnullorum exemplorum capite prothoraceque obscuriori-
bus ; clypeo antice triangulariter emarginato; capite cras-
sissime ruguloso; prothorace inzqualiter nec crebre sat
grosse punctulato; elytris fortiter punctulato-striatis, in
striis puncturis parvis minus perspicuis, interstitiis sat
zequalibus leviter convexis (nullo modo cariniformibus),
humeris dente minuto acuto armatis. Long., 2 1; lat., 41.

Distinguished by its equal (inter se) and non-cariniform elytral
interstices from A. australis, Hope and from all the Australian

33

Atenii that I have described except A. goyderensis (of the Horn

expedition); the latter differs from it by its black color and much

less coarsely punctulate prothorax. The species described by Sir

W. Macleay as Ammuecii (some at least of which seem to be

Atenii) all have either cariniform elytral interstices, or very

deeply punctulate elytral striz or differ greatly in size from the

present species, and are all from parts of Australia very far distant
from Lake Callabonna.

Lake Callabonna; taken by Mr. Zietz.

TROX.

T. Crotchi, Har. I have lately received an example from the
collection of M. Thomson under this name, which agrees very
well with Harold’s description and I have no doubt is correctly
named. It is clearly identical with specimens from Central Aus-
tralia which I had attributed to 7’. Crotchi and is very close to
T. eremita, Blackb., but I think the latter is a good species, as it
differs from the type of Crotchz in having the larger tubercles on
its elytra less large and of more elongate form also more
numerous than the corresponding tubercles in Crotchi and also
differs in the external teeth of its front tibize considerably smaller
and more obtuse.

T. strzeleckensis, sp. nov. Sat late ovatus; opacus ; niger,
indumento sordido vestitus; capite minus crebre nec rugulose
punctulato, bituberculato ; clypeo antice fortiter angulato ;
prothorace quam longiori fere duplo latiori, postice in medio
fortiter lobato, ut caput punctulato, supra costis tuberculis-
que nitidis sat angustis ineequali, lateribus sat fortiter trilo-
batis, angulis posticis obtuse rectis; elytris seriebus 10
tuberculorum elongatorum (his costas fractas simulantibus)
inter se equalibus insignibus, tuberculis majoribus vix
elevatis nitidissimis per superficiem totam hic illic inter-
mixtis, serierum interspatiis seriatim minute granulatis ;
tibiis anticis extus dentibus 2 (mediano et apicali) permag-
nis armatis ; prosterno postice vix prominulo. Long., 6—7
l.; lat., 4—42 1.

The sculpture of the elytra is the strongly distinctive character
of this species ; it consists of eight opaque rusty-looking carini-
form lines on each elytron which are similar inter se except that
the second and fourth are less broken near the base than the rest,
each of which is broken into short pieces (about 15 in number),
and besides which there are on each elytron a somewhat similar
but less defined line close to the suture and two ill-defined ones
between the eighth and the lateral margin, a number of scarcely
elevated somewhat star-shaped nitid spaces scattered confusedly
over the elytra, and a row of very minute granules between each

Cc

34

two of the above mentioned broken carine. This insect is
perhaps near to 7. Brucki, Har. (which is known to me only by
description), but cannot be identical with it since Brucki ++
described “processu prosternali valde tumidulo” whereas the
prosternal process of this species is as slightly developed as in
any 7'’rox known to me; it is angular behind but scarcely pro-
jects beyond the general contour of the prosternum.

Lake Callabonna and Strzelecki Creek ; taken by Mr. Zietz.

LIPARETRUS.

L. distinctus, sp. nov. Sat nitidus ; supra fere glaber ; brunneo-
testaceus, nonnullorum exemplorum capite subinfuscato ;
hoe cum prothorace crebre subfortiter punctulato ; clypeo
antice plus minusve fortiter tridentato vel trisinuato ; pro-
thorace fortiter transverso, manifeste canaliculato, antice
minus angustato, lateribus sat rotundatis; elytris sat fortiter
geminato-striatis, interstitiis sat crebre sat fortiter punctu-
latis; pygidio crebre fortiter punctulato; tibis anticis
extus dentibus 2 (apicali incluso) elongatis acutis et alio
parvo supra medium armatis ; tarsorum posticorum articulis
basalibus 2 subeequalibus ; antennis 9-articulatis.

Maris segmento 2° ventrali penicilla hirsuta perlonga postice in
medio instructo ; femine mutico. Long., 33 1.; lat., 2.1

This is the only described species (of the section having the
front of the clypeus tridentate) of uniform testaceous color.

Lake Callabonna ; taken by Mr. Zietz.

L. melanocephalus, sp. nov. Precedenti valde affinis ; capite,
elytrorum basi summa, sternis, segmentis ventralibus
(apicali excepto) et tibiis tarsisque posticis atris; tarsorum
posticorum articulo 2° quam 1"* manifeste breviori; cetera
ut preecedentis (L. distinctz).

Maris segmentis ventralibus (apicali excepto) in medio penicilla
transversa instructis ; femine muticis. Long., 3 1.; lat., 141.
Lake Callabonna; taken by Mr. Zietz.

L. aridus, sp. nov. Sat nitidus; supra fere glaber ; testaceus ;
capite minus crebre minus subtiliter punctulato; clypeo
antice subtruncato (maris quam femine minus late); pro-
thorace fortiter transverso, sat sparsim sat subtiliter punc-
tulato, haud canaliculato, antice minus angustato, lateribus
angulisque posticis rotundatis; elytris leviter geminato-
striatis, interstitiis leviter sat crebre punctulatis ; pygidio
sparsim leviter (fere obsolete) punctulato; tibiis anticis
extus dentibus 2 (apicali incluso) modicis et alio minuto
supra medium armatis ; tarsis gracilibus, posticorum articulo
2° quam 1" manifeste longiori ; antennis 9-articulatis.

3d

Maris quam femine statura magis angusta, antennarum flabello
magis elongato. lLong., 3 1.; lat., 12—1,4 1.
_At once distinguishable (in the group of Liparetri having the
antenn 9-jointed, the clypeus more or less rounded or subtrun-
cate in front, and the body glabrous, or nearly so, above) by its
uniform pale testaceous color. The flabellum of the antenne is
nearly white.
Lake Callabonna ; taken by Mr. Zietz.

COLPOCHILA.

C. palpalis, sp. nov. Sat elongata; nitida; supra subglabra,
prothorace et elytrorum basi capillis elongatis fimbriatis ;
subtus (abdomine pygidioque capillis subtilibus erectis spar-
sim vestitis exceptis) dense hirsuta ; albido-testacea, capite
(hoc plus minusve infuscato) pedibusque (horum dentibus
spinis et carinis plus minusve infuscatis) rufescentibus, pro-
thorace pallide brunnescenti; capite fortiter sat crebre
rugulose (clypeo, parte postica excepta, subtiliter nec rugu-
lose), prothorace subtiliter sparsissime, elytris (his obsolete
geminato-striatis) leviter vel vix manifeste, pygidio leviter
sparsissime, punctulatis ; antennis 9-articulatis ; prothorace
quam longiori fere duplo latiori, antice modice angustato,
obsolete canaliculato, basi vix bisinuata, lateribus fortiter
rotundatis, angulis anticis acutis posticis rotundatis ; ely-
trorum apice haud producto.

Maris antennarum flabello quam articuli precedentes 5 conjuncti
sat longiori; palporum maxillarium articulo apicali dilatato,
quam precedentes 2 conjuncti sat longiori; tibiis anticis
(exempli typici) carentibus.

Femine antennarum flabello quam articuli preecedentes 5 con-
juncti vix longiori; palpis maxillariis normalibus; tibiis
anticis extus fortiter 3-dentatis. Long., 10 1.; lat., 541.

This insect is very remarkable by reason of the form of the
palpi in the male, which are fully as long as the head, the apical
joint being dilated and especially elongate; its form is curved
and its upper surface is deeply bisulcate, the space between the
sulci convex, presenting the appearance of the joint being a husk
split open lengthways and revealing an enclosed kernel. It is
unfortunate that the only male in the collection has lost its front
legs as without examining those organs it seems just possible that
the species ought to be regarded as an aberrant member of the

Clavipalpides. Its simple claws, however, and mandibles of the

Sericoid type point strongly to the probability that the front

legs of the male are not of the Clavipalpid type. I have dis-

ected a female and failed to find any character to distinguish it
rom a female Colpochila, so I feel little doubt that the insect

36

belongs to the Serzcoides and can be separated from Colpochila
only by the peculiar palpi of the male. Jt seems undesirable to
omit describing this insect in spite of the imperfection of the
male type, as it is from a remote inland locality whence more
material cannot be expected at any early date ; nor does it seem
practicable to found a new genus on it without examining an un-
broken male. If the difference from Colpochila prove to be
limited to that of the male palpi I doubt whether it can rightly
be treated as generically distinct from Colpochila, and, for the
present at any rate, it seems best to place it in that genus, of
which it has entirely the facies. In my tabulation of Colpochila
(Proc. L.8.N.S.W. 1890, pp. 520, &c.) it falls under “ EE” on
p. 521, along with C. gigantea, Burm., from which it is very
distinct by many characters—znter alia its nearly white color
and the antennal flabellum of the male consisting of only three
joints. The characters of the palpi in the male of course dis-
tinguish it from all the other described species of the genus.
Lake Callabonna ; taken by Mr. Zietz.

CALLABONICA (gen. nov. /feteronycidarum).

Mentum quadratum, tectiforme ; labrum (speciel typice) verti-
cale supra clypeum sursum productum; antennz (speciei
typice) 8-articulate, flabello 3-articulato, articulis brevibus ;
alee obsolete ; cetera ut Heteronycis.

It seems impossible to refer the species for which I propose
this name to any hitherto characterised genus ; its appendiculate
claws aborted wings (which are only about half as long as the
elytra) and remarkable mentum taken together render it easy. of
identification. The mentum is somewhat of the form known in
geometry as a “triangular prism,” being formed of two plane
surfaces meeting down the middle line and sloping down from the
middle line on either side, the extreme front also being sloped
(or obliquely truncate) and representing I presume. the ligula.
Unfortunately there is not an example that can be devoted to
dissection. The general appearance is that of a very short
Heteronyx, with very convex elytra much rounded on their
lateral outline. The genus is no doubt near Pseudoheteronyx but
differs from it inter alia by the form of its mentum, by its wings
not being altogether wanting, and by its longer metasternum
(which however is somewhat shorter than in Heteronyx). It also
bears some general resemblance to Byrrhomorpha from which
however its appendiculate claws at once separate it. It is cer-
tainly incapable of flight, and no doubt is found (like Pseudo-
heteronyx) under stones.

C. propria, sp. nov. Nitida; nigra, antennis palpisque testaceis,
pedibus rufescentibus; capite equaliter confertim sat fortiter

aii

ruguloso, prothorace elytrisque grosse sat crebre sat equaliter
(elytris quam prothorax paullo magis crebre), pygidio leviter
squamose sat subtiliter, punctulatis ; corpore supra sparsim
vix manifeste (capite magis crebre) fulvo-pubescenti, subtus
pygidioque pilis erectis minus crebre vestitis ; clypeo antice
late leviter emarginato; hunc labro superanti; prothorace
quam longiori fere duplo latiori, antice vix angustato, angu-
lis anticis acutis productis posticis obtusis, lateribus sat
arcuatis; elytris haud striatis; coxis posticis metasterno
longitudine sat quali; tibiis anticis extus fortiter acute
tridentatis ; tarsorum posticorum articulo 2° quam 1"* duplo

longiori. Long., 53 1.; lat., 3—34 1.
I do not find any notable sexual difference, but the proportion-

ally wider specimen is probably a female.

Lake Callabonna; taken by Mr. Zietz.

HETERONYX.

H. suturalis, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, sat convexus ; postice
vix dilatatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus, elytrorum sutura
infuscata ; subtiliter minus crebre pubescens ; capite grosse
subcrebre (clypeo magis crebre), prothorace sat sparsim sat
fortiter, elytris squamose subtilius sat crebre, pygidio leviter
sat grosse, punctulatis ; clypeo antice late levitere marginato,
ante oculos minus dilatato, sutura clypeali subtili fere recta ;
prothorace quam longiori fere duabus partibus (postice quam
antice dimidia parte) latiori, lateribus sat arcuatis, basi leviter
bisinuata, angulis anticis sat acutis vix productis posticis
rotundato-obtusis ; elytris haud striatis, transversim minus
manifeste rugatis ; tibiis anticis extus dentibus 2 (apicali
incluso) acutis magnis (alioque parvo supra medium posito)
armatis; labro clypeum sat late superanti; antennis 9-
articulatis; coxis posticis ad latera quam metasternum
manifeste brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2" paullo
longioribus; tarsis posticis modice elongatis, articulo 2°
quam 1" parum longiori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long.,
34 1.; lat., 1£ 1.

This species belongs to my “Group VII.” of Heteronyx (vide
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1889, p. 1219) which is tabulated in loc. cit. pp.
662, &c. In the tabulation it falls beside H. vacwus, Blackb.,
to which it is closely allied, differing however inter alia by its
more strongly transverse and more coarsely punctulate prothorax,
and the well-marked infuscation of its elytral suture.

Lake Callabonna ; taken by Mr. Zietz.

HYPHORYCTES (gen. nov. Dynastidarwm ).

Mentum hirsutum, sat elongatum, sat convexum, antice rotunda-
tum; palpi modici, articulo apicali elongato-ovali; mandibulee

38

externe bidentate (fere ut sodontis),; clypeus antrorsum
angustatus, a capite sutura subtili angulata in medio tuber-
culo armata divisus; caput haud carina marginatum; pro-
thorax equalis ; pedes breves crassissimi, tibiis anticis extus
obtuse bidentatis (processu apicali excluso) posterioribus 4
transversim bicarinatis, tarsorui posticorum articulo basali
fortiter ad apicem dilatato; processus prosternalis validus
hirsutus ; organa stridulationis nulla; maris tarsorum anti-
corum unguiculus externus crassus bifidus.

I cannot refer the species for which I propose this name to any
existing genus, nor is it clear in which of his subtribes of
Dynastides Lacordaire would have placed it, as the absence of
sexual characters in the head and prothorax would associate it
with subtribes in which the basal joint of the hind tarsi is of
very different structure. It is generically very close to Pentodon
australis, Blackb., but differs from it enter alia by the much more
strongly dilated basal joint of its hind tarsi.

H. maculatus, sp. nov. Sat elongatus; minus nitidus ; testaceo-
rufus, suturis et carinis corporis pedumque fere omnibus et
prothoracis utrinque macula laterali infuscatis; capite crebre
subfortiter ruguloso, clypeo antice truncato leviter reflexo ;
prothorace quam longiori dimidia parte latiori, antice forti-
ter angustato, sparsim subtiliter (vix manifeste) punctulato,
lateribus (superne visis) parum arcuatis; scutello magno
levi ; elytris vix (vel nullo modo) striatis, obsolete seriatim
punctulatis; pygidio antice crebre subtiliter postice vix
manifeste punctulato. Long., 6—8].; lat., 35—5 1.

I have seen several examples of this insect; one of them has
the elytra faintly striate with indications of about four obsolete
coste and some very faint but distinct punctures ; in the other
examples this sculpture is scarcely discernible ; the difference is
not sexual. I have no doubt they all appertain to one species.

Thursday Island ; also Cape York.

NOVAPUS.

NV. rugosicollis, Blackb. At the time when I described this
species (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1890 p. 305) I was doubtful of
the sex of the type but concluded with hesitation that it was a
male. Subsequent examination of more recently acquired
examples of the genus has satisfied me that it is a female. I have
no doubt the male has a large excavation on the prothorax.

NV. nitidus, sp. nov. Mas. Brevis; latus; nitidus; subtus sat
dense rufo-hirsutus ; piceo-rufus ; capite cornu recurvo acuto
armato; prothorace quam longiori fere duplo latiori, antice
valde angustato, excavatione permagna a basi ad apicem
extensa pernitida fere levi impresso (hujus lateribus sursum

39

obtuse prominentibus), partibus lateralibus sat fortiter sat
crebre punctulatis, lateribus fortiter rotundatis, angulis
anticis sat acutis posticis obtusis, margine antico fere trun-
cato , elytris fere levibus. Long., 103 1.; lat., 6 1.

A second example of this insect (in the collection of C. French,
Esq.) is larger (long. 12 1.) and has the lateral parts of the pro-
thorax a little less closely punctulate, but presents no other
difference. The clypeus of this species as of the others of the
genus known to me is somewhat narrowly produced forward in
the middle, and the apex of the projection is rather strongly re-
flexed. This species may be at once distinguished from all the
others of the genus that I have seen by its almost levigate elytra
which are marked only with a fine sutural stria two or three ob-
solete striz (resembling faint wrinkles) and some very faintly
impressed and distantly placed punctures.

N. Queensland.

LV. bidentatus, sp. nov. Mas. Sat brevis; minus latus; sat
nitidus ; subtus sat dense rufo-hirsutus ; rufus ; capite cornu
vix recurvo acuminato minus elongato armato ; clypeo antice
fere equaliter rotundato, margine reflexo sat alte cincto ;
prothorace quam longiori vix dimidia parte latiori, antice
valde angustato, excavatione permagna a basi ad apicem
extensa fere levi impresso (hujus lateribus sursum obtuse
prominentibus), partibus lateralibus antice sparsissime
punctulatis postice levibus, lateribus rotundatis postice
sinuatis, angulis anticis acutis posticis fere (nec acute) rectis,
margine antico leviter fere equaliter emarginato prope
medium utrinque tuberculo parvo acuto armato; elytris
strlis nonnullis leviter impressis, his seriatim (interstitiis
confuse) inzequaliter punctulatis. Long., 9 1.; lat., 541.
The two small sharp tubercles placed one on either side of the
middle of the front margin of the prothorax distinguish this
species from all the others yet described of the genus.
Central Australia ; McDonnell Ranges.

PSEUDORYCTES.

P. monstrosus, sp. nov. Mas. Nitidus; rufus, capite elytris
pygidioque nigris; capite hirsuto antice perpendiculari,
parte perpendiculari planato crasse ruguloso, cetera sparsim
punctulato ; antennarum flabello elongato, hujus articulis
singulis quam articuli ceteri conjuncti manifeste longioribus;
prothorace sparsim minus evidenter punctulato, sparsim
hirsuto, spinis 3 perlongis (quam prothoracis latitudo sub-
longioribus) sat gracilibus armatis (ex his alio antico sinuato
antrorsum et sursum oblique directo, aliis fere erectis
utrinque paullo ante medium positis); scutello elytrisque

40

tere leevibus nitidissimis, his stria suturali fortiter impressis ;
corpore subtus dense hirsuto ; pygidio fere glabro. Long.,
9 1.; lat., 54 1.

This extraordinary species is instantly distinguishable from its
described congeners by the remarkable armature of its prothorax
which consists of three somewhat slender horns of about equal
length, each of them about as long as the prothorax is wide. Its
black head prothorax and pygidium are also notable. The per-
pendicular front of its head viewed from in front is flattened,—
not concave as in that of P. mullerianus,—and is almost of semi-
circular shape, the chord of the semicircle (which however is
slightly arched) forming its upper outline.

Gascoigne District, W. Australia; in the collection of Mr.
French.

P. trifidus, sp. nov. Mas. Latus; sat nitidus ; rufo-brunneus;
capite antice perpendiculari, parte perpendiculari concavo ;
antennarum flabello elongato ; hujus articulis singulis quam
articuli ceteri conjuncti multo longioribus ; prothorace spar-
sim subtiliter (parte excavata magis crasse) punctulato,
cornubus 3 armatis (his quam prothoracis latitudo fere triplo
brevioribus, cornu antico valde trifido, lateralibus crassissi-
mis sed apicem versus sat gracilibus); scutello sparsim
punctulato; elytris inequaliter striatis, striis crebre sat
fortiter punctulatis, interstitiis sparsim ineequaliter punctu-
latis ; corpore subtus dense hirsuto ; pygidio crebre (apicem
versus sparsissime) punctulato. Long., 12 1.; lat., 7 1.

This species is easily recognisable by the armature of its pro-
thorax ; the front horn is directed forward over the head and
turned upward at the apex which consists of three large triangu-
lar teeth (the middle one erect, the lateral ones directed outward
on either side); the lateral horns are placed very widely apart
and are erect but a little curved (so as to be convergent at their
apices), and are extremely thick at their base but in their upper
half become slender with almost pointed apices. The striation
of the elytra is much better defined than in P. mullerianus,
White.

Queensland; Darling R. district; in the collection of Mr.
G. Masters.

HORONOTUS.

H., optatus, Shp. I have before me three male specimens for-
warded by Mr. French evidently of this species. J should judge
from the description of H. variolicollis, Fairm., that it is founded
on the same species and must become a synonym. It seems also
probable that my Palmerstonia minor is the female (which ap-
pears to have been unknown to both Sharp and Fairemaire) of

4]

the same species. Whether the Australian species referred by
Sharp and Fairemaire to this Indian genus //oronotus are satis-
factorily placed there or are better regarded as generically dis-
tinct (in which case my name Palmerstonia will stand) I am not
in a position to determine positively, as I have not an example
of any Indian species for comparison, but it may be noted that
according to Burmeister (the author of the genus) and Lacor-
daire, one of the generic characters of Horonotus consists in the
prothorax being armed with an excavation and also one or more
prominences in both sexes. In my Palmerstonia and in the only
Australian species attributed to Horonotus of which the female is
known (#. duplex, Shp.) the prothorax of the female is quite
even; this appears to me to be an important character and to
render justifiable the use of a distinctive generic name.

SEMANOPTERUS.

S. rectangulus, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat latus; nitidus; piceus,
capite prothoraceque nigris, antennarum clava rufescenti ;
subtus longe sat dense rufo-pilosus; capite transversim
rugato tuberculo conico inter oculos armato; prothorace
quam longiori plus quam dimidio latiori, minus crebre (in
medio obsolete, sed in depressione crasse squamose) punctu-
lato, antice angustato, lateribus sat fortiter rotundatis mox
ante basin subito fortiter incurvis hine ad basin (superne
visis) rectis, angulis anticis sat prominulis posticis acute
rectis ; elytris 4 costatis (costa suturali inclusa), interstitiis
sat crasse nec crebre nec profunde punctulatis ; tibiis anticis
extus fortiter (maris quam feminz magis acute) tridentatis ;
segmento ventrali 6° punctulato, postice vitta transversali
levi marginato ; processu prosternali angusto carinato.

Maris prothorace antice fossa magna rotundata profunda, postice
sulco longitudinali in medio dilatato, impresso ; segmento 6°
ventrali postice emarginato.

Femine prothorace longitudinaliter sulcato, sulco et ante et pone
medium dilatato ; segmento ventrali 6° simplici. Long., 7
alate 4 1.

It is extremely difficult to arrive at any satisfactory conclusion
as to the limits of species in this most perplexing genus; speci-
mens taken in company and certainly seeming to be of but one
species vary considerably in the puncturation of the upper sur-
face (especially in the distinctness of the prothoracic punctures
and in the extent to which the punctures of the elytral inter-
stices invade the edges of the coste) and even in the width of
the prothorax. The insect described above is however easily
recognisable by the peculiar outline of the prothorax which is
very suddenly and strongly contracted a little in front of the

42

base and thence (viewed from above) quite parallel hindward,
the hind angles being sharply rectangular (almost dentiform).
The shape of the prosternal process also calls for attention.
This in the genus Semanopterus rises perpendicularly behind the
coxe and its summit is bent forward so as to project slightly
between the coxe towards the head. In the present species it is
densely clothed with long sete and is considerably narrower
than in some species of the genus; its perpendicular face is
strongly convex,—almost cariniform,—and its forward bend is
only slight, the bent-forward part being quite narrow and almost
evenly continuing the curve and convexity of the perpendicular
part. In some species the bent-forward part is much wider
flatter and almost at a right angle to the perpendicular part.

Alice Springs, Oodnadatta, Leigh’s Creek and Barrow’s Creek.

S. persimilis, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat latus ; nitidus; piceo-niger,
subtus obscure rufescens longe sat dense rufo-pilosus ; capite
crasse squamose ruguloso, tuberculo conico inter oculos
armato; prothorace quam longiori dimidio latiori sat crebre
sat fortiter (in depressione crasse squamose) punctulato,
antice angustato, lateribus sat fortiter rotundatis mox ante
basin subito fortiter incurvis hinc ad basin (superne visis)
rectis, angulis anticis sat prominulis posticis acute rectis ;
elytris 4-costatis (costa suturali inclusa), interstitiis sat
crasse nec crebre nec profunde punctulatis; tibiis anticis
extus valde fortiter (maris quam feminz etiam magis for-
titer) tridentatis ; segmento ventrali 6° punctulato, postice
vitta transversali Jevi marginato ; processu prosternali sat
angusto carinato, parte summa antrorsum directa minute
planata et antrorsum deelivi.

Maris prothorace antice fossa magna rotundata profunda, postice
sulco longitudinali, impresso ; segmento 6° ventrali postice
emarginato.

Femine prothorace longitudinaliter sulcato, sulco et ante et
pone medium dilatato; segmento ventrali 6° simplici.
Long., 7—8 1. ; lat., 4—42 1.

This species is very closely allied to S. rectangulus, Blackb.,
from which it differs by the nearly black color of its upper sur-
face, the evidently stronger puncturation of its prothorax, the
larger teeth on the external margin of its front tibie, the more
confused sculpture of its clypeus and the different shape of its
prosternal process. This latter (as in rectangulus) consists of an
erect somewhat narrow piece keeled on its hind face rising from
the surface of the prosternum behind the coxee and at its summit
bent forward slightly towards the head; but whereas in
rectangulus this bending forward is the result merely of the top

43

of the process being slightly curved, in persimilis a small flattish
lamina appears to jut out (from the top of the process) directed
towards the head and also sloping downwards, so that from a
certain point of view (7.e. from the side) the top of the process
seems to be obliquely truncate with its point furthest from the
head subtuberculiform. The process (as in rectangulus) is densely
hirsute but in this species the front part of the flattened top is
glabrous. This species is distinguished from all the recognisably
described Semanopteri (except rectangulus) by the peculiar out-
line of its prothorax which (viewed from above) looks as if a
small piece had been cut-out on either side close to the base.
N. Queensland ; sent by Mr. French.

S. dentatus, sp. nov. Late ovalis; minus convexus; nitidus ;
piceo-niger, subtus vix rufescens, rufopilosus ; capite crasse
squamose nec profunde ruguloso, tuberculo magno armato,
pone tuberculum fossa levi impresso; prothorace quam
longiori plus quam dimidio latiori, subgrosse minus crebre
nec profunde (in depressione et versus angulos anticos crasse
squamose) punctulato, antice angustato, margine antico in
medio leviter elevato, lateribus sat rotundatis, angulis
anticis sat prominulis posticis (superne visis) rectis (haud
acute); elytris minus equaliter sat crasse leviter punctulato-
striatis, vix manifeste costatis, puncturis striarum et inter-
stitiorum nonnihil confusis; tiblis anticis extus fortiter
tridentatis ; abdomine sparsim leviter squamose punctulato ;
processu. prosternali minus angusto, retrorsum fortiter
bidentato.

Mas latet.

Feminz prothorace antice fossa rotundata, postice sulco longi-
tudinali obsoleto, impresso. Long., 11 1; lat., 6 1. (vix).

The remarkable form of the prosternal process at once separates
this species from its described congeners. The process may be
described as rising upwards from the level of the prosternum
behind the cox, but instead of rising erectly it inclines forward,
and its hinder face bears two large transverse blunt teeth or
tubercles (one below the other) and is nearly glabrous. The
nitid depression on the head behind the tubercle is also very dis-

tinctive. As the apical ventral segment is not emarginate I

presume the example before me is a female. The prosternum 2m

front of the coxee is somewhat wide, with a strong median keel.

N. Queensland.

S. carinatus, sp. nov. S. persimili valde affinis ; differt dentibus
tibiarum anticarum minoribus, tarsorum posticorum articulo
basali ad apicem minus lato, processu prosternali ad sum-
mum sat longe horizontali anguste cariniformi, nec tubercu-
lato. Long., 7 1.; lat., 41.

tt

This species is extremely like S. rectangulus, Blackb., and
S. persimilis, Blackb., but differs from both by characters that
appear to me quite inconsistent with specific identity. The most
notable of these is the form of the prosternal process, which at
the top is bent forward towards the head in such fashion that its
bent-forward portion almost forms a right angle with its erect
portion,—but this (7.e., the bent-forward portion) instead of being
a small flattish lamina bounded posteriorly by a tubercle (as it is
in persimilis) is a narrow keel (its outline viewed from the side
being seen however to be slightly concave) ; while in rectangulus
the bent-forward portion is scarcely existent being represented
merely by the erect portion being slightly curved towards the
head at its summit. The prosternum in front of the coxe is
in all these three species narrow and roundly cariniform. The
puncturation of the prothorax is in this species almost as in
rectangulus but the sulcus of the hind part of the prothorax is
simple as in persimilis (not dilated in its middle into a fovea as
it is in rectangulus).

Northern Territory of South Australia ; near Palmerston.

N.B.—The species of Semanopterus named previously to those
I have described are S. (Philewrus) subcostatus, Cast., S. Ade-
laide, subequalis and depressus, Hope, and S. convexiusculus and
depresstusculus, Macl. None of them are described sufficiently
for confident identification and it is possible that I may have
described some of them, especially the first,—the description of
which would apply so far as it goes to any Semanopterus. I,
however, have species in my collection which seem likely to be
Adelaide, subequalis, and convexiusculus and are certainly dis-
tinct from those I have described. I should judge from their
names that S. depressus and depressiusculus cannot be identical
with any of my species unless it be S. dentatus,—but they are
both described as having costate elytra, while dentatus is of all
the Semanoptert known to me the only one on which no clearly
defined elytral costee can be traced.

ISCHIOPSOPHA.

I. Bowrker, sp. nov. Nitidissimus; lete viridis (vel certo ad-
spectu ceruleus), antennis palpisque piceis plus minusve
viridi-micantibus, abdominis suturis parte mediana macu-
lisque lateralibus certo adspectu nigricantibus ; supra tota
creberrime omnium subtillissime coriacea ; capite sparsius
subtilius punctulato, clypeo profunde bifido; prothorace
(lobo basali excepto) quam longiori (et postice quam antice)
duplo latiori, latera versus leviter sparsim (in disco vix
manifeste) quam caput multo minus fortiter punctulato,
lobo basali magno scutellum fere obtegenti ad apicem emar-

+

[ey |

ginato ; elytris leevibus nisi juxta marginem lateralem trans-
versim strigatis, sutura postice carinata et ad apicem
spinoso-producta ; pygidio concentrice sat fortiter strigato ;
subtus sublevis vel potius obsolete sparsissime punctulata,
segmentis ventralibus singulis utrinque spatio crebre oblique
strigato ornatis ; processu mesosternali elongato sat horizon-
tali.

Maris capite elongato, tibiis anticis extus (processu apicali
excepto) dente minuto subapicali (et altero submediano haud
vel vix manifesto) armatis ; abdomine longitudinaliter
concavo.

Feminz capite minus elongato, tibiis anticis extus dentibus 3
(apicali incluso) sat fortibus armatis ; abdomine sat eequali-
ter convexo, segmento 5° postice puncturis nonnullis sat
magnis impressis. Long., 13 1.; lat., 64.

I cannot find among the numerous species of IJschiopsopha
described (some of them as Lomaptere) as occurring in New
Guinea and Malay that this large and magnificent insect has a
place. Compared with J. (Lomaptera) pulciripes, Thoms., the
present species is larger and of a more robust build,—differently
colored, its green tending towards blue whereas that of
pulchripes tends towards golden,—its head is very similar except
more finely sparsely and faintly punctured, especially in the
hinder part,—its prothorax is much more strongly transverse,
devoid of transverse strigosity, and very much less strongly
punctured (the punctures even close to the lateral margin being
very sparse and scarcely so strongly impressed as those halfway
between the middle of the prothorax and the lateral margin in
pulchripes),—its elytra are practically punctureless (in the
female the punctures where most distinct are scarcely so much
so as in the middle of the prothorax of pu/chripes, in the male
they are still fainter) their sutural apex is more prominent, and
their system of submarginal transverse scratches is almost
exactly as in Hemipharis insularis, L. and G.,—its legs are very
differently colored,—its whole surface under a strong lens is seen
to be finely coriaceous or covered evenly with a system of exces-
sively close and fine puncturation underlying all the other sculp-
ture. The bluish tone of color is more marked in the males than
females.

N. Queensland ; taken by Captain Edmund Bourke, R.N., and
presented to me.

ASTREUS.

A. Meyricki, Blackb. I see that Herr. van de Pollin Tijdsckr.
ent. Xxxvi., p. 67, says that this name has been given to the same
species as that which he called A. Badenz. I have already (Proc.
L.S., N.S.W., 1894, p. 101) drawn attention to the facts that

46

Herr van de Poll and [ both described some Australian Astrei
in 1889, that his descriptions seem to have been published before
mine, and that probably his A. Jansonz and my A. Tepperi are
names of one and the same species. When writing that note I
considered the question whether Meyrick: and Badeni are iden-
tical and considered it doubtful, an opinion I still hold. Herr
van de Poll gives as the first-named habitat of A. Badeni
“Gawler, S.A.,” and adds as a second locality “‘Swan River.” I
doubt whether any Astreus is common to these very distant
localities, and if the type of A. Ladeni really came from Gawler
I should expect to find it different from A. Meyricki which is
from N.W. Australia. No doubt the two species are at any
rate much like each other, but I notice that A. Badenz as figured
has the basal spot of its elytra extending across two interstices
while in A. Meyricki it seems to be constantly limited to one
interstice,—nor do I find any trace in Meyricki of the fine red
line which is depicted across the basal margin of the elytra in
Baden. On these grounds I look upon it as quite likely that if
the types of the two could be compared other differences would
be found.
BUBASTES.

B. splendens, Blackb. The Coleoptera collected at L. Calla-
bonna by Mr. Zietz include what I take to be a second specimen
of this insect. It is notably smaller than the type with elytra
tending towards violet in color and the puncturation throughout
seems to be a trifle less strong but, judging from the extreme
variability of its congener 6. inconsistens, Thoms., these differ-
ences are unlikely to be specific.

CHRYSOBOTHRIS.

C. interioris, sp. nov. Obscure znea, hic illic cuprascens, elytro-
rum foveis sat lete cupreis; capite antice sat crasse rugu-
loso-punctulato et transversim inequali, postice crebre sub-
tilius punctulato (in medio levi et canaliculato), oculis minus
approximatis ; prothorace quam longiori duabus_ partibus
latiori, leviter canaliculato (canali antice obsoleto), crebre
subtilius transversim rugato et sat crebre punctulato, antice
et postice equaliter angustato, ineequali (presertim utrinque
oblique leviter impresso), lateribus (superne visis) in parte
mediana rectis vel fere concavis hinc et antice et postice
angulatim convergentibus, basi valde trisinuata; elytris
crebre subtilius punctulatis, costis discoidalibus 4 et costa
abbreviata subscutellari instructis, foveis 3 impressis, lateri-
bus denticulatis fere ab humero, apice obtuso ; corpore sub-
tus in parte mediana sparsim (latera versus sat crebre)
punctulato, puncturis a parte antica retrorsum gradatim

47

minus fortiter impressis; prosterni margine antico late
emarginato; segmento apicali ventrali 2-emarginato et
3-spinoso. Long., 62 1.; lat., 23 1.

The eyes are wider apart than in most Chrysobothres known to
me. The prothorax is of peculiar form (the form probably that
M. Thomson calls ‘ subhexagonalis”), approximated however
though only feebly by one or two other species in my collection ;
the middle part of its sides is slightly concave and at the front
and hind apices of this middle part the outline is very distinctly
angulated and thence proceeds obliquely to the comparatively
narrow front and hind margins respectively, so that the segment
is quite decidedly ‘‘ octagonal” (except in so far as its regularity
is marred by the trisinuation of the base). Another well-marked
character is afforded by the hind outline of the apical ventral
segment which is widely emarginate, either side of the emargina-
tion being produced in a strong spine, while the longitudinal
carina that runs down the segment is produced hindward
(dividing the emargination into two) in a third spine very little
shorter than the lateral ones. I am unfortunately not able to
detail the differences between this species and any other described
Australian Chrysobothris as there is not one of those hitherto
named that has been recognisably described. I have in my col-
lection examples (conjecturally identified) of most of them but
it is of no use to compare a new species with an old one unless
one is quite certain of the latter. Limiting myself to the char-
acters mentioned in the descriptions I may say however that the
3-spinose apex of its abdomen distinguishes this insect from
C. subsimilis, Thoms., and amplicollis, Thoms., and that the
strong oblique lateral impressions of its prothorax distinguish it
from C. Mastersi, Macl., and viridis, Macl. The other species
are practically undescribed, although it may be noted that Mr.
Saunders’ re-description of C. Australasiw, Hope, seems to imply
that the apex of its abdomen is not tri-spinose; their localities
however are such as to render extremely improbable their
identity with this Central Australian species. The elytral coste
of the present insect are very well defined and are placed as in
the other Australian species ; the foveze are placed as follows,—
one close to the middle of the base, one in front of the middle
between the second and third cost, one behind the middle inter-
rupting the third costa. The front femora are strongly dentate
beneath, the intermediate tibie nearly straight. The basal two
ventral segments are shallowly concave longitudinally.

Lake Callabonna ; taken by Mr. Zietz.

AGRYPNUS.

A. Mastersi, Macl. Specimens of Agrypnus taken by Mr.
Zietz near Lake Callabonna vary from the type prevalent in N.

48

Queensland to an extent that seems scarcely consistent with
specific identity,—the prothorax being very much more finely
punctulate and having its sides much more sinuate behind the
middle. Nevertheless as that eminent specialist Dr. Candéze has
stated his opinion, after examining a long series of Agrypni from
various parts of Australia, that he has seen only one species and
that it is an extremely variable one, I deem it better to abstain
from treating these Central Australian specimens as specifically
distinct from J/astersz.
LACON.

L. Zietzi, sp. nov. Piceus; minus nitidus ; squamulis piliformi-
bus griseis vestitus (his in elytrorum interstitiis alternis
paullo densioribus), antennis pedibusque rufescentibus ;
prothorace quam longiori vix latiori, crebre subfortiter
punctulato, canaliculato (canali antice obsoleto), a basi ad
apicem gradatim (leviter sinuatim) angustato, basi quam
margo anticus duplo latiori, angulis posticis obtusis extus
paullo dilatatis; elytris quam prothorax parum latioribus,
punctulato-striatis, interstitiis subfortiter punctulatis inter
se eequalibus ; sulcis tarsorum nullis. Long., 5 1.; lat., 121.

The slightly denser disposition of the vestiture on the alternate
interstices of the elytra than on the others,—which is more ap-
“parent in some examples than in others,—gives this species a
faint appearance of being striped and renders it a little doubtful
whether Dr. Candéze would place it in his tabulation (Mém.
Liége (2) IX., 1882, pp. 49, &e.) among the unicolorous or the
variegated species. Among the former it would stand beside
L. princeps, Cand., and crassus, Cand., from which its size and
the posterior angles of its prothorax not truncate readily dis-
tinguish it,—while among the variegated species it would be at
once distinguished by the absence of tarsal sulci. It should be
noted that although careful measurement shows the prothorax to
be a trifle wider than long, that segment to a casual glance ap-
pears longer than wide.

Lake Callabonna; taken by Mr. Zietz.

MONOCREPIDIUS.

M. commodus, sp. nov. Modice angustus ; sat parallelus ; minus
nitidus; pube fulva vestitus; totus ferrugineus, antennis
pedibusque dilutioribus, scutello elytrorumque basi rufescen-
tibus; antennarum articulo 3° quam 2" parum longiori,
quam 5" duplo breviori ; prothorace trans angulos posticos
quam longiori vix latiori, subtiliter manifeste canaliculato
(nonnullorum exemplorum canali antice posticeque abbre-
viato), sat crebre minus subtiliter umbilicato-punctulato,
angulis posticis divergentibus, bicarinatis (carina interna

49

brevi minus perspicua); elytris ad apicem sat rotundatis
nonnullorum exemplorum angulo suturali brevissime acuto),
punctulato-striatis, interstitiis leviter convexis crebre sub-
aspere punctulatis ; prosterno medio fortiter gibbo, fortius
vix crebre punctulato, hoc ad latera haud deplanato,
suturis prosternalibus rectis, pronoti margine antico in pro-
sternum defiexo; tarsorum lamella sat angusta.

Maris antennis prothoracis basin sat longe superantibus ; pro-
thorace a basi ad apicem sinuatim angustato.

Femine antennis prothoracis basin vix attingentibus ; prothorace
ad medium quam trans basin parum angustiori. Long., 63—
73 1.5 lat., 14—22 1.

The Australian species of Monocrepidius may be best sub-
divided, in my opinion, by the structure of the lateral margin of
the pronotum and prosternum which assumes three different
forms. In some species (e.g., Australasia, Boisd.) it is strictly
lateral ; in others (¢.g., acwminatus, Macl.) it is deflexed in front
so that (viewed from directly above) the front part of it passes
out of sight and both margins can be seen together in their
entirety only by turning the specimen upside down and looking
at them on the prosternum, but in other respects it is as in the
former group; in a third group of species (¢.g., nigripennis, Cand.)
it passes on to the prosternum behind the middle of the segment
(so that the greater part of it is invisible when the pronotum is
viewed from directly above) and is bordered on the prosternum
by a well-defined sulcus (these species mimicking some Hucnemide
in their structure.

The present species belongs to the second of these groups, and
is distinguishable by exceptionally good characters, among which
the most noticeable are the remarkably convex—strongly protu-
berant—middle part of its prosternum, and the umbilicated punc-
tures of its prothorax (inside each of which there appears to be a
small granule).

Lake Callabonna ; taken by Mr. Zietz.

M. inamenus, sp.nov. Modice angustus; sat parallelus ; minus
nitidus ; pube fulva vestitus ; supra obscure brunneus, cor-
pore subtus ferrugineo, antennis palpis pedibusque testaceis ;
capite postice longitudinaliter carinato ; antennarum articulo
3° quam 2"S vix longiori, quam 5* duplo breviori; prothorace
trans angulos posticos quam longiori subangustiori, leviter
canaliculato (canali antice sat obsoleto), confertissime vix
aspere punctulato, angulis posticis parum divergentibus
bicarinatis (carina interna sat forti minus abbreviata) ;
elytris ad apicem sat rotundatis (angulo suturali brevissime
acuto), punctulato-striatis, interstitiis leviter convexis sub-

D

50

tiliter transversim rugatis; prosterno medio fortius vix
crebre punctulato, hoc ad latera sulcato, suturis prosternali-
bus rectis, pronoti margine in prosternum deflexo ; tarsorum
lamella angusta.

Maris antennis prothoracis basin vix superantibus ; prothorace
a basi ad apicem sinuatim angustato.

Femine antennis prothoracis basin haud attingentibus; prothorace
ad medium quam trans basin parum angustiori. Long,,
5—54 1.; lat., 121.

This species belongs to the third of the groups that I have
suggested above as convenient subdivisions of Monocrepidius. It
is remarkable for the extremely close puncturation of its pro-
thorax. It may be noted that the piece of the prosternum in-
cluded between the prosternal suture and the margin of the
pronotum is (not as in some species acuminate, but) obliquely
truncate in front. In Dr. Candéze’s tabulation of Monocrepidius
(Mon. II. pp. 191, &c.) the present species would stand beside
M. fictus, Cand., from which inter alia its considerably larger
size will distinguish it.

Lake Callabonna ; taken by Mr. Zietz.

APHILEUS.

A. ferox, sp. nov. Sat latus ; sat depressus ; fusco-piceus, palpis
antennis pedibusque testaceis vel piceo-testaceis ; breviter
cinereo-setulosus ; mandibulis elongatis, quam caput (labro
excluso) sat longioribus, curvatis, ad apicem acutis (haud
bidentatis), pone medium intus dente valde elongato arma-
tis; capite sat nitido inter oculos concavo, sat crebre punc-
tulato ; prothorace sat nitido, quam longiori tribus partibus
latiori, obsolete canaliculato, sat crebre (ad latera fere ut
caput, in medio paullo minus crebre) punctulato, trans basin
quam trans marginem anticum plus quam dimidia parte
latiori, subquadrato (sed lateribus versus apicem summum
fortiter convergentibus, versus basin summam fortiter diver-
gentibus), lateribus distincte explanatis sed vix manifeste
marginatis, angulis posticis divergentibus ; elytris striatis,
striis subtilius punctulatis, interstitiis parum convexis obso-
lete rugulosis, apice suturali breviter spiniformi. Long.
(mands. incl.), 18 1; lat., 54 1.

Larger than A. lucanoides and less widely shaped; differs from
that species also inter alia by its very distinct mandibles and its
more nitid prothorax with much closer puncturation. In the
example before me there is a very conspicuous tubercle on the
disc of the prothorax a little to the left of the central line, but
in all probability this is an individual aberration.

N. Queensland ; presented to me by Mr. French.

d1
LAIUS.

L. eremita, sp. nov. Subopacus ; haud setosus; coccineus, an-
tennis nigris, elytrorum maculis binis (his marginem latera-
lem nec suturam attingentibus, altera minori basali altera
majori subapical1) piceis, pedibus infuscatis ; capite elytrisque
(his sat brevibus) creberrime rugulosis vel potius coriaceis ;
prothorace valde transverso, inzequali, subnitido, puncturis
sat magnis leviter impressis ; oculis fortiter convexis.

Maris antennarum articulo 2° valde compresso-dilatato, obovato,
ad apicem subtruncato ; capite trans oculos quam prothorax
fere latiori. Femina latet. .

Hone, tb? 1.5 lat., = 1.

A very distinct species owing to the uniform red color of its
body with the exception of the two dark spots on the elytra ; its
unicolorous black antenne are also characteristic.

Central Australia ; near Oodnadatta.

PTEROHELEUS.

P. fraternus, sp. nov. Late ovalis; sat nitidus ; piceus antennis
tarsisque dilutioribus; capite subtiliter obsolete minus
crebre punctulato; prothorace fere levigato, quam longiori
(et postice quam antice) fere triplo latiori, ad latera late
explanato, marginibus lateralibus vix recurvis, angulis an-
ticis obtusis sat productis posticis sat acutis, basi sat fortiter
trisinuata; elytris subtiliter seriatim punctulatis, vix
striatis, ad latera late explanatis, margine explanato ante
medium intus dilatato apicem versus angustiori. Long., 7 1.;
lat., 43 1.

This species in its broad form with wide lateral margins of
prothorax and elytra resembles P. picews, Kirby, near which it
should be placed in the first group of the genus as subdivided by
Sir W. Macleay (P.L.8., N.S.W., 1887, p. 520). Its compara-
tively small size will distinguish it from all the other members of
that group. Placed beside P. piceus it differs from the latter
chiefly by its head and prothorax being even less distinctly punc-
tured and its elytral sculpture consisting of mere rows of fine
punctures becoming very faint near the apex, the interstices be-
tween which are perfectly flat; while the elytra of piceus are
distinctly punctulate-striate with distinctly convex interstices.

Central Australia ; in my collection ; specimens taken by Mr.
Zietz near Lake Callabonna scarcely differ.

HELAEUS.

H, interioris, Macl. Among the Coleoptera brought from
Lake Callabonna by Mr. Zietz are a series of specimens which I
attribute to this species, although Sir W. Macleay’s description

52

is not of a kind to justify very great certainty. Unfortunately
Sir William in his descriptions of Helaz has relied as a principal
character on the number of granules on the elytra and this un-
doubtedly appears to be subject to much variety. I am con-
vinced that the series before me cannot be regarded as repre-
senting more than one species, but there are scarcely two of
them in which the elytra are identically granulate. I think
them likely to be H/. interioris because, although the description
of that species mentions scarcely a character that is really
specific, they all have near the suture a row of granules closer
and more conspicuous than those in the other rows (and more
markedly so than in most other /e/e@i) and this character is
mentioned in Sir W. Macleay’s description of H. interioris.
The reliable characters of the insect before me seem to consist in
its comparatively narrow elongate form and the strongly
“turned up” direction of the expanded sides of the elytra. It
is quite true that Sir W. Macleay calls the “margin” “a Jittle
reflexed” but a comparison of the terms he uses in describing
other species points to the conclusion of his intending to signify
that the expanded margin in H. interioris is more reflexed than
in most other /Helai.
EPHIDONIUS. ;
E. parvicollis, sp. nov. Ovalis; opacus ; niger ; corpore subtus
picescenti ; capite creberrime subtilius subaspere (puncturis
* majoribus minoribus que intermixtis) punctulato ; prothorace
quam caput dimidia parte latiori quam elytris fere duplo
angustiori, quam longiori (et postice quam antice) dimidia
parte latiori, postice utrinque sulco obliquo obsolete impresso
(his ambobus literam V obscure simulantibus), creberrime
subtilissime punctulato (vel potius coriaceo) et puncturis
paullo majoribus sparsim impresso, lateribus sat explanatis
et leviter recurvis, angulis anticis obtusis posticis acute
rectis vix retrorsum directis; elytris quam _ prothorax
quadruplo longioribus, costis quinis (sutura inclusa) ornatis,
inter costam et costam puncturarum seriebus 4 impressis
(serierum interstitiis leviter convexis); labro antice vix
emarginato ; maris a femine tibiis haud distinctis. _ deme

oils ep, dad.

This suebies seems to be near £. Duboulayi, Bates, but differ-
ing in several respects,—in its entirely opaque upper surface
(Mr. Bates implies that Duboulayi is not more opaque than
acuticornis ), its scarcely emarginate labrum, the close punctura-
tion of its head, the simple tibie of the male, &c. The elytral
coste under a strong lens show the same minute tuberculation
continued behind (where the coste become very faint) as Mr.
Bates describes in £. Duboulayi.

Lake Callabonna ; taken by Mr. Zietz.

D3
CISTELIDA.

HOMOTRYSIS.

H. arida, sp. nov. Fem. Sat elongata; leviter ovata ; minus
convexa ; nitida; pilis elongatis erectis sat crebre vestita ;
rufobrunnea, capite postice prothoraceque picescentibus, an-
tennis palpis pedibus labro (et clypeo antice), rufo-testaceis ;
capite (cum prothorace) dupliciter (subtiliter et sat fortiter)
sat crebre confuse punctulato ; oculis minus convexis dis-
tantibus (spatio intermedio quam antennarum articuli 3'
longitudo sat latiori); prothorace quam longiori parum
latiori, haud canaliculato (disco utrinque vix impresso),
antice modice angustato, lateribus leviter sat sequaliter
(superne visis) arcuatis, basi sinuatim truncata, angulis pos-
ticis obtuse rectis (superne visis obtusis); scutello punctu-
lato, in medio leviter carinato ; elytris sat fortiter striatis,
striis punctulatis (puncturis antice magnis quadratis, re-
trorsum gradatim obsoletescentibus), interstitiis sat planis
fortius minus crebre punctulatis; antennis quam corporis
dimidium paullo brevioribus, articulo 3° quam 4*° manifeste
longiori ; segmento ventrali apicali zequali, postice rotundato-
truncato. lLong., 54 1.; lat., 21.

The principal characters of this species,—among its congeners
with longish erect pilosity clothing the upper surface,—lie in its
feebly convex eyes, exceptionally elongate prothorax, nearly uni-
formly colored upper surface, and elytra with both striz (these
however only in front) and interstices conspicuously punctulate.

Central Australia ; near Oodnadatta.

fH. sitiens, sp. nov. Fem. Precedenti affinis ; tota picea, labro
antennis pedibusque paullo dilutioribus; capite (clypeo
excepto) sparsim subtilius punctulato; prothorace quam
longiori fere dimidia parte latiori, ad latera sat fortiter
rotundato, minus fortiter punctulato, in disco (exempli
typici) haud impresso, antice vix angustato, angulis posticis
magis rotundatis; scutello medio nullo modo carinato ; an-
tennarum subtiliorum magis elongatarum articulo 3° quam
4"° magis longiori; cetera ut precedentis (H. aride). Long.,
5 1.5 lat. 131
Closely allied to H. arida, but differing from it by well
defined characters,—especially by its antenne and legs of dark
color, the third joint of its antennz longer in proportion to the
fourth, its prothorax much more transverse and otherwise dif-
ferently shaped, &c.
Central Australia ; Hergott Springs.

HT, callabonensis, sp. nov. H. arideé aftinis; differt fere ut
H. sitvens sed colore et capitis sculptura H. aride haud dis-

D4

pari; prothorace minus crebre vix dupliciter punctulato ;.
elytrorum versus apicem striis magis perspicue punctulatis.
interstitiis manifeste convexis angustatis.

Maris tibiis anticis (paullo supra medium) dente valido armatis.
Femine tibiis muticis. Long., 44-5 1.; lat., 14-—14 1.

This species is closely allied to the preceding two. I should
hesitate to consider its differences more than accidental peculiari-
ties of an individual if I had seen only a single example, but I
have before me several of each sex in all of which the distinctive
characters are quite constant. H.arida may be at once dis-
tinguished from the other two by its considerably more elongate
and less transverse prothorax arched on the sides only feebly.
H. sitiens differs from the other two by the dark color of its
antenne and legs as well as by the sparseness of the punctures
between its eyes and from arida by its more slender antenne
with comparatively longer third joint,—while H. callabonensis
differs from the other two by the finer punctures of the prothorax
being almost absent by the striz of its elytra being quite con-
spicuously punctulate to the apex and by its elytral interstices
becoming narrower and quite evidently convex near the apex.

Central Australia; taken near Lake Callabonna by Mr. Zietz.

N.B.—In my tabulation of species of Homotrysis (Tr. Roy.
Soc. S.A. 1891 pp. 320-1) the three above described would form
a separate section under “ AA” on page 321 (assuming, that is,
that the eyes of the male,—as is probably the case,—are not
materially different in H. arida and sitiens from those of H. calla-
bonensis). The tabulation then will end as follows :—.

AA. Interval between eyes in both sexes greater than the width
of either eye as seen from above.

B. Punctures of elytral strize,—at least in front half of elytra,
—well defined, and quite distinct from the much smaller
interstitial punctures.

C. Head strongly and rather closely punctulate between the
eyes.
D. Coarser punctures of pro-
thorax much confused with

fine puncturation.. arida, Blackb.
DD. Prothorax almost devoid of
fine punctures ... callabonensis, Blackb.
CC. Punctures between the eyes
very fine and very sparse... sitvens, Blackb.

BB. Punctures of elytral strize
scarcely defined as distinct
from those of the interstices... carbonaria, Germ.

D5

NOCAR.

NV. debilis, Blackb. This species is identical with Cistela
depresstuscula, Macl., an example of which I have to thank Mr.
Mr. Masters for. As mine is the more recent name it must sink
and the insect must be known as Nocar depressiusculus, Macl.

(EDEMERID.
ANANCA.,

This genus is already a receptacle for widely different forms
and is only waiting its time to undergo a revision which will
probably involve the removal from it of all the Australian species
attributed to it. Mr. Champion of the London Entomological
Society (who ranks high among the specialists of our day on the
Heteromera and to whom I am indebted for much valuable assis-
tance in working on the family) has the Australian Wdemeride at
present in hand, and I understand is about dealing with them in
a memoir which I anticipate with the deepest interest. Under
these circumstances it would be out of the question even if I felt
competent for the task for me to meddle with it. In the Zietz
collection, however, there is a species of @demeride which it
seems very inconvenient to omit in my present work of describing
the new species of that collection and as it seems quite safe to
assume that the species in question is not among those in Mr.
Champion’s hands I venture to subjoin a description of it. In
describing it the only existing genus to which it can be provision-
ally referred is Ananca. It certainly has much resemblance to
some of the Australian species that bear the name Ananca but I
doubt whether it will stand permanently as really congeneric
with any of them. Its very much smaller size at once suggests
wide departure from such species as Wdemera puncta, W. S.
Macleay, @. australis, Boisd., Nacerdes nigronotata, Bohem.,
which may be regarded as fair types of the Australian insects
that have been attributed to dnanca. These latter species how-
ever differ much inter se in the structure of their palpi and tarsi,
—so much indeed that the three I have named may possibly be
held to represent three distinct genera. The species I describe
below could not, in that case, be associated with any of those
three. Of them I think nigronotata, Boh., is the one it comes
nearest to but it differs from it in notable characters, especially
in its much shorter muzzle, in its smaller and much more slender
tarsi, in its shorter maxillary palpi the apical joint of which is less
securiform, in its shorter legs, and in its prothorax not much
narrower than its elytra. Its eyes are much like those of
nigronotata and its front tibiz have two apical spines.

A, Zietzi, sp. nov. Testaceo-fusca, sternis abdomineque nigri-

D6

cantibus exceptis; sat nitida; minus dense pubescens ;
antennis quam corporis dimidium brevioribus ; capite crebre
distincte, prothorace vix manifeste (hoc quam longiori parum
latiori, in medio transversim inequali, lateribus antice sat
rotundatis), elytris subtilius sat crebre, punctulatis; his
lineis subtiliter elevatis circiter 3 vix distincte instructis.
Long., 34—4 1.; lat., 1 1.
Lake Callabonna ; taken by Mr. Zietz.

CURCULIONID&.
TALAURINUS.

T. strangulatus, sp. nov. Niger, squamis pallidis plus minusve
vestitus et in tuberculis omnibus setis singulis pallidis in-
structus ; capite coriaceo vix manifeste punctulato; rostro
brevi quam caput paullo angustiori, fortiter concavo, ad
apicem emarginato, carinis internis vix distinctis externis
crassis minus obliquis bene determinatis obsolete grosse
punctulatis ; prothorace quam longiori parum latiori, mox
pone marginem anticum profunde transversim sulcato, spar-
sim tuberculato, antice quam trans basin paullo latiori,
lateribus sat arcuatis ; elytris tuberculis parvis nitidis sub-
seriatim instructis, angulis humeralibus tuberculiformibus
sed vix antrorsum prominentibus ; tibiis elongatis gracilibus.

Maris femoribus anticis sat dilatatis; segmento ventrali apicali
pone medium transversim leviter sulcatum, sulci margine
postico in medio carina transversa acuta armato.

Femina latet. lLong., 7 1.; lat., 3 1.

This is a species of narrow subparallel form, its upper surface
subopaque (the elytra more so than the prothorax) and bearing
small tubercles all of them isolated and separated from each
other by distinct intervals many of which are much larger than
the area of the individual tubercles. The tubercles of the pro-
thorax. are much larger than those of the elytra and resemble
small flattish warts while some of those on the elytra (especially
towards the sides) are acutely conical granules. The squamosity
of the specimen before me is confined to the sides where it forms
small patches but probably in a perfectly fresh example it is
generally distributed over the surface. I think the following
characters in combination will distinguish this species ; rostrum
deeply concave with very well developed external ridges; pro-
thorax very sparsely tuberculate (much more sparsely than in,
e.g., I. tuberculatus, Macl.), and with an extremely strong trans-
verse sulcus a little behind the front margin ; shoulders of elytra
scarcely projected forward ; apical ventral segment of male bear-
ing a feeble transverse impression extending all across it a little

D7

behind the middle and limited in the middle part of its hind
margin by a sharply defined transverse carina; tarsi long and
slender. From certain points of view the elytra appear to be
feebly striate and the seriate arrangement of their tubercles is
very irregular.

Centr al Australia ; Oodnadatta.

LONGICORNES.
PARANDRA.

LP. Frenchi, sp. nov. Nigro-picea, corpore subtus pedibusque
plus minusve rufescentibus ; nitida ; capite sat crebre minus
fortiter punctulato, inter oculos sat fortiter bituberculato ;
prothorace quam longiori dimidia parte latiori, obsolete sub-
canaliculato, fere ut caput sed paullo minus crebre punctu-
lato, basin versus sat fortiter angustato, lateribus pone
medium subangulatis (hine ad basin sinuatim convergenti-
bus), margine antico sinuato, angulis omnibas obtusis bene
determinatis (anticis dntrorsum, posticis extrorsum, promi-
nulis), basi leviter sinuato-emarginata ; elytris quam _pro-
thorax parum latioribus, punctulatis (ad basin ut prothorax,
retrorsum gradatim magis crebre magis subtiliter); segmento
ventrali apicali transverso, granulato (a basi retrorsum
gradatim magis fortiter magis crebre), postice late rotundato.
Long., 94.1.; lat., 32 1

I cannot identify this insect with any Parandra yet de-
scribed. For the sake of precision it will be well to compare it
with a previously-named species. Placed beside P. pwncticeps,

Shp., it is seen to be a narrower, more parallel, and more convex

insect with the puncturation of its head a little finer but not

much different, and that of its prothorax and elytra like that of
its head (and therefore very different from the same in puncticeps)
except that on the prothorax the punctures are a trifle less close
and on the elytra they become gradually smaller and closer from
the base hindward so that towards the apex of the elytra they
differ considerably from those on the head. In P. Frenchi the
sides of the prothorax are much more narrowed (and that more
sinuately) behind their quasi-angulation than in puncticeps and
the lateral margins are wider and better defined while the front
angles are decidedly prominent. The large obtuse tubercles
between the eyes are wanting in P. puncticeps, and the mandi-
bles are very different in the two insects. I am doubtful of the
sex of the type of P. Frenchi, but I believe it is a female. Its
mandibles are much like those of the Lucanid Lissotus
subtuberculatus, Westw., as figured Tr. Ent. Soc., 1885, t. 12,
fig. 2.
NS. Wales ; in the collection of Mr. French.

58

CATYPNES.

C’. planicollis, sp. nov. (Mas.?) Nitidus; minus elongatus ;
brunneus, capite obscuriori, elytris apicem versus pedibusque
dilutioribus ; capite magno in medio sulcato, fortiter rugu-
loso (area utrinque prope sulcum medianum nitida sparsim
grosse punctulata excepta), mandibulis sat productis ad
apicem hidentatis; prothorace (spinis exclusis) quam
longiori fere duplo latiori, supra in disco planato sparsim
subtiliter punctulato et foveis 3 grosse rugulosis Impresso
(sc. una mediana sublanceiformi, et utrinque ad basin una
ovali oblique posita), lateribus late declivibus rugulosis et
ad marginem spinis minoribus 2 armatis (his ad apicem
retrorsum curvatis) ; elytris sparsim distincte punctulatis et
obsolete 3—vel 4—costatis apice suturali breviter spini-
formi; antennis quam corpus paullo brevioribus ; pedibus
inermibus, abdomine subleevi, sed segmento ventrali apicali

(hoc in medio leviter emarginato) sparsim punctulato.
Long., 12 1.; lat., 44 1.

I feel some nesitation in referring this species to Catypnes
owing to discrepancies between the utterly insufficient original
diagnosis of Mr. Pascoe and the fuller subsequent one of M.
Lacordaire. For example Mr. Pascoe asserts that the eyes are
“nearly entire” while M. Lacordaire calls them ‘assez fortement
échancrés.” The insect before me, however, agrees very well
with M. Lacordaire’s diagnosis ; and therefore it would be un-
justifiable (at any rate without examination of the type, which
is of course impossible for me) to found a new genus for it. It
is fortunately a species which can be distinguished from nearly
all the other Australian Prionides by the combination of a very
small number of its characters, viz., “sides of the prothorax not
denticulate or crenulate but each bearing two well-defined spines,
eyes strongly emarginate (almost exactly similar to those of
T'oxeutes), antennee shorter than the body with basal joint very
much shorter than the third, hind tarsi with basal joint shorter
than the third and fourth together, third joint of the tarsi very
deeply bilobed and spongiose beneath, legs extremely smooth and
nitid without any denticulations, head (at least in the male)
taansverse and very large.

The present species is readily distinguishable from C. Macleayi,
Pasc., by the sides of its prothorax having only two (not three)
spines. The prothorax of this insect bears a remarkable resem-
blance in outline to that of Zoxveutes arcuatus, Fab., but with its
lateral spines very much smaller and (though directed hindward)
scarcely arched.

Western Victoria ; presented to me by Mr. Jung of Yorketown.

59

TYPHOCESIS.

T. adspersa, sp. nov. Brunnea, capite prothoraceque obscuriori-
bus, elytris dilutioribus, squamis piliformibus niveis (his in
prothorace plus minusve lineatim, in elytris ut macule
numerosz minute et fascia linearis vix antemediana, in
abdominis segmentis singulis ut fascia apicalis, in partibus
ceteris disperse, dispositis) vestita; setis gracilibus erectis
vel suberectis sparsim instructa ; capite obscure punctulato ;.
prothorace supra sat deplanato, grosse ruguloso (exempli
typici disco hic illic quasi ab indumento sculpturam tegenti
instructo), lateribus in medio fere parallelis apicem versus
rotundato - angustatis pone medium subito fortiter arcu
emarginatis (sicut certo adspectu pone medium dens magna
videtur); elytris ad basin rectis, basin versus sat crebre
fortius rugulose (retrorsum gradatim magis sparsim magis
obsolete) punctulatis, lateribus postice gradatim leviter con-
vergentibus, apice singulatim rotundato - subacuminato,
humeris rotundatis subcallosis. Long., 73 1.; lat., 24 1.

The specimen described is evidently a male, its antenne being
considerably longer than the body, but they are devoid of the
cilize with which in the other species of the genus the basal joints
of the male antenne are clothed ; joints 3-7 are armed with a
fine spine at their apex. There is a second specimen evidently a
female of the same species, as its antennez are scarcely longer
than the body, but it differs from the example described in being
entirely black, but with exactly similar snow-white scales simi-
larly disposed. It differs from the described specimen also in its
prothorax being evenly rugulose instead of having some of the
rugulosities on the disc obliterated by what looks like (but is
not) patches of some extraneous indumentum. The markings on
the elytra are almost absolutely the same as those on the elytra
of Zygocera pruinosa, Boisd., the post-median fascia however
being absent and the anterior fascia running from the suture
obliquely hindward instead of forward.

N. Queensland ; forwarded by Mr. French.

ISCHIOPLITES.

I. metutus, Pasc. Mr. French of Melbourne has forwarded to
me two examples, which he tells me were taken in N. Queens-
land, of an insect that seems to agree perfectly with the descrip-
tion of this species. It is possible that a comparison with the
type might reveal differences but I can find none to distinguish
it from the description, which is a fairly detailed one.

ILLENA.
This genus is an enigma to the Australian coleopterist. I

60

should feel very thankful if some coleopterist in Berlin would do
me the favor of procuring one of Erichson’s types for me to
examine (which might perhaps be possible if the specimens in
the Museum are fairly numerous), or failing that examine the
type and write me a description of it, especially indicating the
nature of the armature of the prothorax which in one place
Erichson calls “lateribus medio obsolete nodosus ” and in another
speaks of as being furnished “lateribus pone medium tuberculo
parvo.” Pascoe described a genus WVeissa as resembling what
Illena must be, but no doubt distinct from it because furnished
with a spine on either side of the prothorax. Subsequently I
suggested (P.L.S.N.S.W. 1889, p. 455) that Erichson’s ex-
pressions are not consistent enough to warrant this conclusion
and expressed the opinion that Weissa and Jllena are probably
identical. Subsequently still, Mr. Gahan [Tr. E.S. 1893, p. 196]
mentioned his having seen an insect named (by M. Chevrolat)
I. exilis, the prothorax of which was spined laterally and added
the information that Mr. Walker had found examples of it in
Tasmania (Erichson’s locality). Recently my opinion on the
matter has been somewhat shaken by the examination of a
minute Longicorn (taken in N.S. Wales by Mr. Lea) which seems
to agree much better than Wezssa does with Erichson’s descrip-
tion of Zllena ; indeed I do not find any character on which this
insect could be definitely stated to differ from that description
provided the diagnosis of the prothoracic armature be accepted
as ‘“lateribus medio obsolete nodosus” rather than the other
diagnosis which implies the presence uf defined lateral tuberctes.
As regards Mr. Lea’s insect as a species it must be very like, if
not identical with, Erichson’s species; and although the great
difference in locality would suggest the probability that if Erich-
son’s type could be compared it would prove distinct, I deem it
better to regard this insect pro tem. as “ Illena exilis, Er.?” and
suppose that the species is widely distributed.

61

NEW FACTS BEARING ON THE GLACIAL FEATURES
OL ALL ETT’S Cove.

By W. Howcuiy, F.G:S.
[Read April 3, 1895. ]

A scientific investigator in looking for one thing often unex-
pectedly stumbles on another which proves of greater interest
than the primary object of his search. Eighteen years ago Pro-
fessor Tate went to Hallett’s Cove to look for shells. He was
disappointed in the objects of his visit, but discovered the ice-
polished surfaces on the cliffs which remain to this day the finest
examples of their kind in any part cf Australia. The announce-
ment then made of glacial action at sea level in the latitude of
Adelaide was met with incredulity not only from the public, but
also from many scientific men, who without seeing the evidences
prejudged the conclusions from a distance. Competent judges,
however, when taken over the ground, without exception, con-
firmed the discoverer’s diagnosis; and the interest with which
this locality has come to be regarded by the geological world has
rapidly increased, and Hallett’s Cove must now be ranked as
classic ground in Australian geology.

The meeting of the Australian Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, in Adelaide in September, 1893, presented the
opportunity for a large number of scientific men from the other
colonies of verifying the evidences, and through the generosity of
the President of the Association, what was called by Sir James
Hector “the largest scientific excursion ever held in the Southern
Hemisphere” made a pilgrimage to the spot. The evidence of
ice action was taken by all present without a doubt and as over-
whelming in its conclusiveness. There was the polished and
grooved pavement extending at intervals for two miles along
the top of the cliffs, and occurs alike on the basset edges of the
purple shales as well as on the harder quartzites. There was also
noted a limited quantity of morainic material, with scratched
stones, resting on the glaciated platform, together with larger
transported blocks at the southern end of the Cove. There was
no difference of opinion on the main facts. The discussion among
the geological experts was directed almost exclusively to the
question of the age when this extensive glaciation occurred. Some
defended the view that the glacial features did not pass under
the Miocene escarpment, which at this point overlies the Archean

62

shales and reaches in its talus within a few yards of the edge of
the cliffs. This view supposes that the morainic matter was
marginal, and that instead of passing beneath the Miocenes was
banked up against the face of these beds. If this could be
demonstrated it would follow that the glaciation had taken place
after the Miocene deposits had been laid down, and, hypothet-
ically, synchronous with the great glacial age of the Northern
Hemisphere in Pleistocene times. Other of the visitors held
this hypothesis to be improbable, (1) on the grounds that the
geological interval was too brief to account for the enormous
change in the physical features of the country which must be
assumed in the extinct glacial valley, and that the direction of
flow, which was opposed to the present lines of drainage. (2) It
was considered that the soft clays and sands of Miocene age must
have been swept away by the erosive force of an ice sheet that
had the mechanical energy to plane down metamorphic shales
and quartzites.

The question was considered of so much interest that the
Council of the Association determined to set aside the sum of
£20 as a fund to be devoted to works of exploration, and by this
means demonstrate whether the glacial features were Pre-
miocene or Post-miocene. Professor Tate and the writer of the
present paper were entrusted with the duty of carrying out the
explorations for this object. Valuable aid was given by Prof.
T. W. E. David, the General Secretary of the Glacial Research
Committee, who in December last visited Adelaide with the
express purpose of assisting in the investigations. Mr. L. Birks,
B.Sc., of Adelaide, was also present throughout the examination
and rendered important help.

The first practical step was to obtain permission of the pro-
prietor of the ground, Walter Reynell, Esq., J.P., to carry out
the necessary operations. Mr. Reynell not only readily gave his
permission, but supplied several workmen and tools to do the
pick-and-shovel work. Three days were spent on the ground.
The first was devoted to a general survey of the features under
the guidance of Prof. Tate. The second and third days were
spent in working up the details and in mapping the boundaries of
the glacial deposits on the north side of Field River. Prof.
Tate was unfortunately called away by urgent business and was
unable to remain for the last two days’ work.

EXPLORATION.

The point to be determined was—On what do the Miocene
beds of the locality rest? Do they lie immediately on the de-
nuded edges of the Archean metamorphic shales? Or are the

63

Miocene and Archean formations separated by a wedge of glacial
till? The first trial was made near the northern limits of the
glacial area and at a point where the base of the Miocenes is
distinctly marked by a shelf of calciferous and fossiliferous sand-
stone. Beneath this hard shelf of rock was a softer bed of
doubtful character. A tunnel was cut for a foot or two into this
underlying bed, which proved to be an arenaceous clay of a
greyish color, and was seen to pass beneath the Miocene beds in
an undisturbed condition. This was the first important item of
evidence. We had found a bed which could not be classified
either with the Archzans beneath or the Miocenes above. To
expose the beds still further a trench was cut in a vertical line
with the tunnel, but lower down the escarpment. The same beds
as seen in the tunnel were proved in this cutting, unaltered in
character, but alternating in color from red to blue or grey, and
intercalated with sand bands. No junction was proved at this
spot between the stratified glacial beds and the underlying
Archeeans, as a considerable talus blinded the latter.

A little to the south of these trials is a well-marked valley
which runs due east for half a mile. This valley is excavated in
a thick deposit of glacial till, carrying numerous scratched stones
and erratics. One large block of coarse-grained granite measured
three feet long by two feet wide. Near the western outlet of
this valley the Archzeans have been exposed by denudation and
exhibit polished and scratched surfaces, covered by a bare and
sloping bank of morainic matter. Scratched stones were plenti-
ful in this clay. Work was begun at this spot to establish the
conjunction of the glacial deposits with the Miocene base, but
after a short trial it was discontinued, as a thick talus of Miocene
debris was found covering the face near the point of junction.

A third spot was selected about midway between the valley
just referred to and Black Point, where the Miocene ledge ap-
proaches nearest to the edge of the cliffs. The Archzans were
seen to outcrop at the base of the hill, but without glaciated
surface, whilst the Miocene ledge occupied the crest of the hill.
A distance of about a dozen yards separated the two points. On
laying bare the Archean surface, the purple shales exhibited a
highly glaciated face, having a steep inclination landwards, and
the glacial clay was seen to be in direct contact with the polished
surface. The trench was continued, vertically, until the uni-
formity of deposit between the Miocene base and glaciated pave-
ment was demonstrated, the lithology of the beds agreeing en-
tirely with those exposed in the first trench. The results ob-
tained were considered the quod erat demonstrandum of the in-
vestigations and rendered any further exploratory work needless.

64

THe GuactaAL Beps.

These are strongly marked off from the Archeans, on which
they rest by a horizontal, or approximately horizontal stratifica-
tion, as well as essentially distinct lithological character. They
are also distinguishable from the overlying Miocenes in possess-
ing a thinly-bedded or laminated structure, the clays are more
tenacious, they frequently contain striated stones and erratics,
and are separated from the Miocenes by a strongly-marked
divisional plane. The line of division between the two forma-
tions gives evidence of unconformability in the eroded surface of
the till and the presence of water-worn boulders, which often
occupy the line of junction.

The glacial deposits thin out to the north, about half-a-mile
from Black Point, where they are about 20 ft. thick, beyond
which point they have not as yet been proved. They maintain
an approximately uniform thickness on the top of the cliffs, but
suddenly thicken within the limits of the Cove, attaining a maxi-
mum thickness in “Trig Hill,” as measured by the aneroid, of
112 ft. The hill just mentioned is central to the amphitheatre
of the Cove, and was a convenient point from which to take the
trigonometrical readings. The glacial beds were traced from
this height uninterruptedly (except where covered by blown
sand) down to low-water mark. On the southern half of the
Bay a steep escarpment rises to a height of 90 ft. facing the sea,
and is composed throughout of boulder clay with erratics. The
same beds are continued on the south side of Field River at
a similar height, the river occupying a valley of erosion that
has been cut through the glacial beds. How far these deposits
extend seawards, and below sea level, are problems that remain
to be solyed. As so little money was spent on the late explora-
tions, perhaps the Council of the Association for the Advance-
ment of Science may think fit to make another grant, that the
thickness of the beds at sea level may be tested.

LITHOLOGY OF THE BeEps.

The beds which have been laid down within the glaciated area
may be roughly classified as mudstones, friable sandstones, and
conglomerates. The two trenches that were cut passed through
the upper series of beds, and exposed alternating beds of reddish
and grey clays, with soft sandstones of a yellowish color. These
beds are distinctly stratified, and the materials uniformally fine,
no stones, indeed, of any kind were met with in the trenches.
A little further to the south, where the beds thicken, a dark-
colored mudstone, with sandy layers and inclusions, is met with,
and is highly charged with facetted and scratched erratics. This
can be noticed ina thin layer on the top of the Black Point

65

Cliffs, but is best seen in the basal portions of the amphitheatre
of the Cove, as well as in the escarpment on the southern side
of the Bay, and upon the beach between tide marks. The mud-
stones, where they have not been exposed to the weather, are
very compact and tough, and split into thin bands and cubical
fragments. Thin layers of sand occur in the mudstones, and it
is along the lines of these sandy partings that the rock usually
splits. The sand grains are rounded, and exhibit the effects of
considerable attrition, but the sand-beds are but slightly consoli-
dated in mass, and do not, as a rule, split on lines of bedding.
The conglomerates are best seen on the beach at low water,
where they stand up as weathered bosses, excavated from the
surrounding clays by the action of the waves. On this floor of
marine denudation numerous joints are seen to run irregularly
through the glacial till, and are rendered conspicuous from their
being filled with a dark-colored ferruginous material.

BOULDERS.

If any confirmation were needed that we are face to face with
glacial phenomena at Hallett’s Cove, it is found in the innumer-
able, subangular, facetted, and scratched erratics which occur
abundantly at the lower levels of the Hallett’s Cove beds. As
already stated, no stones of any kind were met with in the two
experimental trenches cut through the beds on the northern
side of the area. This may have arisen from the shallowness of
the trenches and the small extent of rock exposed. The boulder
till is first seen on the northern boundary of the area in the
banks of the east and west valley, and on the top of the cliffs
a little to the south of the principal polished face of rock. From
the latter position a goodly number of striated stones have been
obtained. From that point, southwards, they become con-
spicuous in all exposed surfaces, and can be found from the size
of small pebbles, up to large masses many tons in weight.
Several huge erratics occur on the beach, near the centre of the
Bay, whilst on the south side of the Field River they cover the
beach within tide marks, and are of great variety, as well as
innumerable. It is a common feature to observe a layer of
boulders at the junction of the glacial beds with the overlying
Miocene, and in some instances these boulders are included in
the lower part of the Miocenes themselves. They have the facies
of glaciated stones, and in one or two instances I could detect the
strie distinctly preserved on their surfaces, although the wash
they have been subjected to at the time of the encroachment of
the Miocene Sea has no doubt obliterated the surface features
from many of them. A large enclosure of metamorphic shale, in
the same position, measuring twelve feet in length, has attracted

E

66

the attention of scientific visitors to the Cove. There is now no
doubt that this immense fragment has been transported and
placed in its present position by the agency of ice. One of the
striated pebbles placed on exhibit is of interest, as taken by the
writer from near the top of the “Trig.” Hill, 112 feet above sea
level.

Many of the erratics have no doubt been derived from the
Archeans of the neighbourhood, but there are a great many that
are unrepresented by any rock now known in situ for many
miles, and proves that the ice must have been more than of local
extent. I fear that we have too little data at present to locate
these travelled stones with regard to their source. To do this
effectively would involve careful petrological examinations—a
promising field of research that is awaiting some competent
student in this department.

SUPERFICIAL AREA OF THE GLACIAL DEPosITs.

Fortunately two little streams cut the glacial beds through
their entire easternly extension, one on the north side of Black
Point, and the other to the south of that landmark, so that the
area of this fragment of glacial action can be mapped with ap-
proximate exactness. By following up the beds of these streams
it was found that the glacial deposits extended about half a mile
from the coast line, passing not only up the main, but the lateral
valleys, and thinning out as the higher altitudes were reached.
In the most southernly of these two streams the limit of the beds
was reached near the old sheds, well known as the usual camping
place for picnicers in visiting the locality. In restoring the glacial
area we must imagine the outline of the Cove in preglacial times
to be that of a comb or saucer-shaped depression on the flanks of
the Archean hills. The ice sheet, moving from south to north,
filled this lateral depression and passed over the minor heights on
its northern and southern limits. A depression of this kind on
the flanks of a glacier would supply the most favorable condi-
tions for the accumulation of a ground moraine, and its contents
would also be subsequently protected from the erosive forces by
the wall of hard rock with which it was nearly surrounded. The
deposition of the Miocene beds over the same area in later times
would still further help in preserving this remarkable outlier, the
Tertiary beds acting asa protective cover that has remained to
the present day.

THE AGE OF GLACIATION

is a most interesting, although difficult, question to solve. The
beds in question rest upon rocks of Archzean age, the most ancient
of the sedimentary series, and are capped by Miocenes, one of
the newest of the geological formations. They may, therefore, be

67

of any age between these geological landmarks. But the time
limitations are here so enormously distant from each other that
they serve little purpose in fixing the date of the intermediate
deposits. We can only fall back on analogies, and establish a
synchronism, if possible, with the glacial deposits of other
localities that offer the nearest resemblances to the beds in ques-
tion. As the glaciation must have taken place before the
Miocene beds were deposited, it is out of the question to refer
this refrigeration of the Australian climate to the so-called
Glacial Period of the Northern Hemisphere, which took place in
Post-Tertiary times. In conversation with Sir James Hector, on
the occasion of his visit to the spot, he suggested the possibility
of the glaciation being of Cretaceous age, and stated that there
were enormous glacial deposits of this age in New Zealand. I
am not aware that any indications of glacial action have been
observed with regard to the Cretaceous beds of this continent,
There are, however, abundant evidences of a glacial period of
great intensity which occurred in South-Eastern Australia during
Permian, or Permo-Carboniferous times. Near Bacchus Marsh
and Derrinal, in Victoria, there are glacial beds (sometimes seen
to rest on polished and grooved pavements) that can be traced
over hundreds of square miles, and must be several thousand
feet in thickness. Having recently visited the Bacchus Marsh
District, I have been able to place on exhibit, for comparison
with the Hallett’s Cove material, a series of specimens from the
Victorian beds. The close resemblance between these two sets
of exhibits will be appreciated by all. The Bacchus Marsh beds
appear to have suffered more disturbance than the Hallett’s
Cove beds, as they dip almost uniformly at about 42° They con-
sist of alternating beds of mudstones, thickly studded with
glaciated boulders, sandstones, grits, and conglomerates. Many
of the beds exhibit fine laminz along the lines of stratification,
and at other spots are locally much distorted, as though ploughed
up before the ice. In lithological features they closely resemble
the Hallett’s Cove mudstones, sands, and conglomerates, but are
more highly indurated, and in this respect have more the facies
of rocks of Upper Paleozoic age. The sandstones particularly
are often highly siliceous, and in one case, in the Wirribee Creek,
there occurs a band of hard quartzite (a specimen of which is on
the table). The age of these glacial beds of Victoria has been
determined by the remains of Gangamopteris, a fossil fern char-
acteristic of Permo-Carboniferous age, which occurs in consider-
able numbers at one or two horizons intercalated with beds of
glacial origin. The importance of these glacial conditions in
Permian times is accentuated by the fact that deposits which
seem to require ice action to account for their existence, are

68

found of this age in such remote places as Great Britain, India
South Africa, and Australia. It is possible that further search
in the Hallett’s Cove beds may bring to light some fossil remains
that will definitely fix the date of their deposition, but at present
analogy seems to point most strongly to the conclusion that the
Bacchus Marsh and the Hallett’s Cove formations belong to the
same geological age. The Victorian beds rest on Silurian, or
on granite, and, like the Hallett’s Cove beds, are capped by
Tertiaries.
THe InmMAN VALLEY SHALE.

Since the late important discoveries at Hallett’s Cove, it has
occurred to me that there may possibly be some relationship be-
tween the glacial beds of the latter and the mudstones which
occur in an isolated patch in the Inman Valley, The peculiarity
of this formation attracted the attention of Mr. Brown, the
Government Geologist, who thought it might be an outlier of the
Jurassic rocks of the Leigh’s Creek district, and under his ad-
vice the Government has bored through nearly a thousand feet
of these beds prospecting for coal without reaching the bed rock.
Evidences of glacial action are not wanting in this district.
Granite boulders of great size can be traced from the Bluff, as a
radiating centre, up the Inman Valley for miles. As far back as
1859 Mr. A. R. C. Selwyn reported as follows :—‘‘At one point
in the bed of the Inman I observed a smooth striated and grooved
rock surface, presenting every indication of glacial action.” Al-
though this spot has, unfortunately, not been rediscovered, it is
not likely that so good a field geologist as Mr. Selwyn should have
been deceived in his observations. Mr. H. Y. L. Brown in his
report (1892) describes these undetermined deposits in the follow-
ing terms :—‘“ This formation consists of a jointed shale, varying
in color from a bluish-green to black, and interstratified with
them there are undulatory beds of sandstone and quartzose sand-
stone, and occasionally limestone of irregular thickness. The
upper portion of this shale, which in some places exhibits a con-
cretionary structure, has become decomposed into clay, and con-
tains water-worn pebbles and boulders of granite, quartzite,
sandstone, ironstone, &c. Some of the boulders of granite are of
great size, and in character resemble the granite of Victor
Harbor.” I think from the evidences before us it is not impro-
bable that these anomalous beds of the Inman Valley may prove
to be of the same character and age as the Hallett’s Cove and
Bacchus Marsh glacial formations.

THE SOURCE OF THE ICE.

A word may be said, in conclusion, as to the probable source
from whence the ice originated. In view of the extremely low

69

latitude of Hallett’s Cove, which agrees with North Africa and
the southern shores of the Mediterranean in the opposite hemis-
phere, we might have fallen back on the iceberg theory if the
features had been reconcilable with such an hypothesis. This,
however, is inadmissable. berg ice could not possibly polish and
groove hard rocks over extensive areas, whilst maintaining definite
lines of erosion and striz, such as occur at Hallett’s Cove. The
polished floor near the coast is indeed a huge roche moutonnée in
the form of a ridge, with an elevation of about 20 ft., presenting
uniform lines of glaciation on all sides. I am led to think that
only terrestrial ice of great thickness and operating through a
long period could produce effects such as have been referred to.
Again, as far as can be judged at present, the morainic matter
has been gathered from local, or at least South Australian,
sources. Moreover, most of the beds are distinctly stratified
(which could scarcely be expected of iceberg debris), and in their
deposition show thin, alternating beds of different lithological
character indicating the presence of water operating under quiet
conditions. Lastly, in the absence of organic remains the proof
is wanting that the Hallett’s Cove beds are of marine origin, for
whilst many of the clay bands are eminently adapted for the
preservation of such, no fossils have hitherto been discovered in
them. The land plants of the Bacchus Marsh beds seem to
point to fresh-water conditions in analogous formations in the
adjoining colony, and I should anticipate a greater probability of
finding similar remains in the Hallett’s Cove beds than a marine
fauna. There seems to be only two suppositions which could
offer adequate conditions for the glaciation of Southern Australia.
Hither a much higher altitude of the land, with the main moun-
tain systems restored to the height they possessed before suffer-
ing the waste undergone during the enormous period separating
Paleozoic times from the present ; or the extension of the Ant-
arctic Continent and ice-cap into lower latitudes, with the physi-
cal contour of the land such as to deflect the Antarctic currents
to our shores, so that Southern Australia would be climatically
much nearer the Southern Pole than it is to-day. Either of
these factors—or, perhaps, both conjointly—may have supplied
the efficient cause of that refrigeration of climate in South Aus-
tralia, the evidences of which we have discussed to-night.

70

PETROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS UPON SOME
SOUTH AUSTRALIAN ROCKS.

By J. Cottetr Mouupen, Associate Royal School Mines, London.
Communicated by J. East, F.G.S.
[Read May 7, 1895.]

Through the kindness of Mr. J. J. Hast, F.G.S., Registrar of
the School of Mines and Industries, Adelaide, I have been
enabled to examine a small series of rocks, chiefly South Aus-
tralian, from the collection of that Institution, and the following
observations on them may prove of interest.

In each case, thin sections for examination under the micro-
scope were cut, and the component minerals of the rock, its
nature, structure, and texture were examined.

The sections number 20 in all, and some possess many points
of interest.

The contributions to the Petrography of South Australia have,
in the past, been very meagre—the harvest indeed is rich but
the reapers few—and the few notes herewith appended will, I
hope, merely serve to point out the great desirability of such
work being actively pushed forward in the near future.

I wish it to be quite understood at the outset that these rocks
have been named on petrographical grounds, combined with a
microscopic examination of the hand specimens. I have, un-
fortunately, at present, no opportunity of studying these
examples in the field, and knowing what a terrible stumbling-
block in geology the nomenclature of rocks is, one may easily
conceive that some of the names may have to be slightly modi-
fied after an examination of the rocks im situ. Even under such
circumstances the names to be applied to them is greatly a matter
of individual opinion.

The localities of the rocks are mostly well known and authen-
ticated—some, indeed, were personally collected by Mr. East—
and these circumstances render it the more desirable that reliable
information should be forthcoming concerning them. In some
cases the specific gravity of the rocks was taken by means of a
Walker’s balance.

I. OutvenE Basatt, Mount Eden, Auckland, N.Z.

The rock consists of plagioclase, olivene, and magnetite in
grains, with a fair amount of augite. The olivene is fresh, gives
the usual splendid polarisation-colors, and has the usual irregular

(i

cracks. The plagioclase is in lath-shaped crystals in the base.
The olivene crystals are corroded by the magma. The felspar
microliths in the base show the flow-structure well. The augite
encloses some dark grains, undetermined. The whole mass is
rather scoriaceous in character, so the specific gravity was not
determined. It is quite a typical olivene basalt.

II. Oxnivenrt Basatt, Mount Gambier, S.A.

The minerals composing this rock are—Olivene in rounded
grains, cracked and a good deal corroded by the magma ; they
are fresh and clear. Augite of a brownish-green color, fresh and
giving good polarisation colors ; it is allotriomorphic. Plagioclase
Jelspar in lath-shaped clear crystals in the ground mass. Mag-
netite is plentiful in the usual black grains scattered throughout
the mass. The sp. gr. of the rock =2:°73, which is rather low
due perhaps to the presence of cavities and gas-holes. It isa fine
grained typical rock, and shows flow-structure.

III. Oxrivene Basatt, Kangaroo Island.

This exceedingly interesting rock consists of plagioclase felspar,
both as porphyritic crystals and as the usual laths in the base.
The former at times show most beautiful zoning and inclusions,
with the usual lamellar twinning of plagioclase.

Augite is plentiful. It is, curiously enough for a basalt, quite
clear and colorless, and well-twinned in some crystals, while
others exhibit good “ hour-glass” structure. Owing to its being
colorless and having such a high refractive index, it is not always
easily to be distinguished from some of the olivene present.

Olivene occurs as fresh and clear grains corroded by the magma,
while magnetite is abundant in the usual black grains.

Felspar and augite are the most abundant constituents, then
olivene, and lastly magnetite. The rock is typically ophitic in
structure, and there is a good deal of glass of a dirty brown-green
color in the base, which is quite isotropic. The rock is a very
basic one in character, as may be guessed from the mineral com-
ponents, and it has a sp. gr. of 2°88. The rock is not holocrys-
talline, but it has otherwise rather the character of a dolerite
(ophitic), but I have called it a basalt since I have no informa-
tion as to its field occurrence, but since the specimen was
labelled ‘‘Columnar Diorite,” I presume it must exist as a lava
flow. If, however, it occurs as a dyke-rock, dolerite might per-
haps be applied to it as a name rather than basalt. This seems
to have been the rock noted by Dr. Chas. Chewings.* The most
important and perhaps also the most valuable feature of this

*“ Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Geologie Siid und Central Australiens”
(Petrographischer Anhang.), Heidelberg, 1894.

72

rock is that it is gold-bearing. The hand specimen in my pos-
session shows a small speck of metallic gold imbedded in it. I
do not know whether I am correct in so saying, but I believe this
this to be the first recorded occurrence of gold in a volcanic rock
for South Australia. Whether it really occurs as an original
constituent or not it would be impossible to conjecture from the
evidence at my disposal, but the field-occurrence is at least well
worth an investigation. Supposing that it is not an original con-
stituent, it is easy to understand how a lava flow in passing over
auriferous sands or gravels might catch up and include some of
the gold, as has been the case with the zircons occurring in the
basalts of the Eifel District in Europe. On the other hand,
if the basalt occurs as a dyke-rock,* the dyke may have inter-
sected an auriferous quartz reef and caught up some particles
of gold or-auriferous quartz. The quartz, in the presence of
such basic materials as compose this rock, would be corroded and
finally dissolved away, leaving the gold as an included speck. It
is curious that the speck should occur in such a small hand speci-
men as J have, the dimensions of which are not greater than
about 24” x 14” x 2”

The rock is fine-grained and compact. Another point of some
interest is that, although it is a basalt, still the magnetite in it
is not large in amount, and most of the minerals composing it are
colorless, or nearly so. On one edge of the specimen and in one
or two other places there are some reddish-brown clear minerals
of high refractive index, which appear to be either garnet or zircon.
As they do not appear in section it is very difficult to say which.
The specimens of this mineral are not large, but are quite easily
seen by the unaided eye.

IV. AxinitE AMPHIBOLITE, Rosetta Head, S.A.

This is a very much altered rock, which consists mainly of
hornblende and a perfectly colorless awgite, the former largely pre-
dominating. Some biotite is present in minute crystals, with
quartz and chlorite as accessories. It has been much altered, as
evidenced by the chlorite, &c. The one great point of interest in
this rock is the presence of a considerable amount of the mineral
axinite as a rock-forming constituent, which occurs not only as
allotriomorphic grains but also as idiomorphic crystals, which in
section give most perfect lozenge or hatchet-shaped sections. In
one part of the hand specimen there is a small druse or cavity,

* This rock was observed at Kingscote by Prof. Tate in 1881 and in the
Freestone Range in 1883 ; it was reported a diorite intrusive in mica-schist
in Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. vi., p. 122, 1883, and in the accompanying
geological map its course is laid down, though by inadvertence was not
prolonged to the sea-cliff at Kingscote.—[EDITOR. ]

73

wherein there are some of the most beautiful and characteristic
sharp-edged triclinic crystals of axinite of a brown-violet color,
and whose edges, where broken, exhibit the curious serrated
fracture of that mineral. These crystals are, roughly, from
2” to }” across. In the section they are very pleochroic.
Many of them show cleavage cracks parallel to 010 (xc P&)
and the polarisation-tints are not high. If it occurs, as I
imagine, in contact with the granite, which forms Rosetta Head,
it can easily be understood that the conditions would be favorable
to the occurrence of axinite. Jam not aware that axinite has
before been recorded for South Australia, though Liversidge
[‘‘ Minerals of New South Wales,” p. 183] has recorded it for
that colony.

The zircons seen in the section of this rock are very good.
Taking it on the whole, axinite-amphibolite seems the most
suitable name for it. The augite is frayed and bent in places.

V. Eprpote Rock, Wooltana, Far North Ranges.

Epidote of a greenish-yellow color and with high refractive
index, for the greater part, composes this rock, which is exceed-
ingly compact, fine-grained, and has a sp. gr. of 3:18. It
seems rather altered and does not show much pleochroism. The
hand specimen on one side shows some of the characteristic
pistachio-green epidote. Magnetite in irregular grains is scattered
throughout the mass There is a mineral, probably secondary
quartz, filling up interstitial spaces. In mass it is of a very
dark-green color and heavy. In the section the epidote appears
to be quite granular, and it makes up by far the larger part of
the rock, which seems to present no particular feature of interest.

VI. ALTERED AMPHIBOLITE (with Epidote), Hale River, lat. 23°

This is composed chiefly of hornblende, with the usual 120°
cleavage cracks ; some of the hornblende is twined. It contains
also a good deal of hornblende altered to chlorite and epidote.
The epidote fills up the cracks. A little secondary augite is
present.

Some parts of the section appear greatly clouded. Its polari-
sation-colors are most beautifully bright and the whole mass is
greatly altered. The sp. gr. =3:10.

It is holocrystalline and the texture inclines to coarse. It is
an amphibolite which has undergone change.

VII. Atrerep Diorirse, Hale River, lat. 23° 40’ S.

This rock is a diorite, which has been somewhat altered. It is
composed of hornblende, showing splendid cleavage cracks inter-

74

secting at about 120°. Some of this mineral has undergone
chloritic change. Plagioclase polysynthetically twinned and
altered ; epzdote in fair grains as an alteration product ; secondary
colorless awgite, sparingly ; secondary quartz, which is very clear
and contains liquid enclosures; and apatite which is rather
abundant in grains. Some sphene is also present as an accessory.
It has a sp. gr. of 3:03.
The whole rock has been a good deal crushed and indicates a

tendency to become schistose. .

VIII. Aucen Gneiss, Florence River “Ruby” Field, Central
Australia.

This gneiss is composed of a good deal of biotite, which is very
pleochroic ; plagioclastic felspar, beautifully twinned and clear,
the twin lamelle show intense strain and bending, and in fact
the whole rock has been much strained and shorn; quartz,
forming a mosaic with felspar ; mzcrocline containing apatite (?)
as needle-like inclusions; garnets of a clear pink color, surrounded
by bzotite and some greenish alteration products; epidote(?) with
high polarisation colors. The garnets are isotropic. Some of the
felspar contain some ramifying masses of calcite as a secondary
infilling. A little rutile is present as an accessory constituent.
The rock has a sp. gr. of 2°75 and has a perfectly gneissose
structure. Zirconsin small crystals are present, as is often the
case in these rocks. It is an augen-gneiss with garnet.

IX. GARNETIFEROUS GNEISs, from same locality as No. VIII.

The minerals present are as follows:—Plagioclase felspar,
showing splendid lamellar twinning ; one piece shows both the
albite and pericline types combined; it is fairly clear. Ortho-
clase felspar is present ; quartz in plenty, also as an inclusion in
the garnets present ; biotite in plenty; garnets of a beautiful pink
color are abundant in the slide and hand specimen, they are
irregularly cracked across and are full of cavities and inclusions,
are quite isotropic and show no anomalous optical characters.
Rutile is present as an accessory mineral ; crystals of light yellow
and of a dark red are present, both as simple prismatic forms and
as geniculate twins. The geniculation angle of one of the latter
was found to be 114° 30’ (this angle is given by Rosenbusch as
114° 25’). In some cases the rutile occurs as an inclusion in
biotite, while in one case it occurs in garnet. Apatite occurs,
both as fairly large prisms in felspar and as long needle-like
forms ; zircon is moderately abundant as an accessory in small
colorless crystals with dark borders, due to the high index of
refraction.

The whole rock is typically metamorphic, has a sp. gr. of 2°83
and is rather coarse-grained.

75

X. SyenitE Porpuyry,* Yardea, Gawler Ranges.

This rock, which has been a good deal altered, is composed of
a felsitic ground-mass of a brown color, in which occur porphyri-
tic crystals of felspar, greatly altered and clouded. This felspar
polarises in low tints, and much resembles soda-orthoclase.
Augite is present as a porphyritic constituent, the crystals of
which have been much altered, with separation of brown iron-
oxide, especially along the cleavage cracks. There is a blue
mineral, with high refractive index and quite unaltered, present
in the ground-mass in tiny granules, which I have not been able
to determine (corundum ?). Agatite is present as an accessory.
The felspars show secondary growth very well. The rock has a
sp. gr. of 2°63, is very hard and compact, and tends to break
with a splintery and rather conchoidal fracture; it may be an
anorthoclase syenite porphyry.

XJ. Biotire Granite (from an erratic boulder), Hallett’s
Cove, S.A.

This rock is a coarse-grained granite. The hand specimen is a
small one and rather weathered. It consists of felspar, ortho-
clase, with a little plagioclase, cracked, clouded, and altered ;
quartz in plenty, containing liquid cavities ; biotite, a good deal
altered and darkened. The texture is coarse and the structure
typically granitic.

XII. Coarse MuscovirE Granite (Pegmatite), Mount Gawler,
near Port Lincoln, S.A.

This is a much decomposed rock of a very coarse texture.
The felspar has nearly all passed to kaolin, the plates of musco-
vite are turning silvery-white, and losing their transparency and
elasticity. The quartz is abundant and, of course, unaltered
As this rock was so decomposed and presented no particular
features of interest, no section was cut, but the foregoing notes
were made from an examination of the rock specimen itself. It
is an exceedingly acidic rock.

XIII. Brorire Granite (red), Murray Bridge, S.A.

This granite, which is coarse-grained, consists of orthoclase and
mcrocline, the latter showing microperthitic structure; plagio-
clase well-twinned in lamelle ; quartz in large grains, which ap-
pear smoky in the hand specimen and in the section are seen to
be full of beautiful liquid cavities with moving bubbles. Biotite
is present in fair amount. Apatite occurs as an accessory con-

* Vide ‘‘ Report on the Geological Character of Country passed over
from Port Augusta to Eucla,” H. Y. L. Brown, Adelaide, 1885. No quartz
at all observable in my sections.—J.C M.

76

stituent; a basal section of this mineral shows the common
hexagonal outline, the sides of which measure about 3,” in length.
Quartz and felspar are intergrown, forming micrographic struc-
ture. It shows no special characters beyond those noted, and is
a typical granite, having a sp. gr. of 2°63.

XIV. Granite (Grey), Monarto, near Murray Bridge, S.A.

The section shows orthoclase in zoned crystals, mzcrocline with .
the common “cross-hatching” well shown between crossed nicols.
Some plagioclase felspar is likewise present. Quartz is fairly
abundant and in some parts is intergrown with orthoclase,
giving micrographic structure. Both biotite and muscovite are
abundant and are intergrown. The biotite shows some pleo-
chroic haloes around included crystals of zircon. Zircons are
also present as inclusions in felspar and quartz, while apatite also
occurs in some of the felspars. The hand specimen shows the
rock to be fine grained and compact ; the structure as seen from
the slide is typically granitic.

XV.(A) Biotrre GRANITE (with Microcline and Sphene), Palmer,
S.A. (Collected by the author.)

This rock is a reddish granite and has a sp. gr. of 2°63. It
consists of orthoclase, which has so intergrown with quartz in
places as to give micrographic structure; microcline with very
good cross-hatching visible between crossed nicols ; quartz is
abundant and contains liquid enclosures. The felspars are
clouded and altered somewhat. Avotite is in plenty and some
of the pieces show pleochroic haloes around included crystals of
zircon. As accessory minerals are present—zircon in moderate
sized prisms ; apatite in prisms and larger sections; sphene and-
ilmenite are pretty conspicuous, occurring sometimes together.
The structure is quite granitic and the texture moderately fine.
The plagioclase is, as usual, at once seen by reason of its
prominent lamellar twinning. <A fair amount is present.

XV. Biotire GRANITE, Kaiserstuhl, Tanunda, S.A.

This rock is made up of the following minerals :—Quwartz
abundant, showing micrographic structure with felspar in places.
It forms a good “mosaic” owing to the rock having been
crushed. Orthoclase and mcrocline in plenty; the ‘“ cross-
hatchingin the latter is very well developed indeed. Plagioclase
is present in fair quantity, and in places it includes mica.
The felspars are clouded and altered. The micas present are
biotite and muscovite, the former in excess of the latter. They
are crushed, frayed, and bent, and the muscovite is intergrown
with the biotite in places.

77

The rock in structure and texture is almost identical with No.
XV.(A), but it is crushed and has a metamorphic appearance.
Apatite is present as an accessory constituent, as also are
ilmenite, sphene, and zircon, though sparingly. The felspars ap-
pear to have been crushed. The sp. gr. was found to be 2°62.

XVI. BiotTitE GRANITE, Port Victor, S.A.

This rock is a coarse-grained grey granite, compact and hard.
It consists of the following minerals :—Quartz, very conspicuous
in good-sized masses both in the hand specimen and the slide. It
has a curious blue color and opalescent appearance, and, in section
under the }” objective, shows some liquid enclosures, though they
are not nearly so large or so abundant as in the quartz of No.
XIII. The felspar is mostly orthoclase, sometimes well-zoned ;
but plagioclase is also present, as shown by lamellar twinning.
The predominant mica is biotite, but a little muscovite is also
present. Zzrcons in small crystals occur as accessories in some
of the biotites, while the hand specimen shows some small spots
and grains of pyrites. The liquid cavities in the quartz contain
moving bubbles in some places. The rock is altogether a typical
granite, the most curious feature of which is the “blue” quartz
resembling that of the Norwegian “‘ Rumburgite.” Some of the
felspars show good secondary growth.

XVII. Oxpsipian “ Bomss” (2), Stuart’s Creek, Lake Eyre, S.A.

These two specimens are types of the “bombs” which occur
in so many parts of Central Australia. They appear to have
been slightly water-worn. Their origin is, as yet, quite unknown.
They consist of a brownish volcanic glass, which in section gives
no trace of devitrification—a perfect natural glass in fact. From
determinations upon some nine specimens in my possession, the
mean specific gravity is about 2°44. The glass fuses before the
blowpipe without intumescence and in the closed tube it atfords
no water. When sliced through, it shows a compact interior,
with merely one or two steam holes or cavities not much larger
than pin-points. I add no more at present, as I hope to investi-
gate them more fully in the future.

XVIII. GarnetiFEROUs GNeIss, Block 10 Mine, 315-ft. level,
Broken Hill, N.S.W.

This rock rather approaches a schist in its character. It is
tough and compact, and has a sp. gr. of 2-71. It contains quartz
in plenty. A good deal of orthoclase and biotite are also present.
Garnets—both pink and green—form a fair amount of the rock ;
they are quite isotropic between crossed nicols. Jwscovite and
altered mica are present with the biotite. There is an accessory

78

constituent to be seen in the slide which is difficult to determine.
It is rather like cordierite and is surrounded by alteration pro-
ducts, but it has rather a higher index of refraction than
ordinary cordierite. The rock is moderately fine-grained and in
parts has quite a pinkish color from the number of garnets
present.

XIX. Tremouire Scuist (with GarRNets), Block 10 Mine,
1,450 ft. Level, Broken Hill, N.S.W.

This rock is of a schistose character. The hand specimen
shows tremolite, garnet, and biotite. Quartz and orthoclase are
present in grains; also garnets, which are cracked, drawn ou‘,
and are not isotropic, but show anomalous double refraction
due to strain. Biotite is present, which is rather altered. It is
also crushed and bent. TZremolite forms a large part of the rock,
which is a good deal altered, rather friable, and has a sp. gr.
of 2:94. Muscovite altered to a hydromica is present as a con-
stituent. The garnets and biotite form layers in the mass. Many
of the garnets, which are of a light pink color, are quite long
and rolled out. The rock has undergone great strain.

The foregoing observations are perhaps little more than cur-
sory remarks upon the specimens in question, but I hope they
will suffice to indicate their general composition and character.
Nos. II., III., IV., VIII, IX., XVI., and XVII. seem to /pre-
sent the most interesting points.

In conclusion, I have to acknowledge the kindness of Prof. J.
W. Judd, F.R.S., who has afforded me, not only the opportunity
of doing this work in the Geological Laboratory of the Royal
College of Science, London, but every aid and facility for the
carrying out of the same. The sections were cut by Mr. F.
Chapman of the same institution.

79

A SUPPLEMENT TO A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF
EXTRA=-TROPICAL SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

Compiled by Professor Ratpu Tare.
[Read December 3, 1894.]

Now, after a lapse of a little more than five years, so many
additions have been made to the “Census” published in these
Transactions, Vol. XII., pp. 67-128, 1889, that it has been
thought desirable to issue a supplemental list, and to include
therein the emendations to the list of 1889.

The number of species has been increased by eight, but as five
species have been eliminated from the “Census,” the total gain
is 76, making a grand total of 2,011. By these accessions one
natural order, Hriocaulee, and six genera, Hlacholoma, gen. nov.,
Or. Pedalinee, Beaufortia, Eriocaulon, Phylloglossum, Psilo-
tum, and Lygodium, are now included in the “Census.” Of the
81 additional species, 29 are new to science and 52 are extra-
limital. The greater number of the additional] species occur in
the Eremian Region, and are largely the results of the expedition
by Mr. Tietkens in 1889 (see Trans. Roy. Soc., Vol. XIIT., pp.
94-109, 1890), of the Elder Expedition in 1891-2, and of the
Horn Expedition in 1894 (the botanical results of which are not
yet published). In the South-East extremity of this colony Mr.
Eckert has discovered several Victorian species previously un-
known on the western side of the Glenelg River, a number of
the species are recorded in ‘“‘ Report Australasian Association for
the Advancement of Science,” Vol. V., p. 410, 1894, and the
rest have been communicated by Baron F. von Mueller, who has
also informed me of other provincial gains derived from other
sources.

The following schedule summarises the general nature of the
accessions, their distribution, and sources of information :—

New. Known. Species added.

Collectors. Genera added. New. Known. Total.

Eremian Region—

Tietkens Exped. ... — L 8 11 19
Elder Exped. is - 2 + 6
Horn Exped. ee &| | 8 14 Ue
Unparticularised... — 2 2 8 by.
Euronotian Region—

Eckert: \ <5: La 1 - 11 11
Unparticularised... — - 2 4 6

Totals ae | 4) 29 52 81

80

The index letters to the several districts are correspondingly
those employed in the ‘“ Census” of 1889; but District F has
been reduced, as the result of personal knowledge gained while
attached to the Horn Expedition, by the extension of District C
to about the latitude of Engoordina on the Finke-river.

The asterisk prefixed to the species-name indicates that the
species represented is new to science.

I. ADDENDA.

*Capsella villosula, /. v. MZ. and Tate,m.s. S., Arkaringa Valley,
Elder Exped.

Capsella ochrantha, /. v. J, subsequently regarded by that
author as a yellow-flowered variety of C. cochlearina ; but
as it offers other trivia] differences, which seem to be con-
stant, it should be maintained as distinct. F, Zvetkens.
C, Arkaringa Valley, Elder Exped.

*Hriostemon argyreus, /. v. M. and Tate in Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.
Aust., vol. XTIT., 1890. F, Tvetkens.

Plagianthus pulchellus, Gray. G, Eckert, fide F. v. M. in Aust.
Ass. Adv, sc... vol. Y., p.. £40.

*Sida podopetala, /. v. M. and Tate, op. cit. F, Tietkens, Horn

Lxped.

Triumfetta micracantha, /. v. M. F,s.-w. of Finke-river, Schwartz,
fide F. v. M.

Euphorbia Mitchelliana, Boisster. F, Tempe Downs, Horn
Exped.

Claytonia spergularina, /. v. 7. F, Finke-river, Horn Haped.

Scleranthus biflorus, J. Hooker. G, Hekert, op. cit.

Atriplex elachyphyllum, /. v. I/., in Frag. VII., p. 8, 1870; and
tcon. Salsolaceze, tab. 6. C, Crown Point and Adminga -
Creek, Horn Exped. SS, Lake Weatherstone, Jate.

* Atriplex lobativalve, /. v. I/., in Icon. Salsol., tab. 6 ; and Vict.
Nat., 1893. F, Marshall-river, Winnecke.

*Bassia Luehmanni, /. v. M., in Vict. Nat., 1890; and Icon.
Salsol. F, near Finke-river, Schwartz.

*Bassia Tatei, /. v. M., in Vict. Nat., 1890; and Icon. Salsol.
S, Lake Torrens Plain, east, Tate.

*Bassia longicuspis, /. v. Jf, in Icon. Salsol., tab. 24 ; and Vict.
Nat., 1893. OC, Charlotte Waters, Kempe. 8S, Beltana,
Mrs. Richards.

Threlkeldia proceriflora, /. v. I. C, Adminga Creek, Horn
Huped.

Daviesia latifolia, R. Brown. G, Eckert, fide F. v. M.

Casuarina nana, Sieber. G, Eckert, fide F. v. M.

Crotalaria Nove-Hollandiz, DeCondolle. F, Horn Exped.

*Swainsonia cyclocarpa, /. v. M., in Vict. Nat. 1892.
F, MacDonnell Range, Schwartz.

81

Swainsonia canescens, / v. J. F, MacDonnell Range, Horn
Eaped.

Acacia patens, F. v. M. F, Kempe, Tietkens, Horn Exped. ;
C, Horn Exped.

Acacia Meissneri, Lehmann. W, Fowler-Bay-district, Tate.

* Acacia frumentacea, 7’ate,m.s. EF and C, Charlotte Waters and
northward to Mount Sonder, Horn Exped.

*Acacia Cowleana, Z'ate, m.s. F, Horn Euped.

Acacia Bynoeana, Bentham. F, Tietkens.

Pimelea collina, &. Brown. G, Eckert, op. cit.

*Pimelea Husseyana, /. v. M.,m.s. A, Port Elliot, Wiss J. L.
Hussey.

Grevillea parviflora, &. Brown. G, Eckert, fide F. v. M.

Grevillea eriostachya, Lindley. F, Horn Exped. and (as G.
chrysodendron) Tvetkens.

Ammannia auriculata, Will. F, Tietkens and Horn Exped.

Leptospermum flavescens, Smith. G, Eckert, op. cit.

Melaleuca Leucodendron, Linne. C, between Eyre’s Creek and
Hergott, fide F. v. M.

Beaufortia elegans, Schauwr. W, near Eucla, G. R. Turner, com.
by F. v. M.

*Eucalyptus Lansdowneana, /. v. WM. and J. £. Brown in
“Forest Flora, S.A.” W, Gawler Range.

Eucalyptus eudesmoides, /. v. M. F, Horn Exped.; C, Everard
Range, Elder Euped.

Pomaderris vaccinifolia, feisseck and fv. M. A, Mount Lofty
Range, fide P. v. M.

*Didiscus Gillenee, Tate, m.s. F’, Mount Gillen, Horn Exped.

Oldenlandia galioides, /.v. WM. F, Tietkens.

Coprosma Billardieri, Hooker. G, Eckert, op. cit.

*Wedelia Stirlingi, /. v. I. and Tate, ms. F, Horn Exped.

Aster orarius, /. v. M. G, near Glenelg River, fide 7. v. I.

Vittadinia scabra, DeC. F, Horn Exped.

Calotis dentex, &. Brown. F, Horn Euped.

*Calotis latiuscula, /. v. IW. and Tate, 1890. F, Horn Exped. ;
C, Tietkens.

Pluchea squarrosa, Benth. F, Horn Exped.

Erechthites lacerata, fF. v. M. F, Tietkens and Horn Exped. ;
C, Everard Range, Hider Huped.

*Helipterum Jesseni, /. v. M., in Vict. Nat., 1890. ©, S, W,
NEA ING Ie:

*Helipterum Troedeli, /. v. If, in Vict. Nat., 1890. S, Lake
Torrens Plain east, Zate.

*Helipterum Fitzgibboni, Ff. v. M., in Vict. Nat., 1890.
F, Thornton, Kempe. C, Tietkens, Horn Exped.; W, Batt. °

*Helichrysum phaceloma, 7”. v. M. and Tate, m.s. F, Horn

F

82

Exped. OC, Everard Range, and also Cavenagh Range,
W.A., Elder ELuped.
*Goodenia Horniana, Tate and F. v. V., ms. F, George Gill’s
Range, Horn Eauped.

*Goodenia subintegra, /. v. ., in Vict. Nat., 1888, p. 12, pre-
viously included under G. glauca. F, C, Y

*Goodenia fascicularis, /. v. MZ. and Tate. C, Tietkens.

*Tpomeea racemigera, f. v. VM. and Tate. F, Tietkens, Horn
Exped.

Polymeria ambigua, Rf. Brown. F, “region at the tropic of
Capricorn,” F. v. M.

Halgania integerrima, Endlicher. F, Tietkens.

Cynoglossum latifolium, #. Brown. G, Eckert, op. cit.

Styphelia Mitchelli, 7. v. M@. F, Mount Sonder, Horn Exped.

*Teucrium grandiusculum, /. v. M. and Tate. F, Tietkens.
C, Birksgate Range, Hilder Exped. W, Ooldea, Tate.

*Prostanthera Schultzi, /. v. I, ms. F, Mount Sonder,
Schultz, Horn Exped.

*Elacholoma Horni, / v. M@. and Tate, m.s. F, Horn Exped.

Newecastlia chrysotricha, /. v. M. C, Everard Range, Hider
Exped.

Eremophila viscida, Endlicher. C, Tretkens.

Pterostylis Mackibbini, /. v. W., in Vict. Nat., 1892. A, near
St. Vincent Gulf, /. v. WL (1848).

*Prasophyllum Fitzgeraldi, Dean, m.s. A, Mount Lofty, itz-
gerald.

Xerotes sororia, /. v. M. A, St. Vincent Gulf, /. v. 2.

*Xanthorrhea Thorntoni, Tate, m.s. F, Horn Exped.

Juncus Brownii, /. v. M. G, Eckert, op. cit.

Triglochin calcitrapa, Hooker (= T. centrocarpa, pars). F, C,
Horn Exped.

*Eriocaulon graphitinum, /. v. MW. and Tate, m.s. F, Tietkens.

Fimbristylis acuminata, Vahl. F, Tietkens.

Heleocharis capitata, R. Brown. F, Palm Creek, Horn Exped.

Triraphis pungens, &. Brown. F, Horn Eauped.

Triraphis bromoides, &. Brown. C, Hider Exped.

Phylloglossum Drummondii, Kunze. G, Eckert, op. cit.

Psilotum triquetrum, Swartz. F, George Gill’s Range, Horn
Exped.

Lygodium reticulatum, Schkuhr. F, fide F. v. W.

Adiantum hispidulum, Swartz. F, George Gill’s Range, Horn
Exped.

Asplenium Trichomanes, Linn. G, fide lf. v. W.

Aspidium unitum, Swartz. FF, George Gill’s Range, Horn
Exped.

Aspidium aculeatum, Swartz. G, fide F. v. M.

83

II. CorRRIGENDA.

Hybanthus miniatus in list of Tietkens’ plants is a mere lapsus
calami for H. aurantiacus = H. enneaspermus.

Geijera salicifolia, Schott, is not that species, but G. pendula,
Lindley, which by F. v. M. is reduced to a variety of
G. parviflora.

Micrantheum hexandrum, Hooker. The South Australian plant,
quoted under this name, is a distinct species and has been
described by F. v. M., in Vict. Nat., 1890, as IZ demissum.

Phyllanthus minutiflorus in the Tietkens’-collection proves to be
immature P. rhytidospermus.

Atriplex holocarpum, /. v. I., is a variety of A. spongiosum.

Kochia pentatropis, Z’ate, is now reduced to K. decaptera.

Bassia Cornishiana, /. v. 1/., is reduced to a varietal state of
B. Birchi, F. v. M.

Bassia bicuspis, /. v. I., is a somewhat aberrant form of
B. tricuspis.

Gomphrena Brownii, Moquin, isa synonym of G’. lanata, Brown.

Lespedeza lanata, Bentham, is not actually known within extra-
tropical South Australia, ‘but reaches near to the bound-
ary. 2.0. 1.

Eremophila Tietkensi, 7. v. Wf. and Tate, is only a broad-leaved
canescent variety of £. Latrobev.

Crinum angustifolium, quoted from the Macdonnell Range,
belongs to C. flaccidum.

Crinum pedunculatum from the River Murray region belongs
also to C. flaccedum.

Thelymitra rubra, /itzgerald, is identical with 7. Macmillan,
F. v. M., which is the older name.

84

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEw SPECIES OF MARINE
MoLLUSCA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

By Jos. C. Verco, M.D., Lond., &c.
[Read May 7, 1895.]

Murex Tatei, spec. nov. PI. ii., fig. 2, 2a, 2b.

Shell squarely pyriform, light, porous. Spire less than one-
third the length of the shell. Nucleus conspicuous, papillate,
one turn and a half, smooth, deep purplish-black, suture some-
what channelled.

Spire-whorls four, convex, roundly shouldered at the upper
part ; varices not quite regularly disposed, some continuous with
those on adjacent whorls others not, well marked, breadth rather
greater than height, rounded and reflected slightly, most promin-
ent above the shoulder. Regularly disposed spiral lire ; six on
the penultimate, fewer on the posterior whorls, about as high and
as wide as the interspaces. These are completely covered with
very regular thin close-set erect longitudinal laminz, very uni-
formly corrugated, so that between the lire they are straight,
and on the lire are semicircular, with the convexity to the right.
These semicircular corrugations are so uniform that their sides,
which touch, seem to form thin spiral vertical plates with a longi-
tudinal scalloping between, giving the shell an appearance of
being covered with coral, or chain-stitch crochet work which is
continuous over the varices.

Body-whorl ventricose, roundly angulated at upper part,
nearly flat above this, sloping with slight convexity below,
markedly contracted at midpoint between the suture and anterior
extremity of canal. Varices five, about one to one and a-half
lines wide and a line high, highest behind the shoulder. About
20 spiral lire, alternately higher and lower, covered with the
same crenulated longitudinal laminz as the spire. Aperture
obliquely oval, very slightly contracted anteriorly. Outer lip
simple, tinely crenulated, and lirate for a line within. Outside
thickened to two lines by about nine superposed scallopings, cor-
responding with the crenulations of the lip. Inner lip distinct,
on the arcuate columella, continuous behind with the outer lip,
smooth, thin, inflected at the lower part of the aperture, so as to
partly cover the canal. Canal slightly longer than the aperture,
nearly straight, deflected first to the left, then straight, then to
the left, almost closed ; shortly and sharply recurved at the an-

85

terior extremity. Color greyish-white. Reddish-brown inside
from suture to shoulder, indistinctly visible outside in the inter-
stices of the crenulations. Operculum horny, nucleus apical,
anterior.

Length, 15 mm.; breadth between the varices, 7-5-—including
them, 9°5. Length of aperture, 5; breadth, 3; of canal, 6; of
spire, 4mm. One broken shell has an aperture of 5-5 mm. long,
and a canal of 8 mm.

No Murex known to me so resembles it as to require a dia-
gnosis.

Habitat.—Backstairs Passage, S.A. Dredged in 20 fathoms,
one alive; 17 fathoms, one alive immature; 22 fathoms, one
recent ; 2 depth, seven dead, three recent (./. C. Verco).

Type specimen in my collection. JI have named it after the
well-known President of the Royal Society.

Murex (PororrTeRon, Jousseaume, 1880) robustus, spec. nov. PI. ii.,
figs. 3, 3a:

Shell ovate trigonal, solid, spire not quite so long as body
whorl. Whorls six, exclusive of nucleus. Nucleus slightly
papillate one and a-half turns, dextral. Spire-whorls subconvex,
nearly smooth. Sutures distinct, simple. Varices three, regular,
almost continuous, each just behind that on the previous whorl,
and ending posteriorly in a sinuous, stout, roundly-trigonal tube,
directed towards the apex of the shell. On the left side of the
varices are short, stout, spiral buttresses, three on the penulti-
mate, from the lower suture to the base of the tube behind.
Body-whorl convex, scarcely shouldered above. Varices three,
low and stout, ending close to the suture in a tube, trigonal in
section, stout and sinuous, like a horn, extending backwards,
hollow, rugose, and showing the scar of closure, just to the left
of the anterior edge. Surface of whorl rather rugged, with five
or six obsolete spiral lire, and sublenticular very fine, incised,
longitudinal growth-lines. Aperture oval, slightly oblique, small,
entire; peristome projecting as a thin, detached, simple, sharp
lamina, from | to 4 mm. On the outside of the outer lip are
six rounded, tubular, spiral ribs, extending to the margin of the
varix (forming the “buttresses” of the varices on the spire) ;
the most anterior is very short, and ends in the scar of the canal.
Columella invisible. Canal completely closed ; length just longer
than the aperture ; at its anterior end bent at a right angle, and
then curved slightly to the right, with a capillary opening from a
little behind the bend to the extremity, numerous fine, incised,
longitudinal sinuous lines on its basal aspect. Labial varix saw-
like, with nine forward-curved, claw-like processes ; the central
ones terminate the obsolete spiral lire of the whorl, and from

86

their under surfaces give off five of the buttresses of the apertural
lamina. About five small tubercles continue the series posteriorly
on the proximal part of the variceal tube. Operculum horny,
ovate, nucleus apical anterior. Ornament, in very young speci-
mens, a chestnut-brown spiral line at the base of the variceal
tube, and a second about the level of the lower end of the
aperture.

Length, 14:25; breadth, 5-5 between the varices, 7 including
them ; spire, 6; body-whorl, 8-25; length of aperture, 3; width,
2; length of canal, 3:75 mm.

Habitat.—Backstairs Passage, 22 fathoms, three alive, and
St. Vincent’s Gulf, dredge siftings, ? depth or exact locality, 25
dead and alive of various sizes (J. C. Verco).

Type specimen in my collection.

It bears a superficial resemblance to I. Angasi, Crosse, but
this is a narrower thinner shell, with a single curved (not
sinuous) and open posterior variceal hook, an open anterior canal,
and a simple aperture.

This shell resembles a 7'yphis in its sinuous posterior tube ;
but the variceal origin of the tube separates it from all the
species of that genus, in which the canal is inter-variceal.

It differs from 7’. triangularis, A. Ads., in the absence of spiral
liree, and the closed straight canal. From 7’. Japonicus, A. Ads.,
=T. arcuatus, Hinds., in having no arched varices, no pseudo-
varices, and its tubes not truncated From Z’. cancellatus, Sow.,
in the very narrow varices along the canal.

Trophon angustus, sp. nov. Pl. i., fig. 5, 5a.

Shell fusiform, sordid-white, lamellosely varicose ; whorls six or
seven, including the nucleus. Nucleus one turn and a-half,
smooth, polished, blunt. Spire subturreted, whorls moderately
convex, varices slightly higher than wide, six in each whorl; two
or three broad obsolete spiral lire, most marked just beyond the
varices. Body-whor] slightly convex, contracted somewhat an-
teriorly ; about five broad subraised spiral lire, with two to five
intervariceal longitudinal lire, dividing the intervariceal areas
into square spaces of varying size. Varices six, sinuous, pos-
teriorly shortly convex to the right, straight in the middle,
anteriorly openly and markedly concave to the right, in apposi-
tion over the dorsum of the canal ; the last-formed rather higher
than wide, but easily worn down; so that the earlier ones are
wider than high, higher and narrower anteriorly. Aperture
elongate-ovate, enamelled internally; outer lip varicose;
columella arcuate, distinctly angled at junction with canal ;
inner lip thin, anteriorly slightly separate from columella, and
very slightly curving over the canal; canal bent to the left,

87

moderately open, reflected, and notched. The shell has an inner
hard enamel-like layer, and an outer of soft, porous, chalky con-
sistence. This when perfect is nearly smooth, longitudinal and
transverse markings being scarcely visible. When slightly
denuded coarse and fine longitudinal lines become evident; when
more denuded those are less marked and spiral ones are more
manifest, numerous spiral incisions running along the broad
liree ; and when the enamel only remains there are four or five
subraised principal spiral lire, with abundant fine interstitial
strie, but no longitudinal intervariceal markings.

Length, 10 mm.; breadth, including varices, 4:25 mm.; length
of spire, 5; of aperture, 2°5; breadth, 1-5.

Habitat.—St. Vincent Gulf ; dredged in deep water, three indi-
viduals (J. C. Verco ).

Type specimen in my collection.

From 7’. Goldsteini, Ten.-Woods, it is more slender (7. Gold-
steini is 11:5 to 6, with the outer covering intact); varices are
more arcuate and more approximate; whorls less angulate, less
ventricose.

Trophon levis, sp. nov. PI. ii., fig. 5, 5a.

Obliquely ovate-fusiform, thin, sordid-white. Whorls seven.
Nucleus indistinct, one turn and a half, slightly excentric. Spire
elevated, acute, shorter than last whorl, as 12:25 to 17-5. Whorls
nearly flat, sloping, obtusely angulated at lower third, sutures
indistinct, shoulder with distant tubercles vanishing about middle
of penultimate whorl, most marked at its commencement. Body-
whorl subventricose, uniformly rounded, somewhat constricted at
the base ; nine low, broad, rather rude longitudinal costations at
irregular distances ; obsolete broad flat spiral elevations, broadest
and lowest about the periphery, narrower and more valid anter-
iorly, where also longitudinal incremental strize are most marked;
suture moderately distinct, irregular, crenulated in places by the
ends of obsolete incremental lines. Aperture elongately oval,
contracted posteriorly, opening widely into the canal in front ;
outer lip simple, thin, with wide shallow crenulations correspond-
ing with the spiral lire. Columella smooth, arcuate, slightly
excavated; callus thin, spreading a little over the base, especially
behind. Umbilicus rimate. Canal short, widely open, sub-
sinistral, scarcely recurved, hardly notched. There is a complete,
thin, soft chalky coating which smears and obseures the sculp-
ture, but is evidently not an adventitious deposit. Three dark
blackish-purple bands about a line in width visible inside the
outer lip, in the posterior half of the aperture, the lowest one at
its middle ; two more, indistinct, at the junction with the canal,
and two narrow and scarcely visible behind these. They lie be-
tween the spiral lire. Operculum muricoid. Dentition, pl. iii.,
fig. 3, muricoid.

88

Length, 27:5 mm. ; greatest breadth, 16 mm. ; length of aper-
ture and canal, 17°5 mm.; greatest width, 7 mm.

Habitat.—Backstairs Passage, 8.A. Dredged alive in 22
fathoms ; one example in my collection.

From 7. Flindersi it differs by being much thinner, narrower,
spire more acute, whorls less angulated, outer lip thin, not denti-
culated, columella not so excavated, umbilicus smaller, canal
more open; surface much less sculptured. 7. Mlindersi is a
littoral shell. 7’. Jevis was dredged in deep water. It is possibly
only an extreme variety resulting from its very different station.

Triton mimeticus,.7ate (StpHo?). PI. 2, figs. 4, 4a.

In the Proc. Roy. Soc. of 8.A. for June, 1893, p. 189, Prof.
Tate described a shell which he referred provisionally to Sipho,
recognising it as probably immature, and as needing further
material to determine its generic location. This material has
been furnished by two more specimens dredged by me in Investi-
gator’s Straits, one of which is slightly less immature than the
type, and the other has formed two varices, and so established
its position asa Triton. It is an interesting form in two re-
spects, viz., the comparative length of its canal, and the delay in
forming its first varix until about four and a-half whorls have
been completed. I have given below a full description of the
shell.

Shell ovately-fusiform, imperforate, rather thin. Whorls
nearly six. Spire moderately elevated, one-third the length of
the shell, as 7 to 21; whorls 5, including nucleus. Nucleus one
turn and a-half, slightly oblique, apex nearly flat and forming a
sharp angle with the short steep side in the first turn; second
turn subconvex. Spire-whorls, the first slightly and medially
angulated, the second with a marked shouider at first median,
but gradually approaching the suture, which it reaches about the
middle of the third spire-whorl and runs in apposition with it
for the third of a revolution, when the first varix is formed, and
the suture sinks again to reascend just before the next varix is
produced. Suture distinct. Whorls subconcave behind the
shoulder, with spiral lire, increasing in number with the size of
the shell, about six in the penultimate and two interstitial
threadlets ; lire rounded, narrow, about half the width of the
interspaces; longitudinal growth-lines at unequal intervals,
making the spiral lire somewhat moniliform ; obsolete longi-
tudinal coste, most marked at the angle, where they produce a
row of tubercles, 15 on the penultimate whorl. Body-whorl
large, angulation well-marked, with less pronounced carina in
front, so as to divide the whorl into three equal parts; concave
behind the angulation, flat and sloping to carina, excavated

$9

anterior to this. Seven well-marked, acute, rounded tubercles
on the shoulder on the dorsal aspect, none on the ventral, present
but much less valid on the carina. Spiral lire eleven behind the
angle, eleven to carina, and 22 to end of canal; sublenticular
growth-lines, no longitudinal costz ; ventral surface very flatly
convex, shoulder obsolete, carina absent, no tubercles, lire faint.
Aperture obliquely oval, sharply marked off from the canal ;
columella arcuate, inner lip thin, distinct, joining outer lip
behind, and forming a minute sinus with it by means of a small
tooth-like spiral callus. Outer lip thickened by an ascending
external varix, bevelled inside to a sharp margin, seven or eight
teeth internally, the anterior three or four doubled.

Length of aperture, 8-5 mm. ; breadth, 65 mm.; canal, 5:5
mm., almost closed, curved obliquely to the left, slightly recurved.
Ornament, irregular rusty blotches, with articulated rusty spots
on carina. Total length, 21 mm.; breadth, 11:25.

Habitat.—Dredged, Tapley’s Shoal, 12-16 fathoms. One, im-
mature, dead (Mr. Matthews). Investigator’s Straits, 15
fathoms, one dead ; 20 fathoms, one immature, dead ( Verco ).

From 7. Bassi it differs by spire more acute, nucleus much
smaller, more acute and angled, varix later formed (in 7. Bassi
after three or three and a-half turns), whorls more angled and
tuberculate, canal longer.

Latirus aurantiacus, sp. nov. PI. ii., fig. 1, la.

Shell ovate-fusiform, very solid. Spire elevated, shorter than
the aperture. Whorls six, without the nucleus which is wanting;
rather convex, roundly angled just below the middle, and pro-
vided with eight or nine rounded well-marked nodules, about
equal in width to the intervals, and costate in the lower half of
the whorls. Spiral lire eight to ten, distinct, varying in size,
devious, about equal in width to the interstices, and crossed by
longitudinal rather distant scabrous lines of growth. Suture
distinctly marginate, sinuous, ascending between the cost, ‘edge
crinkled by imbricating growth lines. First and second whorls
nearly destroyed by fine borings. Last whorl subventricose,
‘shouldered at six lines from the suture, very slightly concave
above, convex below, narrowing rapidly to its minimum at the
middle point of the ventral surface ; with nine very valid longi-
tudinal coste, flatly rounded, rather wider than the interspaces,
highest at the shoulder, which abruptly points them, very slightly
marked above the shoulder, gradually narrowing and subsiding
below, to disappear at the middle of the base. Well-marked
spiral liree sub-equidistant (16 in the whorl), with an occasional
spiral thread between the more distant (four in the whorl).
Above the shoulder the lire, five in number, are narrowest ;

90

below it they gradually increase in size anteriorly, rounded, not
quite as wide as the interstices. Whole surface roughened by
close-set (two to the line) sub-vertical, imbricating, crinkled,
incremental lamine. Suture rather widely margined, sinuous,
generally ascending between the coste, conspicuously crinkled by
longitudinal lamine. Umbilicus small, partly covered by the
inner lip, which is somewhat reflected into it, left margin slightly
corrugated by varix of the notch. Columella nearly straight in
its lower half; three distinct equal plaits, slightly oblique, the
lowest corresponding with the prolongation backwards of the
varix of the apertural notch. Aperture obliquely ovate, an in-
conspicuous narrow ascending posterior sinus formed by the mar-
ginate suture. Canal about one-third of the whole aperture, open,
wide, slightly deviated to the left, notched anteriorly, very
slightly recurved. Outer lip acute, thin, a little everted, due to
incipient formation of a costa, crenated by the spiral lire of the
whorl, which also form sulcations within ; internally of a deep
salmon color at the margin, fading into the polished bluish
white throat, and with somewhat darker red lines in the lirate
depressions. Inner lip thin, a little spread over the columella,
and partially occluding the umbilicus, of a glistening pearly-white
color with a rusty tinge, especially between the plaits and near
the upper part of the aperture. Ornament, a rusty salmon color
most marked near the margin of the aperture, nearly hidden
elsewhere by some green adventitious deposit. Operculum ovate,
acute, nucleus at anterior apex.

Length, 46 mm.; greatest breadth, 27 mm.; length of aperture,
27 mm.; width, 10 mm.; of spire, 19-20 mm.

Habitat.—Backstairs Passage, S.A.; 184 fathoms, dredged
alive, one individual in my collection.

The shell most allied appears to be LZ. concentricus, Rve. My
shell is not so thick, the costz and lire are more numerous and
not so valid; the last whorl is longer relatively to the spire.

Latirus Pulleinei, spec. nov. Pl. i., fig. 1, la, 10.

Shell elongately-fusiform, moderately thick. Whorls eight ;
nucleus absent from all the specimens (eight). Spire elongated,
whorls regularly convex, with spiral lire (on the penultimate six
primary, and four smaller intermediate in the anterior part),
acute, about one-third as wide as the interspaces, crossing over
inconspicuous longitudinal rounded costelle (15 on penultimate
whorl), as wide as the intervals. Sublenticular longitudinal
incremental strie not crossing the lire. Suture distinct, slightly
marginate. Last whorl regularly convex, with about 22 acute
spiral lire, and eight interstitial strie gradually becoming
stouter anteriorly until they are as valid as the lire; obsolete

91

longitudinal curved costelle above the periphery, becoming
gradually less conspicuous until they disappear, remaining longest
close to the suture; near the aperture in a large example they
reappear. Aperture obliquely-elongately-oval, descending into
the canal, pinched into a tiny furrow posteriorly by the marginate
suture. Outer lip simple, slightly sinuous, thin, finely crenated,
obsoletely lirate internally. Columella subarcuate, sub-convex at
the beginning of the canal; only a trace of callus, except anterior
to the varix of the notch where it is subconcavely reflected, and
forms a minute rimate umbilicus. The spiral lire are almost
quite obliterated at the inner lip, and three sub-raised thread-like
plice are visible deeper in the throat, equal and equi-distant, and
with the same obliquity as the spiral lire, the highest at the
centre of the aperture ; sometimes a fourth exists close below
them. Canal nearly as long as the aperture, sub-concave length-
wise along its left border, in the same sinistral oblique line as
the aperture, wide, oper, scarcely notched. Ornament, curved
longitudinal rust-brown streaks on the summit of the coste,
sometimes broken into dots on the spiral lire; at irregular dis-
tances on the body-whorl, and slightly sigmoid ; crowded into a
rusty area on the varix of the notch.

Total length, 51:5 mm.; greatest diameter, 19°5; length of
aperture, 15:5; width, 6:5; length of canal, 11 mm. The relat-
ive lengths of the last whorl (including aperture and canal) and
the spire vary slightly in individuals of the same size, and as the
shell grows, the spire, which is at first shorter than the last
whorl, becomes longer than it, as shown in the following
series :—

epee 7:75, whorl $75, as 79°5 to 100.

EM 75, Fie eer yenyet (yt neat
66 13:5; 73 16°, c¢ 84-4 6s
66 15; 6c 29-25, & 85-4 66
73 28-, 66 26°25, “ 106°9 6c

L. Walkeri of J. C. Melville, Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1895,
vol. I., No. 5, p. 221, pl. xiv., fig. 9, from Cossack, W. Australia,
approaches it, but that shell is smaller, length 25 mm., more solid,
coste about half as numerous and more valid, suture not
marginate, aperture with a distinct continuous inner lip, a thick
everted or bevelled outer lip, and a more abrupt origin of the
canal from the aperture. The above diagnosis is constructed
from his plate and rather short description.

Habitat. — Eyre’s Sand-patch, West Australia, many dead,
Mr. Pulleine (after whom the shell is named), and Verco ; Largs
Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf (D. J. Adcock); subfossil, dredgings
from Port Adelaide (Dr. Perks).

92

Crassatella producta, sp. nov. Pl. i., fig 2.

Shell compressed, solid, ovately-trapezoidal, equivalvular, in-
equilateral. Umbos conspicuous, acute, apposed, very slightly
retroflected. Post-dorsal margin gently sloping, concave for one-
fifth of its length next to the umbo, then almost straight ; front
dorsal margin scarcely convex, rapidly descending. Ventral
margin nearly parallel with the post-dorsal, slightly approximat-
ing behind, uniformly subconvex, regularly rapidly curving up-
wards to form an almost circular anterior extremity ; slightly
ascending to join at a rounded angle the posterior margin. This
is straightly truncated, nearly as long as the post-dorsal line in
young specimens, about three-fourths in old ones, joining it at an
obtuse angle of about 120°. Lunule long linear-lanceolate, smooth
bevelled edges; right valve slightly including left ; escutcheon,
from the umbo almost the whole length of the post-dorsal margin,
lanceolate, twice as wide as lunule, concave sides, sublenticular
longitudinal striz, left valve slightly overlapping the right.
Well-marked post umbonal ridge to postero-ventral angle ; sur-
face flat behind it, subconvex elsewhere ; markedly concentri-
cally sulcated, seven ridges in the last five lines from the ventral
margin, stout, acutely rounded, smooth (but for few microscopic
incised lines, especially on their ventral sides), about equal in
width to the interstices, which contain from one to three thread-
lets ; straight behind the umbonal ridge and nearly parallel with
the margin of the truncated posterior end, but with the angle at
the ridge more open and rounded in the earlier ridges. Inter-
nally: right valve, triangular cartilage pit behind a single narrow
triangular tooth, with a shallow triangular notch in it ; lateral
teeth, anteriorly a long linear furrow, the inner plate slightly
triangularly projecting anteriorly, posteriorly the base of the
escutcheon scarcely projecting and sharp; left valve, two car-
dinal teeth, diverging, anterior triangular stout and prominent
with a long shallow triangular groove, posterior thin and lamellar ;
lateral teeth, anteriorly base of lunule slightly projecting and
sharp, posteriorly a long linear furrow, inner plate slightly tri-
angularly projecting at the posterior part. Ventral margin finely
denticulated about half a line within the extreme edge, more
minutely towards front lateral tooth, posterior truncated margin
smooth. Ornament, light terra-cotta outside, deeper colored at
the umbo, some specimens with many pink radiating lines of
varying width from umbo to margin, and growing wider; some
individuals pure white. Internally smooth, shining, white to
deep flesh tint.

Dimensions, antero-post diameter, 10°25 mm.; umbo-ventral,
7°75; post-dorsal margin, 5°75; posterior, 3°D; depth of closed
valves, 3°25.

93

Habitat.—Backstairs Passage, off Hog Bay, 16 to 18 fathoms,
three valves; 20 fathoms, 17 valves; 22 fathoms, one alive, five
valves ; depth not noted, seven alive, 295 valves ( Verco. )

Type specimens in my collection.

Crassatella miera, sp. nov. Pl. i., fig. 3.

Shell trigonally orbicular, rather compressed, equivalvular
subequilateral, solid. Umbos acute, apposed, anteflected. Post-
dorsal margin very short, at first convex, then almost straight,
very rapidly descending ; front dorsal margin minutely excavated
close to the umbo, then rapidly descending, almost straight; the
two margins form rather more than a right angle with each
other. Ventral margin acute, uniformly convex, about a
quadrant, ascending roundly into the posterior margin, and
rather more narrowly into the anterior. Lunule rather large,
elongate-ovate, somewhat indistinct, left valve slightly overlaps
the right. Escutcheon linear-lanceolate, edges rounded, right
valve includes the left. Surface flatly convex, deeply concen-
trically sulcated, seven ridges in the last three lines from the
ventral margin, smooth, flatly-rounded, rather wider than the
interstices, and not quite so high as wide. Internally, right
valve, triangular cartilage pit behind a well-marked, triangular,
cardinal tooth, in front of this is a short, vertical diverging tooth-
like plate, in which ends the inner lamina of the anterior lateral
tooth socket; anteriorly is a linear groove, most marked at its
front end, where the inner lamina projects slightly ; the post-
dorsal margin lightly projects in a tooth-like lamina ; left valve,
triangular cartilage pit, behind two diverging cardinal teeth, the
anterior of which is the more oblique, prominent and stout;
base of lunule slightly prominent to form an anterior lateral
laminar tooth; posteriorly a long linear groove, with barely
visible projection of inner lamina beyond the level of the outer ;
inner margin not denticulated. Color light-horn tint, some
specimens white with horn-tint about the umbo.

Dimensions, anterior-post diameter, 6 mm. ; umbo-ventral, 5:5 ;
depth of closed valves, 2°5 mm.

Habitat.—Backstairs Passage, St. Vincent Gulf, 8.A.; dredged
20 fathoms, one alive ; 22 fathoms, one alive; dredge siftings,
depth not noted, probably about the same, six alive, 184 valves
(Verco). Type in my collection.

C. fulvida, Angas, from Port Jackson, is allied, but is a trans-
versely oval shell, being more produced anteriorly, much thinner
and with proportionally fewer and stouter concentric ridges.

94

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PuLatE I.
Fig.
1, la. Latirvs Pulleinei, Verco; 1b. Details of sculpture.
2. Crassatella producta, Verco.
ae Crassatella micra, Verco.

4, 4a. Trophon Goldsteini, Ten.- Woods.
4b. Without its external coating, showing well-marked color bands.
5, 5a. Trophon angustus, Verco.

Puate IIT.
1, la, 1b. Latirus aurantiacus, Verco.
2,,. 2a Murex Tatei, Verco.
2b. Details of sculpture.
3y oie Murex robustus, Verco.
4, 4a. Triton mimeticus, 7Jate.
5, da. Trophon levis, Verco.
6. Typhis Yatesi, Crosse.
Puate Iii.

Radula of Trophon Flindersi, Ads., and Ang.
Radula of Trophon Assisi, 7'en.- Woods.
Radula of Trophon levis, Verco.

Radula of Fusus australis, Quoy.

Radula of Fusus pyrulatus, Reeve.

. Radula of Fusus Dunkeri, Jonas.

. Radula of Fusus Lincolnensis, Crosse.

. Radula of Fasciolaria coronata, Lam.

. Radula of Siphonalia dilatata, Quoy.

5D 90 SID OU GO ND

A REVISION OF THE RECENT GASTEROPODS OF
SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

Part I.
By Jos. C. Verco, M.D.,-Lond., F.R.C.S., Eng. é&e.
[Read May 7, 1895.]

It is proposed in the present paper to enumerate in order the
species of the Families Muricide, Tritonide, and Fuside, as a
contribution towards a complete catalogue of the recent gastero-
pods of the Province of South Australia. Several circumstances
have of late favored such an effort. (1.) The issue by Mr. D. J.
Adcock in 1893 of ‘A List of Species of Aquatic Mollusca of
South Australia,” which provided local collectors with as accurate
a catalogue of our shells as was then available. It has proved of
considerable value, by enabling each conchologist to discover
roughly what species he possessed not included among our known
fauna. (2.) The formation of the Malacological Section of the

95

Royal Society. At its monthly meetings the species named in
the above list have been critically discussed seriatim with the aid
of specimens from the cabinets of its several members, and my
thanks are here heartily tendered to the Section for permission
in this paper to use the material which has been so carefully
collated by its Honorary Secretary, Mr. R. H. Pulleine. (3.)
Dredgings in the deeper waters of St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs,
which have been undertaken during the last five or six years,
have supplied many new and interesting forms, as well as living or
recent specimens, in considerable numbers, of species previously
described. (4.) The examination of the odontophore from several
of these molluscs.

The following plan will be pursued, as far as the material and
literature at our disposal will permit. The name of each species
in our waters will be given with a reference to the work in which
it was described, that name being chosen which has priority in
point of time. Synonyms, with their references, will be
enumerated. The places where it is found in South Australia
will be given, with the depth in fathoms, when known. Any
information beyond that contained in the original description
will be added.

If readers notice any omissions or inaccuracies, and will inti-
mate the same to the writer of this article, he will be pleased to
acknowledge them with thanks, and will endeavor to incorporate
them in subsequent communications to the Society’s Proceedings.

FAMILY MURICID®.
GENUS MUREX.

1. M. triformis, Reeve.

Reference.—Proc. Zool. Soc., 1845, p. 87. Conch. Icon. sp. 53.

Habitat.—Common throughout the whole coastline of South
Australia. Also King George Sound, W.A., Victoria, and Tas-
mania, where, however, the specimens are much smaller. Most
abundant, alive, in water from 5 to 10 fathoms, but it is found
at all depths up to 22 fathoms (J. C. Verco).

2. M. Angasi, Crosse.

heference.—Typhis Angasi, Jour. de Conch., 1863, vol. XTI.,
pr 6O; v1, figs.

Type specimen from Port Jackson, N.S.W.

Syn.—M. eos, Hutton, New Zealand. Tryon Man. of Conch.,
vol. IT., p. 88. J. zonatus, Ten.-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm.,
1876, p. 132.

Habitat.—Encounter Bay, Spencer Gulf, St. Vincent Gulf,
Investigator Straits.

96

Dredged alive, 13 fathoms, 1; 15 fathoms, 1; 17 fathoms, 2.
Dead from 13 to 22 fathoms (J. C. Verco), Tasmania.

3. M. umbilieatus, Ven.-Woods. ( Trophon umbilicatus ).

Ref.—Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tas-
mania, 1875-76, p. 135.

Syn.—M. scalaris, A. Adams (non Brocchi), Proc. Zool. Soc.,
1853, p. 71.

Tryon in his Man. vol. IT., p. 155, has placed it in Urosalpina,
which he defines as having a purpuroid operculum. But this
species has a muricoid operculum, and belongs to the genus
Murex. It was formerly confounded with I. octogonus, Quoy,
Voy. de L’Astrol., 531, t. 36, figs. 8, 9.

Type specimen from the E. coast of Tasmania, uncommon.

Hab.—Spencer Gulf, St. Vincent Gulf, Backstairs Passage,
Encounter Bay.

Dredged alive, 8 fathoms, 1; 12 fathoms, 2; 13 fathoms, 1 ;
14 fathoms, 2; 17 fathoms, }; 19 fathoms, 2 (J. C. Verco).

4. M. Brazieri, Angas.

Ref.—Proc. Zool. Soc., 1877, p. 171, pl. 26.

This was formerly confounded with WZ. polypleurus, Brazier.

According to Angas, it is somewhat allied to IM. mundus,
Reeve; and according to Brazier, in Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W.,
vol. VIII., pt. I., Zrophon tumidus, Petterd, is a synonym.

Hab.—Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs, Investigator Straits,
and Backstairs Passage (J. C. Verco), Encounter Bay (D. J.
Adcock ).

Type specimen, Port Jackson Heads, 20 fathoms. Dredged
alive, 17 fathoms, 1. Dead at 17, 19, and 22 fathoms, several.
Many alive and dead in deep-water dredge-siftings (J. C. Verco).

5. M. serotinus, A. Adams.
Ref.—Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 268.
Syn.—M. Blainvillei, Payr., a Mediterranean form, according
to Sowerby.
Hab.—One specimen, obtained alive, amongst the rocks at low
water, spring tides, Aldinga Bay (Angas).
No other collectors have taken it in Australia.

6. M. polypleurus, Brazier.

Ref.—Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vol. VITI., 1894, part I, p.
172.

This was formerly known here as I. pumilus of A. Adams,
but proves to be quite a distinct shell. Brazier refers it to the
subgenus Pseudo-Murex, Monteserato, 1872.

Hab.—Several alive and dead in deep water in Spencer and
St. Vincent Gulfs, depth not measured (./. C. Verco).

97

7. M, Tatei, Verco.

fef.—Antea, p. 84.
Hab.—Backstairs Passage, S.A. Dredged alive in deep water
(J.C. Verco).
8. M. robustus, Verco.

Ref.—Antea, p. 85.
Hab.—Investigators Straits; deep water, several alive and

dead (J. C. Verco)).

Genus TyYPHISs.

T. Yatesi, Crosse.

fef.—Jour. de Conch. XIIT., 1865, p. 54, pl. ii, fig. 3.

Type specimen, St. Vincent Gulf, S.A.

Hab.—Backstairs Passage, Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs.

Dredged 15 fathoms, 1 alive; 17 fathoms, 1 alive ; 22 fathoms,
1 dead. Several alive and dead in deep water (J. C. Verco).
eit ag. 6.

In living specimens which measure 12 mm. from the end of the
spire to the end of the varix anteriorly whence the anterior tube
springs, this is 6 mm. in length, and the posterior tube 9 mm. I
have an individual which, including the whole length of the shell
and anterior tube, would total 25 mm. Crosse’s specimen was
14 mm. total length.

GENUS TROPHON.

1. T. Goldsteini, Z'en.- Woods.

fef.—Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, 1875, p. 136.

Type, Long Bay, Tasmania.

Several South. Australian specimens compared with individuals
from Tasmania, kindly lent by Miss Lodder, prove to be identical.
Some, however, almost constitute a variety, being smaller, and
with far less prominent spiral lire. The shell in life is composed
of two distinct layers, an inner enamel-like foundation and an
outer sordid white, loose textured, soft chalk-like coating. In
perfect specimens this is smooth, but when very slightly worn it
shows numerous spiral and longitudinal fibres or incisions. In
beach-rolled specimens this is nearly or entirely removed, leaving
only the hard shining enamel-like basis, which shows numerous
spiral threadlets besides the few sub-raised spiral lire.

Hab.—Middleton and Rivoli Bay (D. J. Adcock), Streaky Bay,
Pondolowie Bay (J. C. Verco). Dredged Spencer Gulf, 9
fathoms, 1; depth probably 15 fathoms, 4 alive, 1 dead; 10
fathoms, 1 dead; Backstairs Passage, 22 fathoms, 1 dead; In-
vestigators Straits, 20 fathoms, 1 dead (J. C. Verco).

G

98

2. T. angustus, Verco.
Ref.—Antea, p. 86.

Hab.—St. Vincent Gulf; dredged deep water, 2 alive, 1 dead
(J. C. Verco).

3. T. Paiva, Crosse.

Ref.—Jour. de Conch., Third Series, vol., XIT., 1864, p. 278,
lesa.) ie. 7,

Type specimen collected at low tide under stones on Yorke’s
Peninsula, S.A.

Tryon classes it as a Urosalpinx, and regards Pusus Hanley2,
Angas, as an elate form (Man. of Conch., vol. II., p. 155). But
it is not a Urosalpinx, and Pusus Hanleyi, Angas, is a different
shell altogether. He says also “it is not readily distinguished
from U. Floridana, Conrad. Von Martens considers /usus corti-
catus, Hutton, a synonym of U. Paive,” loc. cit.

Hab.—Dredged alive and dead, deep water St. Vincent Gulf
(J. C. Verco), Encounter Bay (D. J. Adcock).

4. T. rpeeurvus, Koch (Fusus).

fef.—Abbild. und Beschreib., Conch. Philippi, vol. II., p. 119,
tab. 3, fig. 6,

This shell was separated as a species distinct from 7’. Pave,
by Mr. W. T. Bednall, who was proposing to describe it as new,
when its identity with the Yusus recurvus of Koch, of unknown
habitat, was recognised.

Hab.—St. Vincent Gulf, Salt Creek (W. 7. Bednall), Sema-
phore, alive (D. J. Adcock).

5. T. Assisi, Yen.- Woods.

Ref.—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1876, p. 132.

Type specimens, N. Coast, Tasmania (W. ’. Petterd).

Tryon classes it as a Urosalpinx, and “doubts its distinctness
from U. Paive, Crosse. It is probably a young shell,” Man. of
Conch., vol. II., p. 159.

But it is not a Urosalpina, for its operculum is ovate, with an
apical nucleus. It is quite distinct from 7’. Pawve ; as T. Woods
says, ‘it is easily distinguished by its long canal, and peculiar
lamellose striations” (longitudinal, J. C. V.).

It is not a young shell. Counting the number of its whorls,
it is often older than 7. Paive, and when full grown retains the
same characters.

It has been placed in Mr. Adcock’s list as a Peristernia ; but
the absence of columellar plications, and the muricoid, and not
fasciolarioid radula, which is figured on pl. ili., fig. 2, remove it
from that genus.

99

Dredged. Yankalilla Bay, St. Vincent Gulf, 15 fathoms, in
ooze, 2 alive, 8 dead; Spencer Gulf, 13 fathoms, 2 dead; 15
fathoms, 2 dead; Investigators Straits, 15 fathoms, 3 alive, 3
dead ; 17 fathoms, 9 alive, 68 dead (J. C. Verco).

6. T. Petterdi, Brazier.

Ref.—Jour. Conchyl., third series, vol. X., 1870, p. 303, and
vol Xl US7 lp.o24, to: 12, fig 2.

Syn.—T’. clathratus, Woods, according to Von. Martens (Zool.
Rec., 152, 1875).

Murex scalarinus, A. Adams, is identical or allied, according
to Tryon.

Hab.—Middleton Beach, very many (D. J. Adcock). Aldinga
Beach (J. C. Verco). Dredged Spencer Gulf, deep water, many
alive and dead (J. C. Verco). The Levens Beach, under stones,
Tasmania (Miss Lodder).

My dredged specimens are identical with some forwarded by
Miss M. Lodder from Tasmania. Mr. Adcock’s, from Middle-
ton, appear to be the same species, but have a blunter apex, and
a shorter snout, probably because beach-worn; they are also
slightly larger and stouter, perhaps because from a more exposed
locality, and more manifest color bands. These bands are evi-
dently variable in number ; some have three, one just below the
suture, a second in the centre of the last whorl, a third below
the periphery, and winding round the base. Some have only
the lower two, others only the lowest, and some are destitute of
bands.

7. T. Brazieri, T'en.- Woods.

Ref.—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1875, p. 136.
Type specimen, Tasmania.
Hab.—MacDonnell Bay (D. J. Adcock) ; Victoria.

8. T. Flindersi, Ads. & Ang. (Purpura).

Ref.—Proc. Zool. Soc., 1863, p. 421.

Type from Yorke Peninsula, 8.A.

The operculum is distinctly muricoid, and not purpuroid ; and
Tryon is right in transferring it to Zrophon from Purpura.
Woods suggests that 7. Llindersi, 7. littorinoides (Ten.-Woods),
and 7’. propinqua (Ten.-Woods) may prove varieties only of the
same species. The Malacological Section of the Roy. Soc. of S.A.
are of opinion that the latter two are synonymous with Ricinwla
Adelaidensis ; but 7’. Flindersi, is a distinct species. |

Hab.—Along the whole coast of South Australia, on rocks
from high to low tides

Dentition, plate iii., fig. 1.

100

er 9. T. levis, Verco.
Ref.—Antea, p. 87.

Hab.—Backstairs Passage, St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia,
22 fathoms, dredged alive, one example (J. C. Verco).

GENUS PURPURA.

1. P. suceineta, ifartyn.

Ref.—Univ. Conch., II., pl. 45.

Tryon gives South Australia as the metropolis of this species
(Man. of Conch., vol. Il., p. 170), but the form figured by
Martyn, having strong revolving ribs with excavated sides, is
very rare on the South Australian coast. It would appear, how-
ever, that P. textiliosa, Lam. (Edit. Desh. 2, vol. X., p. 77), is only
a variety of P. succincta, and this is a very common shell here.
Tryon also affirms the identity of P. egrota, Reeve (Conch. Icon.
1846, sp. 42), with P. mancinella, Linn. (Syst. Nat. Edit. 12,
1,219), both of which are tuberculate forms. From a large num-
ber of specimens we have been able to obtain complete series of
gradations between P. succincta and P. textiliosa, and between
P. textiliosa and P. egrota, proving them all to be but variations
of a common species. As P. swccincta, Martyn, has priority of
description, this is chosen as the name of the species, and the rest
are regarded as varieties. This is satisfactory, too, inasmuch as
a form closely resembling the typical shell is the first to appear
paleontologically in our Miocene strata (este, Tate).

2. P. striata, Martyn (Buccinum striatum).
Ref.—Univ. Conch., t. 7; is also given by Tryon as asynonym
for P. swuccincta.
It is unknown to local collectors, but included here on the
authority of Brazier (P.L.S., N.S.W., vol. V., p. 481, 1881).

3. P. Baileyana. Ten.- Woods.
Ref.—Proc: Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1880, p. 80.
Very rare in South Australia.
Hab.—Uiving on rocks, Guichen Bay (4etz).

GENUS RICINULA.

1. R. Adelaidensis, Crosse.

_ Ref.—Jour. de Conch., 1865, vol. XITT., p. 50, t. 2, fig. 1.
Specimens of type and two varieties, A. procerula and R. aurea,

from Port Adelaide and Gulf St. Vincent. /

_ The Malacological Section are of opinion that Z'rophon

littorinoides, Ten.-Woods (Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, 1875, p.

135), and Zrophon propinqua, Ten.-Woods (Proc. Roy. Soc.,

101

Tasmania, 1876, p. 136), are identical, as suggested by Woods
himself, and are synonyms of A. Adelaidensis; but quite distinct
from Z'rophon Flindersi, of which Woods thought they might be
varieties.
Hab.—Streaky Bay to Encounter Bay, on rocks below high-
tide mark.
2. R. reticulata, Quoy and Gaimard.

fef.—Voy. de l’Ast, IT., 566, t. 38, fig. 17, 18.

Syn.— Purpura humilis, Crosse and Fischer (Jour. de Conch.,
XITTI., 1864, p. 51, t. 2, fig. 2); the type from St. Vincent Gulf.

Tryon regards these as young shells of the beaded form of
f. undata, Chem. (Man. of Conch., vol. II., p. 189). This we
are unable to determine.

Dimensions.—Crosse gives the dimensions as 12 mm. by 6 mm.,
but it often attains the magnitude of 18 mm. by 10 mm. Its
station is quite different from that of 2. Adelaidensis, which is a
littoral shell; for it is dredged alive at 13 fathoms, 1; at 18
fathoms, 3; while larger specimens have been taken dead at 15
and 20 fathoms.

Hab.—Streaky Bay to Encounter Bay. Tasmania.

GENUS ADAMSIA.

A. Adelaidze, Adams and Angas.

ftef.—Proc. Zool. Soc., 1863, p. 421, t. 37, fig. 2.

Type from Port Adelaide, S.A.

Tryon, in Man. of Conch., vol. IT., p. 156, gives it as a variety
of Urosalpinx tritoniformis, Blainville, which he says is identical
with Adamsia typica of H. and A. Adams, and that Purpura
neglecta of Adams and Angas is synonymous with A. Adelaide.
Specimens of the first from N.W. Tasmania (IV. 7. Bednall) are,
however, easily separable by their more elate form and much
more numerous spiral lire and scarcely visible incremental strie.
P. neglecta from Port Jackson (W. 7. Bednall) is also distin-
guishable as a smaller shell, more elate, and angulate and tuber-
culo-plicate, and has a closer affinity with Aicinula reticulata,

Q. and G.
FAMILY TRITONIDA.

GENUS TRITON.

1. T. nodiferus, Lam.
Ref.—Edit. Desh., TX., 624.
Syn.—T. Sauliw, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1844, 112 ; Conch.
Icon., 1844, fig. 17; and 7. australis, Lam., Edit. Desh., IX.,
625 (see Tryon Man., vol. ITI., p. 10).

102

One specimen in Adelaide Museum, found on Thistle Island,
Spencer Gulf, by Mr. Zietz.

2. T. subdistortus, Lam.

Ref.—Kdit. Desh., IX., 638.

Hab.—St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs; Encounter and Lace-
pede Bays (D. J. Adcock) , Tasmania ; Victoria.

Dredged alive, 10 fathoms, 4; 11 fathoms, 2; 12 fathoms, 1 ;
15 fathoms, 1, with many round yellow eggs attached separately
to inside of deep valve of Pecten fumatus ; 17 fathoms, 5; 22
fathoms, | (J. C. Verco).

3. T. Bassi, Angas.

Ref.—Zool. Proc., 1869, 45, t. 21, fig. 2.

Syn.—T. fraterculus, Dunker (Mal. Blatt. XVIII., 1871,
106).

ei in his Man., vol. III., p. 11, says it is probably synony-
mous with 7. subdistortus, but he could not have had the two
shells for comparison ; they are quite distinct.

Type from Corner Inlet, Bass Straits (Brazier).

Hab.—St. Vincent Gulf, Backstairs Passage, Investigators
Straits (J. C. Verceo), Encounter and Lacepede Bays (D. J.
Adcock).

Dredged alive, 14 fathoms, 1 mature and 6 minute fry inside
the valve of a Cardium multicostatum ; 17 fathoms, 4 and 1 im-
mature ; 19 fathoms, 1 in dead shell and coral (J. C. Verco).

4. T. mimetieus, Tate (Sipho ?).
Ref.—Trans. Roy. Soc. 8.A., 1893, part -I., p. 189, pl. 1, fig.
10; also Verco, ante, p. 88, pl. 11, figs. 4, 4a.
Tapley’s Shoal, 12-16 fathoms, 1 dead (Matthews); Investi-
gator’s Straits, 15 fathoms, 1 dead; 20 fathoms, 1 dead (Verco).

5. T. Spengleri, Lam.
Ref.—Kdit. Desh., IX., p. 627.
Hab.—Middleton (D. J. Adcock), Port Lincoln (Perks), Cable
Cove, Cape Spencer (J. Matthews).

6. T. Waterhousei, Adams & Angas.
Ref.—Zool. Proc., 1864, p. 35.
Type from Port Lincoln.
Hab.—From Streaky Bay to Encounter Bay (Verco), Port
Jackson. |
Dredged alive, 14 fathoms, 1; 16 fathoms, 1; 20 fathoms, 2;
22 fathoms, 1 (Verco).

7. T. Barthelemyi, Bernardi.
Ref.—Jour. de Conch., 1857, p. 55. Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc.,
1865, p. 161.

103

“Evidently very closely allied to 7’. Spengleri, of which it will
very probably prove to be an overgrown form” (Tryon Man., vol.
nT Sp: L7:).

This shell has not been taken or recognised by local collectors.

Angas, loc. cit., gives its station ‘ amongst rocks at low tides.

“ Hab.—Cape Northumberland ; Gippsland, Victoria.”

He distinguishes it from 7. Spenglerz.

8. T. exaratus, Reeve.
Ref.—Proc. Zool. Soc., 1844, p. 116; Conch. Icon., 1844,
fig. 50.
“Tryon (Man., vol. IIT., p. 23) suspects this to be identical with
T’.. gibbosus, Brod.
Type from N. coast of Australia.
Hab.—Middleton and Kingston Beaches (Adcock).

9. T. Quoyi, Reeve.

Ref.—Conch. Icon., 1844, fig. 93.

Syn.— 7. viperinum of Kiener, not Lamark—the latter being
a distinct fossil form” (Tryon, Man., vol. ITT., p. 24).

Hab.— Along whole coast-line of South Australia. Tasmania ;
Victoria.

Dredged alive at all depths from 5 to 30 fathoms, many
( Verco).

10. T. verrucosus, Reeve.

fef.—Proe. Zool. Soc., 1844, p. 118 ; Conch. Icon., 1844, fig. 71.
Hab.—Streaky Bay, Spencer Gulf (Verco), Aldinga and
McDonnell Bay (D. J. Adcock).

11. T. eburneus, feeve.

fef.—Proe. Zool. Soc., 1844, p. 118 ; Conch. Icon., 1844, fig. 69.

Type from Isle of Ticao, Philippines.

Hab.—Wallaroo Bay (Maughan), Corny Point, Spencer Gulf
(Perks), Pondolowie and McDonnell Bays (Verco). Dredged one
recent in 22 fathoms, Backstairs Passage (Verco).

12. Triton (Epidromus) Bednalli, Brazier.

fRef.—Proc. Linn. Soc. of N.S.W., 1875, p. 6.

Type from Guichen Bay, S.A. (Bednall).

It may be dark mahogany-brown, or quite white, or with
narrow brown bands, or with two rows of small square spots on
each spire-whorl, and four on the body-whorl.

Hab.—Corny Point, Spencer Gulf, very fine (Perks); Middle-
ton (D. J. Adcock), Victoria; St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs,
dredged 16, 20, and 22 fathoms, 1 dead (Verco).

104

GENUS RANELLA.

1. R. leueostoma, Lamarck.
Ref.—Kdit. Desh., vol. IX., p. 542 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig.
A iCoq. Vay. Mon., p. 29; pitas, tio. 1.
Hab.—Middleton (D, J. Adcock), Yorke Peninsula, St. Vincent
Gulf (Matthews); Tasmania; New Zealand.

2. R. avgus, Gmelin.

fef.—Dieff., N.Z., p. 229; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 13;
Chenu, fig. 713.

Syn.—f. ranelliformis, King, Zool. Jour., vol. V., p. 347;
fh. vexillum, Sow., Zool. Proc., 1841, p. 51; R. proditor, Frauen-
feld, Verh. Zool. Bot. Gesell, Wien, XV., 1865, 894; Velain,
Archives Zool. Exp., VI., 100, t. 2, fig. 5; &. tumida, Dunker,
Zool. Proc., 1862, 239.

Type form from Cape of Good Hope.

fef.—One small example cast up Port Elliot (Miss E. Stow);
New Zealand.

GeENus Fusus.

1, F. australis, Quoy.

fief.—Voy. de lAst., vol. IL, p. 495, t. 24, figs. 9-14 (pl.
Xxxlv., according to Kiener in Coq. Viv. Mon. p. 25, pl. xii.,
fie 1),

oe. crebriliratus, Rve., Conch. Icon., 1847, fig. 20;
F. marmoratus, Phil., Abbild. & Besch., 1846, vol. IT., p. 120, t.
il., fig. 7; . rudicostatus, Sby., Thes. Conch., 1880, sp. 30, fig.
19; F. levigatus, Sby., Thes. Conch., 1880, sp. 30, fig. 157;
F. nodocinctus, A. Ads., Zool. Proc., 1855, p. 222; FF. aureus,
Rve., Conch. Icon., 1847, fig. 17; F. caudatus, Quoy, Voy. de
lAst., vol. IT., p. 503, t. 34, fig. 20, 21.

Its dentition is figured by me on pl. iii, fig. 4, and shows a
small rachidian tooth, with three short denticles, and a long,
curved, ten-tooth lateral.

Hab—Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs, Encounter Bay,

Dredged alive at all depths up to 23 fathoms (Vero).

2. F. pyrulatus, Reeve.

fef.—Conch. Icon., 1847, t. 13, fig. 50a-500.

‘“‘The type is from Tasmania, but it also occurs in Port Phillip
Bay, and, according to Angas, in Spencer Gulf” (Tate, Trans. Roy.
Soc. S.A., vol. XTV., p. 257).

Dredged alive in Hardwicke Bay, Spencer Gulf, many ; Back-
stairs Passage, 15 fathoms, 1 small; 17 fathoms, 1 small. In-
vestigator’s Straits, 15 fathoms, 1 eee ( Verco).

This shell, originally described by Reeve as a Fusus, and so

105

placed by Tryon (Man., vol. III., p. 60)—he had not seen the
species—was named by Prof. Tate, loc. cit., Austrofusus pyru-
latus. A drawing of its dentition, given on pl. ili., fig. 5, shows
a three denticled, rachidian and curved, saw-like laterals and
definitely withdraws it from Siphonalia, and makes it con-
generic with Fusus australis.

3. F. ustulatus, Reeve.

Ref.—Conch. Icon., 1848, fig. 66.

This species was also classed by Prof. Tate, loc. cit., as Austro-
Jusus ; but Tryon regards it as a Pusus. Although I have not
yet been able to determine its dentition, yet from its concho-
logical characters, there is little doubt it will prove to be a Musas.
Tate also makes it a synonym of & sulcatus, Lam. (An. s, Vert.,
1822, vol. VII., p. 125). Tryon, on the other hand, gives
F. sulcatus of Lam., as a Siphonalia, and F. ustulatus of Reeve
as a Fusus. There is little question they are distinct species.
Although Tryon gives South Australia as the habitat of /’, sa/-
catus, Lam., yet Kiener, in Cog. Viv., when describing and
figuring the species from the Lamarckian Collection, says the
locality is unknown. J am not aware on what authority Tryon
gives South Australia. The excellent plate in Coq. Viv., p. 26,
pl. xiii., fig. 1, is that of quite a different shell from our /’, wstu-
latus. The former is thin, very ventricose, and has marked,
slightly wavy, transverse, dark-chocolate-brown spiral lines ;
whereas the latter is solid, by no means ventricose, much more
attenuated in the spire, and ornamented only with a little
scorching on the longitudinal coste. Chenu’s figure of 7. sul-
catus (Manuel de Conchyliologie, p. 140) is evidently not drawn
from Lamarck’s shell, and is as evidently /. ustulatus ; here is
the explanation of Tate’s synonymy.

Hab.—No locality was known to Reeve, but Angas recorded
it from St. Vincent Gulf. I have it from three widely separated
beaches in this Gulf, and dredged in life, but small, at 19-24
fathoms. Encounter and Lacepede Bays (D. J. Adcock).

4. F. Dunkeri, Jonas.

Ref.—Malak. Beitrag, 1844, p. 129; Abbild, &c., Phil., 1844,
vol. IL, p. 191, @ 4, fig. 4.

Tryon says (Man. of Conch., vol. III., p. 60) ‘this is evidently
a very much worn specimen, and perhaps not adult ; the locality
also has not been confirmed by subsequent collectors,” z.¢., the
western coast of New Holland. I have a specimen from Eyre’s
Sand Patch, which is on the southern coast of Western Australia.
He further remarks, “ Dr. Philippi considered /. Z'aylorianus,
Rve., a synonym, but I do not think the condition of /. Dunkeri
justifies a positive conclusion. If the two species be merged, the

106

adopted name will be Dunkeri, which has decided priority of
publication.” Also “7. Zaylorianus, Rve., appears to be a worn
immature state of /. cinereus, Rve.,” loc. cit. The worn state of
Jonas’s specimen is not so evident to me. It is certainly the
same shell as Siphonalia fuscozonata, Angas (Proc. Zool. Soc.,
1865, p. 56), which from Jonas’s priority of definition becomes a
synonym. It is not a Siphonalia, but a Fusus, as is plain from
its dentition given in pl. iii., fig. 6. In Mr. Adcock’s list it is
classed as a Peristernia, but it has no trace of columellar folds.
Hab.—St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs, Encounter Bay.
Dredged alive at all depths from 9 to 22 fathoms (Verco).

5. F. Lineolnensis, Crosse.

fef.—Jour. de Conch., XTIT., 53, t. 2, fig. 4, 1865.

Type from Port Lincoln, 8.A.

Tryon says (Man. of Conch., vol. III., p. 66), “The coloration
and very short canal remove this species from /wsus, yet I do
not know where to locate it. Resembles a Muricidea.” Its
dentition I have shown on pl. iii, fig. 7. There is a rachidian
tooth with three small cusps, and long curved saw-like laterals.
The prongs of these are very variable in size, not only on any
particular lateral, but even corresponding prongs on any pair of
laterals, or on consecutive laterals. The radula disposes at once
of any suggestion to place it among the Muricide as a Muricidea
or Ocinebra, and classes it with the /uside ; while the absence
of columellar folds decides its position in the genus /usus. How-
ever, unlike ordinary species of the genus, it is left there by a
process of exclusion.

Hab.—Spencer Gulf, St. Vincent Gulf, Encounter Bay.

Dredged alive, 10 fathoms, 1; 16 fathoms, 1 ; 20 fathoms, 1 ;
22 fathoms, 1; and dead at all depths from 9 to 22 fathoms,
many (Verco). Under stones at low water, Port Lincoln (Zate).

Fusus Nove Hollandic, Rve., and Fusus Hanleyi, Angas
have not been collected in South Australian waters.

GENUS FASCIOLARIA.

1. F. fusiformis, Valenciennes.

fef.—Kiener, Cog. Viv. Mon., p. 13, t. 4, fig. 2.

The habitat is given there as “The shores of New Holland,”
with the added note, “A species which still appears rare in col-
lections. We do not know the locality. The Museum (2.e., the
Paris Natural History Museum) has two individuals.” The
shell which has hitherto been considered as F. fusiformis among
local collectors is only a comparatively smooth variety of
F’. coronata. The true species is rare here, and is represented by

107

a specimen obtained by Mr. Adcock from Macdonnell Bay, and
by two received by me from the same locality. It is a much
smaller shell, 2 inches 3 lines, narrower, more regularly and
abundantly spirally sulcated, and with well-marked numerous
spiral lire in the throat. Tryon doubts whether it is more than
an extreme form of /. filamentosa, Lam. (Man., vol. III., p. 76).

2. F. eoronata, Lam.

Ref.—Edit. 2, vol. [X., 435 ; Reeve, Mon., t. 6.

Type specimens from King and Kangaroo Islands.

Figured and described in Coq. Viv., p. 9, pl. ix., fig. 1, “A
species rather common.”

This is one of the most common of our Gasteropods, and one
of the most variable. Some large specimens may be markedly
angulated and coronated throughout all their whorls. Others
may lose both angles and tubercles as early as the fourth whorl.
These constitute the variety which has usually been regarded as
F. fusiformis, but in all other respects they correspond with
F. coronata. Others, after continuing in this form for one or
two whorls, again assume the typical shape, and so demonstrate
the freedom from angle and tubercles to be only a partial, and
not even an individual variation.

Hab.—Throughout whole South Australian coast-line, at low
tides attached to rocks.

Dredged alive, not common, up to 22 fathoms (Verco). Radula,
pl. mn, figs 8.

Genus LatirRvs.

1. L. aurantiacus, Verco.
fef.—Antea, p. 79.
Unique. Dredged alive, Backstairs Passage, 185 fathoms

( Verco).
2. L. Pulleinei, Verco.
Ref.—Antea, p. 80.
Type from Eyre’s Sand Patch, W. Australia.
Hab.—Largs Bay, St. Vincent Gulf (D. J. Adcock) , sub-fossil
in dredged silt, Port Adelaide (Perks).

Genus LATIROFUSUS.

1. L. nigrofuseus, 7 ate.
Ref.—Proc. Roy. Soc. S.A., vol. XIV., part IT., p. 258, pl. xi,
fig. 3.
Dredged alive, St. Vincent Gulf, 3-4 fathoms (Matthews) -
? depth (Verco) ; Spencer Gulf, 13 fathoms, 1 (Verco) ; shell sand,
Aldinga Bay (Aimber) ; Encounter Bay (Adcock).

108

CORRELATION OF THE MARINE TERTIARIES OF
AUSTRALIA.

By Professor R. Tare and J. Dennant, F.G.S., Corr. Memb:
PART II., VICTORIA (continued ).

SpectaL Novres oN THE Eocene Beps at CAPE OTWAY AND
River AIRE, WITH GENERAL REMARKS.

[Read June 4, 1895.]

INTRODUCTION.

In 1864 the coast-line in the neighbourhood of Cape Otway was
surveyed and reported upon by Messrs. Wilkinson and Daintree,
of the Geological Survey of Victoria. Collections of fossils were
made by them, but with the exception of the corals, have been
apparently laid aside and forgotten. Their report is out of
print, and for the preservation of portions of its contents, as well
as for the drawings of coast sections accompanying it, we are in-
debted to Professor M. Duncan, who made copious extracts from
it when describing the corals in the Geological Society’s Journal.*
A second survey of the coast was made by Mr. Krause in 1873,+
but as he was principally engaged in searching for outcrops of
coal, the conclusions of his predecessors concerning the geological
details of the coast-line seem to have been accepted. An
elaborate plan of the coast was issued by the Mining Department
as the result of this survey, giving topographical as well as
geological information. Notwithstanding some errors in the
Aire River portion of the district, we found the sheets useful as
a topographical guide, but, as we shall show in the sequel, grave
blunders appear in the mapping of the tertiary outcrops from the
Aire River to Castle Cove. Wedo not allude to the mistake
almost universal with the earlier geologists of Victoria in re-
garding undoubted Eocene strata as Miocene. This may be ex-
pected, and the necessary correction is now almost unconsciously
supplied, but in the case before us an area some miles in extent
is colored Miocene (Eocene) on the map where certainly the pre-
vailing, if not the only outcropping, rocks are the ordinary Post-
Pliocene, or recent dune limestones, so common on our coasts.
As is well known, they are eolian rocks. In the original

*Q. J. G. S., vol. XXVI., 1870.
+ Progress Report Geol. Sur. of Victoria, No. 1, 1874.
tGeol. Sketch Map of the Cape Otway District, Krausé, 1874.

109

Memoir by Mr. Wilkinson (as quoted by Duncan) the reference
to these rocks is not very clear, though some portions at least
seem to have been recognised as younger than Miocene, and are
called “‘more recent Tertiary sandstone.” So far as the section
given affords a clue, the dune limestone, with its characteristic
variation of dip, is apparently indicated. We shall notice this
section at greater length presently in the special description of
the Aire River rocks.

Cape Otway is 39 miles from Forrest, the nearest railway
station, and only 14 miles from Krambruk (Apollo Bay), the
terminus of a coach-line ; but, though in reality not more than a
day’s journey from Melbourne, the nature of the country renders
travelling difficult, and it is seldom visited, except by a few ad-
venturous tourists. At the Aire River, five miles west of Cape
Otway, our guide assured us that probably no one had been on
the beach for three years prior to our visit. From Krambruk
travelling is either on foot or on horseback, and if a stay at the
Cape is intended it is necessary to take materials for camping,
the proverbial hospitality of Western Victoria being there con-
spicuous by its absence. At the Aire River we were most hos-
pitably entertained by Mr. Robinson, the genial proprietor of the
Aire Cattle Station.

Cape Otway.

Although called by the above name, the section is really about
one and a half miles west of the Cape and close to Point Flinders.
The fossils occur in great abundance on the surface of mound-
like masses of slate-colored stiff clay which extend from sea-level
up to a height of about 40 feet. ‘The chief shells are species of
Turritella and Pleurotoma, the latter being especially character-
istic of the bed. As the list appended shows, numerous other
species occur, but relatively to those named they are individually
scarce, many species in our collections being represented by one
or two examples only. It is useless to dig for fossils, as just
below the surface the clay appears quite barren, though of course
the shells are there, but undistinguishable until the clay is
washed away from them. The fossiliferous patch is very limited
in extent, but as the tops of isolated mounds crop out from under
the sand for a few chains to the west, it is probable that the clay
underlies for a considerable distance.

To the east mesozoic rocks rise on the cliffs, and the fossilifer-
ous clay disappears. Resting upon the tertiaries, or, when they
are wanting, directly upon the mesozoic strata, is a layer of dune
limestone of variable thickness, and again upon this the ordinary
sand dunes of the coast.

At Point Flinders itself small streams of clear sparkling water
fall over the face of the rock. Their origin is interesting, as

110

at the general level of the country on the top of the cliff there
is no sign of a stream. The water, in fact, issues just under
the dune limestone, which is a porous rock, and then flows
over the dense secondary strata. It flows freely all the year
round, and is probably derived from some of the inland water
courses, which are numerous enough in the forest country a
short distance from the coast. Even the clay of the tertiary
mounds is traversed by small runlets of water having the
same origin. It was an unusual luxury for us as fossil collec-
tors in the hottest time of the year to have an abundant
supply of cold water close at hand. Were it more accessible,
this pretty spot would no doubt pruve very tempting, being
the very model of a picnic resort, especially to those of a
geological turn of mind.

In addition to the fossils gathered personally this and last
year, we have had access, through the kindness of Mr. Crouch,
to a collection made by him while residing at Cape Otway.

The total of determinable species of Mollusca recorded in
the appended list is 123; of these 38, or 30 per centum, are,
as far as known, restricted to the locality; whilst the occur-
rence of three species of Lorsonia, having the whole aspect of
Surcula, two of which are among the commonest species pre-
sent, impart a local peculiarity. Moreover, two genera, Atlanta
and Woodia, are added to our Eocene fauna, and are therefore
peculiar to the Cape Otway section. The Aldinga, Spring
Creek, and Muddy Creek faunas are represented respectively
by 40, 41, and 44 species. The most noteworthy fact is the
comparatively large proportion of Aldingian species which have
hitherto been largely unrecognised among the species of the
other chief fossiliferous sections in Australia. Thus of the 40
Aldinga-species present at Cape Otway 18 are restricted to these
two sets of beds (in this connection one coral may be added),
whilst five of the species indicated are common also to the Spring
Creek fauna.

The Aldinga-facies is further intensified by the occurrence of
Plesiotriton, Conorbis, Mesalia, and T’riploca, hitherto restricted.
The two former genera are represented by distinct species, and
the two latter each by a species in common.

By contrast the number of species in common with the neigh-
bouring section at Gellibrand is 30, which are extralimital. Hence
the most reasonable explanation to reconcile these discordant
facts of distribution is that the Gellibrand and Cape Otway
sections belong to distinct horizons. But before this important
question can be adequately discussed a review of the Aldinga
beds and those at Table Cape in Tasmania is essential, and for
the present we are reluctantly compelled to postpone it.

111

LIST OF CAPE OTWAY FOSSILS.
[Index numbers to localities :—1, Aldinga; 2, Spring Creek; 3, Gelli-

brand ; 4, Muddy Creek ; 5, Mornington ;

Murex (Pteronotus) calvus, J'ate
6 bifrons, Tate
“* (Chicoreus) tessellaris, ate, m.s.
‘¢ (Ocinebra) prionotus, Tate ...
** (Muricidea) hypsellus, Z'ate ...
Trophon cristatus, Z7'ate, m.s.
Ms cretaceus, J'ate, m.s.
Triton annectans, J'afe, var.
<¢ cribrosus, 7'ate, var.
Plesiotriton Dennanti, J'ate, m.s.
Fusus acanthostephes, Yate, var.
‘¢ dictyotis, Tate
Clavilithes incompositus, T'ate
oe bulbodes, V'ate ...
- coronatus, Tate, m.s.
Latirofusus cribrosus, 7'ate, m.s.
ae sparsicostatus, Z’ate, m.s.
Sipho, n. sp.
Tritonidea interlineata, Tate, M.S.
Voluta anticingulata, M cCoy
‘¢ eribrosa, J7'ate a
‘¢ =McCoyii, 7. Woods, var.
‘* pagodoides, V’ate .
Mitra (Strigatella) Otwayensis, Tate, M.S.
Ns Spas a.
‘¢ (Fusimitra) climakis, ‘Tate, M.S.
(Conomitra) retrofracta, Z'ate, m.s.
Marginella inermis, 7’ate

oe inequidens, Tate, m.s.

ie propinqua, J'ate

BS Wentworthi, 7Z'en.- Was.

Be Woodsii, Tate . i,
Columbella Otwayensis, Tate, Miia
Cyprea ovulatella, Tate
Trivia avellanoides, McCoy
Erato australis, Z'ate

‘minor, 2'ate

on pyrulata, Tate bs
Conorbis quadrisulcatus, Tate, m.-s.
Borsonia Otwayensis, J'ate, m.s.

‘6 ~~ polycesta, Tate, m.s.

‘¢ protensa, J'ate, m.s oe
Pleurotoma crenatulifera, Tate, M.S.

ey (Eopleurotoma) Mulderi, Tate, 1 M.S.
eS (Surcula) Johnstoni, 7’. Wds., var.

de ie terebrellata, /’ate, m.s.

es es clare, Ten.-Wds.

Drillia sandleroides, T’en.- Wds., var.
Mangilia bidens, 7. Wds., var.
Bela pulchra, T'ate ie

‘* gradata, Tate, m.s.

‘* percorrugata, J'ate, m.s.

6, Table Cape].
GASTROPODA.

1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
juve
Les
2 3

Re
LSPS
wy

Belmont

PP PPP.

me pH He

Crd.

Or or Over.

6

Bela recticostata, Tate, m.s.
** ephamilla, 7ate, m.s....
‘* micra, Jate, m.s.

Cythara columbelleformis, / Tate, m.s.

‘< - gsublavata, Zate, m.s.
Cancellaria perplexa, Tate, m.s

s cristata, J'ate, m.s.
5% fontinalis, Tate, m.s.
of dyscrita, Tate, m.s.

(a4 Te sp..

Trichotropis subquadrata, Ta
Mesalia stylacris, 7'ate
Turritella Aldingz, T'ate
Mathilda cryptacris, J’ate, m.s.
Natica Wintlei, 7. Wds.
Eulima acutispira, 7’. Wds.

6, Dane, 7. Was.

a4 nN. sp.
Colina fenestralis, Tate
Lovenella trigemmata, TJ'ate, m.5.

Ee triserrata, Tate, m.s.

rs terebreeformis, J’ate, m.s.
um n. Sp.

. n. sp.

Cerithium, n. sp.

Potamides, i. Sp. k :
Torinia Simsoni, Tate, M.S.
Turbo SuDrAcOgOnR IES? Tate, m.s.
Astralium, n. sp. .

Leptothyra, n. Sp.

Trochocochlea acutilirata, Tate, M.S.
Calliostoma escharoides, V’ate, m.s....

rg n. sp.
Pleurotomaria, n. sp.
Tornatella scrobiculata, T. "Was.
Triploca ligata, T’ate
Bulimella paucilineata, Tate, m.s.
- callosa, Tate, m.s.
Atlanta (operculum of)

SCAPHOPODA.

Entalis Mantelli, Ztte/.
‘* subfissura, Jate
Dentalium aratum, Yate

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Gryphea tarda, Hutton
Pecten Foulcheri, 7. Wds.
Amusium Zitteli, Hutton ...
Dimya dissimilis, 7'ate
Lima Bassi, 7’. Wds.
Pectunculus laticostatus, (woy
Limopsis insolita, Sow.
Plagiarca Cainozoica, Tate..
Barbatia, n. sp.
Nucula tumida, T. Was.
Leda apiculata, T'ate

‘S- embolos, J'ate, m.s.

A
2
2

1

1
2

tone

1 2s

3
: 3

1

1 2
2

ge

1 :

sie

1

passim

passim
passim

4: ee
2

passim

ok ene
12h
ste as

i a5

passim
2

2
2

He ee He

RRR PP

Os

Ou.

113

Leda leptorhyncha, Vate ... te a: dc told ti oe
** obollela, Tate 2) 3
Cardita polynema, Z'ate 2 3
** — delicatula, Tate ae a be ee
Carditella radiata, Tate .. ae se ial We gy
Woodia globularis, Tate, m.s. ;
Verticordia echinata, J’ate, m.s sd ae
Trigonia tubulifera, Yate . ee cb
Cytherea tenuis, Tate | ay
Chione Cainozoica, 7’. Wds. i
“ multitzniata, V'ate ... | aaa?
Myodora lamellata, Tate 1
Saxicava arctica, Linn. IW a i
Corbula pyxidata, Tate 1 Ae:
PALLIOBRANCHIATA.
Waldheimia insolita, 7'ate a3 oe BTS D2 ee
& furcata, Tate ... nee = aoe
Terebratulina triangularis, Tate... am |
ECHINODERMATA.
Leiocidaris Australie, Duncan ee o ... passim
ZOANTHARIA.
Flabellum distinctum, Hd. & H.... ei i ae
es Victorie, Duncan pws
Notocyathus viola, Duie. 2
Trochocyathus sp. vais
Deltocyathus Italicus, Hd. nda a Teas AN eens
% Aldingensis, Ten.- Was. a Cara | ;
Conotrochus typus, Sequenza ss es Iic.se abies Re
- McCoyii, Duncan Dyke,
Conosmilia anomala, Dune. 3
“s elegans, Dune. ee
c striata (?), Duie. 2 3
ss By Sp. :
Balanophyllia Australiensis, aD: 3
campanulata, D. 3
Sy cylindrica, Michelin. zones
s Selwyn, es Bie
ts Ulrichi; D. ... 3
as tubuliformis, D.
ne n. sp.
POLYZOA.
(Determined by Dr. Macgillivray. )
Phylochella (7) sp. SEL eis
Cellaria contigua, McG. 2 3
sss cucullata, McG.

‘¢ Dennanti, McG.

Lunulites biformis, WcG@.
Salenaria maculata, Bush. .

cs squamosa, McG.

“ cupola, V'en.-Wds. aed
Adeona symmetrica, Waters ve ae ae Ae
Tessaradoma elevata, ZV’en.-Wds. ... aft oe 3
Porina gracilis, M. Hdw. 3

H

Hs eee

rages

ASG Ser SO Sent Sr Sa

Ooo.

Ole

by) ) Be) ed) ed)

» «6 @ Ge Ge «

114

FORAMINIFERA

(Determined by Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.S., from examples selected and
mounted by Mr. E. J. Bradley).

Biloculina ringens, Lank. *Nodosaria pyrula, d’Orb.
Miliolina circularis, Bornem. ae radicula, Linné
oe oblonga, Montag. es scalaris, Batsch.
Cornuspira involvens, Ass. fe soluta, Ass.
*Sigmoilina tenuis, Czjzek. | Vaginulina legumen, Linné
*Reophax bacillaris, brady *Rhabdogonium tricarinatum,
Haplophragmium pseudospirale, @ Orb.
Will. *Marginulina Pecketi, var. spinosa,
Textularia aspera, Brady Schrodt.
sagittula, Def. Cristellaria acutauricularis, F.é M.
‘e sagittula, var. fistulosa, * cultrata, Mont}.
Brady ‘; Schleenbachi, ss.
. * globulosa, Zhr. Polymorphina communis, d’Orb.
tSpiroplecta annectans, P. & J. s elegantissima,
Gaudryina pupoides, d’Orb. Pi. & Jd.
*Bulimina ovata, d’Orb. gibba, d’Orb.
ne elegantissima “ lactea, W. & J.
Bolivina limbata, Brady a oblonga, d’Orb.
Cassidulina subglobosa, brady ote problema, d@’Orb.
*Lagena acuticosta, Fss. *Uvigerina asperula, Czjzek.
* «“ — castrensis, Sch. Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb.
Sf “distoma, 2 ck. Pullenia quinqueloba, Rss.
<¢ globosa, Montag. ‘¢ spheeroides, d’Orb.
‘* gracillima, Seg. Spirillina decorata, Brady
* « ~hexagona, Will. jae A (?) limbata, var. denticu-
‘<< levis, Montag. lata, Br.
“* marginata, W. & J. Discorbina biconcava, P. & J.
* = —orbignyana, Seg. i turbo, d’Orb.
yrs. a vatriata, & Orb. Truncatulina lobatula, W. & J.
‘s sulcata, W. & J. Pulvinulina Hauerii, d’Orb.
Nodosaria communis, d’Orb. = cs Micheliniana, d@’Orb.
aS consobrina, d’Orb. repanda, Ff. & M.
is es hispida, d’Orb. Nonionina umbilicatula, MWonéf.
7 levigata, d’Orb. Polystomella crispa, Linn.
m se obliquestriata, Rss. es macella, F. & M.

In the above list of 64 species there are 19 species and one genus which
have not hitherto been recognised within the Australian area. These
additions to our foraminiferal fauna are indicated by an * for the species
and + for the genus. The large number of species here indicated new to
our Eocene beds (amounting to one-third of the whole) is a remarkable
result. This is particularly noteworthy in the Lagen«, for of the 11 species
in the list more than half are noted for the first time. The genus Spiro-
plecta has a geological history dating from the Gault, and our species,
S. annectans, was dredged by the Challenger in Torres Straits. Reophax
bacillaris has not previously been recognised in a fossil condition, neither
has Spirillina limbata var. denticulata, which appears to be represented in
the material by one immature example. This form was also dredged by the
Challenger both in Bass’s and Torres Straits. Of the other new forms,
Nodosaria hispida dates from the Trias, Textularia globulosa, Lagena acuti-
costa, and Pulvinulina Micheliniana from the Cretaceous, and the remainder
have more or less of a Tertiary distribution. The interesting form Marg-
inulina Pecketi, var. spinosa was discovered and described by Franz Schrodt,
from the Pliocene beds of Garrucha, in the south of Spain (1890).

115

In addition to the list now published there are one or two forms in this
interesting material which are probably undescribed, but are held over for
further examination.

AIRE RIVER.

The principal object of our visit to the Cape Otway district this
year was to observe the leaf-beds and shell-deposits recorded by
the Geological Survey near the mouth of the Aire River, the
Kocenes at Point Flinders having been examined on a previous
occasion. Mr. Wilkinson records a leaf-bed 17 feet thick a mile
and a half west of the river-mouth, and below this again a clay
bed with fossils similar to those at Cape Otway. Prof. Duncan
specially mentions six species of corals obtained from the clay,
amongst which are three gathered by us at Point Flinders, the
remaining three not appearing in any of our collections from the
locality. Moreover, the existence of synclines and anticlines in
the strata is indicated in the report, and also in the section ac-
companying it.

The geological sketch map previously mentioned is not only
more definite, but very considerably enlarges the area occupied
by the tertiaries in the neighbourhood of the Aire River. Accord-
ing to this map they extend uninterruptedly from the mouth of
the river to Castle Cove, a distance of about three miles. No
mere fringe on the sea beach is meant, as the coloring shows a
width of fully a mile for the greater part of the distance.

To our great disappointment we were unable to find any ter-
tiary outcrop either on the sea beach or on the top of the cliffs
adjoining the beach. We traversed the beach from the river
to Castle Cove, and found it occupied by rugged dune limestone
for the greater part of the distance, not only in fallen fragments,
but am situ, with the same rock occasionally extending seaward
for a short distance. At the western end, in the vicinity of
Castle Cove, this was succeeded by mesozoic strata. Most cer-
tainly the top of the cliffs should be marked Post - Pliocene
(recent) dune limestone capped by sandhills, but although, as
said before, we were quite unable to discover any trace of Mr.
Wilkinson’s leaf or clay beds on the beach, it is, we admit, just
possible that some such rocks may crop out beneath the dune
limestone and become visible when the tide is very low. A guide,
whom Mr. Robinson obligingly sent with us, professed to be able
to find these clay beds, but after spending half the day in search-
ing had to acknowledge himself puzzled, and offered the supposi-
tion that they had been either washed away or covered with sand
since he last saw them.

From the existence of Eocene strata at Point Flinders, and
also on the Ford River, close to the homestead, it is not unlikely
that similar strata underlie the dune limestone on this part of

116

the coast. If so, they can only occur close to or below sea level,
and not, as indicated on the sketch map, on the top of the cliffs,
which are 200 feet high, and show Post-Pliocene or recent rocks
from base to summit.

The only undoubted Tertiary outcrop seen by us at the Aire
was that just referred to, which is an Eocene outlier of poly-
zoal limestone abutting against Mesozoic rock. Waldhevmia
Garibaldiana, Pecten Foulcheri and a cast of Voluta Mortoni
were observed. Other outliers are shown on the map, viz., at
Fischer’s Point, and on the east side of the Aire, but as our time
was limited we did not visit them, and no fossils have been
recorded from either.

GENERAL.

Since the publication of Part I. of this “ Correlation,” an im-
portant paper on “The Sequence of the Eocene Rocks of Vic-
toria,” has been contributed by Messrs. Hall & Pritchard.* At
Maude, as is well known, Tertiary deposits occur both above and
below a layer of basalt, which has been described by the Survey
as a subsequent intercalation, but this reading is disputed in the
article referred to. The inferior of the two deposits is next
correlated with the Spring Creek Section, which from its slightly
lower percentage of recent species they assign to a much lower
horizon of the Eocene than Muddy Creek, Schnapper Point, and
certain other Tertiary outcrops.

For their calculations upon the Muddy Creek mollusca they
rely partly upon a list of species published in 1888, and partly
upon the figures given in Part I. of this “Correlation” in 1893,
but some extensive researches made personally in January of
this year enable us to correct the quoted figures, and supply the
latest data. The shells recently gathered are not yet completly
sorted, but, so far, the mollusca proper for the lower zone at
Muddy Creek show a total of 649 species. Only eight of these,
and not ten, as stated in the Maude article, are recorded to have
living representatives, so that the percentage of existing species
is 1:2, instead of 2, according to Messrs. Hall & Pritchard’s
calculations. One per cent. of recent species is claimed by the
authors named for the Spring Creek fauna, which may be accepted
as approximately correct, but it is obviously unwise to attempt a
classification of Tertiary strata on a difference of less than a half
per cent., or even, indeed, on 1 per cent. of existing forms.
Should an alleged living representative be discredited, or a single
fresh recent species be recorded, the percentage would be sub-
stantially altered. Muddy Creek, with its extremely rich fauna,
would not be so much affected, but a moderately prolific bed like

*<«The Older Tertiaries of Maude,” &c., Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic., 1895,

117

that at Spring Creek would jump up or down, as the case might
be, a half per cent. at once. Indeed, for one or two of the
Muddy Creek species referred to, their identification with living
forms is not absolutely positive, so that too much stress must not
be laid on even this low percentage. Messrs. Hall & Pritchard’s
calculations for Spring Creek are based upon a total of 293
species of mollusca from the beds. Our list, corrected by supply-
ing a few omissions, and adding the remainder of the Pleuro-
tomide, gives 275 species, which is a fairly close agreement.

A. sufficient number of species has now been elaborated from
Muddy Creek and Spring Creek to allow of a comparison between
them on a somewhat different basis, which may prove useful with
such closely allied beds. The Miocene deposit resting upon the
Eocene at Muddy Creek has, up to the present, yielded 244
species of mollusca, and that at Jemmy’s Point about half this
number. Now, it is curious to note that of the 275 species on
our list for Spring Creek, 16, or 5°8 per cent., pass up into the
Miocene, while out of the 649 species in the Muddy Creek
Eocene, 30 species pass up, or only 4:6 per cent., which is un-
favorable to the inferior horizon claimed for Spring Creek. In
fact, the presence of such characteristic Miocene forms at Spring
Creek as Mactra axiniformis, Ancillaria orycta, Dosinia John-
stoni, &c., is a distinct factor in the general facies of the fauna,
and must be taken into account in estimating its age.

According to the summary at the end of their paper, Messrs.
Hall & Pritchard make the Eocene sands of Muddy Creek rest
upon the polyzoal rock, and this again upon the Older Volcanic.
The Older Volcanic is wanting in South-Western Victoria, at
least in the neighbourhood of the Tertiaries, the basal rocks,
where visible, being either Mesozoic strata or a still more ancient
porphyry, but the polyzoal limestone attains a much greater
development there than in the Geelong District. Moreover, that
this rock really underlies the Eocene sands may well be doubted ;
more probably it is coterminous with them. On the Grange
Burn itis found ata low level certainly, but a section, seen at
our last visit near the Falls in Muddy Creek itself, showed an
apparent gradual passage from gastropod beds into typical poly-
zoal rock. ‘The same is the case at Spring Creek, and presumably
also at the North Belmont section, judging frem its description
in Messrs. Hall & Pritchard’s paper.* Possibly, some sections in
the Geelong District may show the rock in an inferior position,
but this does not appear to be universal, especially in the
Western District, where the formation is best studied.

It is notable that in almost every exposure of Eocene strata,

*Compare pages 191 and 194, Older Tertiaries of Maude.

118

as surely as gastropod beds are found, close at hand appears a
polyzoal rock, as if there was some intimate connection between
the two. On the whole, the latter is apparently a deeper sea
deposit than the former, which can only be formed in shallower
water. If this is the true explanation, a simultaneous deposition
of the two kinds of strata may have taken place in closely ad-
joining areas.

In the above remarks, actual equivalence of geological age for
the polyzoal rocks of separate localities is not necessarily im-
plied, but see infra.

The correctness of our reading of the Spring Creck section, as
given in Part I.,* is amply borne out by further observations
made within the last few weeks by one of the present writers, in
company with Mr. J. Mulder and the Rev. A. Cresswell.

At the south end of the section it will be remembered that the
rugged Polyzoal rock passes gradually into slightly softer strata
full of Echinoderms, but showing few other fossils, except an oc-
casional bivalve. Similar strata, also containing numerous ex-
amples of Echinoderms, overlie the shell beds on the south side
of “The Ledge,” but owing to the dip and the increased steep-
ness of the cliffs the fossils are there out of reach, and are only
known from the fallen blocks lying upon the beach. From them,
however, not only Echinoderms, but also mollusca in limited
numbers have been gathered.

At a point still more to the south, known as the “ Fishermen’s
Steps,” from the fact that footholds have been cut in the
Echinoderm rock, the cliffs are less abrupt and can be scaled
with ease. Driven by the advancing tide from the usual
collecting grounds to this locality, a perpendicular rock from
30 to 40 feet up the cliff was searched for Echinoderms, almost
the only fossils visible. Overhead, and resting directly upon a
projecting ledge at the top of this rock, a large quantity of
broken bivalves showed, looking in the distance like the shells of
a raised beach. By a little awkward climbing they were reached,
and proved to be derived from an earthy bank overlying the
echinoderm rock. Starting from the narrow ledge on the top
of this rock, where the broken shells have accumulated, the
fossiliferous earths and clays extend up the cliffs, with here and
there a narrow band of hard rock alternating with the softer
material. A somewhat similar alternation of rocky bands and
clays is observable at the north end of the section, near the Bird
Rock ; the fossils in the clays there are, however, scarcer, and
include some species not yet found at the Fishermen’s Steps.

* Correlation of the Marine Tertiaries of Australia. Roy. Soc, of South
Australia, vol. XVII., pp. 206 ef seq.

119

Nearly an hour was spent in collecting from the latter locality,
and though the fossils are somewhat rotten, and with difliculty
extracted whole, they are often entire before removal from the
matrix, and are thus presumably im situ. Some large, strong
shells and, as usual, very small ones came out perfect enough.
The following is a list of the determinable species obtained ;

those marked with an asterisk have been collected previously in
the general section :—

*Voluta anticingulata *Leda embolos
*Natica Wintlei * apiculata
*¢ polita *Limopsis Belcheri
*Turritella septifraga “Pectunculus laticostatus
eS conspicabilis xs cainozoicus
Mathilda bicarinata *Barbatia interclathrata
Odostomia Victorie *Cucullzea Corioensis
Kulimella gracillissima *“Crassatella Hallii
Liotia Roblini “Cardita polynema
*Tinostoma parvula «¢ aff. C. solida
*Kumargarita strigata *Carditella inornata
*Ringicula lactea . *Chione multiteniata
Volvulella sp. oA teritbehardy
*EKntalis Mantelli Corbula ephamilla
* « ~ subfissura *Salenaria, two sp.
*Dentalium bifrons *Vincularia, sp.
+ ia aratum *Flabellum Victorize
Spiralis tertiaria *Placotrochus deltoideus
*Dimya dissimilis Notocyathus sp.
*Pecten Foulcheri * | *Deltocyathus Italicus
* §¢ Murrayana *Bathyactis discus
* §* Hochstetteri *Cornuspira involvens
#075) dueens *Biloculina depressa
*Spondylus geederopoides *Miliolina seminulum

*Nucula tumida

Out of 39 species of mollusca here recorded eight appear in the
section for the first time, which is a rather large percentage of
fresh species for an hour’s collecting. Some remarks upon this
matter will be made later on. Many of the most characteristic
Spring Creek shells are, however, represented.

Since the molluscan beds thus overlie as well as underlie the
echinoderm rock the latter cannot be assigned to either a higher
or lower horizon, but must be regarded as practically of equiva-
lent geological age, and its different lithological character as well
as the greater prevalence of certain species of fossils, together
with the scarcity or absence of others, may be due to change in
the sediments, and probably also to oscillations of level in the
area of deposition during the Eocene period.

The only other point on which any difference of opinion can
exist is as to the relationship of the Echinoderm and Polyzoal
rocks. Possibly there are some slight lithological differences be-
tween them, but, as is well known, variations of this kind are not

120

to be trusted as a test of geological age. Echinoderms, which
are the principal fossils recognisable, have been collected from
the Polyzoal rock, chiefly on the north side of Spring Creek,
where it is typically developed, and prove to be the same as
those from the rock face at Fishermen’s Steps. In addition, a
few brachiopods, polyzoa, fragments of bivalves, &c., have been
extracted from the same rugged rocks, but no species unrepre-
sented in the accompanying strata have so far been noticed. On
paleontological grounds, therefore, its separation from the adjoin-
ing Echinoderm rock does not seem feasible.

It is well known that the molluscan beds of Spring Creek,
Curlewis, Mitchell River, Muddy Creek, &c., though agreeing in
broad general characters, exhibit in each case certain faunal
peculiarities, and when the polyzoal rocks accompanying them
respectively are critically examined and compared, which is only
partially done at present, considerable variation in their fossil
contents will, no doubt, also be shown. For Muddy Creek and
Spring Creek this can be already asserted—in fact, the polyzoal
rock of Muddy Creek and the Grange Burn might with almost
equal propriety be styled nummulitic limestone, from the
abundance of Vummulites variolaria contained in it.*

Attention has at various times been drawn to the probability
that minor zones exist in the respective Eocene deposits of Vic
toria. From the various observations recorded, it appears futile
to seek them in any supposed undeviating sequence of the mol-
luscan beds and their accompanying polyzoal rocks, the presence
of one or the other in particular areas being probably dependent
on bathymetrical conditions, but in the shell beds themselves,
with their extremely rich fauna, the problem may possibly be
attacked with greater chance of success. At Muddy Creek some
work has been done in this direction, though, so far, with
indefinite results ; but from the great height of the exposure at
Spring Creek, fully 209 feet, a good opportunity is afforded for
comparing the fauna of different levels. Along the whole sec-
tion fallen blocks from the upper levels strew the beach, and
hitherto collectors have mixed indiscriminately the fossils yielded
by them with those gathered in situ from the lower part of the
cliffs, the theory being that the fauna was practically indivisible.

When collecting at the Fishermen’s Steps, the most character-
istic shell obtained was Crassatella Hallii, which is very abun-
dant, though rare at lower levels. Other species, as Lote
Roblini, Corbula ephamilla, Natica polita, &c., have not been
previously recorded from the Spring Creek section, and we offer
the suggestion that at this level, and above the echinoderm rock,

«Trans. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Science, Melbourne Meeting, pp. 442, 443.

FEB 19 1896
121

a minor zone of the Hocene may possibly be demonstrated—at
any rate, the matter is worthy of further research.

At the north end of the section, in the topmost clays, near
Bird Rock, Mr. Mulder has pointed out that Ancillaria hebera is
a very frequent shell, though quite rare in other parts of the beds.
Further peculiarities of the fauna have also been traced, which
induce him to think that these clays mark a minor zone of
deposition.

APPENDIX.

In No. VIII. of the Progress Reports of the Geological Survey
of Victoria issued last year, notes (accompanied by a list of
fossils) are contributed by Mr. James Stirling concerning the age
of the lower members of the Tertiaries in Victoria, in the course
of which some remarks by Professor McCoy, criticising adversely
our views on the subject, are quoted. His criticisms are unsup-
ported by any argument worthy of the name, and mainly consist
in an oracular repetition of opinions expressed by him 30 years
ago, before a tithe of the fossils now listed had been described or
even discovered.

We are told that we argue in a circle, and that the pure as-
sumption was first of all made that Muddy Creek and Schnapper
Point were Eocene, the other beds resembling them of course then
coming into the same category. We can only characterise such
a remark as a simple impertinence.

Sir F. McCoy appears to object to any Australian deposits
being called Eocene unless the fossil species are identical with
those occurring in the London Clay, Paris Basin, or other Euro-
pean Eocenes, peculiar Australian species being open to grave
suspicion. The Australian fauna and flora are markedly peculiar
at the present day, and is it likely that a different state of things
obtained in Hocene times ?

It is further said that, as an examination of the polyzoa just
completed shows 12 per cent. of recent species in the Muddy
Creek and Schnapper Point beds, these cannot be Eocene. We
have not yet seen the descriptions alluded to, but remark that
the polyzoa are not an accepted basis for the classification of
Tertiary strata.

Finally, we make the emphatic statements, and challenge Sir
F. McCoy to disprove them, (1) that the proportion of recent
species in the Muddy Creek and Schnapper Point beds is less
than 34 per cent., which is Sir Charles Lyell’s limit for an Eocene
fauna ; and (2) that the facies of their mollusca is characteristi-
cally Hocene when compared with those of the Paris Basin.

TREATMENT AFTER CIRCUMCISION IN THE
HERMIT HILL TRIBE, DALY RIVER. NORTHERN
TERRITORY.

By Kyut Daut.
Communicated by E. C. Stiruine, M.D.
[Read July 2, 1895.]

One day in rambling through the swampy woods to the south
of the Daly River I came across a small encampment of blacks
belonging partly to the Hermit Hill and partly to the Mollak
Mollak tribes. In the camp were two boys—brothers—who had
recently been circumcised; besides these there were an old
woman, their mother, three or four young male relatives, and a
lubra belonging to one of the two boys. The convalescents were
sitting on the ground under a tree, each with his penis in a paper-
bark bandage fastened on to his belt with a frequently doubled
piece of twine made out of hair. Their sad and dejected features
lit slightly up when I presented them with a piece of tobacco,
and upon my request one of the boys began to remove the
curiously arranged bandage. He first undid the strings of fibre
which encircled the strap of hair-twine and paper-bark, then
removed the paper-bark, and exposed a little mat of woven grass
that was wrapped round an inner layer of very fine paper-bark
next to the wound. The penis was greatly swollen and in a
state of inflammation that seemed to cause the boy great suffer-
ing. I was just wondering what means they used for healing
such a painful and, if neglectea, serious wound, when my eye
rested on a sheet of paper-bark which I ascertained covered a
hole dug in the ground about a foot in depth and width. In the
centre of the sheet of paper-bark was a hole about two inches in
diameter and burnt at the edges. On my inquiring the use of
such an arrangement, the boy answered, ‘Him cook him ‘long
hot fellow stone.” I asked when the performance would take
place. ‘Close up,” he said; so I sat down, anxious to see this
radical treatment put in practice, and waited until some stones
which were lying in the fire were sufficiently heated. When the
stones were glowing a boy brought some wet moss from an adja-
cent lagoon. The paper-bark sheet was then removed from the
hole, some old rubbish raked out, and some wet moss put in its
place. Two or three of the red-hot stones were then thrown into

123

the hole, covered up with more wet moss, and some water poured
in. Presently the paper-bark sheet was replaced, with the hole
over the centre of the cavity, through which a column of hot
“vapor ascended. In the meantime one of the circumcised boys
had removed all the bandages from his penis, walked to the
paper-bark sheet, and laid flat upon it, with his penis inserted
through the steaming hole; his arms were along his sides, the
palms clasping the thighs, and the toes turned towards the axis
of the body. During the five to ten minutes in which the hole
continued to emit its vapor a convulsive shivering several times
shook the aboriginal’s body, and the young man, or rather boy,
who superintended the performance then laid himself on the top
of the patient, and so prevented any attempt to rise.

NOTES ON CARABID4& FROM LAKE CALLABONNA,
CENTRAL AUSTRALIA.

By Tuomas G. SLOANE.
Communicated by Rev. T. BLACKBURN.
[Read July 2, 1895.]

The interesting collection of Carabide made by Mr. A. Zietz,
of the Adelaide Museum, at Lake Callabonna in September,
1893, has been placed in my hands for examination; and I
offer the following notes as the result of my investigation of the
thirty-seven species contained therein. The types of the new
species belong to the Adelaide Museum.

NEOcCARENUM BLACKBURNI, 2. sp.

Elongate, robust, parallel, convex ; prothorax a little wider
than long, widely rounded behind ; elytra convex, smooth, im-
punctate, base deeply emarginate ; anterior tibize bidentate ; in-
termediate tibize strongly bidentate externally. Black.

Head large, transverse (4°5 x 6:5 mm.), lightly convex, smooth,
transversely impressed across occiput; frontal sulci deeply im-
pressed, strongly curved, diverging greatly backwards, anterior
part of their course very lightly marked, and not reaching margin
of head; space between frontal sulci wide, not elevated; pre-ocular
sulcus widening into a broad depression anteriorly ; pre-ocular
process forming a strong triangular projection ; eyes deeply en-
closed in orbits ; lower edge of orbit thick, and forming a ridge
below posterior part of eye; suborbital channel (to receive an-
tenn) oblique, very deep, distant from eye; two supra-orbital
punctures on each side placed close together at base of space
between frontal sulci and eyes; genz (between suborbital
channel and buccal fissure) divided from submentum, striate.
Labrum with anterior margin rounded and advanced in middle.
Labial palpi with last joint widely securiform. Antenne thick,
moniliform, incrassate ; joints 5-11 compressed, grooved on edges,
second joint very little longer than third. Prothorax a little
broader than long (7‘7 x 8 mm.), widest a little behind anterior
angles, lightly convex, not declivous behind; sides almost
parallel between marginal punctures, a little narrowed to base
behind posterior marginal puncture ; anterior margin truncate ;
base wide, evenly and lightly rounded; anterior angles widely
rounded, not marked; posterior angles very obtuse, lightly

125

marked; border thick, extending round anterior angles and
across base, very little reflexed on sides, more strongly so between
the posterior marginal punctures (7.e., on base and posterior part
of sides), thickened and most prominent at basal angles; mar-
ginal channel wide on sides, narrow on base; median line linear,
very lightly impressed ; two marginal punctures on each side,
the anterior about 1:5 mm. from anterior angle, the posterior
about same distance from posterior angle. Elytra of same
breadth as prothorax (14 x 8 mm.), widest behind middle, a little
narrowed to base, widely rounded at apex, very comyex, impunc-
tate, sub-opaque (covered with minute scratches) ; base roundly
and deeply emarginate between shoulders, abruptly declivous to
peduncle ; shoulders prominent ; lateral border finely reflexed ; a
row of umbilicate punctures along lateral margin, two punctures
on basal declivity of each elytron about middle of width; in-
flexed margin narrow behind first ventral segment. Prosternum
sloping to peduncle (not vertical on base), widely and lightly
excavate between coxe. Ventral segments smooth, impunctate ;
suture between second and third well marked in all its course.
Legs not long, rather heavy ; femora compressed ; anterior short,
wide, thick, very lightly sinuate on lower side near apex; anterior
tibie wide towards apex, bidentate; external ridge forming a
slight but marked projection above upper external tooth ; inferior
ridge weakly developed, irregular, not serrate ; apical plate form-
ing a thick prominent projection below tarsus; intermediate
tibie thick towards apex, strongly bidentate externally, the
anterior tooth at apex, the upper (strong, erect, triangular) about
apical third ; posterior coxe and trochanters impunctate.

Length, 28; breadth, 8 mm.

This species differs conspicuously from WV. elongatwm, Macl., in
having the elytra without the submarginal row of large punctures,
and in having the intermediate tibie bidentate externally. In
these respects it resembles WV. retuswm, Bates, to which it is
evidently closely allied; but, judging from the description of
NV. retusum, differs in the anterior tibiz, which are bidentate
externally, not tridentate (in V. Blackburni the external ridge
forms a rather prominent, though not dentate, projection above
the upper external tooth, but the tibiz cannot be said to be tri-
dentate), and have the inferior ridge and apical plate not differ-
ing much from those of WV. elongatwm, not with “ two broad con-
spicuous teeth,” as in WV. retuswm. N. Blackburni, too, seems a
more convex species, and probably has the humeral angles of the
elytra less strongly dentate. From WJ. parviceps, Sl., a species
that has the elytra impunctate, it differs greatly in facies, being
more convex, the head larger, with the eyes more deeply embedded
n the orbits, the prothorax less transverse, the intermediate

126

tibize bidentate externally, &c. A specimen of this species was also
brought from Ayer’s Rock by the Horn Exploring Expedition of
1894. 1

POGONUS HYPHARPAGIOIDES, 7. sp.

Male. Oval, robust; head large, convex ; prothorax a little
broader than long, not sinuate on sides before base, apex and
base of equal width (1°5 mm.); elytra striate, the strie simple,
obsolete near base, a short striole at base of first interstice, third
interstice tripunctate.

Testaceous. Head smooth, convex, broad across base, widely
and feebly impressed on each side between antenne ; clypeal
suture distinct ; clypeus large, truncate; eyes convex, not promin-
ent, lightly enclosed behind. Mandibles stout, hooked at apex;
scrobe with a setigerous puncture towards apex. Labrum trans-
verse, subtruncate (very lightly emarginate), sexsetose on anterior
margin. Mentum with a short wide emarginate median tooth,
Palpi: maxillary with penultimate joint a little longer than
apical, incrassate ; apical joint dilatate about basal third, nar-
rowed to apex (apex obtuse); labial with penultimate joint long,
narrow ; apical joint shorter than penultimate, subcylindrical,
dilatate in middle, narrowed to apex, subtruncate. Antenne
rather short, subfiliform ; first four joints cylindrical ; first much
thicker than others, about as long as third; second shorter ;
seven apical joints of about equal length, compressed ; three
basal joints glabrous (a few long setz at apex of third). Pro-
thorax a little broader than long (2 x 2:1 mm.), widest a little
before middle, smooth, convex ; anterior margin truncate; base
roundly truncate ; sides lightly rounded ; anterior angles obtuse,
very close to head ; basal angles obtuse; border narrow and re-
flexed on sides, thick and not reflexed on base, a short projecting
prominence on each side just before basal angles bearing the pos-
terior marginal puncture ; marginal channel very narrow, passing
evenly round each basal angle; median line linear, lightly im-
pressed ; lateral basal impressions near each basal angle, wide,
round, shallow, a wide, transverse impression connecting them.
Elytra convex, short, oval (4:5 x 2°38 mm.), widely and evenly
rounded at apex; base truncate, much wider than base of pro-
- thorax; three inner stris strongly marked on disc, fourth and
fifth very lightly marked, sixth and seventh obsolete; the striz
obsolete, or very faint, towards base, and faint on apical declivity ;
eighth stria deeply impressed, diverging from margin some dis-
tance behind shoulders ; three inner interstices a little convex in
middle of length, ninth wide, convex, punctate on course of
eighth stria; border narrow ; basal border with posterior margin
sloping forward on each side to humeral angles. Legs light ;

127

tarsi setose on upper surface, two basal joints dilatate and
squamulose beneath.

Length, 7:25; breadth, 2°8 mm.

This species has a general resemblance to the species of the
genus Hypharpax ,; it is very distinct from the two previously
described Australian species. I am inclined to believe the speci-
men before me to be immature, and think it possible the proper
color of the insect may prove to be much darker. The penulti-
mate joint of the labial palps seems to have about four sete on
the inner side; of these the two nearest the apex are close
together, and the joint is a little incrassate towards the apex
after them.

Pocgonus ZIETZI, n. sp.

Narrow, elongate, depressed ; prothorax cordate; elytra flat
on disc, lightly striate, a striole at base of first interstice, third
interstice tripunctate.

Head and prothorax piceous brown; elytra pale-testaceous,
infuscate near scutellum ; legs testaceous ; antenne ferruginous.
Head transverse, a little narrowed behind eyes, smooth ; clypeal
suture obsolete ; clypeus feebly impressed on each side near base
of mandibles; eyes prominent. Mandibles short, stout, hooked
at tip ; scrobe with a setigerous puncture towards apex. Ligula
transverse, truncate, two long setz placed together in middle ;
paraglosse narrow, extending a little beyond ligula. Mentum
deeply emarginate, with a short, simple, widely-triangular median
projection. Maxille sharply hooked at apex, fringed with hairs
on inner side ; outer lobe biarticulate. Palpi: maxillary with
penultimate joint cylindric, incrassate; apical joint thick, obtusely
truncate, about same length as penultimate ; labial with penulti-
mate joint narrow, elongate, three fine sete on inner side ; apical
joint shorter, subcyclindrical, lightly arcuate on outer side,
dilatate in middle, apex thick, obtusely truncate. Labrum short,
transverse, sub-truncate (hardly emarginate). Antenne slender,
elongate, filiform, very lightly compressed ; first joint thick,
about as long as third ; second shorter ; two basal joints glabrous ;
third pubescent on apical half. Prothorax smooth, cordate
(1:25 x 15 mm.), widest considerably before middle, depressed
on disc, truncate in front and behind ; sides shortly rounded to
anterior angles, evenly and decidedly narrowed to base ; anterior
angles rounded off; basal angles not marked; lateral border
finely reflexed; lateral channel narrow, terminating a little
before the actual base at posterior marginal seta; median line
fine, lightly impressed ; lateral basal impressions short, wide,
extending to margin at basal angles; space between each basal
impression and margin not carinate. Elytra narrow, parallel
(3°6 x 2 mm.), flat on disc, evenly rounded at apex; base trun-

128

cate ; humeral angles rounded ; strie finely impressed, two inner
distinct and punctulate on disc, others weak (or obsolete), only
first attaining apex, eighth weak on sides, its course well marked
and punctate towards apex; ninth interstice with a few fine
punctures on apical curve. Femora dilatate in middle. Male
with two basal joints of anterior tarsi dilatate and squamulose
beneath.

Length, 6:5; breadth, 2 mm.

This species might at first sight be taken for a species of
Dromius ; indeed, its appearance is so different from the other
Australian species of Pogonus that it probably should be referred
to a different genus, but, as I have been unable to see any of
the recent studies of the Pogonides, I prefer to leave it in the
genus Pogonus.

Nore.—I believe the four described Australian species of
Pogonus are now before me, therefore the following tabulation of
them may be useful :—

A. Prothorax with sides strongly sinuate before basal angles
(color of upper surface green).

b. Form rather broad, depressed; prothorax with a short
elevated ridge on inner side of lateral channel near
basal angles. ... ae . cardiotrachelus, Chaud.

bb. Form narrow, cylindrical; prothorax without a sub.

lateral ridge near basal angles. ... awstralis, Chaud.
AA. Prothorax without any lateral sinuosity before base.

c. Form stout, convex. ..... ... hypharpagiordes, Sl,
cc. Form narrow, depressed. Bs Zvetz, Sl,

‘LOXANDRUS AUSTRALIENSIS, 7. sp.

Oval, depressed; prothorax not punctate on sides of base,
transverse, apex and base of equal width (2 mm.); elytra oval,
crenulate-striate, third interstice unipunctate (the puncture
placed considerably before the middle). Black, shining ; tarsi,
antenne, and palpi piceous. |

Head smooth; eyes convex, prominent. Prothorax lightly
transverse (2:2 x 2°6 mm.), widest just behind anterior marginal
puncture, smooth, lightly convex ; sides strongly rounded, lightly
narrowed in front, obliquely and decidedly narrowed to base ;
anterior margin subtruncate (hardly emarginate); base truncate ;
basal angles obtuse ; border narrow, reflexed, obsolete on middle
of anterior margin and on base between lateral impressions
marginal channel very narrow; median line lightly impressed in
middle, not reaching base or apex; lateral basal impressions
elongate, narrow, deep; posterior marginal puncture at basal
angle (border not widened to receive it). Elytra broad, oval
(5:7 x 4mm.); apical curve decidediy sinuate on each side ;

129

strie deeply impressed (fifth, sixth, and seventh weaker), strongly
crenulate, first flexuous (curving towards suture) near base,
seventh obsolete towards shoulder for about one-fourth of length ;
interstices flat, four inner ones a little convex, ninth punctate
along course of eighth stria; border narrowly reflexed on sides,
very little raised at humeral angles, and joining the basal border
in a wide, not angular, curve. Mestasternum (on posterior parts
of sides), metasternal episterna, and ventral segments punctulate.
Length, 10; breadth, 4 mm.

Only two of the described species of Loxandrus from Australia
are known to me, viz., ZL. atronitens, Macl., and L. widipennis,
Casteln. Of these Z. atronitens has the basal part of the pro-
thorax punctulate, and the interstices roundly convex—features
that at once separate it from LZ. iridipennis and L. australiensis.
The conspicuous difference between L. iridipennisand L.australien- °
sis is in the shape of the prothorax. JL. iridipennis has the base
of the prothorax evidently wider than the apex, the sides being
very lightly narrowed to the base, the border extends along the
base, is wide on the sides, increasing in width backwards from
the anterior marginal puncture and becoming explanate at the
basal angles, where it has the posterior marginal puncture placed
upon it; while ZL. australiensis has the prothorax more convex,
much more strongly rounded on the sides, decidedly narrowed to
the base, the border narrow (never explanate), and obsolete on
the middle of the base ; it has the anterior angles, too, wider and
less advanced, and the antenne a little stouter. The basal border
of the elytra is weaker in ZL. australiensis than in either L.
iridipennis or L. atronitens, ‘and the humeral angle is more
rounded, with a finer border, which joins the basal border in a
rounded curve without a perceptible angle. (The seventh stria
of the elytra is obsolete for a considerable distance behind the
shoulder; there are sometimes traces of this in specimens of
L. iridipennis).

RHYTISTERNUS OBTUSUS, %. sp.

Oblong, rather convex; prothorax cordate, base (2:8 mm.)
narrower than apex (3 mm.); elytra with four inner striz of
each very strongly impressed, the interstices convex. Black,
shining ; tarsi piceous ; palpi and antenne reddish-piceous.

Head convex, obsoletely transversely impressed behind vertex ;
frontal impressions strong, diverging backwards ; eyes reniform,
not so prominent as usual in the genus. Prothorax cordate,
transverse (3 x 3°8 mm.), widest about middle, convex, declivous
to base ; disc lightly transversely striolate; sides rounded on
anterior two-thirds, decidedly and obliquely narrowed on posterior
third ; anterior margin truncate; base sub-truncate, rounded to

130

basal angles, these obtusely rounded; lateral border thick ;
lateral channel extending to base ; two lateral basal impressions
of each side deep, inner short, curving outwards, external
elongate-foveiform ; space between external basal impression and
margin narrow, convex ; posterior setigerous puncture placed at
extremity of lateral channel. Elytra oval (8 x 4:8 mm.), de-
pressed on disc, more strongly declivous than usual in genus on
sides, on base (at each side of scutellum) and at apex ; sides sub-
parallel (very lightly rounded); base truncate; apical curve
lightly, but decidedly, sinuate on each side; five inner striz
entire, 1-4 deeply impressed, sixth and seventh obsolete, their
course hardly indicated, except at apical extremity ; fourth
interstice convex ; lateral border lightly reflexed ; basal border
joining lateral border at humeral angle with a slight interrup-
tion, but without any prominence. Prosternum truncate at
base ; a linear transverse impression just before base. Ventral
segments roughly punctulate, the puncturation extending across
the three apical segments.

Length, 13; breadth, 4°8 mm.

This species must be closely allied to &. cardwellensis, Blkb.,
with which it agrees in having the prothorax narrower across the
base than across the apex. Judging by Mr. Blackburn’s descrip-
tion, the following appear differences between these two species :
—The sides of the prothorax in FR. cardwellensis are described as
sinuate before the basal anygles—in &. obtusus they are not
sinuate ; and the basal angles of the prothorax, though obtuse,
are marked in &. cardwellensis—in f. obtusus they are quite
rounded off. The type of &. cardwellensis in Mr. C. French’s
collection is a male, so that it is possible A. obtwsws may prove
the female of that species, but this I consider extremely unlikely.

Two female specimens were in the collection, one of these (now
in my collection) has the striz of the elytra strongly punctulate,
the other (the type) has the striz a little crenulate ; this I think
may be a post-mortem effect produced by immersion in alcohol,
and might not be found in fresh specimens.

Notr.—Since the above description was written I have been
in Sydney, and have seen the types of Rhytisternus (Omaseus )
Froggatti, Macl.; the imp:ession left upon me by an examination
of that species is that R. obtwsws is possibly identical with it.
However, till specimens are compared, or the range of the species
determined, it will be safer to allow R. obtwsus to retain its
specific name, with a query as to the possibility of its identity
with R. Froggatti.

131

RHYTISTERNUS STUARTI, 7. sp.

Oblong, very depressed ; prothorax quadrate-cordate, sides
sinuate behind, basal angles rectangular, base (3°3 mm.) wider
than apex (3 mm.); elytra with four inner striz of each entire
and strongly impressed. Piceous black, shining; legs and antenne
piceous.

Male. Head moderate, convex; frontal impressions deep,
short, diverging backwards, connected in front by the lightly
marked clypeal suture; clypeus declivous to labrum; eyes
prominent. Prothorax transverse (3°3 x 4:75 mm.), widest a
little behind anterior marginal puncture, lightly convex towards
sides anteriorly, depressed posteriorly ; disc depressed, trans-
versely striolate; sides lightly rounded on anterior three-fourths,
lightly sinuate before base ; anterior margin widely emarginate ;
base sinuate, lightly emarginate across peduncle, and sloping for-
ward to the basal angle on each side; anterior angles obtuse ;
basal angles almost rectangular, their summits obtuse ; lateral
border thick, reflexed in front of basal sinuosity ; median line
lightly impressed ; two lateral basal impressions placed in a wide
depression on each side; the internal short, strongly impressed ;
the external more strongly marked, wide and arcuate ; space be-
tween internal basal impressions lightly convex, that between
external impression and margin narrow, convex, bearing at its
base the posterior marginal puncture. Elytra depressed, wider
than prothorax (9 x 5:7 mm.); sides subparallel, decidedly nar-
rowed to humeral angles; base truncate; apical curve lightly
and widely sinuate on each side; striz simple, four inner ones
strongly impressed, entire, fifth lightly impressed, sixth and
seventh obsolete, except posteriorly, ninth and marginal channel
as usual in genus; interstices flat; lateral border narrow, re-
flexed ; basal border forming a prominent obtuse projection at
each humeral angle above its junction with lateral border. Pro-
sternum truncate at base; a linear impression just before basal
margin, causing the base to appear weakly bordered. Ventral
segments smooth in middle, finely rugulose-punctate laterally.

Length, 14:°5—-15:25 ; breadth, 5-7—6:1 mm.

The female is a little wider than the male, but does not differ
otherwise, except sexually as usual in the genus.

In shape and general appearance, this species is closely allied
to f. carpentarius, Sl., the conspicuous differences being that
only the four inner striz of the elytra are strongly impressed
(not five as in &. carpentarius), and none of the interstices is
convex (in &. carpentarius the five inner are); it is, besides, a
smaller and much flatter insect, and has the sinuosity of the
apical curve of the elytra less marked. From AR. liopleurus,
Chaud., its more depressed form and more transverse prothorax

132

decidedly separate it. It also resembles &. callabonnensis, Sl., but
may be readily distinguished by its larger size, more depressed
form, and the shape of the prothorax, which is broader, more
quadrate, and strongly sinuate behind, with much more prominent
basal angles.

Named in memory of the greatest explorer of Central Aus-
tralia, John McDouall Stuart.

RHYTISTERNUS CALLABONNENSIS, 2. Sp.

Oblong, depressed ; prothorax subcordate, base (3 mm.) a little
wider than apex (2°75 mm.), basal angles obtuse, but marked ;
elytra with four inner striz impressed, the interstices flat; ven-
tral segments strongly rugulose-punctate. Black, shining ; tarsi
and palpi reddish-brown ; antennz piceous.

Male. Head moderate, convex; frontal impressions short,
strong, diverging backwards, connected in front by the clypeal
suture; clypeus strongly declivous to labrum; eyes prominent.
Prothorax transverse-cordate (2°9 x 3:9), widest a little behind
anterior marginal puncture, convex towards sides ; disc depressed
posteriorly, obsoletely transversely striolate; sides rounded,
lightly subsinuate before basal angles; anterior margin emar-
ginate ; base subtruncate (hardly emarginate) across peduncle,
sloping forward to the basal angle on each side ; anterior angles
obtuse, rather more prominent than usual in the genus; basal
angles obtuse; lateral border narrow, thick; lateral channel
ending posteriorly considerably before the base; median line
lightly impressed ; two lateral basal impressions placed in a wide
depression on each side; internal deeply impressed, lightly
arcuate ; external shorter, arcuate, parallel with lateral margin
posteriorly ; space between internal impressions depressed, but a
little convex, that between external impression and margin con-
vex anteriorly, not raised above lateral border posteriorly, bear-
ing at its base a foveiform setigerous puncture. Elytra oval
(8 x 5 mm.), shortly narrowed to humeral angles, subconvex
(disc depressed) ; sides subparallel; base truncate ; apical curve
decidedly sinuate on each side; four inner strie strongly im-
pressed, simple, entire, fifth, sixth and seventh obsolete, except
near apex ; four inner interstices flat, hardly convex (sometimes
a little convex); basal border forming a decided, though obtuse,
prominence above its junction, with lateral border at humeral
angle. Prosternum truncate at base, widely transversely im-
pressed just before basal margin. Ventral segments closely
punctate; the puncturation coarse near sides, fine but continuous
across middle.

Length, 13°3; breadth, 5 mm.

133

The female is a little flatter than the male, and is not easily
separated from the female of A. Stwarti, Sl.

Closely allied to &. splendidus, Blkb., from which I would
note the following characters as distinguishing it ; (a) the pro-
thorax has the basal angles a little more marked, and the sides
faintly sinuate before them, (b) the elytra have the fifth stria
less strongly impressed, (c) the ventral segments are opaque, not
smooth in the middle, and not impressed with a transverse sulcus.
It must, judging from the description, have a considerable affinity
to &. cardwellensis, Blkb., but that species has the prothorax
more dilatate at its widest part, and narrower at the base.

RHYTISTERNUS ARNHEIMENSIS, Casteln ?

Male. Narrow, elongate, rather depressed ; prothorax long,
subcordate, base and apex of equal width (2:3 mm.), sides sinuate
posteriorly; elytra with five inner strize entire. Black, shining ;
legs and antennz reddish-piceous.

Head rather long, widely and obsoletely impressed across
occiput ; frontal impressions moderate, wide apart, diverging
backwards, their apices connected by the strongly marked clypeal
suture ; eyes (with orbit) reniform, less prominent than usual in
the genus. Prothorax narrow, subcordate (2:7 x 3:2 mm.), widest
a little before the midd.e, depressed posteriorly; sides very
lightly rounded, lightly sinuate before base; anterior margin
hardly emarginate ; base sinuate, a little emarginate in middle
and sloping lightly and roundly forward to basal angles on each
side ; anterior angles less obtuse than usual in the genus; basal
angles well marked, obtuse at summit; lateral border narrowly
reflexed ; inner lateral basal impression not strongly marked,
linear ; spaces between them and margin on each side flat (ex-
ternal basal impression obsolete). Elytra oval (6:8 x 4 mm.),
depressed on disc; apical curve sinuate on each side; five inner
strie simple, entire, first and second most strongly impressed,
sixth and seventh only decidedly marked posteriorly (their course
perceptible nearly to base); interstices flat on disc (two inner
ones a little convex), five inner ones convex on apical declivity,
ninth narrow, convex, punctate, the punctures interrupted in
middle; lateral border narrow, reflexed; basal border interrupted
at junction with lateral border. Prosternum roundly sub.trun-
cate, not margined at base. Ventral segments opaque, minutely
punctate; this puncturation more marked on basal segments,
wanting in middle of segments.

Length, 12; breadth, 4 mm.

The species described above I believe to be Lhytisternus
(Omaseus) arnheimensis, Casteln., but the description of that
species is, unfortunately, too vague to be of any use in identifying

134

it. The type of A. arnhevmensis is in the Howitt Collection,
where I have seen it, and so know it to bea species of Rhytis-
ternus, of narrow shape, with the prothorax cordiforn and sinuate
before the basal angles.*

PHORTICOSOMUS GRANDIS, Casteln.

Several specimens of a Phorticosomus, which seems certainly
Ph. grandis, Casteln., were obtained by Mr. Zietz; one of these is
before me, from which I make the following notes as supple-
mentary to de Castelnau’s brief description.

Brown. Prothorax broader than long (4°6 x 5-6 mm.), sub-
cordate, truncate on base, a little wider across apex (5'2 mm.)
than base (5 mm.); sides lightly sinuate before basal angles ;
anterior angles projecting ; basal angles rectangular, and decidedly
marked. Elytra lightly striate; the interstices flat; base trun-
cate; humeral angles not marked ; basal border hardly arcuate
on posterior margin from fourth stria to humeral angle; ab-
breviated stria at base of second interstice very short, punctiform.

Length, 18; breadth, 7 mm.

HYPHARPAX HABITANS, 1. sp.

Male. Narrow, parallel, depressed; prothorax rounded on
sides, posterior angles widely rounded, base and apex of equal
width (1:5 mm.); elytra deeply striate, interstices without a
striole at base of second or a puncture on apical part of third;
prosternum punctulate before coxe.

Black, shining ; undersurface and femora piceous-black ; tibize
piceous-brown ; antennz, palpi, and labrum light-brown. Head
small; mandibles inconspicuous, hidden by labrum; front with
a narrow short oblique impression on each side extending back-
ward towards middle of eye; these impressions connected by the
well marked clypeal suture; eyes convex, not very prominent.
Antenne long. Labrum quadrate ; anterior margin emarginate.
Prothorax smooth, subrotundate, lightly transverse(1:8 x 2-2 mm.),
widest a little before the middle, depressed on disc, strongly
declivous on sides anteriorly; sides rounded, the curvature ex-
tending to the peduncle posteriorly; anterior margin widely and
lightly emarginate; base truncate across peduncle; anterior
angles obtuse, not marked; basal angles not marked ; border
narrow, extending along the base; marginal channel very
narrow; a wide round well-defined impression (punctate at

*T believe Mr. Waterhouse, who collected R. arnheimensis, obtained it
when with one of the early transcontinental exploring expeditions ; if so,
the locality, Arnheim’s Land, may be erroneous.

135

bottom) on each side of base. LElytra very little wider than
prothorax (4°2 x 2°5 mm.), parallel on sides, depressed on disc,
declivous on sides, lightly declivous to apex; base truncate ;
shoulders rounded ; sinuosity of apical curve obsolete ; striz very
deeply impressed, first hardly deflected towards suture near
base, ninth interstice punctate towards shoulder and on apical
third ; lateral border narrow. Prosternum covered with a fine
puncturation before coxe; episterna smooth. Metasternum
rugulose in middle and finely punctulate towards sides. Ventral
segments minutely punctulate. Lower side of posterior femora
with two punctures, very dilatate in middle and forming a
strong obtuse projection ; posterior tibize straight ; four anterior
tarsi with joints 2-4 dilatate and densely spongiose beneath,
those of anterior tarsi very widely dilatate; posterior tarsi with
joints 1-4 successively shorter; first not long, about one-fourth
longer than second.

Length, 7 ; breadth, 2°0 mm.

A very distinct and quite isolated species among the Australian
Harpalides known to me. I have placed it in the genus
Hypharpax because the posterior femora have the lower side so
strongly dilatate in the middle as to form a sudden obtuse pro-
tuberance, which might almost be called dentiform, and because
the posterior tarsi have the first joint but little longer than the
second. Its nearest allies seem to be the three Australian species
that M. de Chaudoir left in the genus Anzsodactylus (only because
he could find no satisfactory features by which to separate them
from that genus), but beyond a general resemblance it has little
in common with any of them; its black color, dark legs, and the
absence of a striole at the base of the second interstice, or a
puncture towards the apex of the third, are decided characters
distinguishing it from them. It breaks down some of the bar-
riers separating Anisodactylus rotundicollis, Casteln., and its
allies, from the genus Hypharpax: as H. interioris, Sl., breaks
down some of those between Phorticosomus and Hypharpax ;
and is one of those species which help to show the artificiality of
genera founded wholly on the sexual characters of one sex.

HYPHARPAX INTERIORIS, 7. sp.

Oval, depressed ; prothorax transverse, sides strongly rounded,
base (2 mm.) a little wider than apex (1°8 mm.); elytra much
wider than prothorax, third interstice with a lightly impressed
puncture just behind beginning of apical declivity. Male with
posterior femora not dentate on lower side. Brown, with bronzy
tints on upper surface; femora, posterior trochanters, palpi and
base of antennz testaceous ; tibie, tarsi, and apical part of an
tenne a little infuscate ; mandibles light brown, the apex black

136

Male. Head moderate, not large; eyes not prominent. An-
tenne short. Prothorax lightly convex, transverse (1:9 x 2:7
mm.), widest about middle, strongly rounded on sides ; base very
little wider than apex ; anterior margin lightly emarginate ; base
lightly rounded, truncate in middle ; anterior angles wide, obtuse,
not advanced ; posterior angles obtusely rounded, not marked ;
border wide on sides, narrow and entire on base; lateral margin
explanate ; median line obsolete ; lateral basal impressions wide
and shallow. Elytra lightly convex, wide, oval (5 x 3°6 mm.),
lightly rounded on sides; sinuosity of apical curve obsolete,
though just perceptible at extremity of ninth interstice; striz
lightly impressed, first flexuous near base ; interstices flat,
second with a short, lightly impressed striole at base, third with
a fine puncture on apical declivity, about level with extremity of
fifth interstice, ninth punctate, the punctures not widely inter-
rupted in middle. Mestasternum smooth, very finely punctulate on
each side. Ventral segments with a few punctures, bearing long
sete scattered over their surface. Posterior femora compressed,
dilatate in middle, but without any obvious projection on lower
side, a row (more or less double) of not closely-placed punctures,
bearing long setz along outer margin of lower side; posterior tibiz
almost straight ; four anterior tarsi with joints 2—4 dilatate (not
very broadly) and densely spongiose below ; posterior tarsi short,
first joint hardly longer than second.

Length, 8; breadth, 3:6 mm.

This species leads off from the typical species of Hypharpax
towards Phorticosomus; probably its nearest ally among de-
scribed species is H. Deyrollei, Casteln., from which it may be
distinguished by its wider and less convex shape, the prothorax
more rounded on the sides, the different form of the elytral
interstices (in H. Deyrollei the interstices become narrow and
convex at their apex, and the fifth and sixth extend much nearer
to the apex than in H. interioris), and by the position of the
puncture of the third interstice, which is much nearer the apex in
H. interioris than in H. Deyroller. Nore.—The prothorax,
though not quite evenly rounded laterally, being a little more
obliquely narrowed towards the base than towards the apex, is
so much more strongly and evenly rounded on the sides than that
of any other Hypharpax I have seen, as to make this a most
obvious and noticeable feature of the species.

Besides the species dealt with above, the following Carabidz
were brought by Mr. Zietz from Lake Callabonna :—

Calosoma Schayeri, Erich.
Geoscaptus levissimus, Chaud.
Euryscaphus obesus, Macl.

137

Philoscaphus Tepperi, Blkb.*
Clivina Frencha, Sl. (ms.s.).+

« — Blackburni, Sl. (ms.s.).

“sp. ? (aff. C. obliquata, Putz.).

© sp. ? (aff. C. debilis, Blkb.).

sp. ? (aff. C. dilutipes, Putz.).
Bembidium jacksoniense, Guer.
Pogonus cardiotrachelus, Chaud.
Chlanioidius herbaceus, Chaud.
Rhytisternus cyathoderus, Chaud.
Dicrochile Goryi, Boisd.
Platynus marginicollis, Macl.
Lebia benefica, Newm.
Dromius crudelis, Newm.
Trigonothops nigronotatus, Chaud.
Gigadema longipenne, Germ.

ef sulcatum, Macl.
Diaphorus (Zuphiosoma) fulvus, Casteln.
Chlenius australis, De}.
ae leteviridis, Chand.

Oodes Waterhousei, Casteln.
Anisodactylus rotundicollis, Casteln.
Hypharpax vilis, Blkb.

*The Rev. Thos. Blackburn has sent me specimens collected by Mr.
Zietz, under the name of Ph. Tepperi, Blackb.; they are so close to
Ph. tuberculatus, Macl., that Iam unable to find characters by which to
distinguish them from that species, The upper edge of the lateral groove
of the elytra is interrupted a little before the middle in Ph. tuberculatus,
though to a less degree than in the Callabonna specimens ; these, however,
vary iter sé in respect to the decidedness of the interruption. The
tubercles of the disc of the elytra are less marked in the Callabonna speci-
mens than in typical specimens of Ph. tuberculatus, but this is a character
that varies in Ph. tuberculatus.

+ These species of Clivina will be treated of in a revision of the Aus-
tralian Clivine, on which I am now engaged.

138

ADDITIONAL PLANT=REMAINS FROM THE LEIGH
CREEK COAL-FIELD, CENTRAL AUSTRALIA.

By R. Erueripee, Junr., Curator of the Australian Museum,
Sydney.

[Read August 6, 1895.]
1. INTRODUCTION.

The plant-remains about to be described form part of a collec-
tion made by Mr. George Sweet, of Brunswick, Melbourne,
during a late tour through the fossiliferous Mesozoic area of
Central Australia, and were kindly lent to me by him for des-
cription.

The fossils are of great interest, as establishing the presence of
at least eight specific forms, in addition to those already
enumerated by me in Reports* published by the Government
Geologist of South Australia (Mr. H. Y. L. Brown).

The three species already determined are the following :—
Thinnfeldia odontopteroides, Morris.
Macrotzeniopteris wianamatte, /iestm. ?

Thinnfeldia media, Z’en. Woods.

I presume that the present series forms a portion of that
exhibited} to the Royal Society of South Australia on October
17th, 1893, by Prof. R. Tate, on Mr. Sweet’s behalf, and which
contained the following species :—

‘“'Thinnfeldia odontopteroides, Morris.
Kf media, Zen. Woods.
Tzeniopteris, two species.
Equisetum, s
Macrotzniopteris wianamatte, /2estm.
Trichomanides laxum, Z’en. Woods ?
Otozamites, 7.sp.”

The specimens submitted to me are not all sufficiently perfect
for specific determination, but still are of great importance as
showing the presence in the Leigh Creek deposit of unsuspected
genera, and comprise :—

Equisetum, sps.
Teeniopteris (Oleandridium ‘) fluctuans, sp. nov.

¥ [cf. T. (Oleandm.) tenuinervis, Brawns |.
Anthrophyopsis ? sp. ind.

*S. Australian Parl. Papers, 1891, No. i158, p. 10; Ibid, 1893, No. 158
Suppl., p. 8.
+ Trans. R. Soc. S. Austr. for 1892-93 [1893], xvii., p. 355.

139

Thinnfeldia odontopteroides, Morris.
Alethopteris [cf. A. australis, Morris].
Frenelopsis, sp. and.

Podozamites [cf. P. lanceolatus, Z. and H.].

2. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLANT-REMAINS.
Equisetum, sps.

Obs.—There are two compressed fragments of Hquwisetwm,
probably distinct from one another. One is three and a half
inches long by one inch wide, containing within the length two
nodes, and portions of three internodes. The surface is delicately
striate.

The other example is three inches long and three-sixteenths of
an inch wide, with five nodes, and portions of six internodes. On
the flattened surface there are six longitudinal grooves continuous
throughout. The specimens are too imperfect to render compari-
sons with published species of any practical value.

Teniopteris (Oleandridium ?) fluetuans, sp. nov. Pl. v., figs. 1-3.

Sp. Char.—Frond simple (so far as known), elongately lanceo-
Jate, thick, coriaceous, crumpled, lateral margins sinuous. Mid-
rib thick, moderately wide, and possibly longitudinally striate ;
secondary veins fine, straight, two in the space of one and a half
mm., passing from the mid-rib at a right angle, sparsely furcate,
and when so generally on immediately leaving the mid-rib, very
rarely in the middle of the wing.

Obs.— When in the perfect state this must have been a remark-
ably fine leaf. It is now eight inches long, and incomplete at
either end. The lower portion exhibits only the mid-rib and
fragments of one of the wings attached. The breadth of the full
frond where preserved is one and a quarter inches. The general
facies of the frond seems to point to Oleandridium rather than
Teniopteris proper, but we know nothing of the fructification of
the plant. If an Oleandridium it is near O. vittatum, Brong.,*
although Brongniart’s figures do not show any fluctuation of the
margins, nor crumpling of the surface. On the other hand,
Fiestmantel’s illustrationt of the Indian variety of this species
decidedly manifests a sinuosity to each margin, and the fronds
are to some extent crumpled also.

The question arises, in how far is this crumpling a natural or
superinduced character? If the former, it will stand as a good
specific character, and is certainly the first Teniopterid I have
seen from Australian rocks with this peculiarity.

* Hist. Vég. Foss., 1828, I., t. 82, f. 1-4.
t Pal. Indica (Gondwana Flora), 1876, II., pl. i. t. 1.

140

The proximal end is not clearly preserved, but there is some
indication of a scar of attachment.

The secondary veins on the narrow wings at the base are well
preserved, and appear to be wider apart than on the broader or
upper portions. The furcation is also very distinct, and takes
place at a slightly more distant point than on the latter. A
subdivision of the secondary veins on the broader portions of the
frond is not common, but one is shown at about the centre in
fig. 3; this is, therefore, a second subdivison. A peculiar ter-
tiary subdivision occasionally although rarely, takes place near
the margin (fig. 3), and when so several veins in this condition
are clustered together. The primary furcation is also peculiar in
that it occurs in immediate contiguity to the mid-rib, almost
assuming the appearance of two parallel veins issuing from the
same initial point. That this is not the case, however, is shown
by the secondary veins in the narrow basal portion of the frond.

Oleandridium vittatum, Feistm., differs from the South Aus-
tralian fossil by its irregular furcation, and the secondary veins
are often more than once furcate.

A gentle fluctuation of the margin is shown in Nathorst’s
figure* of O. tenwinerve, Brauns ; indeed, this irregularity of the
frond edges is quoted by Schimper as one of the specific charac-
ters. The secondary nerves are said to be furcate at the base
only. On the whole O. tenwinerve is the nearest approach to our
form that I have been able to find, although probably distinct.
As regards size, an Australian described species, 7. Carruthersz,
Ten. Woods, may be compared to 7’. (Oleandridium ?) fluctuans,
the name I purpose applying to the present frond, judging by the
large fragments of it that have been published by Feistmantel
from South Africa. +

Teeniopteris, sp. ind. PI. iv., fig. 1.

Sp. Char.—Frond linear spathulate, four to five inches long and
five-eighths of an inch wide, probably petiolate; margins entire,
not fluctuating; surface plain, not crumpled. Mid-rib very
strong, one-sixteenth of an inch wide; secondary veins briefly
issuing from the mid-rib at an acute angle, then diverging at a
much more obtuse one, and proceeding to the margins more or
less horizontally, one in the space of half a millimetre, and appar-
ently all simple.

Obs.—This frond is so like many Teniopterids that it is
rendered difficult of determination. Thesubstance of the frond,
except here and there, has been converted into coaly matter, so
that the entire venation has not been preserved for inspection,

* Floran vid Bjuf, 1878, I., t. 10, f. 4 and 5.
+ Geol. Pal. Verhiltnisse Siid-Afrikas, 1889, I., t. 2, f. 6-10.

141

but wherever visible appears to be simple, and in no way furcate.
If this be the case it will afford a good character for future
identification.

The frond outline is similar to that of Angiopterrdium MW Clel-
landi, O. and M.,* but the neuration, according to Oldham and
Morris, is occasionally dichotomous. Feistmantel’s additional
figuret of the Indian plant quite bears out his predecessor’s
description. At the same time Zeiller has given a representation}
of this fern in which the neuration is quite simple, as that from
Leigh Creek is believed to be.

In the simplicity of its veins and general form of the frond the
present one agrees very closely with the simple-margined varieties
of O. tenuinerve, Brauns, even more closely than O. fluctuans,
mihi, does. Both Nathorst’s figure previously quoted and another
given by Schenk§ as O. tenwinerve are equally like the present
fossil, but it differs considerably from O. lentriculiforme lately
described|| by me from intercalated shale in the Hawkesbury
Sandstone.

Anthrophyopsis ? sp. ind. Pl. iv., fig. 2.

Obs.—A large imperfect frond is in the collection that may
possibly be referable to this genus. There is no trace of a mid-
rib, but the elongated mesh-reticulation of the secondary veins
described by Nathorst, the author of the genus, in his “ Flora of
Bjuf” are well displayed. In the absence of any contrary
characters, I have no option but to provisionally refer the Leigh
Creek plant to Anthrophyopsis.

Nathorst figures two species in the above work differing a
good deal in the venation. In A. crassinervis{] what may perhaps
be called the proximal venation occasionally forms a large elong-
ate mesh, but towards the margins this becomes much stronger
and closer. In A. Nilssonz,** Nathorst, the mesh is of equal size
throughout, but so far resembling the former that the reticulation
is large. In his “Flora of Haganas,” Nathorst gives a more
complete figure of A. Nilssoni, and describes a third species—
A. obovata, but in neither of these is the base of attachment
shown.

The frond, now before me, resembles a fish-tail in general out-
line and expands rapidly towards the distal end. The base of
attachment is widely subauriculate, the sides of the frond then

* Pal. Indica (Gondwana Flora), 1863, I., pt. 1, fascic. 5, t. 23.
t+ Ibid, 1877, pt. 2, p. 96, t. 46, f. 5 and 6.

+ Ann. des Mines, 1882, Livr. Sept.-Oct., t. 10, f. 5.

§ Foss. Flora Grenzsch., 1868, Atlas, t. 25, f. 3 and 4.

|| Records Geol. Survey, N.S. Wales, 1894, IV., pt. 2, p. 49.

| Floran vid Bjuf, 1878, I., t. 7, f. 3 and 4.

** Bloran vid Byat, 1878,/1., t. 7, 1..5.

142

narrowing and suddenly expanding. The outer or distal ex-
tremity of the frond is unknown. ‘There is no mid-rib, the well-
marked neuration radiating and following the outline of the
frond. The veins are equal in size, some twice and others thrice
dichotomous, certain of them again uniting at long intervals to
form an exceedingly elongated hexagonal, or rarely polygonal,
equal-sized mesh, more particularly in the basal third of the
frond; they are slightly thickened immediately before dichot-
omization, and the branched or dichotomised vein then slightly
bending. On the whole, allowing for the slightly radiate charac-
ter, the veins may be said to be subparallel.

IT do not think there can be any question of the remarkable
shape of this frond, for although here and there the margins are
not preserved, still there is sufficient remaining at other places,
more particularly towards the base, to warrant the outline
described above; furthermore, the curvature of the venation
supports this. There is no sign of a petiole.

Fragments of fronds referred to Anthrophyopsis are not un-
known from Mesozoic deposits other than those of Sweden.
Feistmantel has figured* a supposed fragment from the Lower
Gondwana formation of India, which has a neuration with very
much the aspect of that of our plant, but perhaps the mesh
formed by the reticulation of the veins is larger in the latter
than the former. The same author has also describedt a sup-
posed example from the South African Karoo formation, but the
mesh is much too small for that of the South Australian plant.
Feistmantel seemed inclined to regard{ Anthrophyopsis merely as
a Gangamopteris, but in none of Nathorst’s figures is there the
peculiar “dissolved” mid-rib of the latter. If the present frond
be an Anthrophyopsis, it is most nearly allied to A. Wilssoni.
Whatever its nature may be, one point is certain, not only is it
an addition to the Leigh Creek deposit, but also to the Mesozoic
rocks of Australia generally.

It would be unnecessary to notice the genus Ctenis, as
originally figured by Lindley & Hutton, were it not that both
Schimper § and Schenk|| have referred Taniopteris aspleniordes,
Ett., to Ctenis. This is a plant having a close resemblance to
Nathorst’s Anthrophyopsis crassinervis, Schimper remarking that
the neuration recalls that of Glossopteris. However much
Ettinghausen’s species may resemble the present form of plant,

* Pal. Indica (Gondwana Flora), 1881, III., pt. 3, t. 41a, fig. 5.

+Geol. Pal. Verhiltnisse Siid-Afrikas, 1889, I., p. 67, t. 2, fig. 4.

+ Pal. Indica, loc. cit., p. 115.

§ Zittel’s Traité Pal., pt. 2, Paléophytologie (French edit.), 1891, p. 13l.
|| Paleontographica, XVI., Heft 6, t. 25, fig. i.

143

Lindley & Hutton’s type, Ctenis falcata, is exceedingly unlike
both.

I shall await with much curiosity further discoveries at Leigh
Creek, in the hope that they will solve the true systematic posi-
tion of this curious frond.

Alethopteris, sp. ind. Pl. vi., figs. 1, 2.

Obs._Fragment of a particularly well-marked fern, that cer-
tainly does not possess the typical characters of Alethopteris
australis, Morris, as we know the latter in Eastern Australia.
It is distinguished from this plant by the much shorter and
more rapidly falcate pinnules, their upwardly directed set and
closely adpressed position.

The pinnules are short, subfalcate, curved, upwardly directed,
and touching ; the margins are entire towards the apex, and the
latter obtuse. The mid-rib in each pinnule is continuous almost
to the apex, where it slightly evanesces ; the secondary veins are
from eight to twelve in each pinnule, and once furcate.

It is almost impossible to ascribe a name to a fragment of this
description, but possibly the following comparisons may assist in
its determination on the discovery of more perfect specimens.
The nearest allies appear to be A. australis, Morris, A. Rosserti,
Presl., and A. Albertsi, Schimper. Morris describes* the neura-
tion of A. australis as bifurcate or dichotomous. McCoy, on the
other hand, writest as follows :—‘‘The veins are much more
commonly forked only once in the Australian plant, as I figure
it, than with the second marginal branching, as given by Morris.”
In the present specimen the veins appear to be once furcate only
on each pinnule. There is the possibility, therefore, that it may
be only a variety of A. australis.

The resemblance is also strong between the Leigh Creek frag-
ment and Zeiller’s figuret of A. Rosserti, Presl., from the coal
formation of Tonquin, except again in the neuration, which is
twice furcate in the latter. Again, equally like is Schenk’s
figure§ of A. Albertsi, Schimper, from the Wealden beds of
N.W. Germany. In this species the pinnules are of the same
semi-falcate outline, and the secondary veins are once bifurcate,
but, collectively, the pinnules do not present the same degree of
regularity.

The pinnules lack the extremely acute and falcate outline of
those of A. whithiensis, L. & H.; neither are they as strictly
spear-head-shaped as seen in A. hastata, Phill.,|| nor elongate

* Strzelecki’s Phys. Descrip. N.S. Wales, &c., 1845, p. 248, t. 7, f. 2a.
t Prod. Pal. Vict., 1875, Dec. II., p. 17.

+ Ann. des Mines, 1882, Livr. Sept.-Oct., t. 10, f. 3, 3a.

§ Beitrage Flora der Vorwelt (Palwontographica), pt. 4, t. 6, f. 4.

| Geol. “York., 1836; T.,'t. 8, £. 17.

144

and widely separated, like those of A. ligata, Phill.,* both of
which are by some observers believed to be identical with
A. whitbiensis.

The characteristic Indian fern, A. indica, O. & M.,+ presents a
totally different appearance to our fossil, from its long and more
or less acute pinnules. Another Indian plant, A. (Phegopteris ?)
phegopteroides, Feistm.,f on the other hand, in the size, shape,
and contiguity of the pinnules, is very like the fragment from
Leigh Creek, but the venation is quite simple.

There is no trace of fructification, and it is therefore better not
to enter into the question of its generic identity, beyond referring
the species to Alethopteris.

Thinnfeldia odontopteroides, Morris.

Obs.—A few pinnules, oval to sub-reniform in outline repre-
sent this species.

Podozamites, sp. ind.

Obs.—A single leaf of this well-known genus is in the collec-
tion, three and a-half inches long, but still imperfect. The base
of attachment is shown, and about twelve parallel simple veins,
extending the whole length of the leaf, with the interspaces
delicately striate. It is probably allied to, and may even be
identical with, the protean species Podozamites lanceolatus.

Frenelopsis (?) sp. ind. Pl. vi., figs. 3-6.

Obs.—These fragmentary bifurcating branches remind one very
strongly in general habit of some of the Mesozoic Coniferee, such
as Glyptostrobus, Athrotaxopsis, and particularly /renelopsis, but
there is an entire absence of scales on our specimen, and, at first
sight of stem, articulation also.

The first specimen consists of a short stem, giving off two
branches near its fractured base, then bifurcating, each bifurca-
tion again dividing, one twice, and the other once, near the top
of the specimen. The main branch bears fine longitudinal, ap-
parently inosculating, strie, but the subsidiary branches are
pitted. At the bifurcation two other branches appear to be
given off, but the connection is not altogether clear.

The counterpart exhibits further interesting details, for the
impression, here and there, when the carbonised vegetable
matter has been removed, shows faint transverse lines, represent-
ing, I believe, articulations both on the main and subsidiary
branches.

* Geol. York., 1836, I. t. 8, f. 14.
+ Pal. Indica (Gondwana Flora), 1863, I., pt. 1, Fas. 5, t. 27.
t Ibid, 1881, I1I., pt. 3, p. 81, t. 18a, f. 1 a and 6.

145

It is on account of the method of branching, and the presence
of these articulations, that I think the specimen may possibly be
a form of /renelopsis. In such a case, it is much more like some
of the American species than the European, for instance,
Ff. ramosissima, Fontaine,* of the Potomac Younger Mesozoic
Flora. Touching the disappearance, or faint preservation, of the
articulations, it would appear from Fontaine’s remarks and
illustrations that when the epidermis is lost, and the plant
decorticated, the articulating scars become more or less invisible
also, and it is in this condition that I take our specimen to be.

The second specimen appears to be the terminal portion of a
branch.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.
Puate IV.

Fig.

. Teniopteris (Oleandridium ?), sp. ind. A Teniopterid frond, possibly
referable to Oleandridium and near O. tenuinerve, Brauns.

. Anthrophyopsis? sp. ind. An imperfect frond, with a fish-tail
proximal end, and a Glossopterid net venation, but no trace of a
mid-rib.

=

to

PLATE V.

. Teniopteris (Oleandridium ?) jiuctuans, Eth. fil. Frond showing
crumpled surface and thick mid-rib.

Proximal portion twice enlarged, showing the widely separated
secondary veins furcate near the mid-rib.

Part of the upper portion of the frond much enlarged, showing the
secondary veins furcate near the centre, or furcate in clusters near
the margin.

—_

bo

ad

PiatEe VI.

. Alethopteris, sp. ind. Portion of a pinna, showing short sub-falcate,
curved, upwardly-directed, and touching segments.

Four of the segments, twice enlarged, exhibiting the once furcate
secondary veins.

Frenelopsis (7), sp. ind. Portion of a stem showing the method of
branching.

The reverse of fig. 3.

The lower portion of fig. 3, twice enlarged, showing the inosculating
striz on the main stem, and pitted surface of the branches.

A specimen believed to be the terminal branches of this plant.

—

to

OF = Sue ov

* Mon. U.S. (Powell’s) Geol. Survey, 1889, XV., t. 95, 96, 99, &ec.

146

NOTES ON VICTORIAN AND OTHER BLATTARLZ
AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

By J. G..O. Tepprr, F.L.S., &.
[Read August 6, 1895.]

Some time ago a collection of Victorian cock-roaches from the
National Museum, Melbourne, was placed in my hands for deter-
mination ; it comprised 39 species in 18 genera. Among these
were a considerable proportion, viz., 13 species, which I was
unable, to my surprise, to refer to any of those hitherto published,
and therefore presumably new, while two new genera had to be
established. Some of these are very rare, as the very able collec-
tor, Mr. Jas. A. Kershaw, assures me, and have only been found
in one ora few individuals hitherto. The material being scanty,
mostly in a form not permitting the study of the wings, and some-
times defective, the characterization is not quite so definite as
desirable ; but as the respective species differ very much in other
details it was considered advisable to attach names—subject,
however, to possible future corrections.

Through the study of some of the above new material I have
also been induced to transfer my genus Zemnelytra from the
PHYLLODROMID& to the PERIPLANETIDZ on account of the dis-
tinctly valvular form of the inferior sexual lamina of the female,
and to place it after the genus (or subgenus) DRYMAPLANETA, mihi,
from which it differs in the elytra being much more developed
(although not nearly so much as in the winged forms of Peri-
planeta) and in other details.

Besides the Victorian specimens a small number of others had»
accumulated in the Museum since my last paper, comprising new
forms, or described ones from new localities, or such of which only
one sex was known. Several of these, coming from Queensland
and Western Australia, were kindly contributed by my friend,
C. French, Esq., F.L.S.; the remainder hail from various parts of
South Australia. Among these, seven species were recognised as
new, and an eighth as also represented in the Victorian collec-
tion. The rare types of the latter are in the National Museum,
Melbourne, when unique; the remainder also represented in the
S.A. Museum.

It may be remarked that, so far as my Australian researches
hitherto extend, the Blattariz exceed every other orthopterous
group in number of species and genera. As they are among the

147

oldest known types of insects, this fact seems to offer additional
testimony of the great antiquity of the fauna of this continent.
The works consulted are those of Messrs. Brunner de
Wattenwyl, Henry de Saussure, Burmeister, and Stal.
The species belonging to the Victorian collection have the
numbers attached under which they were submitted ; the others
are unnumbered and marked by an asterisk preceding the name.

ECTOBID.

Ecrosia APICIFERA ( Walk.), Tepper. No. 24.
Kewell, N.W. Victoria.

EcTOBIA MINIMA, sp. nov. No. 25.

Male. Body shining, pale beneath. Head pale tawny, a broad
brownish band in front; eyes black ; antennz brownish. Pro-
notum subtransverse, a pale whitish median stripe as wide as the
space between the eyes and of equal width throughout, on each
side bordered by a piceous stripe narrow at the apex, much wider
behind, lateral margins broadly pellucid. Elytra much exceeding
the abdomen, lateral and sutural margins broadiy pale, whitish,
medial space piceous. Legs (very long), pectus and base of
abdomen pale tawny, spines partly blackish; apical part of
abdomen deep black. Cerci pale.

Male.
Length of body ey ate oes | Ae tain
Length of elytra one Mee Hilt eae *
Length of pronotum ... Be sista Liss
Width of pronotum ... 2 e

Hab.—Mordialloc, Victoria. (Nat. Mus., Melbourne.)
The smallest species known to me.

EctTosBiA SUBLUCIDA, sp. n. No. 40.

Female. Body piceous, banded paler. Head brownish, eyes
pale, a dark band between the latter interrupted in the middle,
antenne ferruginous. Pronotum semicircular, angles slightly
rounded, lateral margins kroadly brownish, disk piceous, with a
brownish triangular spot adjoining the straight hind margin.
Elytra piceous, lateral margins dull tawny, shorter than abdo-
men, apex rounded (radial and ulnar veins not separate at base).
Legs pale brownish. Abdomen piceous, banded or spotted pater.

Female.
Length of body oe Pp 4y 10d, mam.
Length of elytra ane ae Bey TEGO «3
Length of pronotum ... ee I 5 a
Width of pronotum eco.

Hab.—Chiltern, Victoria. (Nat. Mus., Melbourne.)

148

Resembing £. lucida, Br.; it differs from it in the parallel
branches of the ulnar veins being all obliquely directed to sutural
margin instead of to the apex, the pale eyes, the pale spot of the
pronotum, and the smaller size.

Ecrosi (7) MARGARITA, sp.”. No. 46.

Male. Pearly grey, dotted with pale brown. Face blackish,
a pale band between the black eyes; vertex finely striped pale
and dark; antenne brownish. Pronotum suborbicular, pale
translucent ; disk impressed, laterally dotted brownish, hind
margin rounded. Elytra long, narrow, of pearly lustre, longi-
tudinal vein and the oblique parallel branches much raised, discal
area dotted brown. Wings pellucid, highly iridescent. Legs
very slender, banded or dotted brown. Abdomen beneath black
towards apex.

Male.
Length of body a2 ss ia.) (0.
Length of elytra ee et +=, 4) Os iar
Length of pronotum Be: ere jo Pe
Width of pronotum Les ey =

Hab.—Grampians, Victoria. (Nat. Mus., Melb.)
The slender form, structure of elytra, &c., render this form
easily recognisable.

PHYLLODROMID.

LoBOPTERA cIRCUMCINOTA, Z'epper. No. 22.

Dandenong Ranges, Victoria. Male and female. Locality
new.

TEMNOPTERYX FERRUGINEA, sp. n. No. 7.

Female. Pale ferruginous above, legs and underside tawny.
Head pale, antenn brown, base pale. Pronotum elliptic, reddish
yellow, pellucid, hind margin rather convex. Elytra attaining to
penultimate segment of abdomen, uniformly ferruginous, anal
vein impressed, recurved. Wings shorter than elytra. Claws
with plantula and arolia distinct. Abdominal segments banded
or clouded with brown, angles very little produced. Supra-anal

lamina transverse, trigonal, apex rectangular. Cerci long,
acuminate. Subgenital lamina very large, cucullate, entire.
Female.
Length of body A a . 1S) aa
Length of elytra 4. bist 23, Oa ee
Length of pronotum ... ibis ae ai eee

Width of pronotum ie Mais

Hab.—F¥ernshaw, Victoria. (Nat. Mus., Melbourne.)
This species, with 7. deropeltiformis, Br., might be included
into a separate subgenus distinguished by the greater length of

149

the elytra and the presence of wings at least in the male. From
Blatta and Periplaneta, although very similar in form, they are
separated by the entire subgenital lamina of the female, and from
the genus Phyllodromia by the abbreviated elytra, &c.

*PARATEMNOPTERYX AUSTRALIS, Sauss.,; id., Tepper, Trans. Roy.
Soc., 8S. Aust., 1894, p. 170.

A female captured by me in my house at Norwood is assigned
to this species, and agrees in all respects with the original descrip-
tion. A male (found in the Public Library, Adelaide) with
perfect wings appears to belong also here. They are easily dis-
tinguished from the common “ black beetles” (Peripl. orientalis ),
which they resemble in color, by the subgenital lamina of the
female not being valvular as in the latter, &c. The male being
still undescribed, the following description is appended.

Male. Elytra and wings perfect—(Female. Elytra very much
abbreviated, wings rudimentary or none)—exceeding the body,
dull brown. Head shining, vertex dark red, face black; areoles
of antenne and the labrum yellowish, antenne brown and white
annulated. Pronotum shining, disk dark reddish, surrounded by
a zone of dark piceous, which is widest behind ; lateral margin
deflexed, narrowly bordered with red, rotundate ; hindmargin
nearly straight, angles rounded. LElytra exceeding abdomen by
about one-fifth, margins subparallel, apex rounded ; veins much
raised, branches of ulnary veins parallel, emitted towards apical
border ; anal vein distinctly recurved ; mediastinal area red near
base, remainder to first branch blackish; remainder of elytra dull
dark brown. Wings as long as elytra, smoky to blackish. Pectus
and legs tawny. ‘Tarsi pale, Supra-anal lamina depressed,
rather broadly trigonal, apex truncate, slightly concave, apical
margin narrowly white. Cerci long, lanceolate, flat, densely
ciliate, black above, beneath brown, concave ; apex acute. Sub-
genital lamina short, broad; hindmargin rotundate, entire, black;

disk red.

Male. Female.
Length of body a 2. LOFOy ome 16 mm.
Length of elytra... oe hd s Orr
Length of pronotum Seno ‘ Te
Width of pronotum ee: 7 “ (ee:

Hab.—Adelaide. (S.A. Museum.)

The following species differs from the above in its elytra being
much longer with the female, the supra-anal lamina being much
narrower and ovate instead of trigonal, besides being much
smaller. With the male the pronotum is flatter and less rounded,
the supra-anal lamina narrower and distinctly emarginate.
Neither of the two species exhibits a trace of plantula or arolia. /

==

) 150

PARATEMNOPTERYX BLATTOIDES, sp. n. Nos. 27, 33, 47 (larva).

Resembling ZVemnopteryx deropeltiformis, Br. Dark brown,
concolorous above, underside and legs reddish. Head wholly
covered. Pronotum shining, subelliptic, truncate in front, disk
rather flat to convex, slightly excavated behind in the middle
and with a single impressed dot on each side in front ; hind-
margin slightly rounded. Elytra of male exceeding the abdomen ;
of female abbreviate, attaining from one half to two-thirds of
the abdomen} in both sexes the anal vein subflexuose, recurved ;
apex rotundate. Wings of male nearly as long as elytra, of
female rudimentary. Supra-anal lamina narrowly trigonal, of
female the lateral margin reflexed, disk tectiform. Cerci long,
slender. Subgenital lamina arcuate, apex truncate, hindmargin
subcrenulate.

Male. Female
Length of body ... A cami Late cigcee 13-15 mm.
Length of elytra... arta hale ei
Length of pronotum ... 4 “ 4-47 «
Width of pronotum Gat 6- 65 «
Hab.—Narre Warren aa ae ae Melbourne. (National

Museum, Melbourne. )

The females resemble the figure of Saussure’s Blatta Conloniana
(Temn. pennsylvanica, Deg.) very much in outline, but differ
much in size and detail. A female specimen from “ Victoria”
was also previously presented by C. French, F.L.S., and is in the
collection of the S.A. Museum.

*PHYLLODROMIA GERMANICA, L.,; id., Tepper, Trans. Roy. Soc.,
S.A., 1893, p. 41.

In the above paper it was mentioned that the reported occur-
rence of this European species in Australia required confirmation.
In February last several specimens were received from Dr.
Stirling, F.R.S., and Mr. Geo. Bednall respectively. These were
captured in dwellings in the city of Adelaide, and agree perfectly
with the descriptions. They were no doubt introduced by means
of the shipping.

PHYLLODROMIA LITURATA, sp. n. No. 42.

Dark brownish. Face pale, with a black figure like the Greek
capital ypsilon 7; vertex black, with a pale zigzag band between
the eyes; antennz setaceous, very finely ciliate, base pale, else
dark brown. Pronotum transverse, much rounded in front,
slightly convex behind ; lateral and foremargin broadly, hind-
margin narrowly, whitish ; disk black, with a pale figure like
some oriental letter or ornamental device, and quite symmetrical.
Elytra long, costal margin broadly whitish ; inframedial vein

151

nearly straight, much branched, discal area blackish brown.
Legs pale tawny; coxe with a few dark spots and fine black
marginal lines; femora lined black below and with a dark spot
near the apex; tibize blackish at the apex. Abdomen black or
dark brown in the disk above and below, margins broadly pale,
dotted black. Supra-anal lamina? Cerci banded pale and dark.
Subgenital lamina large (in the specimen before me quite unsym-
metrical, the left side much longer than the right), apex rounded,
hindmargin flexuose, black, middle whitish. Style on left side

short, slender, placed marginally near angle, on right side obso-
lete (bisexual ?).

Male.
Length of body ... ae sie Sos, LL mm:
Length of elytra see = ems Uap’
Length of pronotum _... oe say) pig Ores
Width of pronotum .... oy

Hab.—Western District, Victoria. (Nat. Mus., Melb.)
I cannot find any description fitting this well-marked insect.

APOLYTA PALLIDA, mihi. No. 16.
Hab.—Gippsland, Victoria. Locality new.

APOLYTA DECORATA, mihi. Nos. 1], 14.

Two larve of different ages and localities. No differences are
yerceptible between the typical South Australian and the Vic-
torian specimens. )

Hab.—W. Victoria (11); Tatura, Victoria (14). Localities
new.

APOLYTA PELLUCIDA, Brunner. No. 18.

Hab.—Dandenong, Victoria. Locality new.

‘, Besides this and another specimen presented by Mr. French a
third from North Queensland reached the Museum collection.
Although all these agree well with the original description, yet
differ in minor details. Thus Mr. French’s specimen has the black
disk of the pronotum longitudinally divided by a reddish stripe,
and the black apex of the elytra very small. The Dandenong
specimen has the black undivided area of the disk of the pronotum
distinetly quadrangular, with the hindangles truncate, and the
black patch at the apex of the elytra much larger; while in the
Queensland specimen the black area of the pronotum is much
reduced in size and hexagonal in shape, and the black color
occupies not only about one-fifth of the elytra, but also borders
the whole of the sutural margins. All the three differ also in
size, Mr. French’s specimen being the largest, and that from
Queensland the smallest. The ventral segments of the abdomen,

except the two last, and the lateral margins above and beneath
are bordered white.

152

APOLYTA PALLESCENS, sp. . No. 20, and perhaps 16.

Pale tawny; abdomen brown to black. Face with a black
“T ” like figure, a round brown spot between the antenne, sur-
rounded by a pale border ; antenne pale, hirsute, very slender.
Pronotum rounded in front, slightly convex behind, disk with a
short brown oblique stripe on each side, united behind by a
narrow dark band. Elytra oval, concolorous, costal margin
broadly pellucid, disk pale tawny. Legs and pectus pale. Abdo-
men black above, dark brown beneath, lateral margin broadly
pale; also the cerci. Supra-anal lamina trigonal, apex pale,
narrowly emarginate.

Length of body ... a ss by) kel, aaa
Length of elytra sy sae nla 4B tote
Length of pronotum .... ne weer hoe
Width of pronotum Be ies. GEOR

Hab.—Narre Warren, Victoria. (Nat. Mus., Melbourne.)

This species differs from A. vestita by the marking of the face
and the pale color of legs, antenne, &c.; from A. pallida in the
outline of the pronotum, the marking of the face, and the veins
of the elytra not being pale. It and the following species may
require a separate subgenus. .

APOLYTA MARGINATA, sp. nov. No. 29 (male), 44 (female).
Pale tawny to blackish. Antenne dark, except basal joints.
Pronotum shining, margins whitish all round, narrow in front
and behind, broad laterally, dark area of disk divided by a pale
median stripe into two oval or oblong spots. Elytra normal,
costal margin broad, whitish ; radial vein narrowly black at the
base, remainder of veins and veinlets whitish. Legs tawny.
Abdomen above banded indistinctly darker, beneath yellowish
(male) or blackish (female). Supra-anal lamina triangular, apex
acute. Subgenital lamina subcucullate, oval, apex slightly
emarginate (male), or keeled and obtuse (female).
Male. Female.
Length of body ... * 9 4m. 8-5 mm.
Length of elytra... xia had FF 8
Length of pronotum Wp 4 DOE:
Width of pronotum 14 B cS 3 ta
Hab.—Gippsland, Victoria. (Nat. Mus., Melbourne.)
. I am not quite sure whether the two specimens represent the
two sexes of the same species, but they are very similar. Type of
A. vestita, Br., apparently.

* APOLYTA BICOLOR, sp. 7.

Male. Vertex of head and the disk of the pronotum pale
testaceous. Abdomen, legs, and pectus black ; also the antenne.

153

Lateral and posterior margin of pronotum pale, pellucid. Elytra
narrow, costal and basal part of radial area yellow, anal area
(except small part of base) and the whole sutural margin black.
Lateral margin of abdomen narrowly pale; cerci pale. Subgenital
lamina elongate, apex truncate.

Length of body...
Length of elytra

7 mm.

(is)

Length of pronotum ... a Mea iy Pr.
2°7

S.

6c
6é

66

Width of pronotum
Hab.—Cape York, North ereonelend (S. vs Mus. )
This species belongs to the type of A. pellucida. The wings
are pellucid, costal margin yellow, apex and anal area (partly)
blackish. The specific name refers to the characteristic marking
of the elytra.
*THYRSOCERA (?) AUSTRALIS, sp. 7.

Female. Blackish above, pale beneath, shining. Head black,
concolorous. Pronotum subquadrangular, a little wider behind,
angles rounded ; margins (all round) white, widest laterally, very
narrow behind; disk black; fore and hindmargins convex.
Elytra gradually attenuated towards apex along sutural margin,
black in reflected, brown by transmitted ight, foremargin white,
scutellum black. Legs and pectus pale. Base of coxe and fore-
margin of femora black, spines of tibiz brownish. Abdomen pale
dirty grey, margin whitish, ventral segments black, margin
broadly whitish and divided by a brown line. Supra-anal lamina
truncate. Cerci long, lanceolate, flat, above pale, with a mar-
ginal row of dark dots; below banded black and white. Sub-
genital lamina large, rotundate, entire, laterally broadly white.

Length of body ... a a 25 ow 9 EU

Length of elytra tf ae on Oh Mae

Length of pronotum _... ae ey ee ey
3 6c

Width of pronotum ie a
Hab.-—North Queensland. (S.A. Mus.)
The genus has not been recorded hitherto from Australia

(except by Walker, whose determinations are too indefinite for
identification in most cases), but being widely distributed (India,
America) its occurrence is not unexpected. The described speci-
men differs, however, from the typical species in having the
middle vein scarcely angulated. The left elytron crosses the right
at rest and covers the latter completely at the apex, the line of
demarcations being deeply impressed and extending obliquely
from near the base of the lower elytron to near the apex, indent-
ing all the veins. This appears to me to be rather uncommon.
The wings also seem to exhibit some differences ; the border is

L

154

narrowly white in front, then much wider blackish, the large
remainder translucent and smoky.

IsCHNOPTERA AUSTRALIS, Sauss. (?). No. 8.

The two specimens fit fairly well Saussure’s description—
“Pale ferruginous, antennze brownish. Pronotum discoidal,
narrower in front, hindmargin (sub-?) truncate, lateral margin
pellucid, deflexed ; disk opaque, with two slight (oblique) sulci.
Elytra very long, narrow, margin reflexed, veins much raised,
transverse veinlets perspicuous,” with the following variations—
Color pale tawny, disk of pronotum yellowish, pectus and legs
greyish tawny, abdomen brownish. Supra-anal lamina of male
triangular, apex deflexed, of female truncate. Subgenital lamina
of male acute, of female rotundate. Cerci long, acute.

Male. Female.
Length of body _.... 249) LG. mm: 15-5 mm.
Length of elytra... ae ae) Ler Ge
Length of pronotum vay i: Sie a
Width of pronotum ie ai 6, eae

Hab.— Dandenong, Victoria. (Nat. Mus., Melbourne).
The female has the left elytron aborted, it being less than half
the length of the right, else quite perfect.

IscHNOPTERA ANNULATA, mihi. No. 4.

Hab.—Melbourne, Victoria. Locality new. (Nat. Mus.,
Melbourne).

IsCHNOPTERA LONGIUSCULA (Walk.), Tepp. Trans. Roy. Soe.
S. Aust., 1893, p. 51. No. 21 pars.

The male specimen before me agrees with Walker's description
that I do not care to separate it (although larger), but append a
description.

Pale tawny. Head brownish, eyes a little darker; antenne
pale brownish. Pronotum transversely oval, margins and median
space pale, disk with dark spots and other markings. Elytra
with ulnar vein much branched, rami directed obliquely towards
hind margin; ulnar vein recurved at apex (in Phyllodromia
directed forwards). Legs concolorous. Abdomen with dark
margin. Subgenital lamina subtrigonal, apex subacuminate.
Styles minute. Cerci dark brown.

Length of body... a ee wy.) bo) ei
Length of elytra see Bis ioe Mogy ee
Length of pronotum ... ei AR Dies
Width of pronotum .... hf Sys

Hab.—Near Melbourne. Locality new. (Nat. Mus., Melb.).

155

ISCHNOPTERA CONTRARIA, Z'epper. No. 21 pars.
Hab.—Near Melbourne, Victoria. Locality new. (Nat.
Museum, Melb.).

ISCHNOPTERA BRUNNEONIGRA, sp. n. No. 19.

Female. Brown above, almost wholly black beneath. Head
black, vertex sometimes paler ; antenne brown, base black, first
joint very large, first three joints shining, remainder dull, ciliate.
Pronotum suborbicular, black, disk sometimes paler (reddish
brown or varied with paler patches), margins narrowly pale.
Elytra brown, anal vein recurved, narrow. Pectus, cox, and
femora black or varied paler, tibize brown, tarsi brown or
testaceous. Abdomen dark brown, margins broadly black.
(Supra-anal lamina?) Cerci black. Subgenital lamina large,
entire, hindmargin elliptic.

Length of body... has we 3,4 10°35, mm:
Length of elytra aa ad so ep De te
Length of pronotum ... ne Se ae ees
Width of pronotum .... ee

Hab,—Fernshaw, Victoria. (Nat. Mus. Melb.).
The species is remarkable for its dark color. The egg-case of
one is protruded to some extent, but incomplete.

*ISCHNOPTERA, sp. nov.

Pale testaceous, head black. Pronotum brownish, with rather
deep elongate and divergent impressions on each side of the
raised midline extending close to the hindmargin; lateral margin
and coste of elytra pale, pellucid. Legs and underside tawny.

Length of body ais ae see 30 Om
Length of elytra oe ane sag NO van ge
Length of pronotum ... Sif ey zag aes
Width of pronotum .... Dimes

Hab.—Kucla, W. Australia (collected by Mr. Unbehaun, jun.).
More material is desired before attaching a name.

EPILAMPRID.

WODONGIA, gen. 7.

Oblong, convex. Elytra convex, shining, shorter than the
wings, apex broadly rounded ; principal veins almost obsolete ;
costal and apical branches slightly raised ; anal vein subsemi-
circular, impressed. Wings slightly exceeding the abdomen,
anterior radial vein much and furcately branched towards the
foremargin, posterior radial vein with three parallel branches
behind, third only forked near apex ; dividing vein unbranched,
space between it and the anal vein unequal in width, veinless,

156

triangularly divided towards apex. Supra-anal lamina of female
elongated, subtectiform, slightly tapering, apex truncate. Cerci
slightly exceeding the lamina. Valvules acutely triangular.

The genus approximates Paraphoraspis, and may be placed
before it, on account of the veins of the elytra not being so much
obliterated. The insect differs in the venation of elytra and
wings, also in their form and that of the anal appendages, from
all others as far as known to me, and is easily recognisable by the
promiscuous lunate spot of the pronotum and the peculiar shape
and color of the elytra.

WoDONGIA LUNATA, sp. nov. No. 30.

Female. Pale tawny. Head pale; a black band between the
eyes; antenne brownish at base, blackish beyond the middle,
much longer than the body, filiform, ciliate. Pronotum smooth,
shining, margin scarcely reflexed ; disk with a large lwnate black
spot remote from foremargin, slightly indented in the middle an-
teriorly, sinuate behind, middle produced as an acuminate stripe
to the hindmargin ; latter subrotundate, narrowly bordered with
brown in the middle. Elytra subcorneous, costal margin pale,
widest at the base, thence gradually attenuated, not attaining
the apex ; discal area reddish brown, concolorous; anal vein
impressed, curving regularly and meeting the hindmargin at right
angles. Supra-anal lamina brown, margins and midline paler.
Cerci lanceolate, acute, deplanate. Valvules and preceding seg-
ment brown.

Length of body re os cee, LO. TOM
Length of elytra sie sie _o=. Loe
Length of wings so eek eee eas
Length of pronotum ... cae ne. geo pee
Width of pronotum .... Shoat

Hab.—Wodonga, Victoria. (Nat. Mus., Melbourne.)

EPILAMPRA GRACILIS, Brunner (ZETOBORA GRANICOLLIS, Savss.).
No. 5.

Hab.—Near Melbourne, Victoria.
EPILAMPRA NOTABILIS, Walk. No. 43. Melbourne.

EPILAMPRA PROPRIA, Walk. No. 32. Victoria, mallee scrub,
West District.

EPILAMPRA INQUINITA, Sédl. No. 28. Gippsland. New locality.

EpPILampraA (Ruicnopa, Br.?) PERPLEXA, sp. n. No. 34.

Male. Greyish tawny. Face with a brown longitudinal
stripe, vertex (much wider than the basal joint of the antenne)
with three black lines. Pronotum transverse, anteriorly cucul-

157

late, lateral margin broad, reflexed; hindmargin depressed,
sinuate, middle obtusangularly produced, disk c7 owded with black,
impressed dots. Elytra flat, finely dotted, veins dark towards
base; anal vein gradually and much recurved. Metatarsus
externally with a few spinelets, internally crowdedly spinose ;
pulvilli small, apical. Abdomen much depressed, convex beneath,
clouded blackish in the disk, laterally with dark dots. Subgenital
lamina transverse, rhomboidal. Cerci pale, rather short, acute.

Length of body ... ie es so, 926 mam.
Length of elytra Bee Ze sing Uae
Length of pronotum _... #2 Sey Ole ties
Width of pronotum.... ie fy a oer

Hab.—Western districts of eee (Nat. Mus., Melb.)

In general aspect the insect resembles very much Brunner’s
figure of his genus Rhicnoda (Rev. Orth., 1893, pl. 1, fig. 110),
but is larger and the pronotum is crowdedly impressed punctate, a
character otherwise attached to the American Phoraspine. From
these it is, however, separated by all the remaining characteris-
tics. Unlike the genuine Lpilampra, the hindmargin of the pro-
notum is destitute of raised strie. Until more material is
available and the wingless (?) female discovered its place must
remain uncertain.

GEOSCAPHEUSID Zi.

GEOSCAPHEUS ROBUSTUS, Z'epper. No. 36. Murray River.

As pointed out by Mons. H. de Saussure (zn litteris), these
insects have most affinity with the Panesthide, and are removed
to their vicinity.

PERIPLANETID.

*POLYZOSTERIA VIRIDICOLOR, Zepper, Trans. Roy. Soc, S.A.,
1893, p. 73.

Hab.—Beltana. Locality new.

A female with egg-case attached and alive was received through
Mr. T. Bee in February last. The egg-case is dark brown, nearly
smooth, dull colored, and bean shaped, measuring 19x 7 x 8mm.
The posterior part is suddenly cut off, the anterior end more
acute. The crest is about 1 mm. in height, straight, and shows
27 small but distinct teeth, besides two or three merely indi-
cated, the case containing therefore about 30 ova. This is the
first case seen and described.

POLYZOSTERIA OCULATA, Zepper, ibid, p. 75. No. 13.

Grampian Range, Victoria. Locality new.

158

POLYZOSTERIA NOBILIS, Brunner. No. 31.

Hab.—Grampian Range, Victoria. Locality new. Also a
specimen from Yorketown (legit Mr. A. Jung), which varies
slightly in the legs of the male being mostly metallic bluish black,
coxee and underside pale yellow, banded metallic greenish blue.

PotyzostERIA FreNcHI, Tepper, ibid, 1894, p. 178. No. 12.
Hab.—Wodonga, Victoria. Locality new.

*POLYZOSTERIA SUBREFLEXA, sp. 20v.

Male. Resembling P. reflewa, Br., in form, but is smaller and
mot scabrous. Head dark greenish bronze, mouth parts pale ;
antenne with first joint dark, second joint pale, remainder red-
dish brown. Pronotum broadly elliptical, lateral and foremargin
subacutely reflexed, externally dusky yellow, upper edge reddish ;
disk not verrucose, with a flat, raised figure like an hourglass in
the middle, and various cxcavations on each side, space near
margin crowdedly impressed punctate, remainder with minute
impressed dots, otherwise smooth and shining; hindmargin
slightly concave, tuberculate, angles acutely produced. Meso-
and metanotum similar, hindmargins smooth. Legs similar to
those of P. refleza. Abdomen concolorous, finely but indistinctly
rugulose, lateral margins narrowly reflexed, rectangular, last two
segments with angles produced ; underside dark reddish piceous.
Supra-anal lamina of male very short, transverse, hindmargin
truncate, entire, narrowly and angularly deflexed. Cerci
extremely short, yellow. Subgenital lamina trapezoidal, entire, |
hindmargin slightly convev, dark red. Styles as long or longer
than cerci, red.

Length of body ... ba x so gn
Length of pronotum ... et she” Meh ane
Width of pronotum ... Sele avy loess

Hab.—Ooldea. S.A. Museum (legit Prof. R. Tate).

The species is unlike any other, except P. reflexa, from which
it is easily distinguished by its smooth surface and the totally
different form of the anal lamina.

PLATYZOSTERIA MELANARIA, ELrichs. No. 23.
Hab.—Western districts of Victoria. Locality new.

PLATYZOSTERIA ATRATA, Erichson. No. 39.

Hab.—Melbourne, Victoria. Locality new.

The specimen before me appears to agree perfectly with the
short description published, except that the hind tibiz are wholly
red and the middle ones to about one-half, instead of only at the
apex. The abdomen beneath is red in the middle, the supra-anal

159

lamina of the male rounded behind, and narrowly and angularly
emarginate, the cerci broadly lanceolate, apex red; the sub-
genital lamina is short, truncate, and slightly emarginate, the
styles rather long and acute. Length of body, 20 mm. ; of pro-
notum, 5 mm. x 9 mm.

PLATYZOSTERIA BIFIDA, Sauss. No. 2, pars.

The female specimen received agrees so well with Mons. H. de
Saussure’s description of the male (Mel. Orth. II., p. 110; fig. 3)
in all essential parts, that I have little doubt of the correctness
of the mating, and append the supplementary description.

Female. Blackish chestnut, lateral margin of pro-, meso-, and
metanotum dark red, disk smooth, shining, with very few minute
impressed dots above and beneath. Head blackish, labrum and
border of eyes red, ocellar spots and areoles of antenne tawny ;
antenne brown, base blackish. Pronotum with a slightly raised
scutcheon-like figure in the disk with three rather prominent
crenulations on each side anteriorly. Meso- and metanotum
somewhat similar. Abdomen with hind margins of segments
smooth, finely ciliate, angles acutely produced ; underside similar,
middle reddish. Coxe black, external margins orange. Tarsi
reddish to ferruginous. Supra-anal lamina subovate, emarginate,
laterally serrate. Cerci short, apex pale. Subgenital valvules
rather small, sutural part of apex incrassated.

Length of body ... deli 12 . te SONA,
Length of pronotum me: i. <2 ear
Width of pronotum Eo2 _ Fam Ty 3) Ee

Hab.—Narre Warren, Victoria. Nat. Mus., Melb.

Walker’s P. tarsalis appears to be somewhat similar, but is
described as ‘“‘sides minutely tuberculate, abdominal segments
laterally tuberculate and segments 6 and 7 entirely so”—which
is not the case in the above.

PLATYZOSTERIA EXASPERA, Tepper, l|.c. 1894, p. 182. Nos. 2
(pars), 15.

Hab.—Near Melbourne (2), Berwick, Victoria. Locality new.

There were a pair from one place and a male from the other,

the female with an egg-case attached. All agree well with the

original types, notably in the sculpture of the surface, which
affords a good criterion in allied forms.

*PLATYZOSTERIA COOLGARDIENSIS, sp. 7.

Male. Resembling P. latizona, m., but larger and much
broader in proportion. Yellow, banded with black, nearly
smooth, moderately shining. Head testaceous, partly free. Pro-
notum yellow, shaded reddish laterally, with some raised black,

160

oblong spots around and adjoining the dark area; hindmargin
rectangular, straight, angles slightly rounded. Meso- and meta-
notum similar, dark disk semicircular, hindmargins straight,
angles slightly produced, subacute. Underside brownish tawny,
lateral margin white. Cox brownish tawny, femora testaceous,
tibie (except base) black, spines brown. Abdomen above
narrowly banded black behind, shading into reddish medially,
with some 2—4 minute black dots on each side near end of
bands (behind) on segments 2—5 ; segments angular, 5—7 pro-
duced as a small spine; lateral and hindmargins beneath pale,
last two segments with black disk. Supra-anal lamina transverse,
very short, rounded, middle deeply incised, the sutural angles pro-
duced as rather long, terete, acute spines, base narrowly black,
remainder pale yellow. Cerci nearly as long as the laminal
spines, flat, black, apex dusky yellow. Subgenital lamina trans-
verse, quadrangular, longer than the upper lamina, excepting the
spines, black, hindmargin straight, entire. Styles inserted
beneath the middle of the lateral margin, exceeding the hind-
margin greatly.

Length of body ... BA of .. 24 mm.
Length of pronotum a ich sta MG ERE
Width of pronotum ie Se: 2H Oss Se

Hab.—Coolgardie, Western Australia. S.A. Museum; pre-
sented by Ch. French, F.L.S.

The somewhat defective specimen from the now famous
Western goldfield is so distinct in its characters, that there is
little hesitation in assigning its specific rank. Resembling
P. latizona and P. zebra in color, it differs from them in size,
texture of scutum, and the form of the anal lamina.

*PLATYZOSTERIA MACULIMARGINATA, sp. 7.

Female. Dark brownish red. Head brownish red; antenne,
palpi, and labrum black, anterior margin of last pale. Pronotum
semicircular, lateral margin scarcely reflexed, foremargin narrowly
pale yellow; lateral margin and disk concolorous, with numerous
remote impressed dots; hindmargin partly with a very narrow
pale border. Meso- and metanotum similar, lateral and hind-
margins black, latter very narrowly bordered pale. Pectus and
coxee black, latter bordered whitish; femora and tibiz testaceous,
tarsi black above, pale beneath. Abdomen above impressed
rugulose, segments acutely rectangular, segment six alone with
hindangles acutely produced; posterior half of each and the
lateral margins wholly black ; along the latter (except the sixth)
in each segment a yellow spot, decreasing in size toward the apex
(sometimes more or less obsolete), and more or less distinctly re-
produced beneath. Supra-anal lamina transverse, sinuate, apex

161

rounded. Cerci? Subgenital lamina large, middle rotundately
produced, laterally sinuate, valvules not free, but suture deeply
and broadly impressed.

Length of body ... wy; ... 20-22 mm.
Length of pronotum he Se) OK
Width of pronotum a See.)

Hab.—Northern Queensland. S.A. Museum (presented by
Ch. French, F.L.S.).

The species, of which two specimens are before me, appears to
belong to the type of P. trifasciata and picta, m.; but is other-
wise very different from any I know.

*PLATYZOSTERIA SP.

Male. Resembling P. melanaria. Coxe black, bordered
whitish behind; femora red. Supra-anal lamina subrotundate,
margin entire or slightly emarginate. Subgenital lamina entire,
with hindmargin straight, spines at the angles much shorter than
the styles.

Hab.—Coolgardie, Western Australia (presented by C. French,
iEPEES.).

Material insufficient for determination at present.

PERIPLANETA ORIENTALIS, LZ. No. 26.
Hab.—Frankston, Victoria.

PERIPLANETA AMERICANA, L. No. 38.
Hab.—Fernshaw (!), Victoria.

PERIPLANETA PROVISIONALIS, m. (Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.A., 1893,
p. 108) (2). No. 45.

The species was previously described from the female alone,
the above, I believe, is the male, although somewhat different,
and resembies Derocalymma in outline.

Male. Reddish brown, scabrous, elongate, convex. Head
partly free, testaceous ; eyes widely apart, antennz much shorter
than the body. Pronotum elliptical, disk nearly smooth, lateral
margin very narrow, scarcely deflexed, hindmargin straight,
angles rounded. Meso- and metanotum angular, scabrous all
over with minute raised tubercles ; lobes of elytra not free, very
narrow. Coxe blackish, margins broadly tawny; femora
testaceous ; tibie brown, first tarsal joint blackish, remainder
reddish yellow. Abdomen minutely scabrous, segments angular,
the last two with hindangles spine-like produced, segment 7, very
much rounded behind ; underside red. Supra-anal lamina very
narrow, elongate, triangular, apex cordately emarginate. Cerci

162

long, stout, blackish. Subgenital lamina transverse, very short,
hindmargin rounded, entire. Styles black, rather long.

Length of body ... Ay ae -s- , LO aE
Length of pronotum ... ae A, (Va
Width of pronotum _... ree oS eon

Hab.—Torrens Creek, N.S. Wales (Froggatt). Coll. Techn.
Mus., Sydney ; Fernshaw, Victoria. Localities new.

PERIPLANETA GLABRA, Walk. (P. fortipes, Walk. 7). No. 17.
(Le.,.p.. 107).

There being only a single female, the material is insufficient
for certain determination. Color and texture agree very well,
but the tarsi of the Victorian specimen are only half as long as
those of the Northern Territory specimens, and less in size. I
have also had two specimens from Mr. Froggatt, Sydney.

Hab.—Victoria ; N.S. Wales. Localities new.

PERIPLANETA JUNGII, sp. 7.

Male. Resembling P. picea, Br. Entirely deep shining black.
Pronotum elliptical, scarcely uneven, with a few remote, impressed
dots; lateral margins scarcely reflexed, hindmargin straight,
angles slightly rounded. Meso- and metanotum similar, lobes of
elytra not free in adult. Abdomen smooth, segments rectangular,
hindmargin with minute raised points, angles of two last seg-
ments produced acutely, lateral margins entire. Supra-anal
lamina of male deeply bilobed, apex rounded, margin ciliate.
Cerci flat, lanceolate, hirsute, more than twice as long as the
lamina. Subgenital lamina transverse, short, hindmargin broadly
and angularly indented (like “M”). Styles as long as the supra-
anal lamina, and situated on the exterior angles of the sub-
genital.

Length of body ... seb ate soe) LO Mme,
Length of pronotum - Bo penindhe Oa tae
Width of pronotum bed os oat. bee oe

Hab.—Yorketown, Yorke’s Peninsula.

The species is easily distinguished by the body and limbs being
of a uniform deep black, and the peculiar form of the supra-anal
lamina. It is named after my friend and schoolmate, Mr. Aug.
Jung, who from boyhood’s days associated assiduously with me
and others in collecting and observing insect life, and who fur-
nished the specimens described above.

PERIPLANETA PARVA, Sp. 7.

Female. Body convex, apterous, black, shining. Head con-
cealed, black ; labrum red, palpi dark brown, antennz brown, with

163

from one to three whitish joints at about two thirds of the length
from the base, densely ciliate. Pronotum semicircular, rectangu-
lar behind, disk smooth, hindmargin straight. Meso- and meta-
notum similar, hindangles slightly produced. Legs brown,
trochanters and tarsi yellowish red. Abdomen smooth, segments
mostly rectangular. Supra-ana] lamina elongate triangular,
tectiform, apex slightly emarginate. Cerci broad, not much ex-
ceeding the lamina, black. Subgenital valvules small, acute.

Length of body ... = mer 40b2 mn
Length of pronotum ee oY ay ay lua
Width of pronotum Ls ‘ De

Hab.—Sydney, N.S. Wales (Techn. Mus, ane No. 4).

There are two females, to one of which a mature egg-capsule
was attached on receipt. The latter is dull brownish red, with
13 distinct equilateral triangular teeth and 6 mm. in length. The
species is the smallest known to me, and on account of the short-
ness of the cerci exhibits some affinity to Platyzosteria.

PERIPLANETA SP.

Male nymph. Testaceous, banded black, legs tawny. Abdomen
thinly ciliate. Supra-anal lamina very transverse, broad, hind-
margin produced, bilobate. Cerci large, thickly hirsute. Sub-
genital lamina very short, transverse, hindmargin rounded,
entire. Styles marginal, longer than lamina.

Length of body ... _ er a im
Length of pronotum ... a song eae
Width of pronotum _... sae aly be

Hab.—New Hebrides (legit Rev. A, Gre
Material not sufficient for identification.

DRYMAPLANETA SUBMARGINATA, Tepper, l.c., 1893, p. 111.
Male nymph.

Hab.—Eucla, W. Australia (legit Mr. Unbehauns, jun.).
' Locality new.
GreNuS TEMNELYTRA, mihi.

As the females of the species included in this genus possess
subgenital valvules the genus is removed from the PHYLLODROMIDA,
where first placed on account of general aspect, to the Prrt-
PLANETID#, as a subgenus of. Periplaneta.

TEMNELYTRA Harpuri, Tepper, l.c., 1893, p. 39. No. 6.

Hab.—Gippsland.
A single female in no respect differing from the type.

164

TEMNELYTRA SUBTRUNCATA, sp. ”. No. 9.

Dark red to black. Head concealed, red ; ocellar spots, base
of antennex, and labrum pale tawny; antenne longer than the
body, testaceous to brownish. Pronotum parabolic, convex,
shining, lateral margins broadly pale tawny, disk reddish brown,
shading into black, medial stripe more or less distinct, testaceous;
hindmargin nearly straight. Elytra obliquely truncate towards
sutural margin, in female extending to the metanotum, in the
male to the second abdominal segment; lateral margin broadly
pale tawny; sutural margins applied, narrowly testaceous.
Scutellum rather large. Wings lobiform, apex exposed in male,
lateral margin tawny; in the female wholly concealed and rudi-
mentary. Metanotum of female and second abdominal segment
of both sexes narrowly pale bordered. Abdomen shining, segments
concolorous or hindmargins narrowly testaceous, angles acutely
produced. Supra-anal lamina of male short, transverse, quad-
rangular, disk deeply depressed; of female trigonal, carinate,
apex emarginate. Cerci of male lanceolate, flat, brown, more
than twice as long as lamina; of female scarcely as long as
lamina, else similar. Subgenital lamina of male nearly quadrate,
convex ; styles nearly as long, red; valvules of female normal.

Male. Female.
Length of body EM 22 Lomi 18 mm.
Length of elytra... es Marae a8"
Length of pronotum... Se ee os be OY Clie
Width of pronotum ... sSeun'g, AO waite Wie

Hab.—Fernshaw, Victoria, (Nat. Mus., Melbourne.)

This species apparently resembles Platyzosteria truncata, Br.,
but differs in the abdomen not being pale bordered. Of the latter
species only the female has been described, the elytra of which
are less abnormal in form than those of the male ; it should pro-
bably be removed from the genus in which it is placed and united
with Zemnelytra on that account.

The legs of Z. subtruncata are testaceous, but the coxa
blackish, bordered with pale tawny, and the tarsi paler. The
abdomen beneath is deep shining black and concolorous.

TEMNELYTRA ABBREVIATA, sp. n. No. 20.

Female. Resembles Stylopyga. Pale testaceous, concolorous.
Pronotum transverse, hindmargin slightly concave. Elytra rather
pale, lateral margin rotundate (angles rounded), extending to
first abdominal segment ; sutural margin nearly straight, much
shorter; apical border concave, slightly oblique, inner angle
almost square and slightly rounded. Legs and underside rather
pale. Supra-anal lamina broadly trigonal, apex rotundately

165

emarginate. Subgenital lamina transverse, hindmargin straight.
Cerci normal.

Length of body a » spiel

1-5 mm.
Length of elytra ~ oro, *
Length of pronotum ... sare iat oy ae
Width of pronotum 4) e

This species differs from all other kno to me by the short,
square form of the elytra with obliquely concave apical margin.
Hab.—Narre Warren, Victoria. Nat. Mus., Melbourne.

CHORISONEURID ZL.
CHORISTIMA, gen. n.

Resembling Chorisoneura, but the elytra more or less ab-
breviate, and the veins very indistinct, the longitudinal being
distinctly separated (not united as in Hetobia).

Removed from Chorisoneura on account of the above difter-
ences.

CHORISTIMA HYDROPHOROIDES, Walker, and Cu. LorryeEnsis, 2.
Transferred from Chorisoneura (/.c., 1893, p. 114).

CHOoRISTIMA KERSHAWI, sp. 2. Nos. 3, 41.

Testaceous. Head with a black band between the eyes, some-
times more or less obsolete ; antenne reddish. Pronotum trans-
versely oval, wider behind, lateral margin broad, reflexed ; disk
with two broad, transverse, black bars, sometimes almost con-
fluent, hindmargin and angles narrowly whitish. Elytra
testaceous, medial stripe black, extending from anal vein to apex,
latter rotundate. Wings shorter than elytra. Pectus and legs
red. Abdomen above black, indistinctly varied with red, so as
to form two stripes near the middle; segments beneath with
hindmargins reddish. Supra-anal lamina transverse, red, of male
middle rotundately produced, of female truncate, broadly emar-
ginate, hindmargin deflexed. Cerci long, slender, red. Sub-
genital lamina cucullate, hindmargin of male subtruncate, of
female triangularly produced, acute.

Male. Female. Nymph.
Length of body wes. mm.” J omm: | 6-5 mm,
Length of elytra ... 5 . Hie iE _
Length of pronotum... 1:8 “ 7 1
Width of pronotum... 3:2 “ 5 a ae 75 ae

Hab.—Near Melbourne; Bunyip, Victoria. Nat. Mus., Melb.
The species (or variety ?) differs from both the others in being
considerably larger, and from C. Loftiensis in the transverse bars

of the pronotum being very much wider, and deep black instead
of brownish.

166

PANCHLORIDA.

ONISCOSOMA CASTANEA, Sr. (ZETOBORA ANTICA, Walk.). No. 35.
Hab.—Melbourne.
PANESTHIDA.

PANESTHIA AUSTRALIS, Brunner. No. 1.

Hab.—Mordialloc, Victoria. Two males. Locality new (Nat-
Mus., Melb.).

The specimens agree perfectly with the original description.
The males, however, appear to have the elytra and wings perfectly
developed, whilst the females, as already recorded, have them
irregularly abbreviated.

167

THE COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE CEREBRUM
OF NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS.

By G. Extior Smirn, M.D., Ch. M., Demonstrator of Anatomy,
University of Sydney, N.S.W.

[Read September 3, 1895.]

Hitherto no attempt has been made to describe any part of the
central nervous system of Wotoryctes, for the simple reason that
no suitable material has been available for examination. In the
earlier specimens of this interesting marsupial, Dr. E. C. Stirling
found (38) that the condition of the brain was such as “ to ren-
der an examination quite hopeless ;” and though the later speci-
mens were received in better condition, they have been used for
other purposes, rather than destroy much of the skeletal and
muscular systems, with a doubtful prospect of getting ure useful
material as compensation.

Although I have only been able to obtain the cerebrum, and
that not in a perfect state of preservation, I propose, in view of
the great interest attaching to this remarkable mammal, to
present to this Society the imperfect results of the examination
of that part of the brain. This account is naturally, from the
nature of the material, very incomplete and patchy, and is pub-
lished in this unsatisfactor y form, since the prospect of getting
any better material is very doubtful.

For the opportunity of examining this interesting specimen,
I must express my deepest gratitude to Professor Wilson, who
very kindly allowed me to remove the brain from one of the
specimens, which he had received from Dr. Stirling for the pur-
pose of investigating the myology. To Professor Wilson I am
also deeply indebted for much of the valuable material which
has been used for comparative purposes in this investigation, as
well as for directing my attention to a number of papers, referred
to in this account, which I would otherwise have overlooked.

As Professor Wilson had not completed the examination of
the muscles of the head and neck, I was only permitted to
remove that small area of the cranial roof lying between the
temporal muscles in front of the superior nuchal crest. Although
the task of removing an imperfectly preserved brain through sueh
a small gap did not appear very hopeful, yet by removing the
brain in segments (a course which I was reluctantly compelled to
adopt) I was enabled to obtain the cerebrum without much dis-
turbance of its parts. A relatively thick dura mater is exposed

‘

1&8

on removing the thin cranial roof. In it there is situated a large
superior longitudinal sinus, which opens on either side posteriorly
into a lateral sinus lying between the cerebellum and cerebrum
Whether this lateral sinus is drained mainly through the “ mas-
toid” foramen, as in Perameles, or through the jugular foramen,
as in most mammals, I was unable to determine. On removing
the dura mater the cerebrum is exposed, as well as the relatively
enormous olfactory bulb placed directly in front of each hemi-
sphere. Posteriorly a narrow triangular gap is left between the
two cerebral hemispheres and the cerebellum. When the dura
mater is removed from this interval a crucial sulcus will be
observed upon the dorsal aspect of the mesencephalon in its
depths, corresponding to the divisions between the corpora quadri-
gemina. A similar appearance is to be found in Perameles. The
interval is not so marked in other Marsupials, and in some, such
as Petaurus, very little, if anything, of the mesencephalon can be
seen until the cerebral hemispheres are divaricated. Laterally in
Notoryctes each cerebral hemisphere only just touches the anterior
border of the cerebellum. This, coupled with the fact that there
is a very slight divergence of the hemispheres posteriorly, leaves
the corpora quadrigemina partly exposed. In all Marsupials the
mesencephalon can be seen to a very slight extent when the dura
mater is removed from the brain in situ, and in Wotorcytes and
Perameles this exposure of the corpora quadrigemina is more
marked than in others. This is opposed to the opinion of Sir
William Turner, who says (40) that in all Marsupials, as in
Edentata, Insectivora, Cheiroptera, and Rodentia, the mesen-
cephalon is quite hidden by the cerebrum. Forbes (12) in
Phascolarctos, and Beddard (1) in Thylacinus, admit that the
corpora quadrigemina are partially exposed.

The roof of the cranium is so thin and translucent that, with-
out removing it, the dorsal aspect of the cerebrum may be seen.
Thus in Dr. Stirling’s (38), figure 1, plate vil., the roof of the
cranium is seen to be mapped out into four areas by a dark cross,
which corresponds to a well-marked thickening of the bone in-
ternally along these lines. The transverse marking corresponds
to the line of separation of the olfactory bulbs from the cerebral
hemispheres. It will be noticed that, as a result of the large
relative size of the bulbs, this line is placed very far back—
opposite the mid-point of the zygomatic arch.

-To remove the brain, the olfactory peduncles were first incised,
and the lobes were then readily raised and removed. The
mesencephalon was then divided, and the cerebrum easily wedged
out of the cranium. In this process the infundibular region of
the floor of the third ventricle was, unfortunately, damaged, so
that it was impossible to determine whether any trace of optic

169

nerves was present. After removing the almost vertical
tentorium cerebelli, the rest of the brain was picked out piece-
meal. The cerebellum exhibited an extreme degree of simplicity,
such as is found only in Perameles to my knowledge among
Mammals. With the exception of these two genera, every other
Marsupial with which I am acquainted has a well convoluted
cerebellum, with a distinct vermis, from which the lateral mass
on either side is separated by a deep sulcus, in which there is a.
white (medullated) nerve tract. In Perameles, however, the
cerebellum consists of a curved folium, which forms an operculum,
covering up a few rudimentary folia near the mesencephalon.
The superior and posterior surfaces of this folium are almost
quite smooth, only the faintest trace of two or sometimes three
sulci being seen. The only indication of a division into vermis
and lateral masses is the presence of two shallow furrows, but
there is no medullary band. In Wotoryctes the cerebellum is in
many respects like that of Perameles. It appears to consist of a
thin vertical slab of grey matter, which fills up the narrow
interval between the posterior surface of the cerebrum and the
occipital plane of the skull. Between the base of this rudi-
mentary folium and the mesencephalon there appear to be several
rudimentary folia. In striking contrast to the simplicity of the
cerebellum proper, there is a large, projecting, trilobular flocculus,
both in Wotoryctes and Perameles, lodged in a deep floccular fossa,
which extends outwards in the petrous part of the periotic
almost to the surface of the skull. It will be noticed in the
Marsupial series that the cerebellum proper increases in size and
complexity (in the number and arrangement of folia) the larger
the size of the “ pallium” (using that term in Turner’s sense
[42]). In Motoryctes, where the “pallium” is extremely small,
there is a corresponding simplicity of the cerebellum.

Concerning the rest of the brain (excepting of course the cere-
brum) nothing can be said, since the imperfect preservation and
the injuries inflicted during extraction forbid a proper examina-
tion. The remainder of this account will therefore deal solely
with the cerebrum.

After examining the superficial aspect of the brain a median
sagittal section was made and one hemisphere dissected. The
other hemisphere was then stained with an aqueous solution of
anilin blue-black and imbedded in paraffin. The block was then
cut in a series of coronal sections. Considering the state of the
material little was expected in the way of staining. The result,
however, far exceeded my expectations, for a considerable
amount of histological detail was exhibited, so that in some
sections the cells of the fascia dentata and cornu Ammonis could
be clearly distinguished. For this satisfactory result I am deeply

M

170

indebted to Mr. Robert Grant for his valuable assistance in
staining.

Although it is interesting and instructive to compare the rela-
tive development of the various parts of the cerebrum with the
corresponding regions in the brains of Edentata and Insectivora
which functionally resemble Votoryctes, yet in its general plan of
architecture the cerebrum of the latter is so essentially Meta-
therian that it will prove much more instructive and valuable to
compare it with other Marsupials. Though the brain of Votoryctes
may superficially present a much stronger resemblance to those of
Talpa and Dasypus, yet its general morphological plan is identical
with the apparently very dissimilar Macropus and Thylacinus.
In these comparisons with non-placental Mammals I shall be
compelled to rely almost wholly upon my own observations, in all
cases made upon fresh material. So much has been written upon
the Marsupial and Monotreme brain by European workers, whose
descriptions—generally of bad material—have been too clearly
dominated by preconceived notions of structures which one would
expect to be present, or which previous writers had described,
that the value of their accounts is largely discounted. As a result,
many of the most fundamental points which can be appreciated at
a glance in fresh material are still matters of dispute.

I very much regret that I have been unable to consult Leche’s
account of the brain of Myrmecobius fasciatus (16).*

My knowledge of the Edentate, Insectivore, and Rodent brain
I owe largely to the writings of Owen (29), Hyrtl (22), Ganser
(13), Rabl-Riickhard (30), Flower (11), and Turner (41, 42).

While the cerebrum of the different members of most Orders
present features in common, distinguishing them from other
Orders, it must be remembered that the different members of a
given Order present variations in form and development which
have little value for classification, being largely the expression of
functional differences. Since the cerebrum is so largely modified
by the habits and mode of life of the individual, too much weight
must not be attached to mere resemblance between the brains of
different genera. Thus the many points of striking resemblance
between the cerebrum in Woloryctes and Perameles do not neces-
sarily imply an affinity between the two genera, but merely a
functional resemblance.

The Marsupial brains, which I have examined, include those of
Perameles nasuta, Dasyurus viverrinus, Phascolarctos cinereus,

*Since this account was written, Professor Leche has forwarded mea
copy of his paper. Speaking of the cerebrum he merely states that its

general features accord with Sir Richard Owen’s account of the marsupial
cerebrum (29).

hel

Petaurus breviceps, Phalangista vulpina, various species of
Macropus and Potoroo, as well as a number of foetal specimens
of these genera.

GENERAL ACCOUNT OF THE CEREBRUM.

The cerebrum of WVotoryctes presents an extreme simplicity of
structure, and relatively a diminutive size fora Mammal. It is
the lowliest Marsupial brain that I have examined, and compared
with the size of its olfactory bulb, it is relatively smaller than
that of any other Mammal with which I am acquainted.
Although its ‘ pallial” development is far below that of both
Monotremes, it exhibits features in its general plan of construc-
tion which must be regarded as superior to the Prototherian con-
dition. Thus it exhibits a greater degree of bending than either
Monotreme.* It possesses a much more compact internal capsule
than Ornithorhynchus, in spite of the smaller “ pallium.”

Together with the olfactory bulb, each hemisphere has a
roughly pyramidal form, with a base, which is almost vertical,
directed backwards. Its superior surface presents a gradual
incline backwards and upwards, whose slope may be readily ap-
preciated from Dr. Stirling’s profile view of the skull (fig. 1, pl.
vi.). The maximum length is about 13 mm., of which, roughly
speaking, the anterior one-third is olfactory bulb and the posterior
two-thirds cerebrum (figs. 1 e¢ 3). The maximum breadth of the
hemisphere—near the posterior border—is 6°5 mm. ; and, as may
be seen from the shape of the skull, and from fig. 2, it rapidly
tapers as it is traced forwards, the somewhat heart-shaped
olfactory bulb forming its apex. The posterior part of the
olfactory bulb is slightly wider than the anterior extremity of
the hemisphere, a fact which can be readily appreciated from the
shape of the cranium in Dr. Stirling’s fig. 1, pl. vii. The
maximum depth of the hemisphere is 10 mm.

THE OLFACTORY BULB.

The bulbus olfactorius is a large grey mass placed directly in
front of, and not overlapped by, the hemisphere. It is lodged in
a special compartment of the cranium, whose anterior and lateral
walls, as well as the broad flat floor, are perforated by a large
number of foramina. The cribiform floor of this ‘‘rhinencephalic”
part (Owen) is separated from the rest of the cranial floor by a
transverse bony ridge, which becomes more prominent as it is
traced on to the lateral walls of the cranium. The continuation
of this bony thickening in the roof forms the dark transverse line,
already referred to, in fig. 1, plate viu., of Dr. Stirling’s paper.

* See supplementary note, p. 193.

172

The mesial surfaces of the olfactory bulbs (fig. 3, olf. 6.) are flat
and separated from one another merely by the falx cerebri. There
does not appear to be any depression upon the mesial aspect of
the olfactory bulb such as is found in Perameles, and which has
been distinguished in Didelphis as the “‘ mesal olfactory fossa” by
Herrick (17). The inferior surface of the bulb is flat and rough
from the insertion of olfactory nerves. Posteriorly it is separated
‘from the base of the brain by a deep curved sulcus (fig. 2). The
lateral aspect is rough and convex, in accordance with the shape
of the cranium, and is separated from the cerebrum proper by a
well-marked furrow, in which the external olfactory radiation
(tig. 1, e.o.r.) appears to arise.

On ali aspects, therefore, the olfactory bulb is separated from
the hemisphere proper by a deep constriction, in the depths of
which the prosencephalic part of the bulb is continuous with the
hemisphere. This constricted neck of tissue will be distinguished
as the olfactory peduncle.

The olfactory bulbs stained remarkably well with anilin blue
black, and their structure was clearly demonstrated. There is a
large olfactory ventricle continuous posteriorly (as in all Mono-
tremes and Marsupials and most lowly Mammals) with the
anterior horn of the lateral ventricle. The wall of the ventricle
is arranged (fig. 11) in four well-marked zones—(1) a thick peri-
pheral zone of non-medullated olfactory nerve fibres and glomeruli,
(2) a clear zone containing numerous mitral cells, (3) a layer
containing numerous radiating and concentric nerve fibres, and
(4) a layer containing a dense mass of medullated nerve fibres,
directly continuous externally with the external olfactory root,
and internally with the internal olfactory root. The olfactory
peduncle extends into the olfactory lobe immediately surrounding
the ventricle, and forms a large mass on the other side of the
olfactory ventricle, lying internal to the fourth layer described
above. In the substance of this part of the peduncle the large
pars olfactoria of the anterior commissure extends forwards (fig.
11, p.o.). Its fibres enter the fourth layer described above, and
cannot be further traced, as they are so intimately mixed with
the fibres of the olfactory radiations. There is nothing else of
note to describe in the histology of this region in Wotoryctes, as
it agrees in all points with the fuller description given elsewhere
(37).

THE CEREBRUM PROPER.

In describing the cerebral hemisphere, it will be convenient to
consider it under three headings—(1) the cranial or lateral, (2)
the basal or ventral, and (3) the mesial aspect.

173

THe LATERAL ASPECT.

The cranial surface of the cerebrum (fig. 2) appears to be quite
smooth, if one excepts a shallow furrow, which, starting in front
in the sulcus between the hemisphere and bulb, arches backwards
and downwards to reach the ventro-lateral border of the hemi-
sphere at about its mid-point. This groove contains the external
olfactory radiation of Edinger—the external olfactory root of most
writers (fig. 1 ¢.0.7.). This radiation consists of a somewhat sickle-
shaped band, of a pure white color, and in Wotoryctes is relatively
very broad in front, but it rapidly tapers as it is traced back-
wards. An analagous arrangement of this tract is found in all
Marsupials, and most lowly Eutheria, but in the Monotremes it
does not form a compact strand, as in the Marsupials, but a
diffuse fibre system scattered uniformly over the pyriforin lobe.
The depression in which it lies in Marsupials is the fisswra radicis
of Herrick (17) or endorhinal fissure of Turner (42). In the
case of Notoryctes and Perameles, where the radiation is broad,
the fissura endorhinalis should properly be placed at the ventral
or concave border of the strand, since the latter really rests upon
the pyriform lobe, of which the endorhinal fissure is considered
the ventral limit. Apart from this slight depression, corres-
ponding to the fibre tract, the lateral surface of the hemisphere
appears perfectly smooth and free from fissures. There does not
appear to be any trace of a rhinal (ectorhinal) fissure. It is just
possible that in a perfectly fresh specimen such a fissure may be
discernible, but, arguing from comparative data, one should ex-
pect it to be very indistinct and shallow, if present at all. The
rhinal fissure forms the dorsal boundary of the pyriform lobe,
and therefore is reckoned as a “fundamental fissure” (Turner),
since it separates the pyriform from the “palliwm” (in the re-
stricted sense used by Turner), which lies above it. The position
of the fissure upon the brain surface will depend therefore upon
the relative sizes of pallium and pyriform. Thus in many
Marsupials, such as Dasyurus, Phalangista, Petaurus and Phascol-
arctos, and in many Eutheria, such as the rabbit, it consists of
a well-marked fissure on the lateral aspect, near the base of the
brain. As the relative size of pallium to pyriform increases, as
in Hypsiprymnus, Letrogale, Echidna, Macropus, Ornithorhynchus,
and most placental Mammals, the fissure comes to be placed
nearer the base, or even to lie entirely upon the basal or mesial
aspects of the cerebrum. As, however, the proportion of pallium
to pyriform decreases the position of the fissure on the lateral
wall rises ; in other words, the pyriform lobe takes an increasing
share in the formation of the lateral part of the hemisphere.
Thus in Dasypus (Turner, 41), Zalpa (Ganser, 13), Didelphis
(Herrick, 17) it is greater than in Dasyurus. In Hrinaceus the

174

fissure is higher than in Talpa. In Perameles nasuta it is higher
on the cranial aspect than in Didelphis or Hrinaceus ; and the
pyriform lobe takes a greater share in the formation of the lateral
hemisphere wall than in any other Mammalian cerebrum with
whose description I am acquainted. Now, the size of the pyri-
form lobe varies directly with that of the olfactory bulb. In
Notoryctes the proportion of cerebrum to olfactory is smaller even
than in Perameles. The natural conclusion to draw is that in
Notoryctes the proportion of pallium to pyriform is smaller than
in Perameles, 2.e., that the situation of the rhinal fissure (if such
a fissure were present) would be still higher up on the lateral
aspect than it is in the Bandicoot’s cerebrum. This opinion is
borne out by histological examination.

It is to be noted that the constancy, depth, and distinctness of
this fissure are apt to become less marked in animals with a
small pallium. This has been pointed out in a number of
Rodentia and Cheiroptera by Turner (42), in Dasypus gymnurus
by Hyrtl (22), and is also to be noted in Perameles nasuta. In
animals with a slightly higher pallial development, however, it
becomes deeper and better marked, and is more constant. The
size of the pyriform lobe is fixed by that of the olfactory bulb.
The size of the pallium, however, is a very variable quantity, and
does not present any relation to the development of any sense
organ. It is a higher “level” of nerve-matter built upon the
lower, rhinencephalic part, but independent of the latter as far
as its proportions are concerned. When in the lowly Mammal a
“ nallium” first appears it probably, as in Votoryctes, forms merely
a small dorsal cap lying on the pyriform lobe, and not separated
from it by any fissure. The size of the pyriform is already deter-
mined, and therefore fixed, but the pallium continues to increase
to a variable extent in different Mammals. As it increases
(Perameles, Didelphis) the pallium tends to bulge over the fixed
pyriform, producing a rhinal fissure. As this tendency becomes
greater (Phascolarctos, Dasyuwrus, Petaurus, Phalangista) the
fissure becomes deeper and much more definite, so that in all the
higher forms it remains as a deep and well-marked sulcus. With
its increased growth the pallium overlaps the pyriform, which
thus comes to lie upon the basal or median aspect of the hemi-
sphere, as in Ornithorhynchus, with its small pyriform and large
pallium (vide 36, fig. 1). The appearance of the rhinal fissure
and the constancy of the pyriform lobe can thus be explained on
developmental and comparative grounds, without resorting to
groundless and far-fetched hypotheses, such as those of Hill (19).
The pyriform lobe is practically smooth in all Mammals, because
its size is determined by the relative size of the olfactory bulb,
and its form fixed before the pallium becomes convoluted. In

175

other words, it reaches its height of development early in ento-
geny as in phylogeny, and has almost ceased growing, at a time
when the continued active growth of the pallium becomes mani-
fest by the production of gyri and sulci. Hence the pyriform
always 1s and remains smooth.* Behind the external olfactory
radiation the pyriform lobe is prolonged downwards to form a
marked protuberance at the postero-inferior part of the hemi-
sphere. This is the natiform eminence (fig. 1, n.e.) To this pos-
terior part of the pyriform lobe, which is often called the lobus
hippocampi, the term pyriform is often restricted (Turner 42),
the anterior part of the lobe proper being considered part of the
olfactory peduncle. An examination of the cerebrum of Platypus
shows at a glance the inconsistency of this distinction. In
Ornithorhynchus the pyriform lobe forms a uniform band extend-
ing from the sulcus between bulb and hemisphere in front to the
extremity of the latter behind, and throughout exhibits uniformly
the characteristic features of the lobe, as described in the rabbit
by Koelliker (15). The natiform eminence is largely the expres-
sion of the bending, which takes place in the posterior pole of
the hemisphere in Mammals.

In Platypus, where the bending is slight, there is therefore no
natiform eminence. In other Mammals, when the bending takes
place, the pyriform, which occupies the concavity of the bend,
tends to be crowded into a smaller space, and to overcome this
tendency bulges posteriorly. This is all the more marked, since
in all animals the pyriform (like the cerebrum itself) is larger and
deeper posteriorly, in conformity with the shape of the skull.
Another evidence of this bending is seen in the vallecula Sylvii,
which Turner considers as the anterior limit of the pyriform lobe.
It is probably merely the result of the bending.

The term hippocampal, which is often applied to this region, is
very unfortunate, and the cause of considerable confusion. The
close relation of the pyriform to the hippocampus in Eutheria is
largely fortuitous and not essential. In Marsupials in the greater
part of its extent the subiculum cornu Ammonis does not form
part of the gyrus hippocampi or of the pyriform lobe, this relation
only obtaining at the posterior extremity (descending horn) of
the hemisphere. In placental Mammals this is the only part of
the hippocampus which survives the revolution in cerebral struc-
ture, which the appearance of a corpus callosum creates ; and
hence there is a close topographical relation between the whole
of the hippocampus and the posterior part of the pyriform. But
the pyriform lobe, lobus hippocampi, and gyrus hippocampi have

*In certain animals, such as Hchidna and the pig, the surface of the
pyriform lobe may become wrinkled.

176

no essential relation to the hippocampus, so that it would be wise
to discard the use of the term hippocampal, as applied to the
pyriform lobe, altogether. As examples of the confusion which
such a nomenclature causes one might cite the examples of Her-
rick and Bawden speaking of the hippocampus, when from the
context they evidently mean the pyriform, and Beddard (1) call-
ing the rhinal fissure hippocampal.

On the lateral aspect of the hemisphere there will be noticed
below the external olfactory radiation a large hemispherical mass
(fig. 1, ¢.o.) of a pale-grey color and almost as large as the nati-
form eminence. This is the twherculwm olfactorium. It will be
more satisfactory if its description be deferred until the base of
the brain is being described. The whole surface of the pyriform
lobe and tuberculum olfactorium is pale, from the fact that they
both receive a medullary coating in the form of arching white
fibres from the external olfactory radiation. [The direction of
these fibres is indicated in fig. 2 by a number of curved lines on
the right side of the figure.] In all the brains which I have
examined these fibres extend as high as the rhinal fissure, so that
in a fresh brain of NVotoryctes almost the whole lateral aspect of
the hemisphere would be white, as it is in Perameles. In all the
Marsupial and Monotreme cerebra which I have examined histo-
logically these radiating white fibres terminate both by means of
naked end branchings and collaterals in relation to the pyramidal
cells of the region. These cells, in addition to their large peri-
pheral protoplasmic processes, are provided with large basal pro-
cesses, and hence have been distinguished in the rabbit’s brain as
“‘ Doppelpyramiden” by Koelliker (15). The fibres spreading out
over the tuberculum olfactorium terminate in a similar manner in
relation to the small multipolar cells of the region.

THE BasaL SURFACE.

The inferior aspect of the cerebrum is very irregular, and
slopes downwards and backwards from the olfactory bulb to the
natiform eminence. Immediately behind the olfactory bulb,
there may be seen on either side of the middle line the huge
protuberance forming the tuberculum olfactorium (fig. 2, ¢.0.).
Bounding this laterally and posteriorly will be seen the crescentic
external olfactory radiation (fig. 2, ¢.0.7.), which rapidly tapers
as it is traced backwards and inwards to end in a little tubercle
of grey matter (fig. 2, *), which is placed over the anterior ex-
tremity of the nucleus amygdale. Behind the tuberculum
olfactorium is the more laterally placed eminentia natiformis
(fig. 2, pyr. 1.). As in Perameles and Erinaceus, all that can be
seen of the base of the cerebrum belongs to the ‘“‘rhinencephalon’
of Turner (42). In animals a little higher in the scale of pallia

Lirare

development (such as Dasyurus, Petaurus, Phalangista) the
rhinal fissure, and therefore part of the “ pallium” would be seen
in a basal view of the brain. In Platypus, with its small pyri-
form and large pallium, the rhinal fissure is quite near the middle
line of the base.

The huge size of the tuberculum olfactorium gives quite a
characteristic appearance to the base of the brains of Votoryctes
and Perameles. Ganser says (13) that in the mole this part of
the brain, which he calls “ Rinde am Kopf des Streifenhiigels,” is
larger than in any other animal with whose cerebrum he is
acquainted. In Perameles, however, it is much bigger, and more
prominent than it would seem to be in Z'alpa (Ganser), Dasypus
(Turner), Lrinaceus, or Chlamydophorus (Hyrtl), all highly
macrosmatic animals. In WNotoryctes it reaches a still higher
development, forming a hemispherical mass, which is almost as
large as the eminentia natiformis. In the macrosmatic Hypsi-
prymnus and Dasyurus, although it is large and prominent, it
appears small and flat when compared with the same region in
Notoryctes. In Phalangista and Petaurus it is almost quite flat,
corresponding to the lesser development of the olfactory organ.
In such it can readily be homologised with Broca’s (5) espace
quadrilatére or middle (grey) olfactory root. In Macropus and
Petrogale, although it is large, it is not prominent, owing to the
large size of the rest of the brain. In Ornithorhynchus it forms
a small elliptical swelling. In TZalpa, and apparently also in
Chlamydophorus, according to Hyrtl’s notes, it would appear to
be little, if anything, larger than in Dasyurus. This will give
some idea as to its immense size in Notoryctes. Superficially it
is covered by a medullary coat from the external olfactory radia-
tion. In addition to the names already applied to this mass
above, it has been distinguished in Didelphis and Sauropsida as
the ‘‘post-rhinal lobe” by Herrick (17). It corresponds to the
“orbital lobe” of Turner in Dasypus sexcinctus (41), and possibly
to Burckhardt’s “ lobus post-olfactorius” in Protopterus annectans.
In man its homologue is probably found in the atrophic grey
matter found in the locus perforatus anticus of Vicq d’Azyr.* It
is intimately connected with the olfactory bulb, and varies in
size with that organ. It is therefore ridiculous to exclude it
from the rhinencephalon as Hill has done (19) in the case of
Ornithorhinchus.

This peculiar development of the base of the brain has a

*In all Marsupials and Monotremes there is a small flat area behind
the tuberculum olfactorium, which corresponds to what Burt Wilder calls
the ‘‘ portio depressa” in the cat. This is the true homologue of the
locus perforatus. In man, where the tuberculum atrophies and no longer
forms a prominence, the term is vaguely used for the whole region.

178

marked influence upon the conformation of the basis cranil. As
no attempt has been made to describe this part of the skull in
Notoryctes, it may be of interest to add brief notes of what could
be made out in a “ wet” specimen.

A comparison of the brain and cranium in the Proto- and
Meta-theria affords a number of instances of the mutual moulding
influence of these two parts upon one another. Thus in Echidna
the cranial cavity is very short—possibly for phlyogenetic or
functional reasons—and offers a restraining influence upon the
pallium as it tends to increase in the sagittal direction. <As a
consequence the pallium becomes convoluted mainly in a trans-
verse direction, so that, with the bending of the hemisphere, its
fissures have a radiating arrangement. In the higher Metatheria
the elongated form of the cranium allows a greater sagittal ex-
tension of the cerebrum, so that the transverse or radiating folding
of Echidna is not found in Marsupials; but in all the higher
forms there is a long narrow, somewhat pointed frontal pole—
Macropus, Thylacinus, Thylaceo (Gervais, 14). These are
examples of cerebral folds directly resulting from the restraining
influence of the cranial wall upon the growing pallium. In the
case of the tuberculum olfactorium and olfactory bulb it is clearly
demonstrated how that local conditions of over-growth—localised
hypertrophy of certain regions—can produce irregularities in the
brain surface, which mould the growing brain-case and determine
to a large extent its shape.

The united basi-occipital and basi-sphenoid mass forms a rela-
tively broad, gradual slope, which extends from the foramen
magnum upwards and forwards as far as the foramina lacera
antica. This sloping surface is perforated on either side of the
middle line at about the middle of the basisphenoid by the carotid
foramen. Between these foramina the pituitary body rests upon
the basisphenoid, roofed over by a thin fold of dura mater. Dr.
Stirling, who described (38) such of the inner aspect of the
cranium as could be seen through the foramen magnum, says that
the floor ‘‘rises in front of the basisphenoid region into a well-
marked eminence, which slopes away on either side. Anterior
to this again the floor is flat.” The anterior flat area is the broad
cribriform plate of the ethmoid. In the middle line this is con-
tinued backwards into the well-marked eminence, which appears
to be formed by the meeting of the orbito-sphenoids. . On either
side of this ridge, and behind the cribriform plate, the floor
rapidly slopes away into a well-marked hollow, which lodges the
tuberculum olfactorium. The posterior part of this hollow is
formed by the alisphenoids, whilst laterally it extends well on to
the lateral cranial wall, where the parietal takes a share in its
formation. Mesially it extends as far as the basisphenoid.

179

Extending forwards and outwards into each of these fosse there
is a fissure—the sphenoidal—which, with its fellow of the oppo-
site side, forms a blunt V-shaped slit, which limits the spheno-
ethmoidal eminence posteriorly. The foramen ovale is external
to the carotid foramen. Immediately external to the former the
alisphenoid is raised into a large thin-walled eminence, which
extends forwards as far as the fossa for the tuberculum olfact-
orium. Thisis the roof of the tympanic bulla and corresponds on
the brain to the deep depression behind the tuberculum and
slightly internal to the pyriform lobe. In Perameles the corre-
sponding structure only extends forwards as far as the level of
the foramen ovale. This bulla in Wotoryctes forms a large well-
marked eminence of elliptical outline, whose posterior extremity
touches the tip of the petrous temporal, which is directed for-
wards. In this way a deep fossa is formed for the natiform
eminence on the outer side of the bulla. The greater part of this
fossa is formed by the alisphenoid, but it is bounded also in part
by the petrous and squamous temporals. The opening of the
large floccular fossa on the dorsal aspect of the petrous periotic
is directed inwards and forwards. The attachment of the ten-
torium cerebelli to the basisphenoid helps to deepen the trough in
which the large trigeminal nerve lies, and separates it from the
pituitary.

The resemblance between the base of the brains of Wotoryctes
and Perameles is much more striking than is that of the baszs
cranu. The brain is modified directly in relation to certain
functional demands, whereas the basis cranii is moulded to
accommodate the altered brain, without modifying its essential
morphology.

MesiaL ASPECT.

In the greater part of its extent the mesial surface of the
cerebrum is flat, and separated from the corresponding part of
the other hemisphere by the falx cerebri. Posteriorly and in-
feriorly, however, it is deeply hollowed out, or rather, pushed
outwards by the thalam- and mes-encephalon, the upper part of
the posterior extremity of the hemisphere forming a kind of cap
for these structures. At the anterior and lower part there is a
large pale area (fig. 3 p.a.), which is situated immediately behind
the olfactory bulb. Elsewhere (36) I have proposed the name
precommissural area for this region. Inferiorly it is directly
continuous with the tuberculum olfactorium (¢.0.), from which it
differs in being of a lighter color. Dorsally it is continuous with
the anterior extremity of the fascia dentata (fd.), while
posteriorly it is directly continuous with the thickened lamina
terminalis (s.), which is the homologue of the septum lucidum of
EKutheria. It resembles the latter structure very closely histo-

180

logically as well as, probably, functionally, and the two regions
are very closely associated in development. They resemble one
another, moreover, in the fact that they both transmit fornix
fibres, and, like the tuberculum olfactorium, present a very
atypical cortical structure, which consists of diffusely scattered
small polyhedral cells, and which has no ventricular medullary
coating. Meyer (26) is of opinion that these regions ought not
to be called cortex, and calls them “ ganglion masses.” This pre-
commissural area is the homologue of the “intraventricular
lobe” of Herrick (17), the ‘‘ Fornix-leiste” of Edinger (9), the
anterior part of the “septum pellucidum” in Reptiles according
to Meyer (25), the “Ammonswulst” of Rabl-Rickhard (31). It
forms the anterior part of the region called “septal area” by
Huxley and Flower (11). It is pale in color, from the fact that
a large number of fornix fibres, which Huxley distinguished as
‘“‘precommissural fibres” lie in its substance, separated from the
surface by a slight grey coating.

The rest of the grey matter of the mesial hemisphere wall is
divided into two almost equal parts by a well-marked regularly-
arched sulcus—the fissura arcwata (Arnold) or hippocampal
fissure (fig. 3, hf). The fissure begins in front, just behind the
olfactory bulb, and slightly nearer the dorsal than the ventral
margin of the hemisphere. From this point it curves backwards
parallel to the margin of the hemisphere to terminate at the
“temporal” pole. The external lip of this fissure is the subicu-
lum cornu Ammonis. It is pale, from the presence of the super-
ficial medullary lamina of the hippocampus. Corresponding to
the concavity of the fissure, there is a broad band of grey matter
concentric to the subiculum. This is the fascia dentata, which is
also pale from the presence of medullated fibres in its molecular
layer. Lying internal (concentric) to the fascia dentata (fd. ) is
the broad white band of the fimbria (fi./, separated from the
fascia dentata by a shallow fimbrio-dentate sulcus. The great
width of the fimbria is striking, especially when seen in trans-
verse section (fig. 5, f.). The posterior part of the vertical por-
tion of the fimbria (just that part, as it happens, which in fig. 3
is shaded, corresponding to the depression for the mesencephalon)
is quite grey in color from the fact that the cornu Ammonis may
be seen through the very thin layer of alveus fibres in this region.
In the whole extent of the choroid fissure the fimbria is related
to it, forming either its dorsal or posterior boundary.

Immediately behind the precommissural area there is the thick
mass of grey matter which is developed from the lamina termin-
alis. It is bounded below by the anterior commissure, which
really lies in it, and dorsally it is separated from the fascia
dentata in Ornithorhynchus by the hippocampal commissure (37)

181

When the hippocampus bends down posteriorly with the hemi-
sphere, as it does in Marsupials, the hippocampal commissure
takes a corresponding bend (35), so that it limits the thickened
lamina terminalis behind and below as well. This thickened
lamina terminalis represents the septum pellucidum of Eutheria,
and corresponds to the appearance seen, according to Marchand
(23) and Paul Martin (24), in the development of the commissures
of higher Mammals. It corresponds to part of Rabl-Rickhard’s
(31) “Ammonswulst,” which lies external to, rather than below,
the hippocampal commissure in Reptiles. In the evolution of the
septum lucidum a gradual progression may be seen from Reptiles
to Platypus, from the latter to the Marsupial condition, and from
the latter to the lowly Eutheria such as Frinaceus or the
Edentata..

The large rounded section of the anterior commissure will be
seen in the lower part of the lamina terminalis, and in the upper
part the large V-shaped sagittal section of the hippocampal or
fornix-commissure. The relative size of these two commissures
is about the same as in Perameles. The hippocampal commissure
of course varies directly in size with the hippocampus. The
anterior commissure, however, is a compound bundle, composed
of a rhinencephalic and a pallial part, each of which varies with
the size of its area of “‘ Ursprungzellen.” In Eutheria, however,
a considerable part of the pallium is connected by the corpus
callosum. Hence in them the size of the anterior commissure
will depend largely (but not wholly) upon the size of the olfact-
ory bulb (of course the pyriform and tuberculum increase pro-
portionately to the bulb). Thus among the Edentata with their
small pallium and large rhinencephalon (Turner, 41, Rabl-
Ruckhard, 30) and in Hrinaceus (Flower, 11), the anterior com-
missure is very large. In all Marsupials and Monotremes it is
large, because it takes the place of the corpus callosum, and con-
nects the whole of the pallium, so that it is very large in the
higher members like Hchidna, Macropus, and Thylacinus, which
have large pallia.

In Notoryctes (as in all Marsupials) the hippocampal commis-
sure is bilaminar (fig. 10), consisting of a dorsal (ps.d.) and a
ventral limb (ps.v.), connected posteriorly by a “ spleniwm” (spl.).
These two parts do not, however, correspond to the psalterium
dorsale et ventrale of Honegger (21) in placental Mammals, since
the ventral limb (ps.v.) of the Marsupial hippocampal commissure
is the representative of the whole psalterium of Eutheria (35). In
addition to the hippocampi, the hippocampal commissure also
connects the precommissural aree. This part corresponds to the
“corpus callosum” of Herrick and the “commissura pallii
antertor” of Rabl-Rickhard (31). Arguing from the arrange-

182

ment of the commissures and the parts they connect in Ornitho-
rhynchus one would expect the whole of the dorsal commissure of
Sauropsida to be hippocampal and the parts it connects hippo
campus. The accounts of Meyer and Edinger of the structure
of these parts of the reptile brain afford strong confirmatory
evidence in favor of this presumption; and there does not seem
to be the slightest ground for the belief that a corpus callosum
is present in any animal outside the Eutheria. Osborn’s attempt
(27) to demonstrate this clearly shows the weakness of his case
by the manner in which he misrepresents the condition of affairs
in the foetal Macropus, which, as the connecting link in his
series between the Eutheria (where alone @ priori the presence of
a corpus callosum is granted) and the submammalia, forms the
crux of the whole argument.

It will be noticed from fig. 3 that the fascia dentata is exposed
in the whole of its extent, and forms a considerable segment of
the mesial hemisphere wall. In a transverse section through the
hippocampus in Notoryctes (fig. 6) it will be seen, moreover, that
the fascia dentata (f.d.) in its whole width forms part of the
mesial hemisphere wall. In Perameles (fig. 7), although it still
shares in the formation of the mesial surface, it will be seen that
a considerable part of it is overlapped by pallium. In Platypus
in the greater part of its extent (fig. 8 and 36, fig 1), and in
Macropus (fig. 9) in the whole of its extent, the fascia dentata
does not form any part of the median surface of the cerebrum,
being completely hidden by a pallial operculum.* In Petaurus,
Phalangista, and Potoroo the fascia dentata is hidden throughout.
In Dasyuwrus and Phascolarctos it is partially exposed, but in
Perameles and Notoryctes it may be seen throughout. In addi-
tion to this effect of the increased development of the pallium in
hiding the hippocampus, it also has an influence upon the mor-
phology of the region. Thus in no other Mammal does one
find the simplicity of arrangement which the hippocampus of
Notoryctes presents (fig. 6), an appearance which recalls the foetal
hippocampus in Perameles and Macropus. In any non-placental
Mammal, however, if the hippocampal region be examined at its
anterior extremity the complexity of the region gradually disap-
pears by the gradual unravelling of the complicated folds, which
are seen in figures 7, 8, and 9. In this process of simplification
a stage may be found in any Metatherian brain closely resem-
bling that exhibited throughout in Wotoryctes. It may be readily
seen in any Monotreme or Marsupial brain that the pyramidal

* Tu all Marsupials and Monotremes the anterior extremity of the fascia
dentata appears on the surface ; so that the above remarks only apply to
that part which is placed behind the situation of the hippocampal com-
missure.

183

and polymorphous cells of the cornu Ammonis become continuous
at the upper (figs. 6 and 8) border of the fascia dentata with the
stratum granulosum and nucleus fascie dentate. The fascia
dentata, together with the nucleus fasciz dentate, forms a single
convolution, so that the opinions of Duval (7), Golgi, and Sala
(32), that these two parts are independent receives no confirma-
tion from the examination of the Metatherian condition. The
fascia dentata (including the nucleus fascize dentate, as Henle,
Krause, Huguenin, Schwalbe, Meynert, and Obersteiner, among
many others, consider it) forms the edge of the true cortical
structure, although it is nowhere a morphologically free edge. In
the greater part of its extent the hemisphere wall has a morpho-
logical representative in the epithelial fold of the choroid plexus.
In front of the foramen of Monro, where the choroid fissure is
absent, the fascia dentata (with its deeper layer, the “ nucleus ”)
becomes continuous inferiorly with another part of the hemi-
sphere wall, which lacks a cortical structure—the precommissural
area, which Meyer has described as a ganglion mass without
cortex (26). Thus the fascia dentata in the whole of its extent
forms the edge of the true cortex. These statements are borne
out by the examination of series of fetal Ornithorhynchus,
Perameles, and Macropus brains.

Although it will be granted that the pes hippocampi is a very
specially modified part of the cortex, still there does not appear
to be any justification for believing, with Giacomini, that it does
not represent any convolutions, since it is already highly con-
voluted in brains otherwise smooth. The hippocampus is equally
convoluted in all Mammals, because it reaches its maximum
development quite early in the phylogenetic history of the indi-
vidual. Thus in Platypus it possesses a histological differentia-
tion, quite as complex and fine, as is found in the highest mam-
mal. Like the pyriform, it is developed early both in phylogeny
and ontogeny in accordance with the development of the olfactory
apparatus. Because part of the smell centre should reach a high
state of development, when the pallium is not proportionately
intricate, is no argument that the cortex of the smell centre does
not behave like the rest of the cortex in similar circumstances.
It should be noted, however, that, intimate as is the connection
between the hippocampus and olfactory lobe, the relative sizes of
the two parts are by no means constant. Thus, in spite of the
marked relative difference in the sizes of the olfactory bulb in
Ornithorhynchus and Perameles, there is little appreciable differ-
ence in the sizes of their hippocampi. In Wotoryctes the size of
the hippocampus is relatively small, considering its huge olfactory.
What determines the size of the hippocampus is hard to say.

In studying such a brain as that under consideration, one can-

184

not but be struck with the inappropriateness of Broca’s limitation
of the limbic lobe (4). Thus Schafer says (34, p. 155) :—‘ The
callosal gyrus, with its continuation the hippocampal gyrus, were
separated by Broca, on morphological grounds, from the other
parts of the hemisphere, as a distinct lobe, intimately united in
front and below with the olfactory lobe ; and the name of grande
lobe limbique was given by him to these combined lobes. To this
lobe of Broca, Schwalbe added the other central parts of the
mesial wall of the hemisphere, viz., the lamina septi pellucidi and
the dentate convolution, as well as the fornix; . . . naming
the whole lobe thus reconstituted the ‘falciform lobe,” the
olfactory lobe being, however, excluded.” In this modified form
Broca’s idea is generally accepted to-day, as the above quotation
from a recent standard text-book shows.* Yet, what grounds
had Broca for this definition of his lobe? As the result of an
examination of a series of Mammalian brains, he came to the
conclusion that the different parts of this lobe, “qui peut donc
étre comparé a une raquette dont l’anneau entourant le seuil de
Vhémispheére,” was intimately connected with the olfactory bulb.
The callosal gyrus, however, is not connected with the olfactory
lobe, and the only relation which it has with the rhinencephalon
is by means of associating fibres, such as proceed also to other
parts of the pallium. The callosal gyrus therefore, from the
histological and comparative standpoint, has no more right to be
considered as part of the limbic lobe than any other part of the
pallium. Again, a glance at the cerebrum of WVotoryctes shows
that the “limbic lobe” of Broca is.not “limbic,” since it does
not form the border of the hilus. The true limbic lobe (which is
also undoubtedly associated with the olfactory) is formed of a
morphological dorsal limb—the hippocampus, and a ventral—the
pyriform lobe meeting behind (vide 36, fig. 1), where the latter
overlaps the former ; and united in front by the precomimissural
area and tuberculum olfactorium. In Wotoryctes (fig. 3) the true
upper limb of this lobe forms not only the upper, but also the
posterior, and part of the inferior, arcs, the pyriform forming the
anterior part of the inferior arc. The limbic lobe, as thus
defined, corresponds to Turner’s “‘ rhinencephalon.” In Eutheria
where the dorsal—horizontal—limb of the hippocampus disap-
pears, the rudiment of that structure—the indusewm griseum ot
Obersteiner (gyrus supracallosus and gyrus geniculi of Zucker-
kandl (43) including the strie Lancisi1)—represents the dorsal
limb, with the gyrus subcallosus of Zuckerkandl, and locus
perforatus anticus as anterior connections.

* Note.—Debierre (6) has recently questioned the propriety of including
the callosal gyrus in the falciform lobe (as also has Edinger, 8), and came
to the same conclusion as that arrived at here, though working from a
different standpoint.

185

In Wotoryctes it will be seen that the “limbic lobe” forms the
great bulk of the cerebrum, the dorsal limb or hippocampus ex-
tending almost to the outer margin of the hemisphere, and the
ventral limb or pyriform extending round the ventral border to
form the greater part of the lateral wall. Thus as the pallium
diminishes the two limbs of the falciform lobe approach one an-
other at the dorsal part of the cerebrum. If the pallium were
reduced much below that of Motoryctes the hemisphere would be
practically “limbic lobe.” I have already referred to the fact
that in reptiles the hippocampus even extends from the mesial on
to the dorsal surface. If, then, the statement of Meyer (26) that
“die Rindenabteilung, welche bei den Saugern der inneren
Kapsel Ursprung giebt, ist bei den Reptilien noch nicht entwick-
elt” be accepted, it must be admitted that the hemisphere of
Reptiles is reduced to ‘limbic lobe,” z.e., that the pallium (in the
sense of Turner) disappears. This is supported by Edinger’s
statement (10) that a pallium is “added,” and by Brill’s belief
that the cerebrum of submammalia is wholly olfactory (3).

The extremely intimate connection of the peripheral olfactory
apparatus with the cerebrum of lower vertebrates, and even in the
majority of Mammals, is a very significant fact when contrasted
with the much slighter connections of the other sensory
apparatus.

The olfactory sense has a physiological significance in lower
Mammals which it is hard to over-estimate. It constitutes, as
Broca has pointed out (5), the guide and director of the animal
in the absence of a higher intelligence. In an animal as high in
the scale of intelligence as the dog it constitutes the main source
of information in its search for food and in its recognition of the
other sex. How much more important must the sense of smell
be in the sightless Votoryctes, with practically no pallium as a
basis for intellectual operations! In its search for food and in
its sexual relations—the two pursuits which must constitute
almost its whole existence—it relies almost solely upon its sense
of smell, which as a kind of highly specialised and complicated
reflex guides the animal through life.

Associated with this extreme physiological importance of the
sense of smell the olfactory organ presents many unique anatomi-
cal features. The peripheral part of the olfactory apparatus
maintains in the highest Mammals a simplicity of structure
which characterises the whole peripheral sensory apparatus in
worms, according to Lenhossek and Retzius,—a fact which is pro-
bably indicative of a very early specialization of function. This
peripheral apparatus early in development obtains an insertion
into a diverticulum of the cerebrum itself—into its morphological
anterior pole. Early in phylogeny this part of the cerebrum, which

N

186

is now entirely given up to the olfactory apparatus, becomes
closely associated by numerous fibre strands with the earliest
parts of the cerebrum to appear—the tuberculum olfactorium,
the corpus striatum, the pyriform and hippocampus.

Thus, just as the earliest psychical life—if such an expression
may be used—is largely influenced by olfactory impressions, so
the early morphology of the cerebrum is dominated to a large
extent by the olfactory apparatus.

LATERAL VENTRICLE.

The lateral ventricle is a narrow slit-like cavity, with a de-
scending posterior and a descending anterior horn, of which the
olfactory ventricle is a diverticulum. Projecting into the ven-
tricle in the whole of its extent is the large hippocampus major
(figs. 4 and 5, h.) on its inner wall. This is of a white color, owing
to its coating of alveus fibres. The inner wall of the anterior part
and of the anterior horn is largely formed by a prominent grey
‘mass, which is the combined “septum lucidum” and precommis-
sural area. The roof and upper part of the lateral wall is formed
by the corona radiata (figs. 4 and 5, er.). The floor and lower
part of the lateral wall is formed by the grey mass of the
corpus striatum.

The degree of bending of the lateral ventricle is one of the
features by which the Monotreme is distinguished from the Mar-
supial cerebrum. Thus in Wotoryctes the bend of the ventricle to
form a descending horn posteriorly is more extensive than that
found in Echidna, and much greater than that found in
Ornithorhynchus, in spite of the much higher pallial development
of both Prototheria.*

THE CorRPUS STRIATUM.

The corpus striatum forms a plump elongated grey mass which
projects into the lateral ventricle and extends into its descending
horn. It is separated from the cortex externally by a thin layer
of medullated fibres, which constitutes the corona radiata (fig. 5,
cr.). In the greater part of its extent the corona radiata
forms a kind of shell (fig. 4), which supports the corpus striatum.
In front of the anterior commissure the corpus striatum extends
into the tuberculum olfactorium with which it is closely connected ;
hence the name which Ganser applied to the latter structure (13).
Behind the anterior commissure the grey matter of the corpus
striatum is directly connected with the cortex of the pyriform
lobe, the connecting bridge being the nuclews amygdale (fig. 5,
n.a.). Throughout its whole length the corpus striatum is divided

* See supplementary note.

187

into nuclet caudatus (figs. 4, 5, n.c.) and lenticularis (n.l.) by an
imperfect internal capsule (t.c.). The internal capsule consists of
a number of scattered bundles of fibres, which, however, form a
more definite tract than the scattered fibre-system in Platypus,
in spite of the larger pallium in the Monotreme.

Fispre TRACTS IN THE CEREBRUM.

Tt will not be necessasy to do more than mention the general
arrangement of the fibres, since it does not differ to any extent
from that found in other non-placental Mammals, the disposition
of whose cerebral tracts I have described in greater detail else-
where (37). The corona radiata (c.7.) forms the deepest layer of
the cortex cerebri, forming the lateral wall of the lateral ven-
tricle above and an external capsule below, separating the corpus
striatum from the cortex (fig. 5). No centrum semi-ovale can be
said to exist. Above the ventricle the corona becomes very thin,
and terminates in the region of the subiculum cornu Ammonis,
where its fibres mingle with those of the alveus. Below, a very
considerable proportion of its fibres cross the middle line in the
Jamina terminalis, forming part of the anterior commissure. The
anterior commissure connects the corpora striata, ‘ pallia,”
pyriform lobes (including nuclei amygdalz), tubercula olfactoria,
and olfactory bulbs (probably only the prosencephalic part and
peduncle). The pars olfactoria of the anterior commissure con-
sists of a very large compact bundle (fig. 11), which takes a
sudden bend forwards in the corpus striatum, and, passing through
the olfactory peduncle on the outer side of the ventricle, radiates
into all parts of the olfactory bulb, closely intermingled with the
fibres of the olfactory radiations.

There is no justification for dividing the rest of the commissure
into pars frontalis and temporalis (Flower, Osborn). The great
bulk of the anterior commissure corresponds to Koelliker’s pars
posterior (15), which runs in the external capsule. In considering
this part of the commissure in Marsupials it must always be re-
membered that a considerable proportion of these fibres represent
the corpus callosum of Eutheria, and therefore cannot be com-
pared to any part of the anterior commissure proper.

The fornix system in Wotoryctes, as in all Marsupials, exhibits
an extreme simplicity, and is not divided up into fornix obliquus
or f. longus of Forel, nor is the stria Lancisi separated from the
rest of the fornix fibres.

It will suffice to give here little more than a list of the olfac-
tory tracts, elucidated mainly by comparison with Perameles.

a. The external olfactory radiation (Edinger) arising in the

olfactory bulb and terminating upon the surface of the
pyriform lobe and tuberculum olfactorium.

188

1. The pyriform lobe is connected by association fibres to the
nucleus amygdale, corpus striatum, and pallium of its
own side, and with the pyriform of the opposite hemi-
sphere by the anterior commissure.

u. The tuberculum olfactorium is intimately connected with
the corpus striatum, and with the pallium by means of
a large fibre bundle—the probable homologue of the
anterior segment of the cingulum (Beevor, 2). It is also
connected with the hippocampus by the Riechbundel of
Zuckerkandl (fig. 10, £.).

b. The internal olfactory radiation (fig. 11, 2.0.7.) arising in
the olfactory bulb and terminating mainly in the precom-
missural area, but partly also in the hippocampus (36),
and probably in the tuberculum olfactorium.

c. The peduncular projection bundle extends from the olfactory
lobe backwards through the floor of the thalamencephalon
to enter the pes pedunculi mainly. Some fibres probably
terminate in the mammillary region (figs. 4 and 11, p.p.0.).

d. The pars olfactoria (fig. 11, p.o.).

e. The olfactory bundle of Zuckerkandl (fig. 10, £.).

1. A series of fibres arising in the precommissural area
and tuberculum olfactorium, proceeding backwards in
the fornix to terminate in the hippocampus.

u. A series of fibres arising from the pyramidal cells of the
hippocampus, and after passing through fornix and
septum, terminating in the base of the cerebrum in the
region of the nucleus amygdale (fig. 10, B.).

It is to be hoped that before long better material will be avail-
able with which to supplement these imperfect notes upon the
nervous system of this interesting Mammal. For, quite apart
from the deep interest attaching to the anatomy of this aberrant
and peculiar Marsupial, the brain of Votoryctes presents to the
comparative neurologist quite a number of instructive features
of the deepest interest and highest importance.

REFERENCES TO LITERATURE.

1. Bepparp, F. E., “On the Pouch and Brain of the Male
Thylacine.” Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London, 1891, p. 138.

2. Brsvor, C. E., “On the Course of the Fibres of the Cingu-
lum, &c.” Philosophical Transactions B., 1891.

OU

on

189

. Britt, “The True Homology of the Mesal Portion of the

Hemispherical Vesicle in the Sauropsida.” Medical
Record, 1891, quoted by Strasser (Merkel and Bonnet’s
Ergebnisse).

. Broca, P., “Le Grande Lobe Limbique, &.” Revue d’An-

thropology, 1878.

. Broea, P., ‘“‘ Recherches sur les Centres Olfactifs.” Revue

d’ Anthropology, 1879.

. DEBIERRE, C., “ Qu‘est-ce que le Lobe Limbique?” Abstract

in Arch. Ital. de Biologie, Tome XXI., Fasc. III., p, xxi.

. Duvat, “La Corne d’Ammon.” Arch. f. Neurologie, 1881.
. Epincer, L., “ Vorlesungen Ueber den Bau der Nervésen

Centralorgane, &c.” Fourth edition.

. Epincer, L., ‘ Vergleichend. Entwick. und Anatomische

Studien im Bereiche der Hirnanatomie. _ 3. Riechapparat
und Ammonshorn.” Anat. Anz. VIII., 10, 11.

. Epineer, L., ‘The Significance of the Cortex, &c.” Journal

of Comparative Neurology III., p. 69.

. Frower, W. H., “On the Commissures of the Cerebral

Hemispheres of the Marsupialia and Monotremata, &c.”
Phil. Trans., 1865.

. Forses, W. A., “On Some Points in the Anatomy of the

Koala” P. 2:5: 1Ssh:

. GANSER, S., “ Vergleichend-Anatomische Studien iiber das

Gehirn des Maulwurfs.” Morph. Jahrbuch Bd. VII.

. Gervais, ‘ Memoire sur les Formes Cérébrales Propres aux

Marsupiaux.” Nouv. Arch. Mus., t. v.
p )

- VON Ka@.uiker, A., “ Ueber den Fornix Longus von Forel

und die Riechstrahlungen im Gehirn des Kaninchens.”
Verhand. der Anat. Gesellschaft, 1894.

. Lecue, W., “ Beitrage zur Anatomie des Myrmecobius.”

Verh. Biolog. der Stockholm, 1890.

. Herrick, C. L., ‘“‘ Cerebrum and Olfactories of the Opossum.”

Bulletin of the Scientific Laboritories of Denison Uni-
versity, vol. VI., pt. 4.

. Herrick, C. L., ‘“Callosum and Hippocampus in Marsupial

and Lower Brains.” Journal of Comparative Neurology,
volley 129:

. Hi, A., “The Cerebrum of Ornithorhynchus paradoxus.”

Philosophical Transactions, 1893, B.

. Hitz, A., “The Hippocampus.” Phil. Trans., 1893, B.
. Honececer, J., “ Vergleichend Anatomische Untersuchungen

ueber den Fornix, &c.” Recueil Zoolog. Suisse. Tome
V., 1890,

. Hyrrt, J., “ Chlamydophori truncati cum Dasypode gymnuro

Comparatum Examen Anatomicum.” Denkschriften der
Kaiserlichen Akadamie der Wissenschaften, Bd. LX.

37.

38.

39.

40.

190

. Marcuanp, F., ‘Ueber die Entwickelung des Balkens im

Menschlichen Gehirns.” Arch. f. Mikr. Anat. Bd.
XXXVII.

. Martin, Paut, “ Zur Entwickelung des Gehirnbalkens bei

der Katze.” Anat. Anz., Band IX.

. Meyer, Aporr, “ Ueber das Vorderhirn Einiger Reptilien.”

Zeitschrift f. Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Bd. LV.

. Meyer, Avotr, “ Zur Homologie der Fornixcommissur und

des Septum Lucidum bei den Reptilien und Saugern.”
Anat. Anz., Bd. X., 15.

. Osporn, H. F., “The Origin of the Corpus Callosum,” &c.

Morph. Jahrb., Bd. XII.

. Owen, Ricuarp, “Structure of the Brain in Marsupial

Animals.” | Phil.“Trans,, 1637.

. OweEN, RicHarpD, “ Comparative Anatomy.”
. Rasi-RuckHarp, H., “ Einiges ber das Gehirn der Eden-

tata.” Arch. f: Mikr. Anat., Bd. XXXV.

. Rasi-RuckHarpD, H., “‘ Einiges iiber das Gehirn der Riesen-

schlange.” Zeitschrift f. Wissensch. Zoologie, 1894.

. Saua, L., “ Zur Feineren Anatomie des Grossen Seepferde-

fusses.” Zeitsch. f. Wissensch. Zoologie, 1891.

. SANDER, JuLius, ‘‘ Ueber das Quercomm. des Gehirns bei den

Beutelthieren.” Arch. f. Anatomie, 1868.

. Scuarer, E. A., ‘Quain’s Anatomy.” Tenth Edition, vol.

- IIT., part 1.

. SuitH, G. Exxiot, ‘‘A Preliminary Communication upon the

Cerebral Commissures,” &c. Proc. Linn. Society of
N.S.W., vol. [X., part 4, 1894.

. Suir, G. Exuiot, “The Connection Between the Olfactory

Bulb and the Hippocampus.” Anatomischer Anzeiger,
X. Band, Nr. 15,

Situ, G. Exxiot, “‘ The Comparative Anatomy of the Cere-
brum of Platypus.” M.D. Graduation Thesis, Sydney,
1895.*

‘STIRLING, E. C., “ Description of a New Genus and Species

of Marsupialia—Notoryctes typhlops.” Trans. Roy. Soc.
of South Australia, vol. XIV., part 1.

Symineton, J., “The Cerebral Commissures in the Marsu-
pialia and Monotremata.” Journal of Anatomy, vol.
XXy ao.

Turner, W., “On the Anatomical Relations of the Surface
of the Tentorium to the Cerebrum and Cerebellum in

* Note.—I had hoped that before the publication of this paper this Thesis
would have been in print, but so far have only been able to publish a few
short abstracts of special parts.

191

Man and Lower Mammals.” Trans. Roy. Soc. of Edin-
burgh, vol. IV., p. 549.

41. Turner, W., “On the Brain of Dasypus_ sexcinctus.”
Journal of Anatomy, vol. I.

42. Turner, W., “The Convolutions of the Brain.” Journal of
Anatomy, vol. XXV.

43. ZucKERKANDL, E., ‘“‘ Ueber das Riechcentrum.”

44. ZucKERKANDL, E., “‘ Ueber d. Riechbundel des Cornu Am-
monis.” Anat. Anz., IIT., 1888.

DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES.
Fig. 1.—Lateral aspect of cerebrum of Notoryctes. x 3.

References. ’
olf.b. Bulbus olfactorius.
0: Tuberculum olfactorium.

e.o.r. Radiatio olfactoria externa.
n.e. Kminentia natiformis.
pyr.l. Lobus pyriformis.

p. ‘¢ Pallium ” ( Turner ).

Fig. 2.—Basal aspect of cerebrum. x 3.
* Tubercle of grey matter at the termination of the external olfactory

radiation.
The lines at ¢.0. and pyl./. indicate the direction of the fibres given to

the tuberculum and pyriform from ¢.o.r.
Other references as in fig. 1.
Fig. 3.—Mesial aspect of cerebrum. x 3.
** Precommissural area ” (mihi).

p.a.
a.c. Commissura anterior.

8. ** Septum lucidum.”

h.c. ‘* Commissura hippocampi.”’
f.d. Fascia dentata.

hf. Fissura hippocampi.

Ji. Fimbria.

Fig. 4.—Transverse section through the region of the anterior and hippo-
campal commissures. x 7
[Allowance must be made in these sections for considerable shrinkage
during the embedding process. The measurements in figs. 1, 2, and 3 are
corrected by comparison with the skull. ]
Most references as in figs. 3 and 1.
n.c. Nucleus caudatus.
i.c. Capsula interna.
h. Hippocampus.
p.p.b. Olfactory ‘‘peduncular projection bundle” . (mihi)—the
** middle root” of Broca.
c.r. Corona radiata,
In the septum (s.), on the left side, are seen numerous descending fibres.
These are partly fibres of the columna fornicis and partly precommissural
fibres of Huxley (Riechbundel of Zuckerkandl).

192

Fig. 5.—Transverse section behind the commissural region. Camera lucida
drawing x 7, from a section stained with anilin blue-black.

Fissura hippocampi.

Hippocampus (the letter points to the fascia dentata).
Fimbria.

Corona radiata.

Nucleus caudatus.

Nucleus lenticularis.

Capsula interna.

Nucleus amygdale.

Fig. 6.—Transverse section hippocampus. Notoryctes.

Fig. 7.—Transverse section hippocampus. Perameles.

Fig. 8.—Transverse section hippocampus. Ornithorhynchus.

Fig. 9.—Transverse section hippocampus. Macropus.

Figures 6-9 are drawn to different scales, but are all taken from correspond-

alv.
te:
h.f.
f.d.
Ji
C.

Tr.

ing regions.
Alveus.
Subiculum cornu Ammonis.
Fissura hippocampi.
Fascia dentata.
Fimbria.
Corona radiata.

Fig. 10.—Sagittal section through the median hemisphere wall in the commis-
sural region. Perameles. Drawn by camera lucida. Weigert-Pal
stain. x 5.

The appearance in Noforyctes would be almost exactly identical with

this.
a.C.
ps.d.

spl.
cm
a.f.
R.

A:
iB.

Commissura anterior.
Commissura hippocampi—crus dorsale.

. Crus ventrale.

‘¢Splenium commissure hippocampi” (mihi).

**Septum lucidum” (lamina terminalis).

Columna fornicis.

Riechbundel des cornu Ammonis (Zuckerkandl) lying in
the precommissural area of the median hemisphere wall.

Fibres of the Riechbunde passing directly to the hippocam-
pus without passing through the fornix.

Fibres directed backwards below a.c. to the floor of the
thalamencephalan.

Fibres directed forwards to the olfactory bulb and base of
brain (tuberculum olfactorium and lower part of pre-
commissural area).

Fig. 11.—Horizontal section through the olfactory bulb and peduncle.

Notoryctes. x about 8.
Pars olfactoria commissure anterioris.

. ‘Olfactory peduncular projection bundle.”
. Radiatio olfactoria externa.

Radiatio olfactoria interna, its fibres extending into the
precommissural area (p.a. ).

Ventriculum olfactorium.

Layer of glomeruli and nerve fibres.

Layer of mitral cells.

Layer of diffuse nerve fibres.

Layer of compact nerve fibres.

193
EXPLANATORY NOTE.

An examination of a large quantity of fresh Monotreme-
material since this paper was written has convinced me that
undue importance has been attached to the degree of flexion as an
index of a Monotreme cerebrum. Thus in Ornithorhynchus the
hippocampus possesses quite an extensive descending limb. It is,
however, of a very diminutive size, and in all my earlier speci-
mens had become knocked off in preparation for cutting. It is
so small, however, and its fimbria so insignificant that it may be
neglected in discussing the morphology of the hippocampal com-
missure. In Zchina also, the descending limb is much more
extensive than my earlier examinations lead me to believe.

In my paper on the Platypus brain, which I expect to publish
soon, the bearing of these facts will be fully discussed.

194

CARBONIFEROUS FORAMINIFERA OF WESTERN
AUSTRALIA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
SPECIES.

By Water Howcuin, F.G:S.

[Read August 6, 1895.]

Plate X., figs. 1-8.

Some time ago I asked Mr. H. P. Woodward, Government
Geologist of Western Australia, if he could procure any material
of Carboniferous age that was likely to contain microzoa. Not
having any of the argillaceous shales on hand, he kindly sent me
a few brachiopod shells of this age which contained a little soft
matrix in their interiors. Small as was the amount of material
thus obtained, it has yielded three species of foraminifera which
are of more than ordinary interest, not only as undescribed forms,
but they are amongst the firstfruits of an old fauna in the
Paleontology of Australia, of which we know but little at
present.

The shells from which the material was gathered were obtained
by Mr. Woodward from the Carboniferous shales of the Irwin
River, about 200 miles north of Perth. With regard to these
beds Mr. Woodward says—‘ The Lower Carboniferous outcrops
upon the Irwin River, where there area series of shales, fire-
clays, sandstones, and limestones, with coal-seams. This forma-
tion extends north in a narrow strip to the Lyons River.”*

The only other locality in Australia where foraminifera of this
age are known to occur is in the Permo-Carboniferous Rocks of
Tasmania,+ but the species of the two localities, so far as recog-
nised, are distinct.

The Western Australian material came to hand shortly before
the Adelaide meeting of the Australian Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, and the writer was able to report the
occurrence and generic positions of these foraminifera in a paper
read before the Association on ‘‘A Census of the Fossil Foramini- .
fera of Australia.”{ For remarks on the distinctive features of
the Australian Carboniferous foraminifera, as compared with

*Geolog. Mag. Dec. IV., vol. I., p. 545, Dec., 1894.

+‘*The Occurrence of Foram. in the Permo-Carb. Rocks of Tasmania,”
W. Howchin, Report of Fifth Meeting of Aus. Asso. for Adv. of Science,
Adelaide, 1893, p. 344, pl. X., XI.

Op. cit., p. 348.

195

those of presumably the same age in the Northern Hemisphere,
see the article just mentioned.

In addition to the forms described in this paper, there is also
present in the material a parasitic organism of doubtful relation-
ship. It-is not clear from the few ‘examples obtained whether
the object belongs to the foraminifera or annelida. This is held
over for further investigation. —

CoRNUSPIRA SCHLUMBERGI, sp. nov. PI. x., figs. 1-3.

Ref.—Cornuspira Schlumbergi, How., MS., Report of Fifth
Meeting of Aus. Ass. for Adv. of Science, Adelaide, 1893, p. 366.

Test. discoidal, flat or biconvex, convoluted ; consisting of a
non-septate tube, slightly increasing in diameter, but with vary-
ing dimensions. Initial end of chamber spherical, and of greater
diameter than the tube. Convolutions, about five in number,
more or less asymmetrical, particularly in the earlier growth.
Test-walls investing, each successive whorl enclosing all the pre-
ceding by alar extensions over the lateral surfaces of the shell.
Periphery rounded, and somewhat irregular in outline. Septa-
tion obscured exteriorly by lamination of shell-walls, except near
the orifice, where a sutural depression is visible for about half
the length of the final convolution. Transverse section of tube
round, or with slight vertical compression. Aperture formed by
the open end ue tube, more or less constricted at vent.

Diameter, ;’5 in.

This is an interesting species, and diverges from the normal
characteristics of the genus in two particulars—the irregular
coiling of the earlier convolutions of the tube, and also in the
lamination of the test-walls. The former of these features is
subject to considerable variation. Some transparent sections
show but slight divergencies of the spiralline arrangement of the
chamber from one plane, whilst in others the tube has apparently
coiled upon itself at almost right angles, as shown in fig. 3,
plate x. Again, unlike other members of the genus, there is a
complete investment. of the earlier convolutions by successive
layers of shell substance, obscuring the septation, and giving the
shell a lenticular outline in transverse section. The irregular
coiling of the tube in this species makes it isomorphic with
Ammodiscus gordialis (P. & J.) in the arenaceous series. The
duplication of the test-walls is a still more eccentric feature of
this species. The thickening of the test in the umbilical region
is produced, not by an excresence of shell substance, which not
unfrequently occurs in certain species of foraminifera, but by
an extension of the lateral flaps of the chambers in a similar
manner to the nummulitic method of growth. This is shown
in the transparent section, fig. 2, plate x.

196

In the lamination of the shell-walls, the present species shows
a closer likeness to the genus Planispirinu than Cornuspira, but
the absence of segmentation in the chamber cavity fixes its
position with the last-named genus.

Representatives of this genus have been observed in most
geological formations of Europe, dating from the Lias, and it
also occurs in rocks of Permo-Carboniferous age in Tasmania.*

It affords me much pleasure to associate the name of Mons.
Schlumberger of Paris with this interesting species, not only
because the transparent sections of this form now figured were
kindly supplied by this eminent specialist, but the author has
been laid under repeated obligation for services he has cheerfully
rendered towards the working out and determination of obscure
species.

Noposaria IRWINENSIS, sp. nov. Pl. x., fig. 7-8.

Ref.—Nodosaria species, Report of Fifth Meeting of the
Aus. Ass. for Adv. of Science, Adelaide, 1893, p. 366.

Test elongate, straight or very slightly arcuate, tapering. Seg-
ments about eight in number. The shell either slightly inflated
near the centre or gradually increasing in size. Chambers of greater
width than length. Sutural lines straight,thick, and slightly
depressed. Surface of test ornamented with numerous, closely
set, longitudinal, and continuous coste.

Length, giz In.

This is a Nodosarian of very short length, narrow chambers,
banded sutures and finely costated surface. It does not appear
to agree with any previously described species. <A finely ribbed
Nodosarian shell has been figured from the Permian of Durham
by Mr. T. Rupert Jonest and the late Dr. H. B. Brady,t and
referred by the latter to NVodosaria (Dentalina) multicostata,
d@Orb. But this is a very different species from the one now
described, being markedly dentaline, with subglobular chambers
that rapidly increase in size with the stages of growth. Messrs.
Jones and Parker have also figured§ two fragments of a costated
Nodosarian from the Triassic beds of Chellaston, near Derby,
which are referred by the author to JV. lineolata, Reuss. This
is, however, a much larger shell than the one found in the R.
Irwin beds, and has elongated elliptically-shaped chambers. The
broad banded constrictions which mark the septation in

* Op. cit., vol. V., p. 344.

+ Dentalina King gui, Monograph of the Sou el Fossils of England, by
W. King, Palezontog, Soc., 1850, pl. vi., figs. 2

{Monograph of Carboniferous and Permian Foraminifera, by H. B.
Brady, Paleontog. Soc., 1876, pl. x., fig. 19.

§ Quart. Jour. Geo. Soc., vol. XVI. (Nov., 1860), pl. xix., figs. 11, 12.

LOT

N. Irwinensis may be compared with a similar feature in
N. vertebralis, Batsch.; but the examples now under considera-
tion do not exhibit the transparent shell substance in the septal
bands which gives the vertebral appearance to Batsch’s species.
How far this feature may have been modified by age in the West-
ern Australian species it is impossible to say. In other respects
there is but slight similarity between the two species.

The genus Nodosaria (including Dentalina) is but sparingly
represented in rocks of Paleeozoic age. In Brady’s ‘Monograph
of the Permian and Carboniferous Foraminifera”* only three
species are recorded, and the whole of these belong to the Permian
or newest member of the division. A true Modosaria was dis-
covered by the present writer in one of the minor limestones of
the lower Carboniferous series of Northumberland,t and a mem-
ber of the same genus occurs in the Permo-Carboniferous rocks
of Tasmania.{ In the Carboniferous Limestone of the Northern
Hemisphere its place seems to be taken by Nodosinella, a group
of foraminifera with finely arenaceous tests, and which in form
are to some extent isomorphic with the hyaline Nodosarie of
newer formations.

FRONDICULARIA WoODWARDI, sp. nov.

Ref.—Frondicularia species, Report of Fifth Meeting of the
Aus. Ass. for Advancement of Science, Adelaide, 1893, p. 366.

Test elongate, tapering, compressed, and subject to to consider-
able variation in external form. Oral end broad, rounded, and
regularly curved. Aboral extremity obtusely pointed. Peri-
pheral margins rounded. Segments from seven to ten in number,
gradually increasing in size, acutely arched. Final chamber relat-
ively large, inflated, and lobulated. Sutures flush, marked by
clear shell substance. Length of shell equals twice or three times
the breadth.

Length of fine example, 5}, in.

This pretty little shell somewhat resembles /rondicularia com-
planata, Defr., but differs from that species in its elongate contour,
fewer chambers, and conspicuous final segment. The segmenta-
tion is also less acute, particularly in the later chambers, which
approach to a regular curve. A somewhat similar example to
our species was figured by Messrs. Jones and Parkers from the
Upper Trias of Chellaston, Derbyshire. The authors referred to
designate the form figured by them as a “variety” of Frondicu-
laria complanata, Defr., but without further description. The

* Paleontographical Society, vol. XXX., 1876, pl. x., figs. 6-19.

+ Jour. Royal Microscopic Society, 1888, part IV., plate ix., fig. 21.

~ Report of Fifth Meeting Aus. Ass. for Adv. of Science, Adelaide, 1893,
p. 347.

§ Quart. Jour. Geo. Soc., vol. XVI. (Nov., 1860), pl. XIX., fig. 19.

198

reasons which have led me to distinguish the present species from
the one described by Defrance have already been stated. I have
great pleasure in recognising the services of Mr. H. P. Woodward,
F.G.8., Government Geologist of Western Australia (to whom
I am indebted for the material that has supplied the foraminifera
described in the present paper), by naming the present species
after one who has done much valuable pioneer work in a country
which, geologically, is but imperfectly known.

Until the present discovery the occurrence of Frondicularie in
the Chellaston beds, referred to above, was the earliest record for
the genus. The Western Australian examples carry the geologi-
cal history of the genus back to the Upper Paleozoic.

Ph

Two NrEw SPECIES OF CRETACEOUS
FORAMINIFERA.,

By Watter Howcuin, F.G.S.
[Read August 6, 1895.]

Plate X., figs. 9-13.

The southern limit of the great Cretaceous formations of
Central Australia passes a little south of Hergott Springs on
the main North line, 441 miles from Adelaide. At Hergott two
bores, 150 yards apart, have been put down by the 8.A. Govern-
ment, and in No. 2 Bore a very strong artesian spring has been
tapped. The beds passed through in these operations, and which
in No. 2 Bore extend toa depth of 342 feet, appear to be of
marine origin throughout. They consist of dark-colored mud
shales and thin limestones. The section is only sparingly
fossiliferous, and the foraminifera are relatively scarce. The
material, however, being soft, and in a very fine state of division,
can be easily reduced by washing and the microzoa concentrated.
Fifty-six species in all have been noted from the bore material.
A description of the microzea of No. 1 Bore will be found in the
Transactions of this Society, vol. VIII., p. 79; and a list of the
foraminifera observed in No. 2 Bore has been given in “ A Cen-
sus of the Fossil Foraminifera of Australia,” Aus. Ass. for
Adv. of Science, vol. V., p. 362.

HAPLOPHRAGMIUM AUSTRALIS, sp. nov. Pl. x., figs. 12-13.

Ref.—Haplophragmium australis, How., M.S., Report of
Fifth Meeting of Aus. Asso. for Adv. of Science, Adelaide,
1893, p. 364.

Test free, elongate, crozier shaped; earlier chambers plano-
spiral, later chambers linear. Spiral portion compressed, exca

199

vated at the umbilicus; periphery rounded. Linear portion
cylindrical, or oval in transverse section, slightly increasing in
size towards the oral extremity. Segments about ten in num-
ber, inflated. Sutural lines marked by deep incisions. Test
coarsely arenaceous. Aperture simple, central; marked by
umbo produced from central portion of final segment.

Length of large specimen, } in.

This form differs from H. agglutinans (d’Orb.), with which it
has close affinities, in the deep constrictions of the sutures, infla-
tion of the chambers, and prominent oral features. The strongly-
marked septation in the spiral portion gives an appearance to the
chambers as though set at different angles, and thus opposed to
each other in the plane of growth.

H., agglutinans is also present in the same beds, but no passage
forms were noted between this last-named species and the one
now described.

One example was found in No. 1 Bore at a depth between 100
ft. and 200 ft., and about half-a-dozen in No. 2 Bore at a depth
of 50 ft.

PATELLINA JONESI, sp. nov. Pl. x., figs. 9-11.

Ref.—Patellina Jonesi, How., MS. Report of Fifth Meeting of
Aus. Ass. for Adv. of Science, Adelaide, 1893, page 365.

Test free; superior lateral surface an elongated obtusely
pointed cone ; usually asymmetrical ; inferior face flat or slightly
concave ; height equal to greatest breadth, or more; peripheral
edge, obtuse, rounded. Segments, of which there are about seven
on either side, cresentic (or? annular); irregular both in size and
position. Superior surface, punctured and minutely reticulated
with] ines of clear shell substance. Septation often indistinct exter-
iorly, but sometimes marked by slight sutural depressions or
swellings of the test in irregular gyrate elevations. Chamber
cavities simple, undivided by septa. Central portion of test
filled with irregular growth of shell substance, which also pene-
trates to a great extent the chamber cavities themselves.

Height of cone in average specimens, 4, in.; diameter, =, in.

This is an anomalous little shell. It appears to be a Patellina
of a very simple type. In external form it somewhat resembles
the recent and very rare P. campaneformis, Brady, and still more
closely the conical, Carboniferous form, P. Bradyana, Howchin,
and is akin to both these species in its simple undivided cham-
bers. But it differs from both the species referred to in the
irregular form of its chambers and the generally diffused shelly
deposits within the chambers as well as in the umbilical region.
Tn the examination of minute fossil forms there is always a danger
of confounding infiltration of mineral matter with the proper
testaceous structure, but in the examination of transparent
sections of this form it is often impossible to mark the distinc,

200

tion between the substance of the test walls and the confused
shelly deposits,or even in some cases where the well-defined walls
terminate and the irregular deposits begin. It would seem that
the habit of the genus to produce secondary shell substance and
irregular chamberlets has in the present species found its extreme
development. The reticulated superficial layer appears to be a
rudimentary form of “the external or reticulated chamber-layer,”
_which is more definitely developed in the European Cretaceous
species, P. lenticularis, Carter. The range of variation in the
external form of this species is very considerable ; at times it
forms a symmetrical cone, but more frequently the habit of
growth is marked by sudden inflation or contraction of the test
as shown in fig. 9.

The geological range of the genus, so far as known, dates from
the Carboniferous Limestone,* but it was during the Cretaceous
and Eocene periods that it reached its greatest development, not
only in size, but in the range of .its species and the complex
structure of its investment. Since the early Tertiary period it
has gradually declined until in the present day it is only repre-
sented by one or two minute and degenerate species.

About a dozen examples were found in No. 2 Bore at Hergott,
at a depth of 140-150 feet.

It is with much pleasure that I name the present species after
J. W. Jones, Esq., Conservator of Water, under whose direction
this very successful bore was carried out, and to whose courtesy
and ready assistance I have been indebted for the material ob-
tained from this as well as other Government borings.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Figs. 1-3.—CorNUSPIRA SCHLUMBERGI, sp. nov.

' 1, Lateral aspect.

2. Transparent, transverse section showing lamination of test walls.

3. Transparent, horizontal section showing irregular coiling of the
chambers.

Figs. 4-6.—FRONDICULARIA WooDWARDI, sp. nov.

4. Opaque, lateral aspect. a. End view of same.

5. Opaque, lateral aspect of a short and broad variety.

6. Transparent, horizontal secticn.

Figs. 7, 8.—Noposaria IRWINENSIS, sp. nov. Lateral aspects of two
average specimens.
Figs. 9-11.—PATELLINA JONESI, sp. nov.
9. Lateral view.
1U. Transparent, vertical section.
11. Transparent, transverse section.
Figs. 12, 13.—HAPLOPHRAGMIUM AUSTRALIS, sp. nov.
12. Few-chambered specimen.
13. Example showing rectilineal growth. a. Oral view of same.

* Carboniferous Foram., by W. Howchin, Jour. Roy. Micro. Soc., Aug.,
1888.

FURTHER NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEw GENERA AND
SPECIES.

By the Rev. T. Biackspurn, B.A.

[Read October 1, 1895,]
pig ddd

CARABID Zi.
AGONOCHILA.

A. Kocbelei, sp. nov. Breviter pubescens ; picea, capite protho-
raceque plus minusve rufescentibus, elytris fasciis 2 irregu-
laribus valde contortis pallide testaceis ornatis, antennis
palpis pedibusque testaceis ; prothorace fortiter transverso,
antice parum emarginato, crebre leviter minus subtiliter
punctulato, lateribus fere equaliter rotundatis bisetosis,
angulis posticis fere rectis ; elytris vix striatis, fere ut pro-
thorax punctulatis. Long., 131; lat., +1.

This species may be readily distinguished by its small size and
the unusual markings of its elytra. These latter consist of two
strongly zigzag fascie the anterior of which is much wider than
the posterior, its zigzags so strong as to extend from near the
base of the elytra to considerably behind their middle. The
posterior fascia is subapical. The markings bear a certain resem-
blance to those of Hucalyptocola Mastersi, Macl., but the two
insects are very widely distinct.

N. Queensland ; presented to me by Mr. Koebele.

A. stictica, sp. nov. Breviter pubescens; picea vel rufo-picea,
antennis palpis pedibusque testaceis, elytris maculis testaceis
senis elongatis (his longitudinaliter positis) ornatis ; pro-
thorace fortiter transverso, antice emarginato, leviter sub-
tiliter (ad latera magis crasse) punctulato, lateribus bisetosis
medium versus perspicue angulatis pone medium manifeste
sinuatis, angulis posticis rectis ; elytris vix striatis, subtilius
sat fortiter sat crebre punctulatis. Long., 12 1.; lat., 4 1.

Readily distinguished from the preceding structurally by the
distinctly angulate sides of its prothorax. Very distinct from its
previously described congeners by the markings of its elytra
which seem to be quite constant though more or less conspicuous
according as the ground-color is darker or lighter. They consist
on each elytron of six testaceous elongate spots placed as follows:

—One almost touching the base, two placed side by side about

0

202

the middle (the external one a trifle more anterior than the

other), three near the apex placed side by side. In some examples

the two middle spots just touch each other and in some the three
subapical spots are slightly in contact with each other. In some
examples the lateral border of the elytra is more or less pallid.

N. Queensland ; presented to me by Mr. Koebele.

SCOPODES.

S. intricatus, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; sat nitidus; niger,
capite prothorace que cupreis, elytris lineis subtilibus albis
intricate reticulatim ornatis, antennis ferrugineis ; capite
supra longitudinaliter striolato; prothorace quam caput
angustiori, supra fortiter striolato, haud canaliculato, fortiter
transverso, latitudine majori longe ante medium posita,
angulis posticis dentiformibus, lateribus mox pone marginem
anticum fortiter angulatis hinc ad basin subrectis ; elytris
striatis, interstitiis inequaliter convexis (3° 3-foveolato).
Long., 12 1.; lat., =5 1.

Readily recognisable by the curious reticulation of fine white
lines with which its elytra are ornamented ; also notable for the
coarse striolation of its prothorax which distinguishes it from all
its described congeners except S. rugatus, Blackb.; from this
latter it is very distinct inter alia by its prothorax (even in the
middle) scarcely being lobed or produced hindward behind a
straight line joining the dentiform hind angles.

N. Queensland ; presented to me by Mr. Koebele.

STAPHYLINIDA.

BARRONICA (gen. nov. Aleocharinarum).

Myllenam simulans ; antenne breves (his speciel typice quam
prothoracis latitudo brevioribus) robust, articulis basalibus
2 sat equalibus, 3° breviori et angustiori, 4° 5° que etiam
brevioribus, 6°—10° ex ordine latioribus (8°—10° transver-
sis), 11° longitudine 8°—10° conjunctis «quali; caput in
prothorace profunde immersum (superne haud preter
naturam exsertum vix visibile); palpi maxillares modici,
articulo apicali abrupte gracili; prothorax semicircularis
(fere ut Corylophi) transversus ; scutellum minutum ; elytra
quam longiora fere duplo latiora; abdomen _pergracile,
marginatum, a basi ad apicem fortiter angustatum (ut
Conuri) ; pedes modici, tarsis anticis 4-articulatis, posterior-
ibus 4 5-articulatis, posticis quam tibie vix brevioribus
(articulo basali quam sequentes 3 vix breviori) ; coxe inter
mediis inter se modice disjuncte.

I have unfortunately not been able to dissect a specimen suc-
cessfully enough to ascertain all the characters satisfactorily and

203

so have had to omit some of them, but the characters specified
above will enable this genus to be recognised readily. The
minute insect on which it is founded is one of the most remark-
able species I have seen and seems to have no near ally previously
named, and I am in doubt where it should be placed. <A casual
glance would at once suggest placing it near Myllena but its
much shorter palpi and short stout antennz seem inconsistent
with such a place; I can however suggest no better. Its most
remarkable character I think consists in the relation of its head
and prothorax to each other which is almost exactly as in Cory
lophus, the small head being in repose laid back flat against the
under-surface of the prothorax so as to be entirely invisible from
above, and the outline of the prothorax being evenly semicircular
so that there is no. trace whatever of any front angles. The
front part of the prothorax moreover is roundly declivous in front
and when the head is laid back underneath projects freely over
it exactly as in Corylophus. Another very notable character is
found in the general form (which is an extreme exaggeration of
that of Myllena) - the prothorax and elytra are exactly applied
to each other so that their outline is perfectly continuous and
forms a wide oval; the slender Conurus-like hind body looks like

a thin tail and when it is raised upward the body has much the

appearance of that of a miniature scorpion.

B. scorpio, sp. nov. Antice lata, depressa ; nigra, antennis (apice
infuscato excepto) flavis, pedibus piceis vel plus minusve
sordide testaceis ; subtiliter pubescens ; prothorace ad elytra
arcte appiicato, his longitudine sat eequali, transverso, semi-
circulari, postice bisinuato, subtilissime punctulato, angulis
posticis retrorsum productis ; elytris quam longioribus fere
duplo latioribus, subtiliter fere subaspere punctulatis, postice
conjunctim late emarginatis, angulis externis retrorsum pro-
ductis ; abdomine minus subtiliter minus crebre punctulato,
segmentis ad apicem setis elongatis instructis. Long., 11—
1d 1; lat. 21.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele in the Barron River

District.

QUEDIUS.

Q. Koebelei, sp. nov. Minus gracilis; sat nitidus; niger, iride-
scens, ore palpis antennis pedibusque testaceis, elytris
obscure ferrugineis apicem versus infuscatis; antennis sat
brevibus sat robustis, articulo 3° quam 2 manifeste longiori
4° 5° que subzequalibus quam 3" paullo brevioribus, 6°—10°
inter se sat equalibus quam latioribus vix longioribus quam
5"* manifeste brevioribus ; capite fere transverso, quam pro-
thorax paullo angustiori, puncturis 3 utrinque prope oculum
et foveis magnis 2 (his transversim positis) inter antennarum

204

bases impresso; prothorace modice transverso, antice sat
angustato, in disco puncturis 2 interse transversim approxi-
matis ante medium (2que inter se late distantibus in margine
antico) positis et utrinque marginem medium versus punc-
turis 2 transversim positis impresso; scutello elytris
abdomineque minus tortiter minus crebre punctulatis ;
elytris prothoraci longitudine zqualibus. Long., 2 1 (vix);
lat., $ 1.

This small species seems to be quite distinct from all the Aus-
tralian Quedii hitherto described. In M. Fauvel’s tabulation of
Quedii (Ann. Genov. 1878, pp. 551-2) it would be placed I think
beside metallicus, Fauv., from which inter alia its diminutive
size readily distinguishes it. I must say, however, that M.
Fauvel’s tabulation is so complicated (being designed for interpola-
tion with another tabulation) that I do not feel sure I understand
it accurately. However, all previously described species except
piceolus, Fauv., are markedly larger than the present insect, and
piceolus differs from it inter alia by the apical portion of its
abdomen being red.

N. Queensland ; presented to me by Mr. Koebele.

METOPONCUS.

M. cairnsensis, sp. nov. Sat elongatus; nitidus ; niger, antennis
piceo-ferrugineis, elytris lete violaceis, pedibus et abdominis
segmentis 1° 4° que lete rufis; capite elongato parallelo,
quam prothorax sublatiori; hoc elongato, disco utrinque 4-
punctulato; elytris biseriatim obsolete spunctulatis, pro-
thoraci longitudine sat equalibus. Long., 231.

Readily distinguishable by its coloring from all the previously
described species.
N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.
PALAMINUS.

P. Nove-Guinee, Fauv. Mr. Koebele has sent to me from the
Barron River district of Queensland some examples of a
Palaminus which agrees very well with the description of this
species. It is quite possible that a comparison with the type
might reveal distinctions, but at any rate the two must be
extremely close. The present insect does not appear to be the
allied P. Australie, Fauv., of which I believe I have an example
(taken in Victoria) differing from the Queensland specimens by
the characters that M. Fauvel specifies as distinguishing
P. Australie from P. Nove-Guinee.

P. vitiensis, Fauv. Among the Staphylinide taken in N.
Queensland by Mr. Koebele I find an example of a Palaminus
agreeing well with the description of this well-marked Polynesian
insect. The only discrepancy is a slight one in respect of color ;

205

whereas in P. vitiensis the ‘‘apex” of the elytra should be infus-
cate, in this specimen the infuscation is slightly in front of the
apex, leaving the extreme apex of a pallid color.

PHALACRID&.

In the Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893-4 occurs an important memoir
in which M. Guillebeau revises this family and enumerates a
number of new genera and species including several from Aus-
tralia. The author distributes the family into ten sub-families.
I regret that I have been unable to arrive at any very certain
conclusions as to the identification of the various sub-families and
genera. As regards the sub families, some of them appear to be
distinguished inter se by very slight characters ; the Olibromor-
phini for instance are expressly stated to agree with the Olibrini
in everything except in the metasternal process being shorter so
as not to protrude beyond the intermediate coxe. As regards
the genera they are not recognisable with absolute certainty, no
diagnosis being published and there being no indication of the
characters beyond the few that the author makes use of in a
tabulation of genera which he supplies. This tabulation, of
course, only enables one to identify the genera on the assumption
(a very large one) that all the species one is examining are
referable to the genera named in M. Guillebeau’s table.

I have before me a considerable collection of Phalacride
gathered by Mr. Koebele and placed in my hands for identifica-
tion. Owing to the very scanty characters attributed to Mr.
Guillebeau’s genera I am unable to refer any of the above
mentioned specimens with certainty to any of those genera—but
on the other hand there are none of those specimens which I can
say with certainty do not belong to his genera. Under these
circumstances the only possible course for me in describing Mr.
Koebele’s new species is to furnish a table of the genera which
M. Guillebeau attributes to Australia arranged by his characters
and apply to the species provisionally the names which that
author employs, pointing out nevertheless that by this course I
probably include under some of his names species which, if he
had them before him, he would regard as requiring new generic
names. The species described below, then, are divided into
genera according to the following scheme, with the one exception
indicated further on. J must remark however that the species
which I refer to M. Guillebeau’s sub-family Olibromorphini have
the metasternum according to my observation protruding slightly
beyond the intermediate coxe, though not nearly so much pro-
truding as the metasternum of those species which I refer to his
Olibrini. I am disposed to think that this discrepancy is only a
slight difference between his observation and mine because the
species which have the metasternum short agree more or less

206

(some of them exactly) with the important tarsal characters that
he indicates and because moreover if M. Guillebeau’s description
of the metasternum be held as rigidly accurate I should have to
consider that I have not seen one of the Okibromorphini among
all the numerous Australian Phalacride before me.

I cannot bring myself to think M. Guillebeau right in his
treatment of Litochrus ; I notice however an obscurity in his
remarks which suggests the possibility of a printer’s error. In
his tabulation he distinguishes Litochrus from his new genus
Micromerus by the former having the first joint of the posterior
tarsi ‘‘ very elongated,” while the latter has it “two or three
times as long as the second joint.” Then he adds a note that in
Micromerus the legs are probably less slender and the first joint
of the tarsi less elongated than in Litochrus (which apparently
he has not seen). But Erichson in characterising Litochrus merely
says that the basal joint is longer than the second, and Lacordaire
calls the second joint ‘a little” shorter than the first. This is a
tangle which suggests the question whether in M. Guillebeau’s note
(quoted above) ‘‘less” may have been accidentally substituted
for “more.” I have in my collection an example from Tasmania
which I have no doubt is Litochrus brunneus, Er., and its hind
tarsi have their basal joint less than twice as long as their second
joint. I have also some species from tropical Australia in which
the basal joint is even more than three times as long as the
second. It would not however be safe either to call these latter
Micromerus or to give them a new name; consequently I must
apply the name Litochrus to all the Australian Olibrinit known
to me.

A. Mesosternum visible only with the appearance of being a
narrow scarcely prominent front margin to the meta-
sternal lobe.

B. Epistoma emarginate close to the eye.

C. Metasternal lobe protruding beyond the intermediate
coxee (Olibrint).

D. Basal joint of posterior tarsi very elongate ... Litochrus
DD. Basal joint of posterior tarsi less elongate, but
considerably longer than second joint Micromerus

CC. Metasternal lobe less produced (according to M.
Guillebeau not passing the intermediate coxe)
(Olibromorphini).
D. Second joint of posterior tarsi much longer than
basal joint... ass . Parasemus
(The other genera are not known to be Australian).
BB. Epistoma not emarginate (Phalacrini).
C. Elytra with a subsutural stria_... ... Phalacrus
(No other genus recorded in Australia).
AA. Mesosternum well developed (Hustilbini).
B. Apical joint of maxillary palpi not dilated ; basal pas
of hind tarsi not elongate Phalacrinus
(No other genus recorded as ; Australian).

207

LITOCHRUS.

As explained above, I am obliged to refer to Litochrus provi-
sionally, all the Australian species known to me presenting the
characters of the group that M. Guillebeau has called “ Olibrinz.”
Nevertheless three of them (the first three described below)
might with some reason be separated generically from the rest on
account of the great slenderness of their hind tarsi, the great
elongation of the basal joint of the same, and the greater projec-
tion beyond the intermediate cox of their metasternal lobe; the
basal joint of their hind tarsi is longer than all the other joints
together. None of the species previously described by me as
Litochri exhibit these characters, but two of them (LZ. sutwrellus
and lateralis) appear as noted below to fall into M. Guillebeau’s
new genus Parasemus.

L. coloratus, sp. nov. Ovalis; nitidus; rufus, prothoracis basa
(anguste) elytrisque (apice sanguineo excepto) nigris ; supri
fere levi (elytrorum stria suturali antice abbreviata excepta);
metasterno medio sparsim setoso; tarsorum posticorum
articulo basali quam ceteri conjuncti longiori. Long., 1,8; 1.;
late 1

7 10
The conspicuous coloring of this pretty species renders it easily
recognisable. It is all but devoid of sculpture even near the apex
(the sutural stria excepted). There are however some faint
transverse scratches on the elytra visible only from certain
points of view.
N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

L. pulchellus, sp.nov. Ovalis; nitidus; supra rufus, capite pos-
tice prothoraceque (lateribus exceptis) obscuris, elytris
(lateribus anguste apice late et macula communi magna
transversa rufis exceptis) nigris ; capite prothoraceque sat
levibus; elytris fere levibus (stria suturali antice abbreviata
excepta) sed apicem versus obsoletissime punctulato-striatis ;
corpore subtus lete brunneo; metasterno medio rufo,
sparsim punctulato, vix manifeste setoso (? exempli typici
abraso) ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam ceteri
conjnncti longiori. Long., ,°,—12 1 lat., +—3 1.

The conspicuous elytral markings render this also a readily
recognisable species. The elytra may be thus described :—Red,
bearing a large common black ring which touches the base, nearly
touches the lateral margins and is considerably separated from
the apex. The enclosed central space (owing to irregularity in
the shape of the black ring) presents the appearance of two
roundish spots confluent for some distance along the suture. The
elytra are not marked with transverse scratches.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

208

I. noteroides, sp. nov. Ovalis; nitidissimus; totus pallide
brunneo-testaceus ; supra fere levis, elytrorum stria suturali
leviter impressa antice abbreviata ; tarsorum posticorum
gaye basali quam ceteri conjuncti longiori. Long., 11;
lat., 2 1.

This batts bears a certain resemblance in outline to a
Dytiscid of the genus Noterus. It is smaller than L. coloratus
and very different in color from both the preceding species. Its
elytra show no trace of the transverse scratches that are charac-
teristic of L. coloratus.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

L. Koebelet, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis ; nitidus; testaceus ; capite
prothoraceque fere levibus ; elytris sat distincte punctulato-
striatis, striis basin versus obsoletis et vix perspicue punc-
tulatis, interstitiis subalutaceis et puncturis sparsissimis
impressis stria suturali postice sat fortiter impressa ; anten-
narum clava sat brevi sat lata. Long., 1 1. (vix); lat., 21.

The uniform testaceous color, rather broad form, compact
antennal club and distinct elytral sculpture of this Species com-
bine to render it easily recognisable.

N.S. Wales; taken by Mr. Koebele on the Blue Monnens

L. tinctus, sp. nov. Ovalis; nitidus; testaceus, elytris basin
versus indeterminate lineis macularibus fuscis notatis ;
capite prothoraceque subtilissime crebre sat distincte punc-
tulatis ; elytris ut prothorax punctulatis et puncturis paullo
majoribus (his obsolete seriatim impressis et basin versus vix
perspicuis) impressis, stria suturali postice minus fortiter
impressa ; antennarum clava sat brevi sat lata. Long., 135
—131.; lat., ~—3 1.

This species seems to be near Micromerus amabilis, Guilleb.,
but is considerably larger and also differs inter alia by the line-
like fuscous marks with which the basal part of the elytra is
variegated. These marks seem to be always present though
varying somewhat in intensity and never very sharply defined.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

L. major, Blackb. Ovalis; nitidus; niger subiridescens, capite
antice prothoracis marginibus omnibus elytrorum lateribus
(anguste) corpore subtus antennis palpis pedibusque testaceo-
rufis; capite prothoraceque crebre subtiliter punctulatis ;
elytris seriatim subfortiter punctulatis, interstitiis dupliciter
(sc. Sparsius subtiliter et sparsissime subfortiter) punctulatis,
stria suturali minus fortiter impressa; antennarum clava
modica; hujus articulo basali leviter 2° sat fortiter trans-
versis, apicali quam preecedens parum longiori. Long., 1#1.;
lat., 1,3, |.

209

This species is notable for its large size. Its coloring also dis-
tinguishes it from all its Australian allies. J originally men-
tioned it as possibly a variety of the species I described as
Litochrus lateralis, but it has good structural characters as will
be seen by reference to my remarks on that species.

S. Australia.

The genus Litochrus (to which for reasons specified above I
refer all the Australian Phalacride known to me having the hind
tarsi elongated in proportion to the anterior tarsi and their basal
joint considerably longer than the second joint) is now becoming
so numerous that a tabular statement of the characters of its
species seems called for.

A. Basal joint of hind tarsi longer than all the the
other joints together.

B. Elytra without transverse sculpture.

C. Color entirely testaceous . ... noteroides, Blackb.
CC. Elytra with well- defined markings ... pulchellus, Blackb.

BB. Elytra with transverse scratch-like sculpture coloratus, Blackb.
AA. Basal joint of hind tarsi shorter than all the

other joints together.

B. Elytra with defined markings.

C. Elytra black with a common red spot ... macuatus, Blackb.
CC. Elytra pale testaceous with black markings.
D. Elytra with decided traces of numerous

striz leticulus, Blackb.
DD. Elytra with ‘only the sutural stria dis-
tinct i ... consors, Blackb.

BB. Elytra without defined markings.
C. The largest punctures of the elytra are on
alternate interstices... oe ... alternans, Blackb.
CC. Elytral puncturation not as “(.”
D. The elytral sculpture consists of rows of
punctures,—not distinct strie (except
the sutural stria).
E. These rows are almost entire and consist
of strong punctures major, Blackb.
EE. The rows fail in the anterior quarter of
the elytra.
F. The punctures in the rows, though
fine, are strongly impressed (espe-
clally behind the middle)... ... brunneus, Er.
FF. The punctures in the rows very
faintly impressed throughout.
G. Elytra piceous or reddish.
H. Antenne entirely testaceous ... sydneyensis, Blackb.
HH. Antenne with their club dark = frigidus, Blackb.
GG. Elytra testaceous.
H. Form oval (elytra with indistinct

short fuscous lines) ... tinctus, Blackb.
HH. Form subhemispheric (Micro-
merus) .. amabilis, Guilleb.

DD. Elytral sculpture not consisting of
mere rows of punctures.
E. Elytra with distinct punctulate strie Koebelei, Blackb.
EE. Elytra with faint impunctulate strie Palmerstoni, Blackb.

210

PARASEMUS.

To the best of my knowledge no formal diagnosis of this genus
has been published. The following characters are to be inferred
from its place in two tabulations (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894) :—
Palpi of ordinary length, intermediate coxe widely separated,
mesosternum appearing only as the reflexed margin of the meta-
sternal lobe, clypeus emarginate close to the eye and rounded at
the apex, metasternal lobe not passing the intermediate coxe,
prosternal lobe not passing the front cox, antennal club three-
jointed, second joint of posterior tarsi two or three times as long
as basal joint, apical joint of maxillary palpi cylindric, a single
subsutural stria, basal two joints of posterior tarsi not soldered
together, posterior tibie obliquely truncate at the apex, form
subhemispheric.

T have in my collection a number of species which must either
be referred to this genus or be regarded as representing a new
genus closely allied to it. They all agree more or less perfectly
with the diagnosis of Parasemus that I have given above, their
variations from it being in respect of characters that need not be
regarded as generic; thus the basal joint of the hind tarsi is in
every instance notably shorter than, though in some instances it
is more than Aalf as long as, the second joint; and the form of
the body is by no means constantly subhemispheric, but this
latter character (7.e., the form of the body) is I think manifestly
only specific. The character that I feel most doubtful about is
‘“basal two joints of hind tarsi not soldered together.” JI am
not sure that I understand this expression. In the insects be-
fore me the basal two joints are very closely connected and the
suture (though perfectly manifest under a microscope) is very
fine, but the two joints are certainly distinct from each other.
A remarkable character common in a greater or less degree to
them all consists in the compression and dilatation of the femora
—especially the four anterior ones. These four might be called
“ subcircular” being almost as wide as long, the hinder margin
of the intermediate being however not evenly rounded but feebly
angular in the middle; in repose the tibize are almost hidden
under these flat plate-like femora only their apex protruding. As
M. Guillebeau does not refer to the femora in Parasemus this
character does not help me to determine whether my specimens
are Parasemi.

I find that two species which I have previously referred to
Litochrus must take their place among these present insects, viz.,
L. suturellus, Blackb., and L. lateralis, Blackb. At the time I
described them the suture between the basal two joints of the
hind tarsi escaped my notice and [ mistook the two joints for a
single one. I have now placed a hind tarsus of all the species in

211

my collection under a microscope so as to make sure of correctly
ascertaining the structure. The two species which I described
(Tr. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1892, p. 98) as probably members of a new
genus near Litochrus and which I called Z. (?) alpicola and
L. (?) wniformis must also stand here and I think that which I
called Olibrus victoriensis should be added.

P. torridus, sp. nov. Late ovalis; nitidus; supra piceus plus
minusve rufescens ; subtus, cum antennis palpis pedibusque,
brunneo-testaceus ; capite prothoraceque fere levibus, elytris
parte prope basin levi excepta seriatim distincte punctulatis,
puncturis in seriebus subtilibus et crebre dispositis, stria
suturali (hac pone elytrorum medium incipienti) bene im-
pressa, interstitiis vix manifeste punctulatis; antennarum
clava sat elongata ; hujus articulis 1° 2° que sat transversis
intus quam extus multo magis dilatatis, articulo apicali
quam precedentes 2 conjuncti vix breviori. Long., 1 1.;
lat... * I.

This species bears considerable resemblance to P. (Litochrus)
suturellus, Blackb., from which it differs inter alia by the large
basal space devoid of sculpture on the elytra and by the sutural
stria being altogether effaced on more than the anterior half of
the elytra; also by the interstices of the elytral strie being
almost impunctulate, only the one or two nearest to the suture
bearing any defined punctures.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

P. discoideus, sp. nov. Late ovalis ; nitidus; supra rufo-piceus,
prothoracis lateribus et elytrorum macula magna communi
indeterminata basin attingenti multo dilutioribus ; subtus
cum antennis palpis pedibusque brunneo-testaceus ; capite
prothorace que fere levibus, elytris (parte magna prope
basin levi excepta) seriatim distincte punctulatis, puncturis
in seriebus subtilibus sat sparsim dispositis, stria suturali
(hac pone elytrorum medium incipienti) sat bene impressa,
interstitiis vix manifeste punctulatis ; antennarum clava sat
elongata; hujus articulis ut precedentis. Long. +1;
lat., 2 1.

Smaller than the preceding and differently colored, also with
the punctures in the elytral series a little finer and considerably
less closely placed ; the elytra are of a dark red or piceous color,
the whole disc being occupied by a common somewhat heart-
shaped blotch of a testaceous red color; this blotch is not sharply
defined, touches the base, extends to within a short distance of
the apex and spreads out laterally so as to be separated from the
margin on either side by a dark space equa! to about one-third of
the width of an elytron. In certain lights the elytra of this

212

species show a rather distinct blue iridescence which is scarcely
discernible in P torridus.
N,. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

P. doctus, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; sat nitidus ; capite protho-
raceque rufis (hujus disco infuscato); elytris piceo-nigris,
margine laterali (anguste) et macula communi discoidali bene
determinata litteram V (late apertam) simulanti rufis; corpore
subtus antennis palpis pedibusque sordide testaceis ; capite
prothoraceque sparsim sat distincte punctulatis; elytris
(parte angusta prope basin levi excepta) seriatim distincte
punctulatis, puncturis in seriebus sat subtilibus sat crebre
dispositis, stria suturali (hac longe ante elytrorum medium
incipienti) sat fortiter impressa, interstitiis confertim sub-
tilissime punctulatis; antennarum clava ut P. torridi.
Long, 1 vilatel Sol:

This species is easily recognisable by the sharply defined red
mark resembling a widely open V on the disc of the almost black
elytra.

N.S. Wales; taken by Mr. Koebele on the Blue Mountains.

P. comes, sp.nov. Late ovalis; nitidus; supra piceo-niger, capite
prothoracis lateribus elytrorum lateribus (anguste) et macula
magna communi discoidali cordiformi bene determinata (hac
marginem nusquam attingenti) rufis; subtus cum antennis
palpis pedibusque testaceus vel brunneo-testaceus, meta-
sterno medio sanguineo; capite prothoraceque sparsim sat
distincte punctulatis ; elytris seriatim distincte (prope basin
vix perspicue) punctulatis, puncturis in seriebus sat subtili-
bus sat crebre dispositis, stria suturali paullo ante medium
incipienti minus fortiter impressa, interstitils sat distincte
punctulatis ; antennarum clava ut P. torridi. Long., 1,5, 1.;

Lab oe tals

Resembles the preceding but apparently a good species; it
differs chiefly by its larger size, broader build, and the fainter
impression of the sutural stria which commences evidently
further from the suture; also the red mark on its elytra is of
very different form. Resembles also in general appearance
Litochrus maculatus, Blackb.

N. Queensland; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

P. modestus, sp. nov. Late ovalis, postice subacuminatus ;
nitidus ; totus brunneo-testaceus ; capite prothoraceque fere
levibus, elytris (parte magna prope basin levi excepta)
seriatim distincte punctulatis, pone scutellum subgibbosis,
puncturis in seriebus sat subtilibus minus crebre dispositis,
stria suturali paullo ante medium incipienti sat fortiter im-
pressa, interstitiis (illis versus suturam exceptis) vix per-

213

spicue punctulatis; antennarum clara ut P. torridi. Long.,
Se late i
Easily distinguishable by its entirely uniform pale brownish-
testaceous color and extremely nitid appearance.
N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

P. obsoletus, sp. nov. Minus late ovalis ; nitidus; supra fusco-
piceus (nonnullorum exemplorum lateribus dilutioribus);
subtus cum antennis palpis pedibusque brunneo-testaceus ;
capite prothoraceque vix perspicue punctulatis; elytris
(parte magna prope basin levi excepta) seriatim distincte
punctulatis, pone scutellum subgibbosis ; puncturis in serie-
bus subtilibus minus crebre dispositis, stria suturali paullo
ante medium incipienti sat fortiter impressa, interstitiis vix
perspicue punctulatis; antennarum clava ut P. torridi.
Long., 4 1.; lat., $1.

This species is much like the preceding, apart from its very
different color,—but when carefully examined its form is seen to
be less broadiy oval, the puncturation of its elytra considerably
finer and its femora much less broadly dilated.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

P. internatus, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; nitidus ; supra piceo-
niger, prothoracis lateribus obscure rufescentibus, subtus
cum antennis palpis pedibusque rufo-testaceis; capite pro-
thoraceque crebre subtilissime (vix perspicue) punctulatis,
elytris (parte sat magna prope basin sublevi excepta)
seriatim minus distincte punctulatis, puncturis in serie-
bus subtilissimis sat crebre dispositis, stria suturali sat
longe ante medium incipienti, minus fortiter impressa, inter-
stitiis subtiliter alutaceis ; antennarum clava ut P. torridi.
Long., 52; 1. ; lat., 21.

A species of very dark color on the upper surface, with the
punctures in the elytral series excessively fine and faintly im-
pressed. It is closely allied to the two preceding and best dis-
tinguished, I think, by inspecting it from the side, when the out-
line curve of its upper surface is seen to be much less curved
(z.e., part of a much larger circle) and to be even, whereas in the
other two there is an evident unevenness of the curve due to a
slight gibbosity a little distance behind the scutellum, the height
of the elytra at that point being much greater than at the middle
of their length.

S. Australia ; Petersburg.

The following table shows the distinctive characters of the
described Australian Parasemi. In this genus, it will be re-
membered, I include all the Australian Phalacride known to me
having the characters of the Olibromorphini (as they are stated

214

above) and also having the second joint of the hind tarsi con-

siderably longer than the basal joint.

A. Elytra without sharply defined markings.
B. Form oval.

C. Discoidal interstices of elytra with very in-

conspicuous (if any) puncturation.
D. Sutural stria extending well into the front

half of the elytra.
E. The punctures in the elytral series more
or less closely placed.

F. Color of the upper surface more or less

piceous or reddish-piceous.

G. The elytral rows of punctures very
fine throughout, and_ scarcely
traceable in basal one-fifth of
elytra.

H. Elytra sub-gibbous behind the
scutellum ...
HH. Elytra not sub- gibbous behind
the scutellum
GG. The elytral rows of punctures much
stronger (almost as in the Euro-
pean Phalacrus caricis, Sturm)
and continued nearer base
FF. Color uniformly very pale testaceous
EE. The punctures in the elytral series very
fine and much more sparsely placed
DD. Sutural stria scarcely reaching into the
front half of the elytra
CC. Discoidal interstices of elytra with sparse
well-defined puncturation about as strong
as in the European Phalacrus caricis,
Sturm.
D. Elytra black .
DD. Elytra red
BB. Form subhemispheric.
C. General color black
CC. General color ferruginous
BBB. Elytra very broad at the shoulders and
strongly acuminate behind
AA. Elytra with sharply defined marking.
B. The marking consists of a common Pelee
spot
BB. The marking resembles the letter V_

PHALACRINUS.

obsoletus, Blackb.

internatus, Blackb.

suturellus, Blackb.
modestus, Blackb.

discoideus, Blackb.
torridus, Blackb.

lateralis, Blackb.
victoriensis, Blackb.

Grovellei, Guillb.
uniformis, Blackb.

Alpicola, Blackb.

comes, Blackb.
doctus, Blackb.

P. notabilis, sp. nov. Subrotundus, postice sat acuminatus ;
nitidus ; supra piceo-niger, capite antice rufescenti, protho-
racis (late) et elytrorum (anguste) lateribus rufis; corpore
subtus antennis palpis pedibusque brunneo-testaceis, anten-
narum clava infuscata; capite prothoraceque subtilissime
minus confertim punctulatis; elytris punctulato-striatis,
striis suturam versus subtiliter latera versus fortiter im-
pressis interstitiis distincte subtiliter nec crebre punctu-
latis ; antennarum articulo basali valde dilatato, articulo

215

10° quam 9" sat breviori, apicali quam precedentes 2 con-
juncti vix breviori.

Var.? dilutior. Pallide brunneo-testaceus, elytris apicem versus
picescentibus. Long., 1%, 1.; lat., 1 1,

Resembles P. obtusus, Blackb., in shape, but differs from it
and from the other previously described species inter alia by the
very deeply impressed lateral striz of its elytra.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

P. comis, sp. nov. Subrotundus, postice sat acuminatus; nitidus ;
brunneo-testaceus, hic illic indeterminate obscurior ; capite
prothoraceque subtilissime sat sparsim punctulatis ; elytris
distincte subtiliter striatis, striis suturam versus subtiliter
latera versus multo minus subtiliter punctulatis, interstitiis
distincte minus crebre punctulatis; antennarum articulo
basali sat dilatato, apicali quam precedentes 2 conjuncti sat
breviori. Long., 1,', 1. (vix); lat., =% 1.

Resembles P. obtusus, Blackb., in shape and elytral striation
but differs in the very well defined puncturation of its elytral
strie. P. rotundus, Blackb., has punctulate strie but its strize
(especially the lateral ones) are very much more finely punctured
and its shape is very different, being shorter and evidently more
nearly circular.

Victoria ; sent to me by Mr. French.

PECTINICORNES.

CERATOGNATHUS.

C. Gilesi, sp. nov. (Mas.) Elongatus, sat parallelus ; crasse
rugulose (in prothorace inzqualiter) punctulatis; niger,
squamis adpressis aurantiacis sparsim vestitus ; capite supra
tuberculo mediano (hoc ad apicem vix bifido) instructo ;
mandibulis quam caput vix longioribus, in medio obtuse
leviter auriculatis, ad apicem trifidis (lobo intermedio quam
ceteri longiori); prothorace quam longiori fere dimidia parte
latiori, antice sat angustato, longitudinaliter profunde sul-
cato; elytris irregulariter costatis, costis alternis quam
ceterze majoribus.

Femine mandibulis brevibus nec auriculatis. Long. (mands.
incl.), 6—64 1.

A very distinct species. Compared with C. niger, Westw., it
differs by the form of the mandibles which are trifid at the apex
(the three lobes all pointing in a direction continuing the length
of the mandible) and in the male have a small obtuse elevation
about the middle of their length (this elevation is much smaller
and further from the base than the elevation on the mandibles of
C. Frogatti, Blackb.); also differs from C. niger by its coarser

216

and less evenly distributed sculpture which is so disposed on the
prothorax as to leave some large nitid protuberant spaces devoid
of punctures, also by its prothorax being much less strongly
transverse and being very evidently narrowed in front, also by
there being only one frontal tubercle and the prothorax being
deeply channelled down the middle, also by the elytra having
about ten coste, of which the alternate ones are the stronger
(the somewhat coarse puncturation of the elytra not being inter-
rupted by the cost these latter are less conspicuous than they
would be otherwise). The totally different sculpture of the pro-
thorax inter alia distinguishes this species from C. Westwoodi,
Thoms.
Victoria ; in mountainous parts; taken by Mr. E. Giles.

CRY PTOPHAGID i.

TELMATOPHILUS.

The following four species, although not very closely allied as
species, seem to present no structural differences inconsistent
with their being placed together generically. They are all sub-
pentamerous clavicorns, and my own inclination was to refer
them or at any rate most of them to the Hrotylide. Feeling,
however, some hesitation as so their true place I forwarded
examples of the first described to my friend Dr. Sharp, of Cam-
bridge, to whose obliging readiness in giving me his judgment I
was already under many obligations. Dr. Sharp tells me that
the specimens I submitted to him may certainly be treated as
congeneric with the N. Zealand Zelmatophilus nitens, Shp. He,
however, points out that in this determination he does not differ
much from my view of the matter as he regards the Hrotylide
and Cryptophagide as incapable of satisfactory distinction.
There is no higher authority than Dr. Sharp, as all Coleopterists
know; I consider myself very fortunate in having been able to
obtain his opinion.

T. Sharpi, sp.nov. Oblongus; modice convexus ; nitidus; setis
subtilibus singulis minus elongatis e puncturis singulis
orientibus vestitus; rufo-testaceus, capite prothorace et
elytrorum plagis sat magnis nonnullis plus minusve infusca-
tis, exemplorum nonnullorum antennarum clava_ paullo
infuscata ; capite convexo sat «quali, cum prothorace sat
fortiter vix crebre punctulato; hoc sat fortiter tranverso,
antice vix angustato, ad basin late sublobato, ante basin
transversim fortiter sulcato, lateribus sat arcuatis ante basin
manifeste sinuatis, angulis posticis acute rectis; elytris
leviter (striis lateralibus fortiter impressis exceptis) striatis,
seriatim punctulatis, puncturis in striis crebris, interstitiis

217

levibus (3° 5° 7° que sparsim seriatim punctulatis exceptis)
antennis quam corporis dimidium brevioribus, articulo
basali suborbiculari, 2° multo minori moniliformi, 3° quam
2° sat longiori, 4° ut 2°°, 5° paullo longiori, 6°—8° ut 2", 9°
10° que transversis sat latis, 11° quam 10" paullo longiori
obovato ; prosterno inter coxas sat lato utrinque carinato,
postice producto, ad apicem truncato; oculis prominulis
fortiter granulatis ; metasterno ad latera grosse (in medio
cum abdomine magis subtiliter) punctulato. Long., 1} L;
lage, fue
The infuscate blotches on the elytra are variable ; in a well-
marked specimen they consist of a large transversely quadrate or
somewhat triangular common blotch at the base, a broad more or
less straight median fascia and a large common apical blotch. In
some examples the median fascia is dilated forward near the
lateral margin, in others the median fascia is interrupted at the
suture, and in others it does not reach the lateral margins. In
some examples the dark markings on the elytra are nearly black
and in others very little darker than the rest of the surface. The
elytra of very dark examples are nearly black with a narrow pale
fascia from either shoulder obliquely running towards the suture,
and a pale spot on each elytron near the apex.
N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

T. Koebelet, sp. nov. Precedenti (7. Sharp?) valde affinis; anten-
narum articulo 5° quam 4% 6"* que haud perspicue longiori ;
prothoracis lateribus manifeste minus arcuatis; elytris
(striis lateralibus exceptis) haud striatis, puncturis in serie-
bus multo minus crebre dispositis. Long., 14 1.; lat., = 1.

In addition to the structural characters set forth above this
species differs from the preceding in the markings of its elytra,
the:e being on each elytron a longitudinal prolongation of the
median dark mark connecting the latter with the hind external
corner of the basal blotch; this is not the case with any variety
that I have seen of 7’ Sharpi.

Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele.

T. cairnsensis, sp. nov. 7. Sharpi valde affinis; prothorace
antice nullo modo angustato, minus crebre punctulato,
lateribus fere rectis, elytris ut 7’. Koebeled. Long., 1°; 1;
lat., 4 1. (vix).

Larger and of slightly wider build than 7. Sharpi and with a
very differently shaped prothorax. The markings differ in the
basal and apical blotches of the elytra being very small, but as I
have only seen a single example of this insect it is possible that
this may be a mere variation.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

Pp

218

T. breviformis, sp. nov. TZ’. Sharp valde affinis; multo minus
elongatus, magis crebre setulosus, antennarum articulo 5°
quam 4"* vix longiori, prothoracis lateribus paullo ante basin
subangulatis hine ad basin fortiter convergentibus, elytrorum
interstitlis omnibus punctulatis. Long., 1 1.; lat., 2 1.

fh’. The dark markings of this species are much like those of some
specimens of 7’. Sharpi ; they are however much reduced in size
and intensity, so that each elytron is of a yellowish brown color
with a dark patch about the scutellum an elongate longitudinal
dark patch on the disc and a small apical dark patch. As each
puncture on this, and all the preceding three, species bears a fine
seta the interstices being much more punctulate involves the
general surface being much more setulose.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele.

T’. stygius, sp. nov. Anguste oblongus; sat parallelus ; sat con-
vexus ; nitidus; setis subtilibus minus perspicuis e puncturis
singulis orientibus vestitus ; supra niger ; subtus piceus in
medio rufescens; antennis pedibusque picescentibus, tarsis
dilutioribus ; capite prothoraceque fortiter vix crebre punctu-
latis; hoc sat transverso antice haud angustato, ad basin
late sublobato, ante basin transversim fortiter sulcato,
lateribus sat rectis; elytris vix (striis lateralibus exceptis)
striatis, fortiter sat crebre seriatim punctulatis, interstitiis
alternis sparsim vix perspicue punctulatis ; antennis fere ut
T. Sharpi sed articulo 5° quam 4° parum longiori; oculis
et corpore subtus fere ut 7. Sharpi sed metasterno medio et
abdomine magis fortiter punctulatis. Long,, 141.; lat., 21.
(vix).

Its black color and parallel build render this species easy to
recognise.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele.

T. singularis, sp. nov. Oblongus; sat convexus; sat nitidus ;
setis subtilibus e puncturis singulis orientibus vestitus ; rufo-
brunneus, antennarum clava infuscata ; capite prothoraceque
fortiter vix crebre punctulatis ; hoc transverso, quam elytra
sat angustiori, antice parum angustato, ad basin haud
lobato, ante basin vix perspicue transversim sulcato, lateribus
sat rotundatis crenulatis ; elytris leviter (latera versus magis
fortiter) striatis, striis crebre fortiter (interstitiis sparsissime)
punctulatis ; antennis fere ut 7’. Sharpi sed paullo breviori-
bus, articulo 5° quam 4"* vix longiori; corpore subtus fere ut
T. Sharpi; oculis sat fortiter granulatis, sed quam 7’. Sharpi
minus grosse. Long., 1 1.; lat., 21.

obo

Differing much from the preceding in facies (owing chiefly to
its prothorax being narrower in comparison with the elytra and

219

being neither lobed nor strongly sulcate at the base), this species
nevertheless seems less aberrant in Z’elmatophilus than they do,
especially in respect of its less coarsely granulated eyes [these
organs in the preceding are far more coarsely granulated than in
European Telmatophili (e.g., LT. caricis, Oliv.)] and its tarsi of
which the basal three joints are (as in 7’. caricis) a little longer
and less closely packed together than in 7. Sharpi, &e. It may
be noted that none of the above species can be placed in the
Australian genus Cnecost which Mr. Pascoe associated with
Lelmatophilus, and from which inter alia they differ widely in
the structure of their palpi.
N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele.

LAMELLICORNES.

EUPCECILA.

E. balteata, Vollenh. I have received from Mr. French
examples which seem to agree well with the description and
figure of this species. Mr. French reports them as taken in N.
Queensland. It should be noted that the present insect does not
appertain to Hupecila as limited by Dr. Kraatz, but is I think
clearly congeneric with Schizorhina atripennis, Macl., which Dr.
Kraatz somewhat hesitatingly assigns to Dilochrosis.

EUCNEMID.
FORNAX.

Lf. coloratus, sp. nov. Sat nitidus ; rufus, antennis (basi excepta)
capite postice elytrisque (fascia lata postmediana excepta)
nigris ; pube brevi (hac in prothorace aurea in elytris nigra)
densim vestitus ; capite sat crebre (prothorace minus crebre,
elytris sparsim) minus fortiter punctulatis; capite inter
oculos subplanato in parte mediana leviter impresso, haud
manifeste carinato; antennis quam prothorax longioribus,
articulo 3° quam 2" plus quam duplo (quam 4% paullo)
longiori ; prothorace sat transverso, antice sat angustato,
angulis posticis (superne visis) sat acutis, basi 4-impressa ;
elytris in partibus anticis duabus parum (apicem versus magis
fortiter) angustatis, sat evidenter iridescentibus, vix mani-
feste (stria subsuturali excepta) striatis. Long., 6 1.; lat.,
21 1.

Easily recognisable by its nitid, black, more or less iridescent
elytra traversed immediately behind the middle by a broad
testaceous red fascia. In M. de Bonvouloir’s tabulation of
Fornax [ Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) X. part supp.] this fine species
would find its place somewhere in the neighborhood of the
Malayan /. mirabilis, Bonv., from which it differs inter alia by

220

its apical ventral segment not being acuminate and in the mark-
ings of its elytra.
N. Queensland ; in the collection of Mr. French.

CURCULIONID.

CUBICORHYNCHUS.

C. taurus, sp. nov. Ovalis ; postice abrupte declivis (fere perpen-
dicularis) ; piceus, sqamis fumicoloribus et aliis griseis inter-
mixtis sat dense vestitus, capite confertim granulato, inter
(sed fere pone) oculos granulis majoribus 2 instructo ; rostro
brevi crasso, cristis interocularibus subspiniformibus apice
obtusis antrorsum plane directis insigni; prothorace modice
transverso, sat crasse minus confertim granulato (vel fere
tuberculato, granulis majoribus nonnullis latera versus in
parte antica dispositis), linea subtili mediana impresso,
lateribus sat eequaliter arcuatis, latitudine majori ante
medium posita ; elytris crasse nec profunde sulcato-foveatis,
interstitiis angustis elevatis e granulis confertim positis
formatis.

Maris tibiis posticis intus supra medium abrupte fortiter tumidis ;
metasterno postice et segmento ventrali basali sat profunde
concavis ; segmento ventrali apicali postice late rotundato.

Femina latet. Long. 5 1., lat,, 24 1.

This species may be at once distinguished from its described
congeners by the interocular crests (which usually resemble a
prolongation hindward of the lateral margin of the rostrum)
taking the form of short horn-like processes directed straight
forward—i.e., rising abruptly perpendicularly (but a little pointed
outward) to the general surface. The sctx springing from the
tubercles are of pale yellow color.

Lake Callabonna ; taken by Mr. Zietz.

CATOCALEPHE (gen. nov. Alerpidarum).

Corpus convexum subparallelum setosum; rostrum modice
elongatum, latum, depressum, ante basin gibbum, antice et
in medio nitidum subglabrum subleve, in partibus ceteris
opacum rugulosum setosum; scrobes postmediane, infra
rostrum directe, antrorsum ut sulci laterales ad_ rostri
apicem continue; scapus brevis, oculum haud attingens ;
funiculus 7-articulatus brevis crassus (articulo 1° quam ceteri
paullo longiori), in clava adnatus ; oculi parvi depressi sub-
grosse granulati; prothorax magnus transversim quadratus
(parte antica summa angustata), quam elytra vix angustior
lobis ocularibus fortiter spiniformibus ; scutellum parvum ;
prosternum ante coxas sat elongatum; metasternum sat
elongatum ; coxze antice contigue; pedes sat breves sat

221

robuste ; femora mutica; tibi flexuose, ad apicem bical-
carate, anticis extus crenulatis, posterioribus 4 externe
fortiter denticulatis, posticarum corbulis cavernosis ; tarsi
lineares, unguiculis liberis simplicibus ; abdominis segmen-
tum 2™ quam 3° 4"™ que conjuncta longius.

The species on which I found this genus is at once recognisable
by the remarkable spiniform development of the ocular lobes.
What are its affinities is a very dificult question. In general
appearance it is remarkably lke Orichora (figured by Mr. Pascoe
Journ. Linn. Soc. X. t. 19, f. 3) but has nothing to do with it
structurally. My inclination would be to associate it in the
Rhyparosomide with Mandalotus (probably identical as I have
already pointed out with Dysostines), but its comparatively long
metasternum seems quite irreconcileable with such a place. I
have therefore referred it to the tribe in which a strict observance
of M. Lacordaire’s tabulations would locate it and have associated
it with the Aterpides. Certainly its rostrum is considerably like
that of a Rhinaria, but some of the characters cited above (e.g.,
the cavernous corbels of its hind tibiz) are by no means sug-
gestive of an Aterpid. Probably M. Lacordaire if it had been
before him would have treated it as representing a distinct tribe.
The peculiar scrobes of the rostrum call for special notice; a
deep lateral sulcus runs from the apex of the rostrum hindward
and somewhat behind the middle suddenly widens and is deflected
to the under surface, the antenne being inserted at the point of
deflection.

C. minans, sp. nov. Convexa; sat parallela; sat brevis; picea,
exemplorum nonnullorum pedibus elytrisque paullo rufes-
centibus ; setis albidis subcrebre vestita ; prothorace nitido,
sat crebre sat fortiter nec rugulose (lateribus cum capite
rugulose) punctulato, disco longitudinaliter anguste levi
subelevata; elytris minus nitidis, striatis, interstitiis sat
crebre subgrosse granuloso-rugulosis ; corpore subtus crebre
squamoso-punctulato. Long. (rostr. incl.), 3—321.; lat.,
4-12 1.

Central Australia ; taken by Mr. Zietz at Lake Callabonna.
PACHYURA.

P. minima, sp. nov. Suboblonga (postice latior) ; rufa, in parte
vel tota picescens ; supra squamis ochraceis vestita, his in
capite prothoracque 3-lineatim in elytris 3-fasciatim minus
perspicue condensatis; subtus dense eequaliter albido-
squamosa (nihilominus in abdominis segmentis singulis,—
apicali excepto,—utrinque macula parva denudata) ; rostro
nigro nitido, usque ad antennarum basin squamoso et longi-
tudinaliter carinato, fere levi, ad apicem sat dilatato ;

222

antennis preter prothoracis basin paullo attingentibus,.
articulo 3° quam 1". paullo longiori ; prothorace cum elytris.
sat crebre granuloso-punctulato, transverso, antice angustato,
lateribus leviter rotundatis; elytris obsolete striatis, ad
apicem rotundatis, femoribus inermibus. Long. (rostr. incl.),
2—3 1; lat., 2—1 (vix) 1
I cannot ascertain that this extremely common little species
has ever been described. I have little doubt that it is the insect.
named P. australis (but not described) by Mr. Hope as the type
of the genus Pachyuwra and that the insect which Schonherr
described as P. australis, Hope, was wrongly identified; the
latter I have not seen from 8. Australia whereas this little spe-
cies is plentiful in the localities from which Hope obtained most
of his insects. P. minima is a variable insect, its derm (includ-
ing the legs and antenne) ranging in color from red to pitchy
black and the squamosity (which is coarse and seta-like) from
pale to bright ochraceous. The squamosity is vaguely and
sparsely dispersed over the whole upper surface exceyt the apical
part of the rostrum and in places is denser than elsewhere, this
condensation of scales causing the appearance of an ill-defined
pattern which consists of three lines running hindward from the
level of the eyes to the base of the prothorax and three elytral
fascie (subbasal, median, and subapical). It is however only in
well preserved specimens that the elytral fasciz are all distin-
guishable; average specimens give the appearance of elytra
somewhat evenly squamose except in there being a semi-denuded
space before and behind the middle. The sexual differences are
not very marked ; the males however are smaller and less robust
than the females, and the rostrum in the former sex is slightly
shorter than (while in the latter it is as long as) the head. The
small size of this species is in itself a sufficient character to dis-
tinguish it from others previously described.

S. Australia; Victoria; N.S. Wales.

LONGICORNES.
PACHYDISSUS.

P. Frenchi, sp. nov. Piceus; pube sericea lete argentea densa
interrupte vestitus; prothorace ad latera obtuse tumido,
supra crasse ruguloso ; elytris ad apicem oblique truncatis,
partis truncate angulis spiniformibus ; oculis supra modice
approximatis, subtus late distantibus; spatio inter oculos
subtus capillis subtilibus elongatis dense vestito, sat crebre
punctulato, carina obtusa insigni transversim arcuata in-
structo; antennarum articulo basali crasse nec profunde
ruguloso.

223

Maris antennis quam corpus multo longioribus ; articulo 1° valde
dilatato prothorace nullo modo attingenti, 2° brevi, 3°
clavato quam precedentes 2 conjuncti parum longiori, 4°
clavato quam 3° paullo breviori, 5° leviter clavato 3° longi-
tudine sat equali, 6° sat gracili filiformi quam 5" dimidio
longiori, 7° 8° que quam 6"* manifeste longioribus supra
longitudinaliter carinatis, ceteris (exempli typici) carentibus;
segmento ventrali apicali ad apicem rotundato-truncato.
Long., 17 :1:; lat., 42 1.

Feminz antennis quam corpus subbrevioribus _ filiformibus.

Long., 16 1.

At once distinguishable from its described congeners by the
beautiful bright silvery pubescence with which its upper surface
is patchily clothed. It is also remarkable for the coarse but not
very deep rugulosity of the basal joint of its antenne which runs
in transverse wrinkles. The underside of its head is like that of
P. picipennis, Germ., except that the space between the eyes is
divided froin the space immediately in front of it (not by a sulcus
but) by a curved carina.

N. Queensland.

NEOSTENUS.

NV. spinipennis, sp. nov. (Mas.) Brunneo-piceus, antennis ob-
scurioribus, elytris (marginibus anguste piceis exceptis)
dilutioribus; antennis quam corpus paullo_ longioribus,
articulis 5—10 quam WV. Saundersi paullo magis fortiter
serratis ; prothorace quam longiori vix (quam WV. Saundersi
minus perspicue) latiori ; elytris ad apicem suturalem spina
valida (quam tarsorum articulus 3°8 V1x breviori) armatis, ad
latera profunde (quam WV. Sawndersi magis fortiter) excava-
tis, costis obsoletis (quam WV. Sawndersi multo minus dis-
tinctis). Long., 13 1.; lat., 341.

Very like W. Sauwndersi, Pasc., but easily distinguishable by
the characters cited above, especially by the long stout spine at
the sutural apex of the elytra.

Central Australia; taken by Mr. Zietz near Lake Callabonna.

PRAONETHA.

P. bimaculata, sp. nov. (Fem.!) Fusca, dense fusco-pubescens,
prothoracis maculis 2 magnis basalibus et elytrorum notula
communi postmediana late V-formi piceis, spatio elytrorum
inter suturam et costam ad suturam proximam in parte
tertia postica longe testaceo-hirsuto ; capite prothoraceque
sat sparsim subtilius, elytris basin versus sparsim magis
fortiter postice minus perspicue, punctulatis ; prothorace
antice et postice transversim impresso, modice transverso,
supra minus inequali haud tuberculato, lateribus sat arcuatis ;

224

elytris postice haud abrupte declivibus, ad apicem obliquetrun-
catis, in disco tricostatis (et quoque costa 4* exteriori leviter
elevata, et 5* versus apicem fere ut tuberculus elongatus mani-
festa), costa ad suturam proxima (ita ut criste 5 fasciculate
appareant) divisa, disco granulis nonnullis parvis ornato ;
segmento ventrali apicali in medio nigro, linea subtili longi-
tudinali mediana impresso ; ane quam corpus paullo
brevioribus. Long., 6 1.; lat., 22 1.

This species Beldnest to ‘Mr. Pascoe’s seventh section of
Praonetha (Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. [3] IIT., pp. 180, &c.). It seems
to be very distinct from all previously described species; the
long testaceous pilosity clothing the sutural region in its hinder
portion is a notable character; this pilosity is particularly con-
spicuous at the commencement of the posterior declivity where it
is laid almost flat and directed outward as though combed from the
suture over the hindmost of the crests. [A specimen of this species
recently received from Mr. Cowley and taken by him near Cairns is
somewhat smaller than the type and has snowy-white pubescence
clothing a common space on the elytra a little behind the
scutellum. |

N. Queensland.

CAIRNSIA (gen. nov. Niphonidarum).

Mas. Mandibule modice ; caput breve, inter antennas parum
concavum ; antennez quam corpus paullo longiores, subtus
sparsim ciliate, articulo basali modico sat anguste piriformi,
3° quam 1"* duplo longiori, 4° quam 3"* vix breviori, ceteris
ex ordine brevioribus ; oculi fere divisi, fortiter granulati ;
prothorax longitudinaliter carinatus et sulcatus, antice ad
latera nodosus (fere ut Prosopli),; elytra antice longi-
tudinaliter cristatus ; pedes modici robusti, tibiis intermediis
sunplicibus, tarsis posticis quam tibiz vix brevioribus ;
acetabula intermedia aperta; prosternum postice et mesos-
ternum antice sat fortiter declivia sed haud perpendicularia,
hoc antice nullo modo dentiformi nec producto postice late
sat fortiter emarginato; segmentum ventrale basale ad
apicem perlonge ciliatum ; unguiculi divergentes.

Fem. Antenne quam corpus paullo breviores; segmentum
ventrale apicale longitudinaliter canaliculatom.

I am unable to refer the insect for which I propose this new
name to any previously described genus. M. Lacordaire [Gen.
Col. LX. (2) p. 521] divides the Wiphonides into two groups dis-
tinguished by the greater or less emargination of the eyes. I
think this genus must be placed in the former of these, in which
it would fall beside Hathliodes ; but it has not at all the facies
of Hathliodes and differs structurally from the species of that

225

genus inter alia by its strongly crested elytra and by its wide
mesosternum which is strongly emarginate behind. If it be re-
garded as belonging to the group with the eyes not quite “ sub-
divided” it would have to take its place in the Symphiletes group
in which it would be distinguishable inter alia by its prothoracic
sculpture being (not transverse but) longitudinal together with
the absence of tomentose depressions on the abdomen of the
male. Its real affinity seems to me to be unquestionably with
Atyporis and Prosoplus which it closely resembles in facies, but
it differs from both in its mesosternum being in front neither
perpendicular nor in the least produced or tuberculate. This
latter character, together with the third joint of its antenne not
being perceptibly shorter than the fourth distinguishes it from
Menillus.

C. Cowleyi, sp. nov, Picea, pedibus antennarum basi et elytris
postice rufescentibus ; obscure griseo pubescens, elytris ad
basin pilis elongatis flavis (in cristis 2 positis) et in medio
fascia irregulari maculari (hac e pilis nonnullis albidis non-
nullis flavis formata) ornatis; capite prothoraceque sat
crebre ruguloso-punctulatis ; hoc transversim subquadrato,
in medio late leviter sulcato, sulco carina mediana instructo;
elytris a basi paullo ultra medium grosse ruguloso-punctulatis
et granulatis, ad apicem rotundatis, parte apicali obsolete
nec rugulose punctulata, disco obsolete 2- vel 3-costato,
angulis humeralibus sat rectis. Long., 6 1.; lat,, 22 1.

A remarkable insect on account of the two short but strongly
elevated longitudinal crests bearing long and dense yellow pilosity
and placed one on either side of the scutellar region.

N. Queensland; sent to me by Mr. Cowley; also by Mr.
French.
RHYTIPHORA.
hk. Frenchi, sp. nov. (Fem.) Nigra, pilis niveis ornata, his in
capite (ut linea oculos anguste, antennarumque articulos
singulos late, cingens ; et ut macule diverse in genis mandi-
bulis et clypeo posite), in prothorace (ut linez transverse 4
dorsales, his subtus dilatatis et prosterni totam superficiem
vestientibus), in elytris (ut macule numerossime et vitta
densa lata lateralis basin haud plane attingens) in sternis
(partem medianum minus dense vestiente et in lateribus ut
macule nonnull dense condensatis), in abdomine (sat dense
distributis sed maculis numerosis denudatis interruptis) et in
pedibus (totam superficiem vestientibus) dispositis ; capite
sat grosse punctulato, vertice longitudinaliter canaliculato ;
prothorace ruguloso, transversim bisulcato ; elytris sparsim
pergrosse punctulatis, puncturis singulis penicillas singulas

226

adpressas niveo-pilosas ferentibus; antennis quam corpus
paullo brevioribus. Long., 18 1.; lat., 641.

A very fine and distinct species ; independently of the pattern
of snowy white pubescence the elytra are glabrous ; their pattern
consists of a large number of isolated and very conspicuous white
sputs (resulting from the presence of pilosity in each puncture)
and a broad lateral stripe of very dense pilosity commencing a
little behind the shoulder and almost reaching the apex ; the
suture moreover is bordered near its apex by a narrow line of
white pilosity. The system of markings is very much like that
of Penthea Saundersi, Pasc., but in that species wnter alia the
patches of white hairs on the elytra are much larger and less
numerous and there is no white lateral vitta ; the eyes are very
much more coarsely granulated in the present species and it is of
narrower and more elongate form ; these latter characters refer
it to the genus Rhytiphora. The elytra are rounded at the apex.
The prothorax has no lateral tooth and the elytra are devoid of
basal granules.

N.W. Australia ; in the collection of C. French, Esq.

EROTYLID.

EPISCAPHULA.

E. nigrofasciata, sp. nov. Oblonga; glabra; nitida; sat con-
vexa ; rufa, capite antennis pedibus (tarsis exceptis) protho-
racis macula basali (hac antice bilobata) scutello elytrorum
sutura maculis 3 (his circa scutellum et in humeris positis)
fasciis 2 latis (altera mox ante medium altera sat longe pone
medium positis) apice summo et margine laterali summo pro-
sterni parte inter coxas mesosterno metasterno et abdominis
segmentis basalibus 3 nigris ; capite crebre punctulato ; pro-
thorace sat transverso, ad basin haud marginato, antice
modice angustato, subtiliter sat sparsim punctulato et punc-
turis nonnullis sat magnis impresso (his ad basin et latera
versus positis, in parte basali quam apicem versus multo
majoribus et profundioribus), lateribus fere rectis,—elytris
vix striatis, seriatim punctulatis (seriebus postice obsoletis,
2 discoidalibus quam cetere multo magis perspicuis); anten-
narum articulo 4° quam latiori manifeste longiori. Long.,
321; dat, 1-8, 1. 3

This species is not unlike a variety of #. australis, Boisd., in
which the median and post-median rows of spots coalesce into
fascise, but differs as follows: the red coloring is lighter and more
inclining towards a yellowish tone, the prothoracic spot is larger
and is bilobed in front, the sides of the prothorax are straighter,
the fine puncturation of the prothorax is more sparse and its

227

coarse punctures (instead of being of equal size and depth in all
parts where they occur) are much larger and deeper near the
base of the segment than near its apex.

Queensland.

E. brevicornis, sp. nov. Oblonga, postice acuminata ; nitida ;
glabra; convexa; supra obscure rufa, capite prothoracis
macula magna basali (hac fortiter transversa et antice 4-
lobata) scutello et elytrorum maculis et fasciis (fere ut
EL. nigrofasciate dispositis, sed maculis basalibus in basi
anguste conjunctis et fascia antica latiori ultra medium at-
tingenti nec margines laterales attingenti) nigris; subtus
nigra, prosterni lateribus et segmentis ventralibus ultimis
2 obscure rufis ; antennis pedibusque (tarsis rufis exceptis)
nigris ; capite prothoraceque fere ut #. nigrofasciate, sed
hujus puncturis majoribus inter se sat «qualibus ; antennis
sat brevibus, articulo 4° quam latiori haud longiori.

This species is at once distinguishable from the preceding and
other species (including £. australis) by its shorter antenne in
which the fourth joint (instead of being markedly longer than
wide) is quite as wide as long. The black mark on the prothorax
occupies a little more than the middle one-third of the base and
extends forward beyond the middle of the segment ; it is deeply
bilobed in front and near its front emits on either side a lobe-
like process running obliquely forward and nearly reaching the
lateral margin; the extreme front also of the prothorax is nar-
rowly black. The prosternum in front of the coxe is much more
strongly convex (almost subcarinate) on the middle line than in
the allied species.

N.S. Wales; taken by Mr. Froggatt near Maitland.

E. foveicollis, sp. nov. Oblonga; glabra; nitida; minus con-
vexa ; rufa, capite prothoracis maculis nonnullis (sc. macula
basali, macula mox intra marginem lateralem medium
utrinque posita, et marginis antici parte mediana) scutello
elytrorum maculis fasciisque nonnullis (sc. maculis 3 trans-
versim ad basin dispositis, fascia mox ante medium et altera
pone medium postis, et apice sat late) antennis pedibus
(tarsis exceptis) mesosterno metasternoque nigris; capite
fortiter (parte mediana subtiliter) punctulato ; prothorace
sat transverso, antice parum angustato, subtilissime sparsius
punctulato et puncturis nonnullis magnis (his inter se equali-
bus, ad basin et latera versus, et preesertim utrinque in fovea
magna prope angulos anticos, dispositis) impresso, lateribus
parum arcuatis; elytris vix striatis, seriatim puuctulatis
(seriebus postice obsoletis, 2 discoidalibus quam ceterz multo
magis perspicuis); antennarum articulo 4° quam latiori
paullo longiori. Long., 4 1.; lat., 14.1.

228

At once distinguished from its allies by the conspicuous large
and shallow depression a little within the anterior angles of the
prothorax in which there is a cluster of very deep fovea-like
punctures.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

THALLIS.

This genus is distinguishable from Lpiscaphula by, inter alia,
the form of its prosternal process. In Episcaphula this process
dilates behind the coxe in the form of a flattened lamina widest
at its hind margin which is triangularly emarginate. In Thallis
(as at present constituted) the prosternal process is more variable
but does not (at least in the Australian species) take the form
specified above.

LT’. Macleayi, sp. nov. Oblonga; glabra; nitida; sat convexa ;
rufa, capite postice prothorace (lateribus exceptis) elytrorum
parte circa scutellum fascia mediana et altera subapicali
sternis in parte et abdominis maculis nigro-piceis ; capite
sat fortiter crebre punctulato ; prothorace transverso, antice
vix angustato, ad basin marginato, sparsim subtiliter punctu-
lato puncturis majoribus confuse intermixtis, lateribus late
incrassatis et intra marginem incrassatum longitudinaliter
sulcatis ; elytris vix striatis, seriatim punctulatis, seriebus
postice minus obsoletis, interstitiis subtiliter punctulatis ;
processus prosternalis modice lati parte mediana convexa,
apice rotundata), lateribus carinatis ; antennarum articulo
3° quam 4"* haud longiori. Long., 24 1.; lat., 11.

Readily distinguishable from the others known to me of the
genus by the broad thickened ridge-like margins of the prothorax
(which are as wide as the basal joint of the antenne is long)
within which there is a deep narrow longitudinal furrow. It
should be noted however that strictly speaking it is not the
actual margin itself that is thickened for when the prothorax is
closely examined there is seen to be a fine stria-like furrow
dividing the true margin (which is normally narrow) from what
is really a longitudinal ridge which to a casual glance seems to
be an extension of the true margin.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

T. perplexa, sp. nov. Oblonga; glabra; nitida; sat convexa ;
rufa, capite prothorace scutello elytrorum parte circa scut-
ellum fascia mediana et altera apicali (his in sutura anguste
conjunctis) prosterno mesosterni metasternique lateribus
antennis pedibusque (tarsis exceptis) nigro- vel rufo- piceis ;
capite sparsim sat fortiter punctulato ; prothorace transverso,
antice leviter angustato, ad basin marginato, fere ut caput
punctulato, lateribus sat anguste incrassatis et intra partem

229

incrassatam longitudinaliter sulcatis; elytrorum sculptura
ut 7. Macleay sed puncturis in seriebus paullo magis sub-
tilibus ; processu prosternali latissimo, parte mediana modice
convexa postice rotundata, lateribus carinatis ; antennarum
articulo 3° quam 4"* paullo longiori. Long., 24 1.; lat.,
13, 1. (vix).

As far as color and markings are concerned this species has all
the appearance of being a slight and somewhat darkly colored
variety of the preceding, differing chiefly in the legs and antenne
being darker, the sides of the prothorax dark and the black
fascie of the elytra narrowly connected along the suture (the
hinder one reaching the apex). But it is certainly a distinct
species characterised hy the sparse puncturation of its head and
prothorax, the evidently fine seriate punctures of its elytra, the
very much narrower incrassated space just within the true lateral
margin of its prothorax, much greater width of its prosternal
process, and the evidently greater length of the third joint of its
antenne.

Queensland.

T’. subvinula, sp.nov. (Mas.) Oblonga; glabra; sat nitida ;
sat convexa ; nigra; prothorace rufo, elytris maculis binis
albido-flavis ornatis ; subtus testacea ; capite prothoraceque
creberrime grossissime punctulatis, hoc linea levi longitudi-
nali angusta antice posticeque abbreviata instructo ; elytris
vix striatis seriatim punctulatis (puncturis in seriebus pos-
tice obsoletis), interstitiis minus distincte punctulatis ; pro-
sterno grosse punctulato, inter coxas sat late convexo,
postice rotundato; antennarum articulo 3° quam 4° vix
longiori; femoribus anticis subtus dente armatis; tibiis
anticis curvatis. Long., 23 1; lat., 141.

This species closely resembles 7. vinula, Er., from which it
differs as follows: the head and prothorax are very much more
closely and coarsely punctured and the latter is a little more
transverse (Hrichson says that the prothorax of vinwla is not
shorter than wide, but this is not strictly accurate by measure-
ment); the elytral punctures are decidedly stronger near the
base ; and the whitish markings on the elytra are smaller, being
more abbreviated at both ends, so that they are spots rather
than fascie. |

S. Australia; Eyre’s Peninsula.

T. (?) venustula, sp. nov. (Mas.) Oblonga; pubescens; sat
nitida; sat convexa ; rufa; capite, prothoracis macula trans-
versa basali, scutello, elytrorum parte circa scutellum fascia
latissima mediana sutura margine laterali apicalique, meso-
sterno, metasterno, abdominis segmentis basalibus 2, antennis

230

et femoribus, nigris, tiblis picescentibus ; capite grosse punc-
tulato, in medio levi; prothorace transversim quadrato,
antice haud angustato, ad basin marginato, fortiter subcrebre
punctulato, marginibus lateralibus subcrenulatis; elytris
haud striatis, seriatim subtilius punctulatis, seriebus postice
sat obsoletis, interstitiis seriatim subtiliter punctulatis ;
prosterno ut 7. Macleayi; antennarum articulo 3° quam
4° paullo longiori ; femoribus anticis subtus ad basin pro-
funde emarginatis ; tibiis anticis curvatis, ad apicem extus
dentatis ; palpis maxillaribus magnis securiformibus.

Fem. latet. Long., 23 1; lat., 1 1.

Rather closely allied to 7. (2?) insweta from which it scarcely
differs structurally ; it is however a much smaller insect, much
more nitid, its markings much more sharply defined, its pro-
thorax very much less closely punctured, the seriate puncturation
of its elytra much less strong, &c., &c. The extraordinary forma-
tion of the front legs is no doubt sexual, as I find the front legs
of 7. (2) insueta similar in the male but normal in the female
(except in the external dilatation of the apex of the tibia being
common to both sexes).

Victoria.

T. (2) femoralis, sp. nov. (Mas.) Oblonga, sat parallela ;
glabra ; minus nitida; minus convexa; rufa; capite pro-
thoraceque piceo-nigris, hoc latera versus dilutiori, scutello
elytrorum parte circa scutellum fascia (hac mox antemedium
posita) et macula apicali communi (nonnullorum exemplorum
hac ad apicem vix attingenti) fere nigris; corpore subtus hic
illic infuscato ; capite prothoraceque grosse sat crebre punc-
tulatis, hoc fere ut 7. venustule (sculptura multo magis
grossa excepta); elytris quam prothorax parum latioribus,
distincte striatis, striis sat grosse punctulatis, interstitiis
seriatim punctulatis, sculptura postice obsoleta; corpore
subtus grosse sat crebre punctulato (abdominis apicem versus
magis subtiliter); processu prosternali lato postice minus
prominenti rotundato-truncato, ad latera vix carinato ; an-
tennarum articulo 3° quam 4" paullo longiori, clava minus
lato; femoribus anticis prope apicem subito angulatim
angustatis ; tibiis anticis curvatis ad apicem extus leviter
angulatim dilatatis.

Fem. pedibus simplicibus. Long., 3 1.; lat., 1 1.

This species seems to be an isolated one. Its sexual characters
are much like those of 7. compta, Er., but the facies of that insect
is very different on account of its much more nitid appearance,
less strong puncturation, prothorax smaller in proportion to the
elytra, antenne shorter with a more defined club.

Tasmania.

231

T. (?) dentipes, sp. nov. (Mas.) Oblongo-elongata ; sat parallela ;
glabra; nitida sat convexa; rufa; capite, prothoracis parte
postica, scutello, elytrorum angulis humeralibus fascia
mediana (suturam haud attingenti) et fascia subapicali
(marginem lateralem haud plane attingenti), prosterni parte
postica, mesosterno, antennis, coxis anterioribus 4, et pedi-
bus, nigris vel nigro-piceis ; capite sparsim subtilius punctu-
lato; prothorace vix transverso, antice haud angustato,
margine antico antrorsum rotundatim producto, ad basin
marginato, subtilius minus crebre punctulato, lateribus fere
rectis; elytris vix striatis, seriatim punctulatis, seriebus
postice sat obsoletis, interstitiis vix perspicue punctulatis ;
processu prosternali sat convexo, postice rotundato, lateribus
vix carinatis; antennarum articulo 3° quam 4" paullo
longiori, clava sat lata; femoribus anticis subtus prope
apicem dente forti armatis, tibus anticis fortiter curvatis.

Fem. latet. Long., 25 1.; lat. ne,

3* 150

A very elongate ere species, easily recognisable by its
markings and by the sexual characters of the male.

Victoria.

As the known Australian species of 7’hallis are now somewhat
numerous it seems desirable to attempt a tabular statement of
their distinctive characters. In the following attempt I have
been obliged to rely upon color and markings more than I could
wish on account of there being species unknown to me in nature
the descriptions of which do not contain satisfactory information
relating to structural characters. In the following table the
names in italics are of species which I have placed from a study
of their descriptions merely.

A. Upper surface glabrous.

B. Elytra with a pattern of variegated colors.

C, Elytra black or piceous around the
scutellum.
D. Prothorax more or less red.
E. Margins of prothorax normal.
F. Prothorax entirely bright red.
G. A wide flat unpunctured space
down middle of prothorax ... Vinula, Zr.

GG. The unpunctured space obsolete
(i.e., narrow, raised, and much

abbreviated, at both ends... subvinula, Blackb.
FF. Prothorax partly black or BIE ONS,
G. Legs black ... .. compta, Lr.
GG. Legs red _... femoralis, Llackb.
EE. Margins of prothorax ‘widely incras-
sated within the lateral margin ... Macleayi, Blackb.
DD. Prothorax entirely black.
E. Prothorax very finely punctulate ... bizonata, Macl.
EE. Prothorax strongly punctulate ... perplexa, /lackb.

CC. Elytra without dark coloring round the

bo
ww
bo

scutellum ... Se de 23 ... dentipes, Blackb.
BB. Elytra unicolorous ads = ay ... janthina, Er.
AA. Upper surface pubescent.
B. Prothorax more or less red.
C. Median black fascia of elytra wide and

straight. ©
D. Prothorax very closely punctulate ... insueta, Crotch.
DD. Prothorax much less closely punctulate venustula, Blackb.
CC. Median fascia narrow and zigzag ... ... Hrichsoni, Crotch.
BB. Prothorax entirely black ae mh ... bifasciata, Crotch.

ENDOMYCHID.
CRANTEROPHORUS (gen. nov.).

Caput modicum antice modice elongatum ; labrum emarginatum ;
mandibule ad apicem bispinose ; labium fortiter transver-
sum antice emarginatum (partis emarginatz angulis externis
spiniformibus); palpi maxillares modici, articulo ultimo
oblongo subcylindrico ; palpi labiales breves, articulo ultimo
quam longiori triplo latiori antice truncato; mentum ante
basin lateraliter utrinque spiniforme ; oculi magni prominuli
grosse granulati; antenne sat graciles quam corporis
dimidium longiores, articulo basali subpiriformi, 2° parvo, 3°
quam precedentes 2 sublongiori quam 4° 5° que conjuncti
vix breviori (hoc quam illo sublongiori), clava sat lata 3-
articulata (hujus articulis basalibus 2 intus elongatis acutis,
apicali ad apicem truncato); prothorax transversim subquad-
ratus, quam elytra duplo angustior, antice profunde emar-
ginatus, ad basin profunde transversim (et utrinque breviter
longitudinaliter) sulcatus ; prosternum intercoxas angustis-
simum, postice vix prominens ; mesosternum sat planatum
postice angustatum; pedes sat elongati; unguiculi simplices;
tarsi subtetrameri, articulo 2° sat brevi; corpus glabrum.

Type Mycella clavicornis, Blackb.

In describing the species for which I propose this new name I
referred it doubtfully to Mycella remarking that the structure of
its tarsi is not consistent with a placein that genus. I have since
obtained more specimens and have been able to make a proper
examination with the result that I find it must stand as the type
of.a new genus. The internal dilatation and angulation of the
joints nine and ten of its antennze together with the lateral
angulation of its mentum suggest alliance with the South Ameri-
can Epipocus which it considerably resembles in facies. In Dr.
Chapius’ tabulation of his groups of Hndomychide its characters
place it in the Lpipocites. In his tabulation of the genera of that
Groupe it stands beside Zpipocus from which it is separated inter
alia by the strong basal sulcus of its prothorax.

233

. STENOTARSUS.

The following two species may I think be attributed to this
genus, which has not been previously recorded as Australian. As
however they are both unique in my collection I have not been
able to make a complete examination of their mouth organs. In
respect of the other characters they agree well with Dr. Chapuis’
lengthy diagnosis, the only discrepancies I observe being that the
surface of the prothorax is not marked with longitudinal furrows
(there is a wide deeply concave space on either side immediately
within the sub-lateral carina, but I do not think this is what Dr.
Chapuis refers to) and that the basal ventral segment is (though
fully as long as the following ¢hree segments together) scarcely as
long as the following four together.

S. arithmeticus, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat nitidus; pilis subtilibus
erectis sat dense vestitus ; rufus, capite prothorace antennis.
pedibus (tarsis exceptis) et in elytris notis binis (sc. macula
discoidali figuram 2 simulanti mox ante mediam posita et
macula ovali subapicali) nigris ; prothorace quam longiori
plus quam duplo latiori, sparsissime punctulato, sat longe
intra marginem carina longitudinali instructo et intra
carinam profunde longitudinaliter concavo ; elytris sparsim
sat fortiter punctulatis et marginem versus foveis sat magnis
(his seriatim positis et prope apicem deficientibus) impressis;
antennis sat crassis, quam corporis dimidium paullo brevior-
vous:; Long. 14.13 lat.i1 4.1.

The mark resembling on one elytron the figure 2 (on the other
the same reversed) immediately in front of the middle of each
elytron renders this species easy to recognise.

Victoria.

S. commodus, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; sat nitidus; pilis sub-
tilibus erectis sat dense vestitus; rufus, prothorace meta-
sterno antennis (basi excepta) femoribus et in elytris notis
nonnullis (sc. macula magna communi subrotundata mox
pone scutellum posita et macula sublaterali magna difformi
paullo ante medium posita) nigris; prothorace fere ut
preecedentis sed quam longiori triplo latiori ; et antice inagis
angustato ; elytrorum puncturis ut preecedentis sed Jaceribus
magis rotundatis; antennis ut precedentis. Long., 141.
(vix) >, lat. 14 1.

Apart from the very different coloring and markings this in-
sect differs from the preceding by its very evidently shorter and
broader form as well as by its considerably more transverse pro-
thorax which is more narrowed in front.

Australia. I do not know-the exact habitat.
2

234

PERIPTYCTUS (gen. nov.).

Caput modicum, antice minus elongatum; labrum antice late
rotundatum ; palporum maxillarium articulus ultimus ovalis,
labialium crassus; antenne sat graciles, quam corporis
dimidium breviores, 1]l-articulate, articulo basali fortiter
dilatato, 2° multo longiori ét multo graciliori, 3° 4° que
minutis, 5° elongato (quam precedentes 2 conjuncti longiori),
6° minuto, 7° paullo longiori, 8° minuto, 9°-11° clavam
elongatam (quam 5°*-8"* conjuncti sublongiorem) formantibus,
11° ad apicem truncato; oculi sat grosse granulati; pro-
thorax transversus, a basi antrorsum angustatus, antice sat
emarginatus, intra marginem brevi distantia obtuse carinato,
mox intra carinam profunde longitudinaliter concavo, ad
basin haud sulcato; elytra ovalia, ad basin vix quam pro-
thorax latiora ; scutellum fortiter transversum ; prosternum
antrorsum (ut Zlateridarum) valde elongatum ad oris recep-
tionem elongatum, inter coxas latum, postice productum, ad
apicem truncatum, inter coxas et in parte postica utrinque
subtiliter carinatum; mesosternum latum antice declive;
abdominis segmentum basale ceteris conjunctis longitudine
eequale ; pedes sat graciles; tarsi subtetrameri, articulo 2°
modice elongato ; unguiculi simplices ; corpus setis subtilibus
sparsis sat elongatis vestitum.

I do not know of any previously described genus of
Endomychide in which the prosternum is produced anteriorly as
a “chin piece” to cover entirely the mouth organs in repose,
although the character is by no means wanting among the Aus-
tralian Coccinellide. The nearest approach to it that I can find
in an Endomychid is in the diagnosis of Cremnodes where the
prosternum is said to be “ prolonged towards the mouth.” The
present species however could not well be placed near Cremnodes ;
working by Dr. Chapuis’ tabulations of Endomychide one would
have to place it in the Lycoperdinites beside Coniopoda. Its
antenne are almost as peculiar structurally as is its prosternum.

P. russulus, sp. nov. Ovalis; minus convexus; brunneo-rufus,
prothoracis disco infuscato; sparsim sat subtiliter punctu-
latus, puncturis in elytris subseriatim dispositis. Long., 1 1.;
Jat., 3 1. :

Victoria; on a small fungus in rotten wood in the Alpine

District.

IDIOPHYES (gen. nov.).

Caput modicum, antice minus elongatum ; labrum antice late
rotundatum; palporum maxillarium articulus ultimus
elongatus sub-cylindricus ad apicem acuminatus, labialium
magnus subquadratus; antenne quam corporis dimidium

235

breviores, robusti, 10-articulatez, articulo basali sat crasso
subpiriformi, 2° quam basalis vix angustiori subgloboso, 3°-
7° multo gracilioribus filiformibus, 8°-10° clavam sat latam
formantibus (8° vix, 9° sat fortiter, transversis, 10° quam
preecedentes 2 conjuncti sat breviori); oculi sat grosse
granulati; prothorax valde transversus, antice paullo angus-
tatus leviter emarginatus, longe intra marginem lateralem
carina longitudinali instructo, trans basin fortiter sulcato ;
scutellum scutiforme; elytra breviter ovalia sat fortiter
convexa ; prosternum inter coxas sat angustum, postice vix
productum ; mesosternum sat Jatum, postice angustatum ;
abdominis segmentum basale quam sequentia 3 vix longius ;
pedes sat graciles; tarsi subtetrameri, elongati, articulis
inter se equilatis, articulo basali quam 2° tarsorum antic-
orum breviori posticorum longiori; unguiculi simplices ;
corpus setis gracilibus sat elongatis minus crebre vestitum.

The antenne of the insect on which I found this genus having
only ten joints and its comparatively long and slender tarsi
render it easy to identify. JI think it is clearly allied to
Lycoperdina but as I have seen only one example I have not been
able to investigate one or two characters that its place in Dr.
Chapuis’ tabulation depends upon; e¢g., I cannot satisfy myself
as to whether its prosternum projects slightly or not at all clear
of the front coxe.

I. brevis, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis, postice acuminatus; sat con-
vexus ; setis subtilibus suberectis elongatis fulvis minus
crebre vestitus ; fulvus, palpis pedibusque dilutioribus ; pro-
thorace quam longiori triplo latiori, parte laterali sparsim
distincte punctulato, parte discoidali fere levi angulis
posticis rectis, basi quam elytrorum basis vix angustiori ;
scutello distincte punctulato ; elytris substriatis, striis sub-
fortiter minus crebre punctulatis. Long, 1 1. (vix);
lat., 21.

Victoria.
ELEOTHREPTUS (gen. nov.)

Caput modicum antice modice elongatum ; labrum late leviter
emarginatum ; mandibuli ad apicem bifidi; palporum maxil-
larium et labialium articulus penultimus fortiter dilatatus,
ultimo magis angusto elongato-subconico; antenne quam
corporis dimidium breviores, sat valide, 11-articulate
(articulo basali modico subpiriformi, 2° parvo, 3° longiori, 4°
paullo breviori, 5°-8° inter se sat equalibus quam 4° parum
brevioribus, clava compacta obovata suturis inter articulos
vix distinctis); oculi sat grosse granulati; prothorax for-
titer transversus, equalis, antice sat angustatus subtrun-

236

catus ; scutellum triangulare ; elytra late ovalia subdepressa,
quam prothoracis basis ad basin vix latiora; prosternum inter
coxas sat latum, postice truncatum vix productum ; meso-
sternum transversum antice rotundato-truncatum ; abdominis
segmentum basale quam cetera conjuncta v1x brevius ; pedes
modici; tarsi subtetrameri, articulis basalibus 2 brevibus,
apicali valde elongato; unguiculi simplices; corpus setis
suberectis subtilibus minus elongatis sat crebre vestitum.
This is a remarkable little insect, of facies decidedly aberrant
in the Endomychide but certainly belonging to that family I
think, by the structure of its mouth organs and its tarsi. It has
a certain resemblance, on a casual glance, to the Z’rogositid genus
Thymalus, though it is of much less convex form—and of course
with no structural affinity thereto.

E. punctulatus, sp. nov. Late ovalis; minus convexus; setis
suberectis vestitus; brunneo-fulvus, capitis prothoracisque
parte mediana elytris et (plus minusve) corpore subtus in-
fuscatis ; capite prothoraceque distincte sat crebre, elytris
dupliciter (sc. subtiliter et fortiter) minus crebre, punctu-
latis; prothorace quam longiori plus quam duplo latiori ;
elytris nec striatis nec seriatim punctulatis. Long., 1 1. ;
lat., 3% 1. (vix).

S. Australia; on a fungus on marshy ground near Port

Adelaide.
DYSCERASPHORUS (gen. nov.)

Caput magnum, antice .parum elongatum; labrum minutum ;
palporum maxillarium articulus ultimus elongato-ovalis ad
apicem acuminatus, labialium lato transverso; antennz
breves, quam corporis dimidium multo breviores, 6-articulatz
(clava haud inclusa), articulo basali 2° sat sequali, 2° quam
3°° paullo longiori, 3°-6° inter se sat equalibus, clava
triangulari quam articuli ceteri conjuncti paullo breviori
haud distincte articulato fortiter dilatato; oculi parvi
grossissime granulati; prothorax fortiter transversus,
equalis, antice angustatus et fortiter sinuatim emarginatus ;
scutellum parvum; elytra subcuneiformia, epipleuris sub-
horizontalibus antice latis; prosternum inter coxas sat
angustum, postice paullo dilatatum et leviter productum, ad
apicem truncatum ; mesosternum breve transversum, antice
declive ; abdominis segmentum basale quam sequentia 3
conjuncta vix longius; pedes modici; tarsi subtetrameri,
articulis basalibus 2 inter se sat equalibus (ultimo quam
basales 2 conjuncti subbreviori) ; unguiculi simplices ; cor-
pus glabrum, convexum.

This genus is a very isolated one in the Endomychide to which

237

its structure seems clearly torefer it. Its antenne with only
seven joints (or nine if the club be regarded as three-jointed ; I
cannot however satisfy myself that it is of more than one joint)
render it very easy to recognise. In general appearance it bears
some resemblance to species of the Hrotylid genus Euxestus. The
excessively coarse granulation of its small eyes is a notable
character.

D. laticeps, sp. nov. Convexus; brevis; nitidus ; rufo-brunneus ;
supra subtiliter (minus perspicue) sat wzqualiter sat crebre
punctulatus. Long., $1.; lat., 21.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

COCCIN ELLID At.
EPILACHNA.

E. Terre-regine, (! £. guttato-pustulate, Fab., var. nov.). Late
ovalis ; pubescens ; brunneo ferruginea, prothorace ad latera
flavescenti; hoc crebre fortius sat equaliter, elytris dupliciter
(z.e., fere ut prothorax sed paullo minus crebre, et grosse
sparsim), punctulatis. Long., 41.; lat., 3.1

At once distinguishable from all its described congeners of
Australia and adjacent places by its uniform red-brown color. It
appears to me to be quite possibly an extreme var. of Z. guttato-
pustalata, but in any case it seems desirable that even as a variety
it should bear a distinctive name.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Cowley, near Cairns.

CORLOPHORA.

C. nigro-vittata, sp. nov. Late ovalis; flavo nigroque variegata ;
colore nigro in prothorace (ut linea basalis angulatim bis
dilatata et macula discoidalis papilionis figuram simulans),
in elytris (ut margo integer, vitte 3—his a sutura disceden-
tibus ex ordine magis elongatis, et macula subapicalis) in
epipleuris (ut margo externus), in corpore subtus toto (non-
nullorum exemplorum prosterni abdominisque parte excepta),
et in pedibus (nonnullorum exemplorum his nihilominus,
femoribus posticis exceptis, flavis) disposito; prothorace
crebre distincte, elytris magis fortiter minus crebre, punctu-
latis; prosterno medio planatv, antice acuminato, vix
perspicue bicarinato; metasterno antice truncato. Long.,
24.1.; lat., 24 (vix) 1.

The bright yellow surface, marked on the elytra with three
discoidal black vitt, renders this species easily recognisable
among its congeners. None of the vitte are quite joined to the
black color of the base; the first vitta is near and parallel to
the suture and does not extend much beyond the middle of the

238

elytra; the second runs obliquely from the humeral callus
towards the suture (not however reaching it), extends to about a
quarter the length of the elytra from the apex, and in some
examples is interrupted a little behind the middle of the elytra;
the third also commences on the callus and runs (parallel to the
lateral margin) to the neighborhood of the apex. The vitta are
variable in their breadth and in some examples have a much
more sinuous outline than in others. The prosternal fovee in
this species are extremely well defined.
N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

CYCLONEDA.

C. barronznsis, sp. nov. Late ovalis, postice subacuminata ;
flavo nigroque variegata ; colore nigro in prothorace (ut
linea transversa apicalis et macula bifida basalis), in elytris
(ut margo integer, macula basalis discoidalis, fascia lata
mediana, et fascia lata postmediana,—nonuullorum exem-
plorum fasciis interruptis), in epipleuris(totis macula elongata
pone humeros excepta), in corpore subtus toto (abdomine,—
segmenti basalis parte mediana nihilominus nigro,—excepto)
et in pedibus (horum anticorum femoribus subtus tibiis
tarsisque, intermediorum tibiis tarsisque, posticorum tarsis,
flavis) disposito ; antennis quam capitis (oculis inclusis) lati-
tudo paullo longioribus, articulis ultimis 2 intus sat dilata-
tis, apicali ad apicem truncato; clypeo antice vix emarginato;
oculis sat fortiter granulatis ; prothorace fortiter transverso,
antice paullo angustato, crebrius subtilius punctulato, antice
bisinuatim sat fortiter emarginato, marginibus parum arcua-
tis ; elytris magis fortiter minus crebre punctulatis. Long.,

21,; lat., 121.

The following characters refer this species to the genus Veda
(as characterised by Dr. Chapuis, Gen. Col., vol. XII.) :—Head
free, base of antenne free, epipleure without distinct fover, body
glabrous, antenne of 11 joints, abdominal lamelle well-defined,
base of elytra gently emarginate all across, antennge compara-
tively long, prosternum without a lateral fovea, scutellum nor-
mally large. I am a little doubtful to which of Dr. Chapuis’
subgenera it belongs (Crotch seems to think they should be re-
garded as valid genera), but on the whole it is most suitably
placed I think in Cycloneda (Daulis, Muls.). It is a very pretty
and conspicuous species. The black and yellow coloring of the
upper surface are so mingled that it is difficult to say which
should be regarded as the color of the derm. If it be regarded
as black, the yellow markings are, a fascia on the prothorax nar-
rowest in the middle where it does not reach into the basal half
of the prothorax (at the actual middle however it has an angular

239

projection hindward which slightly widens it) and widening out
laterally to occupy the whole of the lateral margins, on each
elytron (a) a yellow mark roughly resembling a figure 3 with its
base towards the suture and its points towards the base of the
elytra not quite touching the margin anywhere (0b) an elongate
transverse patch (constricted in its middle) a little behind the
middle of the elytra and (c) an oval spot close to the apex. In
some examples the intermediate (5) yellow mark is connected in
its middle by a slender line with the subbasal mark and (more
broadly) at its inner extremity with the subapical mark. The
black markings (regarding the derm color as yellow) are described
in the Latin diagnosis above.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near the Barron River.

NEDA.

NV. bicolor, Blackb. Mr. Koebele obtained in N. Queensland two
specimens which I attribute to this species and which (if I am
right in doing so) show it to be subject to considerable variation.
One of these two examples has the prothorax widely bordered
with yellow; the other is considerably larger than the type
(long., 341.) and also differs in having a large faintly defined
reddish blotch immediately behind the base, and close to the
external margin, on each elytron. I can find no other differences
than those I have noted, but as it is possible that the examina-
tion of more specimens may prove the larger example to represent
a distinct species I will call it var.? picturata.

ORCUS.

O. Lecanii, sp. nov. (Mas.). Subhemisphericus; sat fortiter
convexus; subtiliter minus crebre (quam O. Australasie,
Boisd., paullo magis perspicue sed haud multo aliter ; quam
O. Lafertei, Muls. minus subtiliter multo magis perspicue ;
quam O. punctulatus, Blackb., multo minus crebre vix minus
fortiter; quam O. chalybeus, Boisd., paullo minus crebre
minus fortiter) punctulatus ; supra obscure nigro-viridis vix
auratus (labro et prothoracis margine antico testaceis
exceptis); subtus (antennis palpis pedibusque inclusis)
testaceis ; prothorace ad latera strigoso-ruguloso ; elytris ad
latera minus reflexis (fere ut O. Australasie) ; clypeo ad
latera fortiter laminato (fere ut O. Australasie) ; prosterni
lateribus et elytrorum epipleuris foveolatis. Long., 24 1.;
lat; 2 I:

Fem. prothorace antice vix testaceo-marginato ; elytris minus
perspicue punctulatis. Long., 22 1.; lat., 211.

The distinctness of the puncturation on the upper surface in
the Orez seems to depend chiefly on the nature of the derm which

240

in some species is smoother than in others and shows the punc-
turation more conspicuously. In the present species the derm in
the male example before me is very levigate and consequently
the puncturation very distinct while in the female the derm is
quite coriaceous and consequently the puncturation very obscure.
This species differs from all its previously described congeners by
its coloration, and also from chalybeus by the much greater width
of the dilated side pieces of its clypeus; from cyanocephalus
ceélestis and punctulatus by its much less strongly impressed
elytral puncturation, from Laferte: by its less convex form, and
from Australasia, bilunulatus, splendens, ovalis, and nummularis
by the presence of fovez on the elytral epipleure.

N. Queensland; taken by Mr. Koebele; feeds on Lecanium
depressum.

O. obscurus, Blackb. This insect which I desevitiga as a var, ?
of Australasie is a good species as I find that its elytral epipleuree
have a small distinct fovea, which I overlooked when I was
writing the description.

LIPERNES.

L. gibbosus, sp. nov. Late ovalis; valde convexus ; sat nitidus ;
piceo-niger, vix neo-micans; pube cinerea sat dense
vestitus ; subtiliter sat crebre punctulatus. Long., ,% 1. ;
lat., <5 i (vix).

Very close to L. subviridis, Blackb., but differing from it in
the almost complete absence of an eeneous tone of color and in its
much greater convexity, which is most noticeable if the insect
be looked at from the side when the length of the elytra is seen
to be not much greater than their height ; whereas in subviridis
the length is not much less than twice the height.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele.

L. creber, sp.nov. Late ovalis ; valde convexus ; minus nitidus ;
piceo-niger ; pube cinerea sat dense epiatae ; crebre sat for-
titer punctulatus. Long., 2 1.; lat., 31.

Resembling LZ. gibbosws in ofl re wdc differs from its
described congeners by its very small size and the close strong
puncturation of its surface.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele in the Cairns District.

GYMNOSCYMNUS.

G. explanatus, sp. nov. Fere circularis; valde convexus: nitidus;
niger, elytris maculis binis magnis rufis ornatis, capite rufo-
testaceo antennis palpis pedibusque plus minusve rufescenti-
bus, nonnullorum exemplorum corpore subtus rufescenti ;
supra crebrius subtiliter (latera versus et in prothorace
magis fortiter) punctulatus ; prothorace fortiter transverso,

241

hujus basi quam elytrorum basis vix angustior1; elytris ad
latera late explanatis ; sternis et abdominis segmento basali
in parte mediana sparsim distincte punctulatis,

Var. maculis in utroque elytro conjunctis, sicut apparet vitta
lata discoidalis. Long., = 1.; lat., <1.

Very like G. 4-maculatus, Blackb., but inter alia having the
head red, the prothorax more strongly punctulate and the lateral
margins of the elytra much more strongly explanate. The
epipleure of the elytra at their widest part are not much less
than half as wide as the whole metasternum.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

PLATYOMUS.

When I characterised Scymnodes I had not seen Platyomus,
but concluded that it was distinct because one of the generic
characters assigned to the latter is ‘‘mesosternum carinate.”
Having since obtained examples of Platyomus I have felt obliged
to regard the two genera as identical and to believe that the
mesosternal carina is merely a specific character. I can find no
other character whatever to distinguish Scymnodes difficilsi,
Blackb., generically from Platyomus than the absence of that
carina. As to the number of joints in the antenne it is possible
that my observation is at fault (although the antenne of
S. difficilis still appear to me only ten-jointed). But as Mulsant
and Chapuis were unable to agree as to the joints in the antennze
of Platyomus (Mulsant counting them as ten) I do not consider
this character reliable. I think therefore that Scymnodes should
be treated as a synonym of Platyomus and the carination of the
- mesosternum (which after all is not at all strongly marked in
Platyomus lwidigaster) cease to be regarded as a_ generic
character.

The structure of the claws in Platyomus (including Scymnodes)
calls for remark. These are stated to be “appendiculate” in all
the generic diagnoses. The basal piece of each claw is compressed
and ends in a point directed downward. But in the males of all
the species of which I have seen this sex the apical piece of the
four anterior claws is very close to the basal piece and is of the
same length as the downward directed point of the latter, so that
these claws appear to be bifid rather than appendiculate. The
males are also distinguishable by the fifth ventral segment being
emarginate or at least sinuate behind.

A remarkable character of P/atyomus consists in the great
size and unusual form of the piece that should be called, I believe,
the metasternal lamella. From the inner hindmargin of the
middle coxa the hind suture of the piece runs obliquely and almost
straight to the suture that separates the metasternum from its

242

episternum and reaches it scarcely in front of the middle of the
episternum. This structure seems to associate these insects with
Rhizobius. The genus Platyomus (as I understand it) is, then,
distinguishable by the following characters :—Body pubescent ;
epipleure not foveolate ; eyes not coarsely granulated nor placed
obliquely; antenne of medium length; metasternal lamelle very
large and of the form described above; abdominal lamelle small
and complete; middle of prosternum forming a raised flattened
space limited on either side by a fine carina; mesosternum large
and conspicuous narrowed from the front hindward (its front
margin emarginate, its surface flattened, and carinate or not) ;
claws appendiculate (the anterior subbifid in the male). It will
be seen from the above that the only structural characters I can
find reliable to separate Platyomus from all the species at present
standing in Phizobiws are the form and granulation of the eyes,
and the sexual character of the claws.

P. cribratus, sp. nov. (Mas.) Sat late ovalis; sat convexus ;
pilis albidis brevibus erectis sat dense vestitus ; sat nitidus ;
piceo-niger ; capite prothorace (basi media excepta), antennis
palpis et abdominis parte apicali rufescentibus ; capite spar-
sim subtilius, prothorace crebre subtilius, elytris crebre
dupliciter (sc. subtiliter et subgrosse) punctulatis ; puncturis
in elytris nec versus latera nec versus apicem ullo modo
minus concinne impressis; elytris pone humeros ad latera
fortiter rotundato-dilatatis ; mesosterno carinato ; unguiculis
anterioribus 4 subbifidis. Long., 12 1.; lat., 14 1.

The distinguishing characters of this species are the strong
dilatation of the sides of its elytra behind the shoulders, the
mixture of fine and course punctures on its elytra (in both which
it agrees with S. Hoebelei, Blackb.) and the uniform distribution
on the elytra of these punctures which do not become feebler or
less deep or close towards the sides and apex. This latter char-
acter distinguishes it from S. Koebelet, of which moreover the
prothorax is black. The puncturation of the elytra also is
throughout closer than S. Koebelez.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

P. bacceformis, sp. nov. (Fem.) Breviter late ovalis; valde
convexus; sat nitidus; pilis albidis brevibus erectis sat
dense vestitus; testaceo-rufus, elytris (margine laterali et
apicali latis exceptis) prosterni parte mediana meso- et meta-
sternis et abdominis parte mediana basali piceis; capite
sparsim subtilius, prothorace crebre subtilius, elytris dupli-
citer (sc. subtiliter et sat fortiter) punctulatis ; puncturis in
elytris latera apicemque versus subobsoletis; elytris pone
humeros ad latera fortiter rotundato-dilatatis ; mesosterno

243

haud carinato: unguiculis omnibus appendiculatis. Long.,
FE 1.3 lat. 1. I.

Near. S Koebelei but certainly distinct, differing widely from
it in color. The present species, moreover, is shorter and broader
than S. Koebelei and much more strongly convex, so that looked
at from the side its greatest height is considerably more than
half its greatest length. The post-humeral dilatation of the
elytra and their puncturation are not much different from those
of S. Koebeler but the elytral puncturation is a trifle less strong.
From the bright coloring and great convexity of this insect I
should have expected it to be a male, but it seems to be certainly
a female.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

P. (Scymnodes) Koebelei, Blackb. In this species the meso-
sternum is not carinate and the anterior four claws are subbifid
in the male, the intermediate less markedly so than the front ones.

P. (Scymnodes) immaculatus, Blackb. (Mas.) Sat late ovalis ;
sat convexus; pilis albidis brevibus erectis sat dense vesti-
tus; piceo-niger, capite antennis palpis pedibus anticis
femorum intermediorum basi tarsis abdomine et prothoracis
angulis anticis summis testaceis; capite sparsim subtilius,
prothorace crebre subtilius, elytris dupliciter (sc. subtilius et
sat grosse), punctulatis; puncturis in elytris latera apicemque
versus obsoletescentibus ; elytris pone humeros ad _ latera
fortiter rotundato-dilatatis; mesosterno haud carinato;
unguiculis anterioribus subbifidis. Long., 1,5 1.; lat., 12 1.

This is the insect which I originally called “var.? immaculatus”
of Koebelei. The inspection of a second specimen together with
two more of P. Koebelei has satistied me that it is a good species.

Besides the color ditferences I find that the elytral puncturation

of immaculatus is distinctly closer than of Koebelei.

N.S. Wales; taken by Mr. Koebele near Gosford.

P. (Scymnodes) fulvohirtus, Blackb. (Mas.) Breviter late
ovalis; valde convexus ; pilis albido-fulvescentibus brevibus
erectis sat dense vestitus; totus piceo-niger, antennis abdom-
ineque testaceis exceptis ; capite prothoraceque crebre minus
subtiliter, elytris dupliciter (sc. subtilius et sat grosse)
punctulatis; puncturis in elytris latera apicemque versus
paullo minus fortiter impressis ; elytris pone humeros minus
fortiter rotundato-dilatatis ; mesosterno haud carinato ;
unguiculis anterioribus subbifidis. Long., 121; lat., 121
(vix). |

This is the insect which I originally called “var.? fulvohirtus”
of Koehelez. The material now before me however satisfies me
that it is a distinct species. Besides great difference in color it

244

is distinguished from Koebelei by its much more closely punctured
head, the less dilatation of the sides of its elytra, the stronger
emargination of its fifth ventral segment, and its shorter and
more convex build.

Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Toowoomba.

P. (Scymnodes) Eugenia, Blackb. (Fem.) I take this to be
probably the female of P. immaculatus, Blackb. It differs from
the male of that species in its darkly colored head and front cox,
in its anterior claws not being subbifid and in its fifth ventral
segment being rounded behind. I originally considered it a
possible var. of P. Koebelez.

P. consimilis, sp. nov. (Mas.) Sat late ovalis; minus convexus;
pilis albidis brevibus erectis sat dense vestitus ; piceo-niger,
elytris macula magna apicali sanguinea ornatis, antennis
palpis tibiis anticis et tarsis omnibus rufescentibus, abdomine
rufo-testaceo; capite crebrius subtilius, prothorace crebrius
paullo magis fortiter, elytris sat crebre sat fortiter sat
eequaliter, punctulatis ; elytris pone humeros ad latera sat
fortiter rotundato-dilatatis; mesosterno haud carinato;
unguiculis anterioribus subbifidis.

Fem. vix differt nisi segmento ventrali 5° haud emarginato et
unguiculis omnibus appendiculatis. Long., 12 1.; lat., 13,1.

This species is very much like S. Hoebelez, but differs from it
in a number of characters ; it is of less convex form (viewed from
the side the summit of the outline curve is at the middle of the
insect in Koebelei but considerably behind the middle in
consimilis); the apical spot on its elytra is much larger; its head
is much more closely punctulate ; its elytra are much more evenly
punctulate there being little or no difference inter se in the size
of the punctures, all of which are as large and strong as the
coarser punctures in Aoebelez.

Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele.

P. obscuricollis, sp. nov. (Mas.) Ovalis (minus late); sat con-
vexus; pilis albidis (exempli typici vix fulvescentibus)
brevibus erectis sat dense vestitus ; piceo-niger, prothoracis
macula magna utrinque posita antennis abdominisque parte
apicali fulvis; capite crebrius subtilius, prothorace crebrius
paullo magis fortiter, elytris dupliciter (sc. subtiliter et sat
fortiter) sat crebre, punctulatis; elytrorum puncturis apicem
versus magis fortiter impressis; elytris pone humeros ad
latera fortiter rotundato-dilatatis; mesosterno haud carinato;
unguiculis anterioribus leviter subbifidis. Long., 14 1.; lat.,
Leak

In the unique example of this insect the markings of the pro-
thorax (perhaps variable) are most easily described if the fulvous

245

tint be regarded as the ground color. The black then appears as

a triangle its base occupying the whole base of the segment and

its apex on the middle of the disc, but from the apex the black

coloring is narrowly produced forward and then dilates again
along the front margin of the prothorax and is very narrowly
returned along the lateral margins to join the basal black por-
tion. The species is also notable by the coarsest puncturation of
its elytra being placed near the apex, and by the sexual struc-
ture of the anterior claws being less pronounced than is usual in
the genus—the apical piece of those claws being markedly longer
than the projecting process of the basal piece ; nevertheless the
claws in question are evidently different from the hind ones.

The prothorax is much less brightly colored than in the other

species with markings on that segment.

Among the Coccinellide of Mr. Koebele’s Queensland Expedi-
tion is an example which seems to be the female of this species.
Apart from the ordinary sexual characters in the claws and fifth
ventral segment I do not find any difference from the male type
except in the elytral puncturation being very much closer and
finer. I find nothing analogous in any other species of the genus
—the females not being (so far as my observations go) punctured
differently from the males. But instances of abnormal punctura-
tion are not very rare among the Australian Coccinellide and I
am disposed to regard this as probably an instance of that kind.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

P. terminalis, sp. nov. (Fem.) Sat late ovalis; sat convexus ;
pilis albido-fulvis brevibus suberectis sat dense vestitus ;
piceo-niger, prothoracis lateribus antennis palpis tibiis tarsis
abdomineque (hoc in parte basali mediana infuscato) testaceis,
elytrorum apice summo sanguineo ; capite sparsim subtiliter,
prothorace subtiliter vix magis crebre, elytris crebre minus
subtiliter, punctulatis; elytris pone humeros ad_ latera
modice rotundato-dilatatis; mesosterno haud carinato ;
unguiculis omnibus appendiculatis. Long., 13 1.; lat., 141.

The coloring of this species scarcely differs from that of
P. lividigaster, Muls., except in the tibiz being all decidedly
testaceous, the middle of the abdomen blackish at the base and
the extreme apex of the elytra sanguineous. From lividigaster
it differs inter alia by its mesosternum not carinate and the
much closer and decidedly less coarse puncturation of its elytra,
but is certainly a near ally of that species.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

P. lividigaster, Muls. I have not seen a male of this species,
and I should judge from his description that Mulsant had only
the female before him. The two females that have come under
my notice are both from N.S. Wales.

246

The following tabular statement will probably assist in dis-

tinguishing the species of this genus :—

A. Mesosternum not carinate.
B. Prothorax of uniform (or nearly so) piceous
color.
C. Apex of elytra sanguineous.
D. Puncturation of head sparse.
E. Lateral border of elytra matey
sanguineous :
EE. Apex only of elytra sanguineous
DD. Puncturation of head close
CC. Apex of elytra not sanguineous.
D. Head sparsely punctured...
DD. Head closely punctured E
BB. Prothorax with a large testaceous or fulvous
blotch on either side.
C. Apex of elytra sanguineous.
D. Elytra zeneous :
DD. Elytra pitchy black ae
CC. Elytra of uniform piceous color ...
AA. Mesosternum carinate.
B. Prothorax red (or with only some basal in-
fuscation) ¥
BB. Prothorax piceous, a large pallid blotch on
either side &
BBB. Prothorax uniformly piceous or black

SCYMNUS.

bacceformis, Blackb.
Koebelei, Blackb.
consimilis, Blackb.

immaculatus, Blackb.
Sulvohirtus, Blackb.

difficilis, Blackb.
terminalis, Blackb.
obscuricollis, Blackb.

cribratus, Blackb.

lividigaster, Muls.
Forestieri, Muls.

S. operosus, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat nitidus; pube albida vestitus,
hac ineequaliter distributa (ie. hic et illic ut macule vel
fascize condensata); niger, antennis palpis tibiis tarsisque
flavis; crebre subtilissime punctulatus; prosterno medio
longitudinaliter depresso ; spatio depresso sat lato antrorsum
leviter angustato antice obtuso utrinque subtiliter carinato ;
lamellis abdominalibus haud integris; sutura postice sub-
tiliter carinata. lLong., 1 1.; lat., 21.

This species is recognisable by its entirely black upper surface
with white pubescence arranged in patches; these form a narrow
more or less interrupted lateral border which emits a branch from
below the shoulders running about halfway across the elytron
and another behind the middle of zigzag form running inter-
ruptedly to the suture. In my tabulation of Scymnus (Tr. B.S.,
S.A., 1892, pp. 248, &c.) the present species falls beside S. simplex,
Blackb., from which its color and the peculiar arrangement of
its pubescence at once separate it.

Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele in several localities.

S. brisbanensis, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat nitidus; pube albido-
fulvescenti vestitus; niger, prothorace ad latera et elytris
apicem versus dilutioribus, antennis palpis tarsisque flavis ;
crebre subtilissime punctulatus; prosterno medio longi-

247

tudinaliter depresso; spatio depresso minus lato antice
angustato utrinque subtiliter carinato; elytrorum sutura
haud carinata ; lamellis abdominalibus haud integris. Long.,
Peat 22

This is a species of very obscure appearance. In my tabula-
tion of Scymnus it falls beside lubricus, Blackb., from which it
differs inter alia by its slightly more evident puncturation, and
dark legs.

Queensland ; Brisbane.

S. impictus, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat nitidus; pube albida vestitus ;
totus rufo-brunneus ; crebre subtilissime punctulatus ; pro-
sterno medio longitudinaliter depresso ; spatio depresso sat
lato fere parallelo utrinque subtiliter carinato; elytrorum
sutura vix subtilissime carinata; lamellis abdominalibus
haud integris. Long., 1 1.; lat., 2 1.

The uniform red-brown color of this insect distinguishes it at
once from all its allies. In my tabulation it falls beside australis
from which it differs inter alia by its evidently more convex
form and the absence of dark markings.

Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele at Toowoomba.

S. obumbratus, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat nitidus; pube albida
vestitus ; rufo-brunneus, capite (labro excepto) prothoraceque
nigris ; sparsim subtilissime punctulatus ; prosterno medio
longitudinaliter depresso; spatio depresso sat lato fere
parallelo utrinque subtiliter carinato; elytrorum sutura
haud carinata ; lamellis abdominalibus haud integris. Long.,
Peles late, > 1.

Resembles the preceding which it falls beside in my tabula-
tion, differing from it and australis in color and in the sparse
puncturation of its elytra.

Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele at Toowoomba.

S. Terre-regine, sp. nov. Breviter late ovalis; sat nitidus;
pube albida vestitus; pallide testaceus, elytris hic et illic
indistincte obscurioribus; subtilissime sat crebre punctulatus ;
prosterno medio longitudinaliter depresso; spatio depresso
sat lato antice minus angustato utrinque subtiliter carinato ;
elytrorum sutura haud carinata; lamellis abdominalibus
haud integris. Long., $1.; lat., 3 1.

This species differs from its allies inter alia by its very small
size, its short wide form and its uniformly pallid color. The
darker blotches on its elytra are scarcely noticeable and look as
if they were merely the thickly folded parts of the wings show-
ing through, but on close examination they seem to be real
infuscation. In my tabulation of Scymus this insect falls with
the preceding two beside australis.

248

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns; also sent
by Mr. Cowley. :

S. ementitor, sp. nov. (Mas.) Sat late ovalis ; sat nitidus ; pube
albida vestitus ; niger, capite prothorace (vitta mediana lata
excepta) antennis palpis pedibusque anticis pallide flavis,
abdomine (parte mediana basali excepta) tarsisque testaceo-
brunneis; capite sat crebre minus subtiliter, prothorace
crebre minus subtiliter, elytris crebre dupliciter (sc. subtiliter
et subfortiter) punctulatis ; prosterno medio longitudinaliter
depresso ; spatio depresso minus lato antice angustato
utrinque subtiliter carinato ; elytrorum sutura haud carinata ;
lamellis abdominalibus haud integris.

Fem. capite et pedibus anticis (tarsis exceptis) obscuris. Long.,
12h; lat. SC vax).

In my tabulation of Scymnus this species does not fall very
naturally beside any there characterised ; it will stand under the
heading “‘ HH. Puncturation of elytra much better defined” on
p. 249, and is at once distinguishable from all the rest of that
group by its prothorax black in the middle with the sides very
broadly of a pale yellow color. It bears an extraordinary resem-
blace to Platyomus lividigaster, Muls., from which it differs in
generic characters and also in the less coarse puncturation of its
elytra, &e.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns ; also sent
by Mr. Cowley from the same place.

S. Cowleyi, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; valde convexus; sat
nitidus; pube albida densa erecta vestitus; niger, capite
prothorace elytrorum apice antennis palpis pedibus anticis
(femoribus supra et subtus lineatim infuscatis) tarsis omni-
bus abdomineque rufo-testaceis ; capite sparsius subtillissime,
prothorace crebre subtilissime, elytris crebre sat subtiliter,
punctulatis; prosterno medio longitudinaliter depresso ;
spatio depresso sat lato antice acuminato utrinque sub.
tilissime carinato; elytrorum sutura postice subtilissime
carinata ; lamellis abdominalibus haud integris. Long., 13
]. ; lat., 125 1. (vix).

In my tabulation (vide supra) this species stands beside
poonindiensis and Meyricki, differing from both inter alia by its
strongly convex form (viewed from the side the height of its
elytra is not much less than their length), its rufo-testaceous pro-
thorax and the sharply defined limit of the testaceous apical part
of its elytra which is like that of Platyomus Koebelei. The speci-
mens before me are probably males and it is likely that the head
and front legs of the female are darker in color.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Cowley near Cairns; also by
Mr. Koebele.

249

S. kamerungensis, sp. nov. (Mas.) Sat late ovalis ; sat fortiter
convexus ; sat nitidus; pube albida densa erecta vestitus ;
niger, capite prothorace (macula basali angulata excepta)
antennis palpis pedibus anticis tarsis omnibus abdomineque
(parte antica mediana excepta) stramineis ; capite pro-
thoraceque subtiliter sat crebre, elytris dupliciter (sc. sub-
tiliter et—pro hoc genere—sat fortiter) sat crebre punctu-
latis; prosterno medio longitudinaliter depresso ; spatio.
depresso minus lato antice minus angustato utrinque sub-
tiliter carinato ; elytrorum sutura vix manifeste carinasa ;
lamellis abdominalibus haud integris. Long., 141.; lat., 1 1.
(vix).

Fem, capite et pedibus anticis (tarsis exceptis) obscuris.

In my tabulation (vide supra) this species stands beside the
preceding (S. Cowleyz), but is easily distinguishable from it and
all its allies by the pale straw color of its prothorax with a basal
black spot in the form of a triangle with its apex pointing for-
ward (in some examples the base of the triangle a little dilated
on each side) ; this spot seems constant. The species is an ex-
ceptionally pretty one.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Cowley in the Cairns District,
Kamerunga ; also by Mr. Koebele.

S. mareebensis, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; sat nitidus; pube
albida densa erecta vestitus ; niger, elytris ad apicem anguste
rufo-marginatis, capite prothorace (hoc ad basin mediam in-
fuscato) antennis palpis pedibus abdomineque stramineis ;
capite sparsius prothorace elytrisque confertim, subtiliter
punctulatis; prosterno medio longitudinaliter depresso ;
spatio depresso minus lato antice angustato utrinque subtili-
ter carinato ; elytrorum sutura postice subtilissime carinata;

lamellis abdominalibus haud integris. Long., 1 1.; lat., 41.

In my tabulation of Scymnus this species stands with flavifrons
and tenebricosus,—differing entirely from both in its coloring,
from the latter by its larger size, from the former by its finer
puncturation, &c. It is probable that I have seen only the male
of this species and that in the female the legs or some of them
and perhaps the head are darker.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Cowley and Mr. Koebele near
Mareeba in the Cairns District.

S. Styx, sp. nov. Late ovalis; sat nitidus; pube albida vix ful-
vescentis, erecta vestitus; niger, antennis palpis tarsisque
rufescentibus ; capite sat crebre minus subtiliter, prothorace
crebre minus subtiliter, elytris minus crebre sat fortiter (pro
hoe genere) punctulatis; prosterno medio longitudinaliter
depresso ; spatio depresso lato antice acuminato utrinque:

R

250

subtiliter carinato; elytrorum sutura postice subtiliter
carinata; lamellis abdominalibus haud integris. Long.,
I2 1. Jat, Jc). {yi

This species stands near poonindiensis and Meyricki in my
tabulation, differing from both in its entirely black color and also
in the stronger and less close puncturation of its elytra. It also
resembles S. brisbanensis, but is larger, wider, and much more
strongly punctured. The unique example before me is probably
a female and it is not unlikely that the front tibie and perhaps
the head of the male are rufescent.

Australia ; exact habitat uncertain ; taken by Mr. Koebele.

S. subclarus, sp. nov. (Mas.) Sat late ovalis; sat nitidus ;
pube albida erecta vestitus ; niger, capite prothoracis lateri-
bus antennis palpis tibiis tarsisque lete flavis, abdomine
brunneo testaceo; capite prothoraceque sparsius subtiliter,
elytris sparsius sat fortiter (pro hoc genere) punctulatis ;
prosterno medio longitudinaliter depresso ; spatio depresso
modice lato subparallelo utrinque subtiliter carinato ;
elytrorum sutura haud carinata; lJamellis abdominalibus

haud integris. Long., 1 1.; lat., 41.

This species seems to oscillate between the groups of
poonindiensis and. flavifrons in my tabulation, as it is exactly of
the size which I selected as the limit of those groups. It can
however be at once separated from all the described species in
both groups by the markings of its prothorax which consist of a
bright yellow and very sharply defined marginal spot on each
side. It comes near the preceding species (S. Styx) in the punc-
turation of its elytra but differs widely in color in less convex
form and in its prothoracic puncturation. The unique type is a
male; probably the female has darker front tibiz and head.

Victoria ; Alpine region.

S. subevanidus, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; modice convexus; sat
nitidus; setis ‘erectis elongatis pallidis sparsim vestitus ;
niger, antennis palpis pedibusque testaceis ; capite prothor-
aceque sat levibus, elytris grosse sparsim punctulatis ;
elytrorum sutura haud carinata; lamelJis abdominalibus

E : a7
haud integris. lLong., 3 1. (vix); lat., =3, 1.

The unique example of this extremely minute insect has its
head and prothorax bent down in a manner that precludes a suf-
ficient examination of its prosternum but as far as I can see the
median part of the prosternum is longitudinally depressed as in
the preceding species. Owing to the (in this genus) very excep-
tional sculpture of the elytra I deem it probable that a satisfac-
tory dissection of specimens would lead to the removal of this

251

species from Scymnus but in the absence of such an investigation
I find nothing to hinder its being placed there; it has the elytral
epipleure without distinct fovex, incomplete abdominal lamelle,
and comparatively small metasternal lamelle of a Scymnus. Its
eyes however are small for a Scymnus and a little strongly granu-
lated,—but without being able to specify any other clearly dis-
tinctive character I do not think it seems desirable to found a
new genus on these slight peculiarities alone. The insect bears
a general resemblance to S. vagans, Blackb., but is at once dis-
tinguishable by its incomplete abdominal lamelle, small eyes, and
very coarse (fovea-like) sparse elytral puncturation. The long
sparse elytra] pubescence of this insect places it in my tabulation
beside S. notescens, to which it bears little general resemblance.
N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

S. planulatus, sp. nov. Ovalis ; minus convexus ; sat nitidus ;
pube albida suberecta vestitus; piceo-niger, elytris ante
apicem antennis tarsis et abdominis apice rufescentibus ;
capite sparsius distincte, prothorace crebre minus distincte
punctulatis ; prosterno sequaliter convexo ; elytrorum sutura
(parte basali excepta) subtiliter sat distincte carinata ;
lamellis abdominslibus haud integris. Long., 1 1.; lat.,
—5 l. (vix).

The only previously described Australian Scymnus having the
abdominal lamellez incomplete and the prosternum not longitudin-
ally carinate in the middle is S. cnusitatus, Blackb., which apart
from color differs from the present species inter alia by its much
more convex form and stronger puncturation. The elytra of this
insect bear an il] defined reddish blotch behind the middle but
which does not attain either the lateral margin or the apex.

N.S. Wales; taken by Mr. Koebele at Paramatta, on
Eucalyptus.

S. mitior, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; sat convexus; sat nitidus ;
pube albida erecta vestitus ; rufus, nigro-variegatus (colore
nigro prothoracis vittam latam medianam antice abbrevia-
tam, et elytrorum vittam suturalem postice abbreviatam
circa scutellum dilatatam et pone medium ut fascia mar-
gines attingens dilatatam, formanti), sternis mediis et
abdoniinis basi plus minusve infuscatis; capite prothoraceque
subtiliter sat crebre, elytris crebre sed paullo minus subtili-
ter, punctulatis; prosterno equaliter convexo; elytrorum
sutura vix manifeste prope apicem carinata; lamellis

abdominalibus integris. Long., 1 1.; lat., 75 1.

In my tabulation of Scymnus this species stands beside
parallelus, Blackb., from which it differs by its oval form, totally
distinct markings, &c. The first ventral suture (though much

252

less strongly marked than the second) is less enfeebled in the
middle than in most Australian Scymni.
N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

S. ambulans, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; modice convexus ; sat
nitidus; pube albida erecta vestitus; brunneo-testaceus,
elytris totis piceo-nigris, prothorace sternorum parte mediana
femoribusque plus minusve infuscatis ; capite sparsius dis-
tincte, prothorace elytrisque vix distincte, punctulatis ;
prosterno medio longitudinaliter depresso, spatio depresso
minus lato antice angustato utrinque subtiliter carinato ;
elytrorum sutura vix manifeste prope apicem carinata ;
lamellis abdominalibus integris. Long., 14 1.; lat., 11. (vix).

In my tabulation of Scymnus this species stands beside vagans,
Blackb., with which its very much larger size renders it quite
incapable of confusion. The first ventral suture is less enfeebled
in the middle than in most Australian Scymnz.

N.S. Wales (Blue Mountains) and Queensland (Moreton Bay);
taken by Mr. Koebele.

S. varipes, Blackb. Sat late ovalis ; modice convexus; sat
nitidus; pube fulvescenti erecta vestitus; niger, capite
prothoracis angulis anticis summis antennis palpis tibiis,
anticis tarsis omnibus abdomineque testaceis, tibiis iuter-
mediis rufescentibus; capite crebrius subtilius, protho-
race elytrisque vix distincte, punctulatis ; prosterno medio
longitudinaliter depresso, spatio depresso minus lato antice
sat angustato utrinque subtiliter carinato; elytrorum sutura
postice subtiliter carinata ; lamellis abdominalibus integris.
Long., 12.1.5 lat., 141.

Stands in my tabulation with the preceding and S. vagans,—
differing from both inter alia by its larger size, and its undersur-
face black except the testaceous abdomen. The first ventral
suture is less enfeebled in the middle than in most Australian
Scynvn.

This is the insect formerly mentioned by me as Scymnodes
varipes (2 var. of S. Koebelez). It has not however the antenne or
the metasternal lamellz (both, in my opinion, essential characters)
of Platyomus (Scymnodes) but of Scymnus and therefore not-
withstanding its general facies of Platyomuws I have no hesitation
in placing it in Scymnus. I regret that when I formerly men-
tioned this insect I had not observed the form of the metasternal
lamelle in Platyomus (a character that seems to have escaped the
notice of other authors also) and so erroneously referred this in-
sect to that genus.

Queensland; taken by Mr. Koebele near Toowoomba on
Hugenia.

253

S. yarrensis, sp. nov. Elongato-ovalis; minus convexus; sat
nitidus; pube albida vestitus; nigro-piceus, capite pro-
thoracis lateribus in utroque elytro vitta dorsali (vittis
duabus his postice inter se conjunctis) antennis palpis
pedibus abdomineque postice testaceis ; capite sparsius dis-
tincte, prothorace crebre subtilius, elytris crebre fere sub-
fortiter, punctulatis; prothoracis lateribus sat fortiter
rotundatis ; prosterno medio longitudinaliter depresso, spatio
depresso minus lato antice minus angustato utrinque sub-
tiliter carinato; elytrorum sutura_ postice subtilissime
carinata ; lamellis abdominalibus integris. lLong., $1. ; lat.,
+]. (vix).

This species stands in my tabulation beside §. parallelus,
Blackb., which it closely resembles, differing from it chiefly in
the much stronger puncturation (and much more strongly
rounded sides) of its prothorax. Both these species bear much
resemblance to the insect which I have called Midus (1) pygmeus
but are at once separated from it inter alia by their first ventral
suture being almost entirely effaced in the middle.

Victoria ; Upper Yarra; presented to me by Mr. French.

NOVIUS.

N. simplicipennis, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; minus convexus ;
sat nitidus ; pubescens ; niger, elytris labro antennis tarsis
et abdomine (parte basali infuscata excepta) sanguineis ;
supra confertim subtiliter punctulatus. Long., 12 1.; lat.,

aT

At once distinguishable from all its previously described Aus-
tralian congeners inter alia by its coloring. NV. ruber, Blackb.,
the only one of them having unicolorous red elytra, has head,
prothorax, and legs also red, and is differently punctured.

Queensland ; taken at Toowoomba by Mr. Koebele.

N. discoidalis, sp. nov. Breviter late ovalis; sat convexus ;
nitidus ; pubescens; niger, elytrorum macula magna basin
attingenti labro antennis tarsis abdomineque (hoc ad basin
infuscato) brunneo-rufis; supra subtilissime sat crebre
punctulatus.

Var. elytrorum macula ad apicem continua. Long., 12 1.; lat.,
1.3, I.

More like the preceding than any other previously described
Australian Novius, but I do not think it possibly an extreme
var. of that species since, apart from its having very distinct
elytral markings, it is a larger, broader, and more convex insect
with elytral puncturation certainly both finer and less close.
Even should it prove to be merely a form of a very variable
species it seems to be a form to which it would be convenient

254

that a distinctive name should appertain. In one example before
me the elytral spot extends along the base from close to the
suture, includes the extreme front of the lateral margin, and
narrows hindward till it ceases in a sharp point considerably
behind the middle and a little nearer to the suture than to the
lateral margin ; the spot in the other example varies inasmuch
as before it reaches a point it begins to dilate again and then
spreads out over the whole of the apex. The convexity of this
species is very similar to that of NV. cardinalis, Muls.
Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Toowoomba.

N. tripustulatus, sp. nov. Breviter late ovalis ; fortiter convexus ;
nitidus; pubescens; niger, elytrorum macula magna
humerali et macula communi apicali labro antennis tarsis
abdomineque (hoc ad basin infuscato) rufis; supra confertim
subtiliter punctulatus. Long., 12 1.; lat., 1,3, 1. (vix).

Differs from the preceding species, apart from markings, by its
still shorter and more convex build and by its closer less fine
puncturation, which resembles that of WV. simplicipennis ; its
puncturation is evidently less close and somewhat finer than that
of NV. cardinalis, Muls.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

N. limbatus, sp. nov. Breviter late ovalis (subcircularis) ; valde
convexus; pubescens; sanguineus, capite (labro excepto)
prothorace (lateribus exceptis) et elytris (margine lato
laterali et apicali excepto) piceis ; supra confertim subtiliter
punctulato. Long., 14 1.; lat., 1,3, 1.

Very distinct from the previously described Australian Novi
by its color and markings. It is a very short, wide, and ex-
tremely convex species (viewed from the side its height is not
much less than the length of its elytra). The puncturation of its
elytra is (for a Novius) decidedly strong, being stronger than in
any of the preceding three species and slightly stronger than in
N. cardinalis, Muls., but it is not quite so close as in the last
named species.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

CYCLOSCYMNUS.

C. concolor, sp. nov. Late ovalis, vix circularis; nitidus; valde
convexus ; setis brevissimis sparsis vix perspicue vestitus ;
totus niger; capite vix manifeste, prothorace sparsim obso-
lete, elytris sparsim subfortiter, punctulatis; prosterno
medio vix longitudinaliter depresso ; lamellis abdominalibus
haud integris; segmento ventrali apicali crebre fortiter
punctulato. Long., 21.; lat. $1

Quite distinct from C. minutus, Blackb., by its entirely black
color ; also differs in its less circular form and somewhat greater
convexity. I have before me two examples which differ from

255

the type in being evidently larger (long., £1.) and in their apical
ventral segment being less strongly punctured. I judge these
differences to be sexual, and the larger examples to be females.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

C. minutus, Blackb. In describing this insect I called it
“minus fortiter punctulatus.” I think this phrase liable to con-
vey the impression of its puncturation being feebler than it
actually is and that ‘“subfortiter” would be more accurate than
“minus fortiter,” the puncturation of the elytra being rather
strong and well-marked for a Scymnid.

SERANGIUM.

S. bicolor, sp. nov. Late ovalis, subcircularis; nitidus; valde
convexus ; setis albidis sat elongatis sparsis vestitus ; niger
vel piceo-niger, capite antice antennis palpis pedibus
abdomineque apicem versus fulvis, nonnullorum exemplorum
(1 immaturorum) corpore subtus toto fulvo; fere levis.
dongs ss) lat..o—2 dL. (vix):

The uniform (except on the front of the head) black color of
the upper surface at once distinguishes this species from all the
previously described members of the genus.

N.S. Wales; taken by Mr. Froggatt near Maitland ; specimens
taken by Mr. Koebele in N. Queensland do not seem to differ
from those sent by Mr. Froggatt.

BUCOLUS.

B. frater, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; sat fortiter convexus; sat
nitidus ; pube albida brevi erecta vestitus ; piceo-niger an-
tennis tarsis abdomineque rufis; capite prothoraceque crebre,
elytris minus crebre, subfortiter punctulatis. Long., 12 1.;
lat., I)

This species is closely allied to that which I described as
B. convexus, differing from it chiefly by its prothorax concolorous
with the general surface and the very evidently less close punc-
turation of its elytra. I doubt whether these two species will
remain permanently in Bucolus ; indeed I should like to propose
a new generic name for them, but cannot find any distinctive
structural character that seems to me of sufficient importance for
the purpose. They have the produced prosternum, the externally
angular tibie, the strongly foveolate epipleure and the peculiar
abdominal lamelle of B. Fourneti, Muls. The last-named how-
ever differ slightly ; those of B. Yourneti do not reach the apex
of the first ventral segment and therefore are not confused with
the first ventral suture; when this is the case, in most Coccinellidee
the lamelle are complete but in Aucolws the whole lamella be-
comes confused externally with the general surface and _ its

256

external margin is scarcely traceable. In the present species the
external margin, however, is distinctly returned towards the front
margin of the basal segment but terminates abruptly before
reaching it. The chief differences however between these species
and . Fourneti consist in their much greater convexity (the
latter being an exceptionally depressed Coccinellid) and their
much narrower and more horizontal elytral epipleure. These
differences give them an extremely different facies but neverthe-
less seem scarcely satisfactory characters for founding a new
genus. Their general appearance is that of Cryptolemus
Montrouxiert but that insect has non-foveolate epipleure, very
different abdominal lamelle, &c.

Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele at Nerang.

B. posticalis, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; sat fortiter convexus ;
sat nitidus ; pube albida brevi erecta vestitus ; piceo-niger,
capite prothoracis lateribus elytrorum parte apicali tertia
antennis palpis pedibus abdomineque rufis, nonnullorum
exemplorum (!immaturorum) ‘corpore subtus toto rufo ;
capite sparsius subtilius, prothorace crebre subtilius, elytris
crebre subfortiter, punctulatis. Long., 13 1.; lat., 14 1. (vix).

This species is congeneric with and closely allied to the preced-
ing (B. frater) and B. convexus, Blackb., but like them it seems
dubiously placed when associated with 5. Fourneti, Muls. The
bright red color of the apical third part (or even a trifle more) of
its elytra distinguishes it at once from its described allies. Its
puncturation is much like that of Bb. convexus from which it
differs by its considerably more convex form as well as in color
(sc. red head and legs, prothorax black except at the sides, elytra
partly red).

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

RHIZOBIUS.

R. Crotchi, sp. nov. Ovalis; minus convexus ; sat nitidus; pube
fulva suberecta vestitus; rufus, elytris totis fusco-nigris ;
capite prothoraceque subtilius vix crebre, elytris subfortiter
sat crebre, punctulatis; prosterno medio longitudinaliter
depresso; spatio depresso minus lato, antice angustato,
utrinque subtiliter carinato.

Maris segmento ventrali 5° bifoveolato, fovearum interspatio
alterutre fovec latitudine equali. Long., 2} 1.; lat., 141.

In my tabulation of Rhizobius (Tr. R.S., S.A., 1892, pp. 257,
&c.) this species stands next to &. Bakewelli, Crotch., thus—
“EEE. Elytra unicolorous . . . &. Crotchi, Blackb.” It is
much like &. Bakewelli but besides the absence of elytral mark-
ing it is smaller and has the fovez on the fitth ventral segment

of the male much more widely apart. Compared with &. major,
Blackb., it is much more finely punctulate.
Queensland ; taken near Port Mackay.

R. gosfordensis, sp. nov. Elongato-ovalis ; sat convexus, elytris
pone scutellum fere subgibbosis, sat nitidus ; pallide fulvo-
pubescens et setis erectis sparsim vestitus; rufescens, pro-
thorace (margine antico et laterali anguste dilutiori excepta)
fere nigro, elytris femoribusque picescentibus ; capite pro-
thoraceque minus fortiter subcrebre, elytris vix fortiter sat
crebre, punctulatis; his in spatio communi paullo pone
scutellum posito sublevibus; prosterno medio longitudina-
liter depresso ; spatio depresso minus lato, antice sat angus-
tato, utrinque subtiliter carinato. Long., 1,4 1.; lat., 125 1.
(vix).

This species is very near . speculifer, Blackb., beside which
it must stand in my tabulation of the genus. It is a notably
narrower and more elongate insect with its elytral puncturation
distinctly less strong.

N.S. Wales; taken by Mr. Koebele near Gosford.

R. discipennis, sp. nov. Breviter late ovalis; valde convexus,
elytris pone scutellum fere subgibbosis; sat nitidus ; pube
albida suberecta et setis longioribus magis erectis vestitus ;
niger vix subeneus (nonnullis exemplis rufescentibus) an-
tennis palpis tibiis tarsis abdomineque dilutioribus (nonnul-
lorum exemplorum pedibus totis, vel etiam corpore subtus
toto, pallidis); capite crebre distincte, prothorace crebre
sat aspere, elytris sparsius subfortiter, punctulatis ; his in
spatio communi paullo pone scutellum levibus, hoc spatio
utrinque puncturis fortiter impressis lineatim positis mar-
ginato; prosterno medio longitudinaliter depresso; spatio
depresso antice acuminato, utrinque subtiliter carinato,
Kong 15 lat, 2 1.

In my tabulation this species must stand with the preceding
species /R. gosfordensis) and R. speculifer from which it is at
once distinguishable by the common unpunctured space on its
elytra being bordered on either side by a well-defined line con-
sisting of some of the largest punctures on the elytra.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

R. eminens, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; fortiter convexus; sat
nitidus ; setis subtilibus sat elongatis erectis vestitus ; rufus,
elytris lete ceruleis, sterno medio subinfuscato ; capite sub-
crebre sat fortiter, prothorace vix crebre sat fortiter, elytris
sparsim fortiter, punctulatis ; his in spatio communi paullo
pone scutellum levibus, hoc spatio utrinque puncturis
lineatim positis marginato ; prosterno medio longitudinaliter

258

depresso; spatio depresso antice acuminato, utrinque sub-
tiliter carinato. Long., 1 1.; lat., #41.

In my tabulation this species stands beside #. ceruleus,
Blackb., from which inter alia its very different puncturation
readily separates it. Apart from color it is near A. discipennis
differing inter alia by the stronger and much less close punctura-
tion of its elytra.

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

R. subaustralis, sp. nov. Oblongo-ovalis ; minus convexus; sat
nitidus ; pube brevi albida sat erecta vestitus ; rufus, elytris
(margine laterali sat anguste rufo excepto) piceo-nigris ;
capite prothoraceque leviter (nec subtiliter) sat crebre,
elytris sat fortiter sat crebre eequaliter nec rugulose, punctu-
latis ; prosterno equaliter convexo. Long., 2 1.; lat., 1,3, 1.

This species is closely allied to R. australis, Blackb., but is
considerably smaller and inter alia its elytra are evenly and
not at all rugulosely punctulate (in FR. australis large and small
punctures are crowded together in a manner that gives an ap-
pearance of rugulosity).

N. Queensland ; taken by Mr. Koebele near Cairns.

'

ABSTRACT. OF. PROCEEDINGS

Koval Society of South Australie,

OrDINARY MEETING, NovEeMBER 6, 1894.

Prof. R. Tare (President) in the chair.

Exuipits.—Dr. Strruine exhibited photographs of ‘‘ Meridional
Ant-hills ” taken by Mr. Foelsche at Knuckey’s Lagoon, N.T.,
some miles south of Palmerston, N.T., together with some speci-
mens of the ants. The ant-hills are so called from the constant
disposition of their long axes in a northerly and southerly
direction. These structures at this locality are from seven to
eight feet high and about six feet broad, with a concave surface
to the west, and a convexity to the east. Mr. Saville Kent,
Inspector of Fisheries, W.A., has noticed similar ant-hills near
Roebuck Bay, W.A.; and they were also observed by the Horn
Expedition at Burt Plains in front of the Macdonnell Range.
J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., referred to the occurrence of epidote
and garnet rock in the Barossa Ranges, 8.A., near Tanunda, and
submitted an analysis of the same made by G. Goyder, jun, the
Government Analyst. (See Annual Report Sch. Mines, Ade-
laide, for 1894, p. 147.) Also a sample of a kind of earth eaten
by the aborigines of Roebuck Bay, W.A., and obtained from the
ant-hills in the neighbourhood. (For analysis by G. Goyder,
jun., the Government Analyst, see op. cit., p. 146.)

Parrer.—‘ Remarks on the Native Tongues in the District of
Port Darwin, N.T.,” by T. A. Parknovussz, formerly accountant
and pay-master, S.A. Gov. Railways, Port Darwin.

OrpINARY MEETING, DECEMBER 4, 1894.

Prof. R. Tare (President) in the chair.
Exutsits.—Prof. Tarr exhibited a specimen of the Australian
Roller (Zurystomus australis) from Walgett ; also photographs

260
of the Horn Exploring Expedition. J. G. O. Tepper, F.LS.

showed a collection of mantids from the Museum, containing
specimens from the Horn Exploring Expedition. Three species
from the latter were probably new to science, and belonged to
the genus Haania. W. Howcurn, F.G.S., laid on the table a
piece of lignite with bone-breccia from Montefiore, 8.A., at a
depth of 45 feet. Also an obsidian bomb shaped into a cutting
instrument by the aborigines.

Paprers.—‘ Results of Experiments on the Solubility of Gold
by Potassium Cyanide and certain Double Cyanides,” by George
Goyder, jun., Government Analyst. ‘“ Additions to the Flora of
South Australia,” by Prof R. Tate.

OrpiInARY MEETING, AprRIL 2, 1895.

Prof. RK. Tare (President) in the chair.

Exuisits.—Prof. Tats, on behalf of the Conservator of Water,
exhibited fossil fruits from a depth of 350 feet at the lake cross-
ing, Lake Callabonna. The fruits belonged to the extinct genus
Celyphina, N.O. Proteacee. The species was distinct from
OC. McCoyi, the only known species. The stratigraphical data
might locate it as either Cretaceous or Pliocene. Also older
tertiary fossils from Victoria, some still retaining their color
markings, and in the case of 7rigonia Howitti the ligament was
well preserved. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., showed the Orthoptera
of the Horn Exploring Expedition. Lawrence Birks, B.8Sc.,
laid on the table some Silurian fossils gathered from the Brown-
ing series, N.S.W., by J. Mitchell, amongst which were two
specimens of Hnecrinus Mitchells.

Paprers.—‘ Description of the New Element, Argon,” by Prof.
RENNIE, D.Sc. ‘ New Facts relating to the Glacial Features at
Hallett’s Cove,” by W. Howcury, F.G.S. “Additions to Aus-
tralian Coleoptera,” by Rev. Tuos, BuacksBurn, B.A.

OrpINARY Meetine, May 7, 1895.

Prof. R. Tare (President) in the chair.

Exuisits.—W. Howcurn, F.G.S., exhibited a collection of
zeolites and other inclusions from the basalts of Victoria, there
being varieties of chabazite, phacolite, phillipsite, mesolite, calcite,
ferrocalcite, and a very handsome specimen of aragonite. The
minerals had been collected by the Rev. Glanville Ramage. J.
G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., exhibited a large specimen of Polyzosteria
obscuroviridis with egg-case from Beltana; also Danais ardrippens

from Gawler and the New Hebrides (Rev. W. Gray) ; also Van-

261

essa urtice from the New Hebrides. A. ZietTz, F.L.S., showed a
specimen of Telephusa transversa from Ockenden Creek. It is
found also in the Finke and Cooper Creeks.

Batitot.—JoOHN H. Cooke was elected a Fellow, and Joun B.
CLELAND an Associate.

Papers.— Petrological Notes,” by J. Mounpren. “S.A.
Muricide and Fuside,” by J. C. VErco, M.D.

ORDINARY MEETING, JUNE 4, 1895.

Prof. R. Tate (President) in the chair.

The President reported that a suggestion from the Mayor of
Adelaide to hold a conjoint Conversazione of the Scientific and
Art Societies towards the end of the present year, had been con-
sidered at a special Council meeting. It was recommended to
the favourable notice to the Society. The President and the
Hon Secretaries were appointed to represent the Society at any
meetings that might be held to carry the project into effect.

Exurisits.—W. Howcnin, F.G.S., exhibited a very fine speci-
men of nested quartz crystals from the quartzite quarries at
Mitcham; also a pophyritic erratic from Hallett’s Cove, the point
of interest of which was the formation of pseudomorphic quartz
in cavities caused by the dissolving of orthoclase feldspar.

Papers.—Mr. C. HeEpLEY communicated a ‘ Note on Arca
domingensis,” in which he adds to the list of synonyms furnished
by Mr. Brazier, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, p. 145, 1894, the
following names :—A. donaciformis, Rv. ; A. pholadiformis, C. B.
Adams; and A. laminata, Angas. Prof. Tate stated that
A. MacCoyi, Tenison Woods, is the same as A. laminata, Angas ;
and that Mr. Cooke, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. xviii., p. 94,
1886, considers that there are three species of the type of Arca
plicata, Chem.—gradata, Brod. and Sow., is the W.-American
form ; Domingensis and squamosa, Lamarck, is the W.-Indian
form ; and divaricata, Sowb. (= plicata, Chem.), is the E.-Indian
form [and the one represented in Australasian seas]. ‘ Supple-
mentary Notes on Tertiary Geology in Victoria,’ by Prof. R.
Tate and Joun Dennant, F.G.S. ‘ Characteristics and Origin
of the Larapintine Flora,” by Prof. R. Tare.

ORDINARY MEETING, JuLy 2, 1895..

Prof. R. Tare (President) in the chair.

Exuipits.—Prof. Renniz, D.Sc., exhibited for Mr. Turner a
portion of a nodule of barytes occurring in the clay slates at
Brighton.

262

Papers.—‘ Anthropological Notes,” by K. Dann. ‘The Cara-
bide of Lake Callabonna,” by T. G. Stoane. ‘‘ Cannibalism as
it is practised on Tanna, New Hebrides,” by Rev. W. Wart,
communicated by Rev. W. Gray.

OrpDINARY Meetinc, Aucust 6, 1895.

Prof. R. Tare (President) in the chair.

Exuipits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., laid on the table a case
of Orthoptera illustrating the family of 7ruaxalide, or helmet
locusts ; also an Australian species of Coryphistes, which inhabits
scrub and forest lands, feeding on the leaves of the eucalypts.
The 7ruxalide are carnivorous and feed on isects.

Batitot.—Epwin AsupBy was elected a Fellow.

Paprrs.—‘‘ Notes on Blattariz,” by J. G. O. Tepprr, F-L.S.
“‘Carboniferous Foraminifera from Western Australia,” by W.
Howcuin, F.G.8S. “Two new species of Cretaceous Foramin-
ifera,” by W. Howcutn, F.G.S. “ Fossil Plant Remains from
Leigh’s Creek.” by Rospert ErnseErince, F.G.S.

ORDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 3, 1895.

Prof. R. Tare (President) in the chair.

Exursits.—Prof. Tare exhibited specimens of J'rigonia Tatet
(Pritchard) from the Eocene of the Moorabool Valley ; and an
example of an undescribed species from the Miocene of the River
Murray Plain, which he named 7. Murravica. It is allied to
T’. Howitt, McCoy, but the radial cost are much broader than
the interspaces and coarsely subnodulose. Also two species of
ammonites, showing some affinity to the Cretaceous species,
A. varicosus, of Kurope. They were given to Dr. Stirling when
at Palmerston in 1891, as coming from near that place. Prof.
Tare exhibited specimens of Cryptodon flexwosus, Montague,
dredged at Port Esperance, Tasmania, by Mr. Harrison. Sub-
sequently, November 28, 1894, Mr. Brazier communicated the
same information to the Linnean Society, Sydney (see Proc.,
Vol ix., p. 725, 1895), and further intimated that he had col-
- lected the species off Port Stephens, N.S.W., as early as 1874.
The discovery of this European species in Tasmanian waters
belongs, however, to Mr. Petterd, who submitted to the speaker
about twelve years ago specimens taken off Brown River, on
which I reported— Cryptodon sp., but slightly different from
C’. flecwosus of European seas.” ‘The discovery of a closely allied
species in the Eocene beds at Muddy Creek may opportunely be
recorded now. The fossil species, which I name Crypropon st B

263

FLEXUOSUS, differs in the following particulars—the antero-dorsal
line is deeply concave, the anterior side is more produced, and
the antero-ventral margin is truncatedly rounded; the shell is
less convex, the posterior angulation is only moderately elevated,
and in consequence the posterior area is flatly convex and its
margin hardly at all insinuate. Diameters—Umbro-ventral, 4 ;
ant-posterior, 3.75 mm. (A right valve.)’—R.T.

Paper.—‘‘ The Cerebrum of Wotoryctes typhlops,” by G. E.
SmitH, M.D., communicated by Dr. Strruine.

ANNUAL Mezetine, OcroBEer 1, 1895.

Prof. R. Tate (President) in the chair.

CoNGRATULATION.—The President read a telegram from Baron
F. von Mueller conveying his best greetings to the Society at its
anniversary meeting closing a brilliant year’s research.

Batiot.—Rev. GRANVILLE RAMAGE was elected a Fellow.

Paprers—“ Descriptions of New Coleoptera,” by Rev. THomAs
Buiacksurn, B.A. ‘“ Descriptions of New Species of Mollusca,”
by J. C. Verco, M.D.

ANNUAL Report.—The Annual Report and balance-sheet were
read and adopted.

ELECTION oF Counctt.—President, Walter Howchin, F.G.S. ;
Vice-Presidents, Prof. R. Tate and Rev. Thomas Blackburn, B.A. ;
Hon. Treasurer, Walter Rutt, C.E.; Hon. Secretaries, W. L.
Cleland, M.B, and W. B. Poole; Members of Council, Prof.
Rennie, D.Sc., E. C. Stirling, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.8., 8. Dixon,
M. Holtze, F.L.S., J. 8. Lloyd, and Mr. W. H. Selway.

Evection oF Aupiror.—D. J. Adcock was elected Auditor
for the ensuing year.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.—The retiring Presipent (Prof. R,
Tate) gave his Presidential address.

264

ANNUAL REPORT.

The Council has to report that the scientific work of the
Society has been carried on successfully during the past year,
and that in the Proceedings of the Society for 1894-95 will
appear various important papers bearing on different branches of
natural science. Amongst these may be mentioned further con-
tributions to the botany of South Australia, both recent and
fossil ; descriptions of new shells and a more elaborate study of
species previously known; continued contributions to entomology ;
geological papers relating to the marine tertiaries of Australia
and the glacial features at Hallett’s Cove; descriptions of new
foraminifera ; and a study of the brain of notoryctes. An im-
portant vocabulary of the natives of Port Darwin has also been
added to those already known, and a description of one of the
jealously-guarded rites of the aborigines of Australia.

The Council has also much pleasure in reporting that Sir Thomas
Elder has furnished the necessary funds for completing the third
and final part of the volume which has been dedicated to record-
ing the scientific results of the Elder Exploring Expedition.
This part will contain the botanical and anthropological results
of the Expedition, and will be profusely illustrated, making with
the previous two parts a valuable contribution to the scientific
exploration of Australia.

During the past year three new Fellows and one Associate
have been elected ; one Corresponding Member and one Fellow
have died ; and four Fellows have resigned.

The obituary includes the name of T. H. McGillivray,
M.R.C.S., Eng., F.L.S., of Sandhurst, Victoria, a Corresponding
Member of this Society. He was elected in 1889, and was well
known for his contributions to Australian Polyzoa, recent and
tertiary. A list of the Polyzoa from the Cape Otway beds was
communicated by him to this Society only a few weeks ago, and in
Vol. XII. of the Society’s Proceedings is published a list of South
Australian Polyzoa furnished by him. His opus magnum, the
Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria, is in course of publication under
the auspices of the Royal Society of Victoria.

It is with regret also that the Council has to refer to the death
of one of its oldest Fellows in the person of George Mayo,
F.R.C.S., Eng., who was elected in 1853, the year in which the
Society was started under the name of the Philosophical Society

265

of South Australia. It may be interesting to note that Dr.
Garran, of Sydney, an Hon. Fellow, and Mr. Robert Kay, of
the Public Library, Adelaide, a Fellow, are the only survivors of
that year’s election.

The membership of the Society consists at the present date of
11 Hon. Fellows, 73 Fellows, 15 Corresponding Members, and
two Associates.

Two new exchanges with learned Societies and publishers have
been made, namely, the University of California and the Museum
of Natural History, Paris.

The library of the Society continues to be enriched by the
receipt of scientific periodicals from all parts of the world, and
the Council has had some forty volumes of these bound during
the past year, to facilitate their being utilised by the Fellows.
and Members. On the shelves of this Society are to be found
scientific serials not easily met with elsewhere. It would afford
the Council much satisfaction if this branch of the Society’s
usefulness was utilised to a greater extent. The running index
kept by the Hon. Sec., allows of easy reference to any recent
additions.

266

THE ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT
PROFESSOR RALPH TATE.

Without preamble, I will beg your indulgence whilst I
endeavor to briefly treat of

SomE WorK OF THE SOCIETY SINCE 1876.

The past history of this Society may be divided conveniently
into two periods—(1) that from its inception in 1853 to 1876,
and (2) that from 1876 to the present. During the latter period
monthly meetings have been held without intermission, save for
each summer recess, and publication of its Proceedings have been
regular. It was during my presidency that a better organization
was adopted, which has eventuated in the creditable position that
the Society now holds among similar institutions in the Austral-
asian Colonies. Now, at the close of a second term of office I
may be pardoned if I speak with pride of the results achieved
during the past eighteen years.

It was at about the commencement of the second stage in the
life of the Society that it was remarked, “‘ Why contribute to such
an obscure publication?” But, despite the implied reproach, the
small band of workers at that time was not to be deterred from
striving to make this Society an exponent of science in South
Australia, believing that with judicious nursing this scientific
weakling might receive increasing support by the advent of other
laborers, and eventually attain to some measure of independence.
. This expectation has for some few years been realised, as may be
gauged by the demand for our publications and the many appli-
cations made by others than Fellows to use our Transactions as
a channel of communication to scientific readers. For this achieve-
ment we owe a debt of gratitude to the loyalty of several con-
tributors whose papers might have adorned the publications of
Societies of the highest standing, and who thereby ran the risk of
self-condemnation to comparative obscurity. ‘All’s well that
ends well;’ for we have passed the critical stage of our existence,
whilst the work of the future can only be curtailed by want of
pecuniary means. Indeed, already have some papers been
diverted into other channels for publication through this cause.

The subjects which have engaged our attention are diversified,
whilst the many papers on Zoology, Anthropology, Geology, and
Botany contained in our volumes of Transactions are results
which close a past of unwarranted belief in the incapabilities of

267

the Society to advance technical knowledge and open a future of
extended researches boundless in fertility of problems and of un-
known possible effects in the material advancement of this contin-
ent. These results are the outcome of individual effort, and it
is not possible to estimate the value that might have been at-
tained if the separate workers had been controlled by an organi-
zation; and I am strongly impressed that a federation of the
scientific bodies in Australia could bring about at the least a
scheme for the organization of scientific publication with advan-
tage to all concerned. The Association for the Advancement of
Science exercises such organising power, not deliberately but un-
consciously ; and in doing so seeks to protect the individual or a
people from the intellectual blood-sucking propensities of a neigh-
bor. The fact that South Australia accepts such a degrading
position in relation to its Agriculture and Botany with Victoria,
or to its Geology with New South Wales, is in evidence of the
desirability of an interprovincial organization which would exer-
cise a wholesome influence on the progress of science. The fact
that Victoria and New South Wales have peculiar gifts and
talents makes co-operation all the more indispensable to the less
fortunately situated of their sisters ; each should no longer con-
tinue to profit by the experience of the other without undertaking
some share of the task. .

So far back as 1879 I ventured to express the opinion that
the science of this Society was largely, perhaps too largely, that
which is comprised under the term Natural History, and with a
tendency to the technique of the subject rather than the philo-
sophical study of it. This implies that the early history of this
Society represents a time when scientific workers were few, and
of the ‘ good-all-round ” type of scientist, and therefore popular
expositors ; that gradually specialization in scientific pursuits has
been growing, either by the older workers narrowing their sphere
of observation, or by the advent of new compatriots already
specialists. But the facts of identification and distribution are
fundamental, and to the accumulation of which the Society has
almost exclusively given its attention during the last fifteen years
or more. In evidence, I offer a summary of the work done by
the Society in the domain of diagnostic Natural History; this
does not take into account a very considerable number of species
which have been either redescribed or better defined ; but at the
same time I express no opinion of the validity of the genera and
species diagnosed, except for those which I am personally respon-
sible. Our competitor for first place in this direction among the
Australasian Scientific Societies is the Linnean Society of New
South Wales; but this Society comes in a good second in the
race for distinction.

268

SumMaArRY oF Diagnostic NATURAL HISTORY

(Published in the Transactions of the Royal Society, South Aus-
tralia, inclusive of vol. XIX., 1895).

New Genera. New Species.

ZOOLOGY—
Mammalia 1 1
Reptilia == 7
Crustacea 1 6
INSECTA—
Coleoptera 85 1,080
Lepidoptera 24 338
Hymenoptera ... -- 3
Orthoptera 18 122
Coccidee ae si ae 16
Gastropoda and Lamellibranchiata 2 131
Polyzoa = 12
Total... Aol 1,716
Botany —
Phanerogamia see 3 51
Vascular Cryptogamia ... — 1
Total 3 52
PALZONTOLOGY—
Older Tertiary ni eT 591
Cretaceous bia — 2
Jurassic — 1
Cambrian a 13
Total 9 607
MINERALOGY Si) ,
Totals} ;... popes 2,376

Fellows might like to be reminded of the more important
achievements in other departments of Natural Science, for it is
out of the question to attempt to deal comprehensively with all
the subjects which have been published by the Society. In
Geology, we claim to have elaborated a Cambrian fauna, and as
a consequence to have determined an Archean or preCambrian
group of rocks, thus adding those two names to the table of the
stratified rocks of Australia ; to have determined the occurrence
of strata over a large area in Central Australia yielding Silurian
fossils, which are of a type hitherto unrecognised on this contin-
ent; to have geologically mapped a vast tract of interior
country between longitudes 133° to 120° and latitudes 32° to 36° ;
to have classified the marine Tertiaries on the basis of a com-
parison of their molluscan faunas with existing species ; to have
brought to notice the first clear evidence of the pre-existence of
a glacier at low elevations and the determination of its pre-
Miocene age.

Anthropology has received a large share of attention, and

269

several contributions dealing with the language and customs of
some interior and northern races of the Australian aborigine
have been published.

Comparative Anatomy is represented by papers dealing with
the osteology, myology, and neurology of that most interesting
marsupial, Votoryctes typhlops.

Lastly, the papers on the chemical properties of certain
botanical products are the outcome of careful and original re-
search work.

And now, if your patience be not already exhausted, I will
refer to

SOME RECENT ADVANCES TO OUR KNOWLEDGE
OF NATURAL HISTORY OF AUSTRALIA.

1. On A RECENT CLASSIFICATION OF THE AUSTRALIAN LAND
MoLLusca.

The appearance of Dr. Cox’s Monograph of Australian Land-
shells, 1868, with its copious illustrations, brought the study of
this department of Natural History within easy reach, and till
recently has been a vade mecuwm to Australian workers. But of
late years the number of species has been nearly doubled, and
important advances have been made in their classification. The
helix-like shells which were then known to Cox are included by
him under one generic denomination, that of Helix, though he
employed sectional names in accordance with Pfeiffer’s nomenclat-
ure, which is based on the classification proposed by Albers and
Von Martens. Up to this time the classification was based solely,
as regards the Australian forms, on conchological characters, or
on characters derived from the study of some special organ. But
as far back as 1873, Von Martens (‘Critical List of the Mollusca
of New Zealand,” p. 8) remarked that “this genus /( Helix),
which has been formerly determined by the aspect of the shell
only, has during late years been more narrowly circumscribed by
the peculiarities of the masticatory and generative organs. As
no New Zealand species has hitherto been the subject of anatom-
ical researches, we cannot say how many, and indeed if any, of
those which have been described as New Zealand species of
Helix will remain in that genus as it is now understood.” During
the years 1880-1882 Professor Hutton communicated several
papers to the New Zealand Institute dealing with the anatomy of
the land snails of that region, and established some new genera ;
but later Messrs. Hedley and Suter have separately and con-
jointly made exact and minute study of the various elements of
the morphological characters of the Australasian helicoid snails,
and have thereby demonstrated that they exhibit structural dif-

270

ferences from the typical Helia in varying degrees of divergence.
A sound arrangement and classification of our numerous species
of so-called HHelices has been long felt, as the classification of
Albers, revised by Von Martens, which has been in vogue for the
past thirty years, has proved inadequate to the requirements of
the systematist. It is, therefore, we hail with satisfaction the
appearance of Mr. Pilsbry’s ‘Guide to the Study of Helices,”
included in vol. IX., second series, of Tryon’s Manual of Con-
chology, 1894-5, which is highly meritorious and will prove of
exceeding usefulness. It furnishes us with a classification based
on the extensive study of the soft parts—not upon the modifica-
tion of a single organ, but all the organs of the animal are taken
into account.

The author divides the bibliography of the subject into five
epochs, commencing with that of Linneus, and ending with the
fitth, introduced by the publication of the second edition of
Albers’ “‘ Die Heliceen” by Von Martens. Pilsbry modestly
subordinates his work to this fifth epoch ; but those best familiar
with his highly valuable services as a systematist will not doubt
the epoch-making importance of his “Guide to the Study of
Helices.”

It is not desirable to attempt a review of the whole work, but
so much of it as concerns the Australian fauna may be summar-
ised. The classification is based upon, to quote the author :—

Organs of protection (shell, mantle, integument of body).
Organs of locomotion (foot, pedal grooves, tail gland).
Organs of reproduction (genitalia, comparative size of eggs, &c.).
Organs of nutrition (jaw, teeth, intestinal tract, kidneys, ‘te €)
Nervous system, including sense-organs, such as tentacles, We.
The Australian snails with a helicoid shell belong to the fol-
lowing families :—
ib. Without j jaw. RuwYTIDE
II. With jaw.
1. Foot-margin defined by a pedal groove ; peristome sharp.
~- a. Marginal teeth with narrow, elongated, basal plates, and
either l-cuspid and aculeate or bicuspid. Tail gland
often present, sole of foot frequently tripartite.
ZONITIDE.

b. Marginal teeth with wide, short basal plates, with one or
several cusps, the outer cusp never elevated on the
middle cusp. Shell opaque, usually flame-colored, and
rib-striate. ENDODONTID&.

2. No pedal grooves, no tail-gland.. Dentition as in
Endodontide. Peristome usually expanded or reflected.
Rk ti) : HELICID&.

271

Mr. Pilsbry’s work treats only of the Hndodontide and
Helicide, but a companion volume dealing with the other families
is promised. To bring this important work more fully to the
notice of malacological students in Australia, I have prepared a
full synopsis of the genera belonging to the Australian fauna
which are comprised in the two families. Without any desire to
be critical, I may mention that the limits of the various genera
and their mutual relationships may need to be moditied with our
increasing knowledge of the anatomy of the various species; as
it should not be forgotten that more than half of our species are
generically located by conchological characters only. The accep-
tance of Pilsbry’s classification opens to us a wide and interesting
tield of research which is within the reach of each worker, and
desiderrated knowledge actually awaits him at his own door.
Should any coilector, however, think himself unprepared to in-
vestigate the anatomy of any snail, he would render good service
to malacological science by forwarding his material to Mr. Charles
Hedley, of the Australian Museum, Sydney—to whom Mr.
Pilsbry acknowledges his great indebtedness in this connection.
Moreover, this classification, which expresses the best of our ideas
of the relationships of genera and species, provides reliable data
for the correlation of local faunsze, and for the solution of various
problems connected with geographical distribution and origin.

The Famity ENpopontip# is intermediate between Zonitide
and /Helicide in its characters, but is of more primitive origin
than either, as indicated by its unspecialised jaw, teeth, genitalia,
and shell; indeed, the oldest land-snail, Zonites priscus of the
Coal Measures of Nova Scotia, is considered by Pilsbry as a
probable member of the genus Pyramidula, The family has a
world-wide range, though very scarce in the tropics. Its present
headquarters are in Austro-Polynesia, which furnish 333 of a
total of 523 species. Australia and Tasmania possess 78 species
distributed in the following genera :—Laoma 9, Flammulina 22,
Endodonta 47.

The Famity Heticipa is divided by Pilsbry into five groups,
which, arranged in their numerical order, differ from one another
in the increasing complexity of the genital organs. Tribe 1,
ProroGona, with genitalia of the lowest type, is not represented
in Australia. Tribe 2, Macroocona, with simple genitalia, but
the vas deferens has an epiphallus, contains six Australian and
Tasmanian species. Three belong to the monotypic genera
Pedinogyra, Anoglypta, and Caryodes; and three to Panda,
which is exclusively Australian. <A still further advance is made
in Tribe 4, EpipHALLoGona, the genital system of which has an
epiphallus and flagellum on the penis; but there is no dart sack
or other accessory appendages on the female side as in the highest

272

developed Helices constituting Tribe 5, BELoGona, which is ab-
sent in Australia. To Tribe 4 belongs the large number of our
helix-like shells (144) having an expanded or reflected lip. They
are grouped into several genera, based on shell characters only.
This group is absent in Tasmania, New Zealand, and New Cale-
donia, but ranges northward to Ne ew Guinea, Southern Asia, and
Japan. In America it covers West Indies, Northern South
America. The distribution of the Australian examples of
epiphallogonous Helicide is as follows :—

Chloritis in its wide acceptation extends from North Australia
to Southern China, but its typical forms belong to the Malay-
Papuan region. The Australian species, 14 in number, are
divergent forms, and included in the Section Austrochloritis, with
which are associated a few Papuan species.

Planispira is an Indo-Malayan and Papuan genus, but the
aberrant group, Angasella, is restricted to Australia.

Angasella, containing nine species, is characteristic of the
Eremian region, whilst the subgroup, Z'’rachiopsis (11 species), is
confined to the costal tracts of N.W. and N.E.

Thersites is almost wholly Australian, strictly Austro-Papuan,
a few species occurring in Papua and adjacent islands.

Thersites (sensu stricto) comprises two species inhabiting the
coast-region of subtropic Queensland and New South Wales.

Glyptorhagada contains seven species, confined to South Aus-
tralia, but dominant in the Eremian region.

Badistes has 42 species distributed throughout the subtropic
and temperate parts of the continent, and extending from the
coast to the dry interior.

Spheerospira, with 47 species, inhabits Queensland, with a few
forms in Papua, being replaced southward by Badistes and west-
ward by Waeiiion Wie

Hadra, as now restricted, consists of three North Queensland
species.

Xanthomelon comprises six species, five of which inhabit
Queensland and one Arnheim Land.

Rhagada includes ten species belonging to die coast and
islands of North Australia, chiefly North- West, and of four
species in the islands north of Timor Sea.

Papuina is a large and exclusively arboreal genus inhabiting
Papua, the Solomon Archipelago, the Moluccas, but having its
southern limit in North Queensland, where it is represented by
seven species.

273

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA OF ENDODONTIDA.
Group POLYPLACOGNATHA.

Jaw composed of numerous squarish plates connected by mem-
brane only ; side teeth all bicuspid ; no mucus gland at tail.
Shell subtrochiform, keeled, at least in young, usually flame-
painted. Laoma. |
Aperture of shell without teeth or folds.
Section PHRIXGNATHUS.

Group HaPpLocona.
Jaw composed of overlapping lamin, partially soldered together
or solid, and vertically striated.
Tail with a mucus gland ; aperture without folds.
[FLAMMULINA. |
Jaw arcuate, with flat plaits.

Central tooth a short mesocone, ectocones obsolete, laterals
with a short ectocone, which disappears on the mar-
ginals, leaving a long oblique mesocone only.

s.g. THALASSOHELIX.

Marginal teeth low, wide, and multicuspid.

s.g- HEDLEYCONCHA.
No mucus gland at tail.
Aperture armed within with teeth or plates.
[Expoponra. |

Shell rounded at periphery, outer lip with folds.

Section THAUMATODON.
Aperture without teeth; shell depressed, convex, flat, or
concave. s.g. CHAROPA.

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA OF HELICIDA.
Sus-FAMILY MacrooGona.

Genitalia without flagellum. Eggs or embryonic shell large.
Vagina or spermatheca duct bearing a blind sack ; lip of shell
narrow or simple.
Shell discoidal. PEDINOGYRA.
Shell subtrochiform. ANOGLYPTA.
Shell bulimoid.
Upper whorls spirally lirate, with crenulated suture.
CARYODES.
Upper whorls finely beaded or smoothish, suture even.
PANDA.

SuB-FAMILY EPIPHALLOGONA.

Genital system having an epiphallus and flagellum on penis,
and no dart-sack and associated mucus gland.

274

Penis retractor inserted on epiphallus; penis without ap-
pendage.
Apex or whole shell with quincuncially arranged hair-scars ;
jaw ribbed. [CHLoRITIS. |
Surface hairy, or marked with regular series of hair-scars
to the apex. Section AUSTROCHLORITIS.
Apex not so sculptured.
Shell depressed, last whorl deeply deflexed in front ; jaw
smooth. [ PLANISPIRA. |
Jaw ribbed. s.g. ANGASELLA.
Shell of thinner texture, basal lip more or less toothed.
Section TRACHIOPSIS.
Shell various, generally densely granulated ; jaw ribbed.

é THERSITES.
Shell conoidal, generally banded, the spermatheca having
a long duct s.g. THERSITES.
Sheil lense-shaped. Section 'THERSITES (s.s. ).

Shell depressed with conoidal spire, obliquely
striate or hirsute.
Section LADRA.
Shell globose, surface densely granulated all over.
Section BaDISTES.
Shell depressed, keeled, with corrugated and granu-
lated surface. Section GLYPTORHAGADA.
Shell globose, surface smooth to the unaided eye.
Section SPHROSPIRA.
Shell depressed globose, calcareous in texture, often
multilineate. s.g. RHAGADA.
Shell globular, with wide columellar lip; the sperma-
thecal duct short. s.g. XANTHOMELON.
Shell trochoidal, thinner, and mostly light colored.
PAPUINA.

2. ORDOVICIAN RocKS IN QUEENSLAND.

At the August meeting in 1893 I exhibited “a species of
Euomphalus indicative of the Silurian epoch, obtained far to the
east of the Macdonnell Range,” at 20 miles west from Took’s
Waterhole in Cairns Range (vol. XVII., p. 354, 1893). The
specimen alluded to is the impression of the upper surface of an
Evomphaloid shell, which was obtained by Mr. South, Warden of
the Gold-fields, then stationed at Alice Springs, at Cairns Range.
The fossil was sent to Mr. East, and by him handed to me for
determination. Among the fossils collected by me among the
Ordovician rocks of the Larapintine region, when attached to
the Horn Expedition, are several specimens of an Hwomphalus or
Oriostoma-like shell, either identical with or very closely allied to

275

the species indicated by the impression received from Cairns
Range. This fact I communicated to the Government Geologist
of Queensland, which indicated the extension of the Ordovician
rocks to the borders of that province, and the probability of their
occurrence within its boundary. In acknowledging the informa-
tion, Mr. Jack writes, June 7, 1895 :—‘ What renders the ques-
tion of more than usual interest at present is that in some of the
bores in the neighborhood of Boulia there are enormous thick-
nesses of limestone which might possibly be either Ordovician or
the older limestones, &c. (probably Cambrian), on which the
Silurian lies unconformably. It is quite on the cards that there
may be a barrier of Paleeozoic rocks extending from the Cairns
Range to the Cloncurry.”

Ata meeting of the Royal Society of Queensland, July 6, 1895,
a& paper was communicated by the Government Geologist on
“ Stratigraphical Notes on the Georgina Basin with Reference to
the Question of Artesian Water,” from which and the discussion
which ensued we learn that important advances in stratigraphical
geology, as far as Queensland is concerned, are the outcome of
the little episode attached to the fossil impression from Cairns
Range. Mr. Jack argued that Paleeozoic and metamorphic rocks
are continuous from the Cairns Range to the Cloncurry area, and
consequently that the Lower Cretaceous area at the head of the
Georgina River, as shown on the 1892 geological map, must be
deleted. These Paleozoic rocks either outcrop or are very close
to the surface. He bases these conclusions on the fact that un-
successful bores have been put down at Carandotta, Chatsworth,
Glenormiston, Marion Downs, and four on Tooleybuck Station ;
also on the geological investigations in South Australia in the
vicinity of the North-western border of Queensland. The only
conclusion that can be drawn from this fact is that the country
to the north of a line extending from the western boundary of
the colony by the tropic of Capricorn to the Georgina River and
thence north-eastward (perhaps not in a straight line) to the head
of the Warburton River must be regarded as unfavorable for
boring for artesian water. . |

In the discussion which followed, Mr. Gibb Maitland drew
attention to the fact that 25,000 square miles of country, believed
to be artesian, is now shown to be made up of much older rocks.
The discovery of rocks with Silurian or Cambrian fossils on the
western border of Queensland is one of the most important strati-
graphical facts recently ascertained in Queensland. The oldest
fossiliferous beds were, until quite recently, believed to be Dev-
onian, though the occurrence of sedimentary beds lying uncon-
formably beneath these was not unknown. ‘The true age of the
limestones of the Cairns Range and those met with in some of

276

the bores of the Georgina basin still remained unknown, and the
solution of this problem would throw a great deal of light upon
the physical geology of North-western Queensland.

3. Toe AGE OF THE HALLETT’S CovE-GLACIER.

The recent discovery that the glacier-path at Hallett’s Cove
passes beneath the escarpment of the marine Miocene erases an
important coordinate factor in the production of the climatic
conditions which prevailed during the Diprotodon-period. We
cannot shift back the age of the Diprotodon, because the sedi-
ments which entomb the marsupial and its associates are cer-
tainly post-Miocene. The absence of glacial conditions does not,
however, invalidate the argument of high piuvial conditions in
Pliocene times, which is based on independent physical evidences.
The fact that the glacier-path at Hallett’s Cove is pre-Miocene
should not force us to accept contemporaneity with the glacier-
phenomena at Bacchus Marsh, admittedly of Permo-carboniferous
age, which there seems a too-hasty disposition to concede ; whilst
the more or less incoherent “ ¢i//” at Hallett’s Cove is not com-
parable with the highly indurated glacial sediments at Bacchus
Marslf; and, moreover, other interglacial periods are indicated in
the stratified rocks of New South Wales and New Zealand.
Moreover, the pronounced differences between Eocene and
Miocene may lend some argument to uphold the view of a post-
Eocene or intra-Miocene age of the Hallett’s Cove glacier. The
late Mr. G. Scoular (Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Aust. vol. VIIL., pp.
36-48, 1886) thought that the more tropical aspect of the Eocene
was gradually driven northward by an increase of cold, which
finally eventuated in the depopulation of the marine area at the
close of the Miocene period. In a certain sense the Eocene fauna
is tropical, and it is certainly true that the Miocene fauna has a
distinct modern facies, and, relatively to that of the same area
before and after, is a much depauperated one. These circum-
stances may have been produced by a glacier-climate intervening
between Eocene and Miocene, and continued into the latter.
However, the problem must await solution until the discovery of
organic remains in the stratified parts of the “ till,” which will
determine also the condition of its deposition.

4, Jurassic Rocks In NEw SoutH WALES.

A small patch of shales on the Talbragar River, at about 16
miles NN.E. from Gulgong, was discovered to be plant- and fish-
bearing, and was reported on by Geological Surveyor Anderson
in 1889. By him these fossiliferous beds were regarded as form-
ing “an isolated lenticular patch in the horizontally-bedded

277

sandstones similar to the lenticular beds of grey shale which
occur in the Hawkesbury sandstone near the coast.”

The fish have been described by Mr. A. 8. Woodward, of the
British Museum, in a Memoir, just published by the Geological
Survey of N.S. Wales, and the opinion therein expressed is that
the fish are probably of Jurassic, not Triassic, age.

A reexamination of the stratigraphical evidences by Mr.
Pittman and Professor David has proved in favor of the con-
clusions arrived at on paleontological grounds by Mr. Woodward.

The fish-beds differ lthologically from any known rock in the
Hawkesbury series; they repose on an eroded surface of the
Hawkesbury Sandstone, and the uppermost bed contains pebbles
of that formation.

The evidence supplied by the fossil plants, as provisionally
interpreted by Mr. R. Etheridge, jun., implies a correlation with
the Carbonaceous-series of Victoria and the Ipswich-series of
Queensland.

Thus, now for the first time, rocks of Jurassic age are recognised

in N. 8S. Wales.

‘Jomnseoly, “ELAM AALIV MA

T 81 c9eF

ooo ©

€ 92

6I FE

0 &
LV. €1
Oar
SI 62a

oS oO 2

Ano “yueg SBUTACG Ul DOULTe| ,,
‘6ST ‘Og “4dey

T 81 coeF

"e68T ‘e ‘ydag

‘rourpny “YOOOdV ‘f ‘d

‘q0a1100 punoj pur pazyIpny

Ooms =" *** T1OTJOIG [VOTSO[OORT RI
6h Te" ** WOTJOIG [VoTdooso1dT VT 0OL9 O vee vee
O- St =" “* TOIoeg [vorWMOUOISW 006 . .
0 SL ‘ worosg sqsiTeMmeNy plarq—syursiy ,, 9 F128 . vee
ee Ke ime Suipurg —Areaqry, ,, 0 ZI PI . “
“~ Ktou014e4g pure ‘eseysog ‘suyulIg ,, | 9 HF FG
ay make oe JayeyIej—sose \ ,, QO eres a see
0 Ooi = a
Ssl6é “" ‘* ** (saved $1) Sarysiqng 9 61:69 2" 4
Z.. fo Ss “a oon a Sulyvaysuy[yT
eX Cpa": (saved &7) Sutpurg pure Suyquig | ¢ 0 Z9l oi .
—suorporsuely, Jo yor) Ag
‘*. zt 1@) ‘Dp e § Dp 8s
VITVULSAV HLOAOS HO ALHIOOS TVAOWU WAHL HLIM

DZNOQOOOV NI YHdOSvad

4qS19}UT ,,
"* SUOTJOVSUVIT, JO BRE ,,

qUOWUIIAOY WHOA FURL ,,
OLD A “A(T WOT, WOLYRUOQ(T ,,

UOTZOOY [VOLMIOUOISW

UOIPO S}SITVAINFVN PPT

say “Aqat00g [ekoyy
—suo1qydiiosqng

eee eee eee

9
aourleg OF,

‘PEST “I “°O
“aC

qa

bo
“I
Ne)

WONATIONS VO Tir MUBRARY

For THE YEAR 1894-95.

TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, AND REPORTS
_ Presented by the respective Societies, Editors, and Governments.

AUSTRIA AND GERMANY.

Berlin—Abhandlungen der Ké6niglich Preussischen Meteorolog-
ischen Instituts Hrgebnisse beobachtungen, 1890,
Heft ITI. ; do., 1891, 1893, 1894.
—- Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde, band XXIX.,
Nos. 3, 4, and 5.
——-— Verhandlungen Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde, band X XIL.,
Nos...6;, 7,.c,.and 9.
—- Sitzungberichte Koniglich Preussischen Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin, Nos. 39 to 53, 1893;
1 t0:53, 1894: I to 25, 1895:
Gottingen—Nachrichten von der: K. Gesellschaft der Weissen-
schaften u. d. Georg-August Universitat, Nos.
3 and 4, 1894; No. 1, 1895; Heft 1 and 2, 1895.
Halle—Leopoldina, Heft 28 and 29. Nova Acta der K.
Leopold-Carol Deut Akad der Naturforscher ; Band
Ex Now: LX aNoid:
Munich—Sitzunberichte der Mathematisch — Physikalischen
Classe der K. B. Akad der Wissenschaften zu
Munichen, 1894, Heft 4; 1895, Heft 1.
Vienna—Annalen des K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmansmuseum,
Band LX., Nos. | and 2.
—- Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, 1894,
No. 22: Nos. 1 and 3 of. 1895; No. 8 of 1895.
—w Verhandlungen der K. K. Geologischen Reichanstalt,
Nos. 10 to 13, 1894; Nos. 1 to 18, 1894; Nos. 1
to 7, 1895.
——— Verhandlungen K. K. Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesell-
schaft in Wien, XLV. Band, 1 to 7 Heft; XLIII.
Band, 3 and 4 quartal; XLIV. Band, 1 and 2
quartal.
——— Sitzung der Mathematisch - naturwissenschaftlichen
Classe Kaiserliche Akdad der Wissenschaften, Nos.
24 to 27.

280

Vienna—K. K. Gradmessungs-Bureau, Astronomische Arbeiten,
II. Band.
Gradmessung Commission Protokoll, 11 and 13, April,
1894.
Wiirzburg — Sitzungerberichte der Physikalisch-medicinischen
Gesellschaft, 1894, Nos. 1 to 10.

AUSTRALIA AND NEw ZEALAND.

Adelaide—Government Geologist—Annual Report, 1894.
Brisbane—Royal Society of Queensland, Vol. X., 1892 and 1894;
Index, Vols. VII., VIII., and IX.; Proceedings,
vol, XA, part 1:
— Geological Survey Office — Artesian Water in the
Western District of Queensland.
— Department of Agriculture—Botany Bulletins, 9, 10,
and 11; Botany Abridged (pamphlet).
Ballarat—School of Mines—Calendar, 1895.
Geelong—Gordon Technical College—Annual Report, 1894.
- Geelong Naturalist, March, 1894 ; Sept., 1894; Dec.,
1894; March, 1895; June, 1895.
Perth—Mining Handbook.
Melbourne—Victorian Naturalist, vol. XI., Nos. 6 to 12; vol.
XIE. Wos.,. Ljto 5.
—————— Royal Society of Victoria, Proceedings, vol. Vii

——-—— Department of Mines—Reports on the Victorian
Coalfields, No. 3; Annual Report, 1893 and
1894; Report on Loss of Gold in the Reduction
of Auriferous Veinstone in Victoria.
Wellington, New Zealand. — Transactions and Proceedings,
VOl. aoe y NE,
Sydney—Records of the Australian Museum, vol. IIL, No, 6,
and Report for 1894.
Linnean Society——Proceedings, vol. IX., parts 2, 3, and
4; vol. X., part 1; Abstract of Proceedings, 1895.
— Royal Society, Proceedings, vol. XX VIII., 1894.
— Department of Mines—Records of Geological Survey of
N.S. Wales, Vol. IV., parts 2 and 3, 1894; Cata-
logue of Works; Reports and Papers on the
Anthropology, Ethnology, and Geological History
of the Australian and Tasmanian Natives; Flower-
ing Plants and Ferns of N.S.W., part 1; Annual
Report, 1894.
— — Australasian Association for the Advancement of
Science, vol. V.
__—_ Sydney Observatory—Results of Rain, River, and
Evaporation Observations made in N.S. Wales
during 1893.

281

Sydney—University Calendar, 1895.
Agricultural Gazette of N.S. Wales, vol. V., parts 9 to
12; vol. VI., parts 1 to 8.

CANADA.

Halifax—Proceedings Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science,
vol. I., part 3.
Montreal—Canadian Record of Science, No. 8.
— Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report N.S.,
wOls VI.

FRANCE.

Caen—Bulletin de la Société Linneenne de Normandie, vol. VITI.,
series 4; vol. VIII., series 4.

Paris—Annuaire Géologique Universel, tome X., 1, 2, 8 fas. ;
tome IX., extrait.

— Bulletin des Sceances Société Entomologique, Nos. 14 to
20, 1894; Nos. 1 to 14, 1895. Annals of above
Society for 1893, Vol. LXIT.

—— Feuilles des Jeunes Naturalistés, series III., Nos. 287 to
299.

— Société de Geographie, Comptes Rendus des Seances, Nos.
16 and 17, 1894.

— Bulletin du Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle, Nos. 1, 2, and
3, 1895.

Marseilles—Annales de Faculté des Sciences, tomes I., IT., ITI.,
and IV.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

Belfast—Report and Proceedings Belfast Natural History and
Philosophical Society, 1893 and 1894.
Dublin—Royal Irish Academy, Transactions, vol. XX X., parts

13 and 14; Proceedings, Vol. III., No. 3. Cun-
ningham Memoirs, No. 10.
Edinburgh—Royal Physical Society, Proceedings, 1893 and 1894.
Kew—Bulletin, 1894.
London—Journal Royal Microscopical Society, parts 4 to 6, 1894
parts 1 to 4, 1895.
British Museum, Catalogue of Birds, vol. X XITT.
Linnean Society, List of Members; Proceedings, 1895.
Royal Colonial Institute, Catalogue of the Library.
Entomological Society of London, Transactions, 1894.
Royal Society, Proceedings, vol. LVI., Nos. 336 to 350.
Leeds—Journal of Conchology, vol. VII., No. 12; vol. VIIL.,
Nossl; 2)and 3.
Manchester—Journal Manchester Geographical Society, Vol. [X.,
Nos2lUland, 12.5 vol; X., Nos. | to 9:

a

T

282

Mancheoter—Manchester Field Naturalists and Archeologists
Society, Report and Proceedings, 1893 and 1894.
Memoirs and Proceedings Manchester Literary and
Philosophical Society, vol. VITI., Nos. 3 and
4: Vol TX., Nos. land.
——--—— Manchester Geological Society, Transactions, vol.
XXII., parts 19 to 21; vol. XXIII, parts 1
to 10.
INDIA.

Calcutta—Indian Museum, Vol. III., Nos. 4 and 5; Catalogue
of Coins, parts 1 and 2; Descriptions of Nine
Species of Squillide.

Madras—Government Museum Bulletin, Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

ITALY.

Milan—Atti Societa Italiana Scienza Naturali, vol. X XXV.,
Nos. 1 and 2.

— Monograph of the Rapacious Birds of Italy.

——— Bolletino Societa Entomologica Italiana, trimestre III.
and IV.

Pisa—Atti Societa Toscana de Scienza Naturali, vol. [X., pp.
134 to 241.

Turin—Bolletino Musei Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata, Uni-
versita di Torino, vol. [X., Nos. 166 to 209.

JAVA.
Batavia—Naturkundig Tigdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indié, deel
LIV.
JAPAN.

Tokio—Journal College of Science, Imperial University, vol.
VIL, parts 2 to 5; vol. VIII., part 1. Calendar,

1893-94.
Mexico.
Mexico—Memoirs de la Sociedad Scientifica, tome VII., Nos. 11
and 12.

Norway AND SWEDEN.

Bergen—Bergens Museum, Aarbog for 1893.
Stavanger—Stavanger Museum, Aarsberetnung for 1893.
Stockholm—Geologiska Féreningens, band XVI., 1894.
Trondjem—Société Royale Norwégienne des Sciences, skrifter,
1893.
Upsala—Bulletin of Geological Institution, University of Upsala,
vol, 14., ‘part, Rare:

283

RwvssIa.

Moscow—Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes,
1894, Nos. 2, 3, and 4; 1895, No. 1.
St. Petersburg—Société Impériale Mineralogique, vol. XXXI.,
series 2.
Bulletin du Comité Geologique, 1893, tome XIL.,
Nos. 8 and 9, 1893, supplement to tome
XITI.; 1894, tome XIII., Nos. 1 to 7.
Memoirs. vol. VIIJ., Nos. 2 and 3; vol.
IX., No::3°; wol. SY .; No. 1,
Bulletin de ’Acadamie Tmpériale des Sciences,
vol. ‘T., Nor4 3» 'wol; V.j/tome IL, Nos: *1
to 4. Memoirs, tome XLI., Nos. 2 to 9,
tome XX XIX., tome XLII., Nos. 1 to 11;
N.S. TV. (XXXVI), Nes. I and 2

SWITZERLAND.

Lausanne—Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Natur-
elles, vol. XXX., Nos. 115 and 116; vol.
DEXA Nov Lig:
Geneve—Société de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle, omnis
Rendus des Séances, vol. XI.

SoutH AMERICA.

Rio de Janiero—Annales de l’Observatoire Imperial for 1893.

Buenos Aires—Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencas,
tome XII., parts 2, 3, and 4; tome XIII,
parts 1 to 4; tome XIV., part 1.

UNITED STATES.
Berkly, California—Bulletin, Department of Geology, vol. L.,
Nos. 1 to 7; Lherzolite = Serpentine
and asssociated rocks of the Potrero,
San Francisco.
Baltimore—John Hopkins University Circulars, vol. XIV.,
Nos. 116 to 120. John Hopkins University
Studies, series X., part 12; series XI., parts 1
to 12; series XII., parts 1 to 7.

—-—— American Chemical Journal, vol. XIV., No. 8; vol.
XdV:..| Nos: sl t018 ;. vol.) XVi., Nos. | to 6.

Boston—Proceedings American Academy Arts and Sciences,
vol, XX.

Proceedings Boston Society of Natural History, vol.
XXVI., parts 1, 2, and 3. Memoirs Boston
Society of Natural History, vol. VI., No. 11;
vol. III., No. 15.

284

Cincinnati—Cincinnati Society of Natural History, vol. XVL.,
Nos. 2, 3, and 4; vol. X VII., Nos. 1, 2, and 3.
Cambridge—Bulletin Museum Comparative Anatomy, Harvard,
Annual Report, 1894: vol. XXV., Nos. 7 to
12-;-vol.. XV1I., Nowdis-vol. XX VIL ie
Vol. XXVIII, No. 1.
Psyche, vol. VII. ; Nos. 222 to 232.
Meriden, Conn. —‘Transactions of the Meriden Scientific Asso-
ciation, vol. V.

Maseachuieietts “ult College Studies, Nos. 2 and 3.

New York—Annals of the New York ‘Academy of Sciences, vol.
VI., index; vol. VIIT., No. 4; vol. VII., Nos. 6
to 12.

——-—— Journal New York Microscopical Society, vol. X.,
No, 45 xol/2kh., Nos 1y 2, and 3.

—_————— (Albany) New York State Museum, 45th Annual
Report, 1891; 46th do., 1892.

“Philadelphia— Proceedings a: the Academy of Natural Sciences,

parts 1, 2, and 3, Jan. to Dec., 1894; part 2,
May to Sept.

St. Louis—Missouri Botanic Gardens, Report, 1894.

—- Academy of Sciences, vol. VI., Nos. 9 to 17.

Salem—Bulletin Essex res vol. XXV., Nos. 4 to 123 avoir

Poe W a NGS ee ae, and 3H
——— Proceedings ‘American Association for Advancement of
Sgienee, 1893.

Sacramento-——California State Mining Bureau—Gas and Petro-
leum Yielding Formations of the Centrai Valley
of California ; 12th Report of the State Min-
eralogist.

San Francisco—Proceedings California Academy of Sciences,

vol. JV., part 1.
Washington—Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences,
vol. VI.
—_______—_ United States Geological Survey—Tertiary Rhyn-
cophorus Coleoptera, ‘Scudder ;” Manual of
Topographic Methods, ‘“ Gannett ;” Penokee
Tron-bearing Series of Michigan and Wis-
consin, “Irving and Van Hise;” Mineral
Resources of the United States, 1892 and
1893; Annual Report, 1890-91, parts 1 and
2; do., 1891-92, parts 1, 2, and 3; Bulletin of
the U.S. Geological Survey, Nos. 97 to 117.
— Department of Agriculture, Wasbington— Report
of the Statistician, Nov., 1894; Dec., 1894;
April, 1895; June, 1895. Hog Cholera and

285

Swine Disease; Washed Soils; Barnyard
Manure.

Washington—Smithsonian Institution— Annual Report, June 30,
1892; Report of the U.S. National Museum,
1891; Annual Reports, 1891 and 1892; 9th
Annual Report Bureau of Ethnology; Report
of the Section of Agriculture, 1893 ; Biblio-
graphy of the Salishan Languages.

FROM: THE VAUTHORS:

A. Liversidge, M.A., F.R.S.—
Notes on some Austr alasian and other Stone Implements.
Boleite, Nantokite, Kerargyrite, and Cuprite from Broken
Hill, N.S. Wales.
Sir F. von Mueller, F.R.S., &.—
Select Extra-Tropical Plants.

LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, &c.

NovEMBER, 1895.

Those marked (F) were present at the first meeting when the Society was
founded. Those marked (L) are Life Fellows. Those marked with
an asterisk have contributed papers published in the Society’s
Transactions.

Any changes in the addresses should be notified to the Secretary.

Date of HONORARY FELLOWS.

Election.

1857. BARKELEY, Str Henry, K.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.R.S., Royal Colonial
Institute, London.

1893. Cossmann, M., Rue de Maubeuge, 95, Paris.

1876. Exnutery, R. L. J., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Government Astronomer
Victoria, The Observatory, Melbourne, Victoria.

1890. *ETHERIDGE, RoBert, Paleontologist to the Geological Survey of
New South Wales, Sydney.

1853. Garran, A., LL.D., Sydney, New South Wales.

1893. GREGORIO, Marquis DE, Palermo, Sicily.

1855. Hui, H. M., Hobart, Tasmania.

1878. JERvots, Srr W. F. D., K.C.M.G., C.B., F.R.S., Ex-Governor of
South Australia, London, England.

1855. Lirrir, E.

1879. *MUELLER, Baron F. von, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., M. and Ph.D., F.G.S.,
F.R.G.S., F.C.S8., C.M.Z.S., &c., &c., Government Botanist,
Melbourne, Victoria.

1876. Russeuui, H.C., B.A., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Government Astronomer
New South Wales, Sydney, N.S.W.

1894. *Witson, J. T., M.D., Professor of Anatomy Sydney University.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

1881. Barry, F. M., F.L.S., Colonial Botanist, Brisbane, Queensland.

1881. *CLoup, T. C., F.C.S., Manager Wallaroo Smelting Works, South
Australia.

1888, *DENNANT, JOHN, F.G.S., F.C.S., Inspector of Schools, Russell-
street, Camberwell, Melbourne, Victoria.

1880. *FoELscHE, PavuL, Inspector of Police, Palmerston, Northern Ter-
ritory, Australia.

1881. GoxpstTEIn, J. R. Y., Melbourne, Victoria.

1880. *Krempr, Rev. J., Australia.

1893. *McKixuor, Rev. Davin, S8.J., Superior Daly River Mission, Nor-
thern Territory.

1892. *MarpENn, J. H., F.L.S., F.C.S., Curator Technological Museum,
Sydney, N.S.W.

1888. *MAsKELL, W. M., Wellington, New Zealand.

1886. NuicoLay, Rev. C. G., Fremantle, Western Australia.

1880. *RicHaRpDs, Mrs. A., Georgetown, South Australia.

1892. *ScuuLz, Rev. Louis.

1883. *STrRLING, JAMES, Assistant Geological Surveyor, Victoria.

1893. *Stretton, W. G., Palmerston, Northern Territory.

287

FELLOWS.

Apvcock. D. J., Adelaide, S.A.
Ancas, J. H., Adelaide, S.A.
AsuHBy, Epwin, Adelaide, S.A.
Bacot, Joun, Adelaide, S.A.

. *BEDNALL, W. T., Adelaide, S.A.
. *BLACKBURN, Rev. Tuomas, B.A., Woodville, S.A.

BoETTGER, Otto, Adelaide, S.A.

. *Bracc, W. H., M.A., Professor of Mathematics, University of

Adelaide, S.A.
Brown, L. G., Adelaide, S.A.

. *Brown, H. Y. L., F.G.S., Government Geologist South Australia,

Adelaide.

Brummitt, Rospert, M.R.C.S., Eng., Kooringa, S.A.

Busse, J. W. F.R.M.S., North Adelaide, S.A.

CHapMAN, R. W., M.A., B.C.E., Lecturer on Mathematics and
Physics University of Adelaide, S.A.

. *CLELAND, W. L., M.B., Ch.M., J.P., Assistant Colonial Surgeon,

Resident Medical Officer Parkside Lunatic Asylum, Lecturer
on Materia Medica University of Adelaide, Parkside, S.A.

. (L) Cooks, E., Commissioner of Audit South Australia, Adelaide, S.A.
. Cookk, JoHN H., Adelaide, S.A.

Cox, W. C., Semaphore, S.A.

. *Drxon, SAMUEL, Adelaide, S.A.

Dopsiz, A. W., Adelaide, S.A.
Dup_Ley, U.

*Kast, J. J., F.G.S. (Corresponding Member, 1884.)

ELprEr, Sir THomas, K.C.M.G., Adelaide, S.A.
FLEMING, Davip, Adelaide, S.A.

Fow.er, WILLIAM, Melton, Y.P., S.A.
FRASER, J. C., Adelaide, S.A.

. *GoyDER, GrEoRGE, JuN., F.C.S. Government Analyst South Aus-

tralia, Adelaide, S.A.
GRAY, Rev. Witi1amM, Mount Barker, S.A.
Grassy, W. C., F.L.S., Agricultural College, Roseworthy, S.A.
Henry, ALEXANDER, M.D., Adelaide, S.A.

. *HoittzE, Maurice, F.L.S., Director Botanic Gardens, Adelaide

(Corresponding Member, 1882), Adelaide, S.A.

. *HowcuHin, WALTER, F.G.S., Goodwood, S.A.

JAMES, TuHos., M.R.C.S., Eng., Moonta, S.A.
JoHNsON, J., M.D., F.R.C.S., Medical Officer Mount Gambier
Hospital, Assistant Colonial Surgeon, Mount Gambier, S.A.

. (F) Kay, Rogpert, General Director and Secretary S.A. Public

Library, Museum, &c., Adelaide, S.A.

KERSHAW, JAMES A., Entomologist National Mnseum, Melbourne.

Lencon, A. A., M.D., M.R.C.S., Lecturer on Forensic Medicine
and on Chemical Medicine University of Adelaide, Hon.
Physician Adelaide Hospital and Children’s Hospital, North
Adelaide, Adelaide, S.A.

Luoyp, J. S., Adelaide, S.A.

. *Lower, O. B., F.Ent.S., Parkside, Unley, S.A.
. *Lucas, R. B., Adelaide, S.A.
. *Macarey, Hon. S. J., M.D., M.L.C., Adelaide, S.A.

Mayo, G. G., C.E., Adelaide, S.A.

*Meyrick, E. T., B.A., Ramsbury, Hungerford, Wilts, England.

Mo.tnevux, A., F.L.S., Secretary Central Agricultural Bureau
South Australia, Kent Town, S.A.

1859.
1884.
1893.
1883.
1886.
1895.
1885.

1891.
1876.
1891.
1886.
1893.
1857.
1871.
1881.

1893.
1876.
1886.
1894.

1889.
1878.

1883.
1878.
1879.
1859.
1882.

1886.
1886.

1895.

288

(L) Murray, Davin, Adelaide, S.A.

Monton, H. 8., Brighton, S.A.

PERKS, R. Es M. D., F.R.C.S., Eng., bh uae S.A.
PHILuirs, W. H.. Adelaide, S. A.

PooLe, W. B., Adelaide, S. ‘A.

RAMAGE, Rev. GRANVILLE, Norwood, S.A.

“RENNIE, H. E., M.A., D.Se., F.C.8., Professor Chemistry Univer-
sity of Adelaide. ;

Rocers, R. 8., M.D., Adelaide, S.A.
*Routt, WALTER, C.E., Adelaide, S.A.
SeLway, W. H., Jun., Adelaide, S.A.
Scort, JAMES | Hyde Park, S. A.
Smsoy, Avcustus, ‘Hobart, Tasmania.
SMEATON, THOMAS ‘Di, Blakiston, Little Hampton, S.A.
SmitH, RoBERT Barr, Adelaide, S.A.
“STIRLING, Epwarp C., C.M.G., M.A., M..D., F.B.S., F.R.C.S.,
Lecturer on Physiology University of Adelaide, Hon. Director
S.A. Museum, Hon. Surgeon Adelaide Hospital, Adelaide, S.A.

*STREICH, VICTOR, E.G.S.

SLarE, RALPH, F.L. S., F.G.8., Professor of Natural Science University
of Adelaide

“Tepper, J. G. O., F.L.S., Entomologist S.A. Museum (Correspond-

ing Member, 1878), Adelaide, S.A.

*TURNER, A. JEFFERIS, M.D., Brisbane.

VARDON, JOSEPH, J.P., Adelaide, S.A.

*VERCO, JOSEPH C., M.D., F.R.C.S., Lecturer on the Principles
and Practice of Medicine and Therapeutics and on Clinical
Medicine University of Adelaide, Hon. Physician Adelaide
Hospital, Adelaide, S.A.

Warnwaeicut, E. H., B.Sc., St. Peters College, S.A.
Ware, W. L., Adelaide, S.A.
Way, Epwarp W., M.B., M.R.C.S., Lecturer on Obstetrics. and
Diseases Peculiar to Women and Children University of Ade-
laide, Hon. Physician Adelaide Hospital, Adelaide, S.A.
Way, Samvuen J., D.C.L., Chief Justice and Lieutenant-Governor
South Australia, Adelaide, S.A.
*WHITTELL, Horatio, M.D. iM. R.C. S., F.R.M.S., President Central
Board of Health and City ‘Coroner Adelaide, Adelaide, Dae
Witson, JOHN F.E.T.S., Goodwood, S.A.

*ZinTz, A., F.L.S., Assistant Director S.A. Museum, Adelaide, 8.A.

ASSOCIATE.
CLELAND, JOHN B., Parkside, S.A.

FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION

Ropal Society of South Australia.

TweLrrH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE, BEING FOR THE
YEAR ENDING 30TH SEPTEMBER, 1895.

Evening Meetings.—Kight evening meetings have been held,
at which the attendance has been very satisfactory, the average
being greater than for many years past. The most noteworthy
feature was the conversazione in October, 1894, which was the
most successful and interesting gathering of the kind yet held
by the Section, besides being on a more extensive scale than any
of its predecessors. The special efforts made to ensure this re-
sult were evidently much appreciated by the large number of
members and visitors who attended. A new feature of the win-
ter session was the introduction of the “Question Box,” when
questions in Natural History subjects were asked and answered,
and afterwards discussed by the members. Much information
of a popular character was by this means obtainable. Papers or
addresses have been contributed by Dr. R. H. Perks, F.R.C.S.,
and Messrs. R. Griffiths, J. W. Bussell, A. F. Robin, J. W.
Mellor, J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.8., and T. D. Smeaton. The ex-
hibits have covered a wide range both as to locality and nature
of specimens. The Section has agreed to take part in the com-
bined conversazione of Literary, Scientific, and Art Societies to
be held in November next.

Excursions.—Eight excursions have been held, most of which
have been well attended, and some have proved unusually
pleasant outings. About 40 members and friends journeyed to
Mount Lofty at the invitation of Mr. A. 8. Magarey, chietly to
see the Recreative Reserve near that station, whilst interesting
visits to Blakiston and Upper Sturt have been made. Hallett’s
Cove has been revisited, in order to inspect the fresh develop-
ments recently made there, and a dredging trip was also included
in the outings. The weather on more than one occasion pre-
vented some fixtures being carried out, and an excursion planned
for the Burra (September 1), with the view of covering entirely

290

new ground, fell through owing to lack of numbers. The mem-
bers of the Section have been most kindly entertained at
excursions during the year by Dr. E. C. Stirling, F.R.S., &c., and
Messrs. T. D. Smeaton, J.P., and J. H. Symon, Q.C.

Protection of our Native Fauna and Flora.—A separate report
from the Native Fauna and Flora Protection Committee states
what has been done in this direction during the past year.

Proceedings.—It has been found impracticable as yet to issue
the ‘‘ Proceedings” of the last two and the current years, but it is
hoped that ere long the continuity of our printed transactions
will be restored.

Financial.—From the accompanying statement of accounts it
will be seen that the amount received from subscriptions has been
greater than last year, and that the expenditure, chiefly through
the expenses of the conversazione (October, 1894), coming into
the current financial year have also been larger. In other re-
spects the work of the Section has been carried on with due
regard to economy.

Membership.—There have been twelve admissions to the Section
during the year, whilst fifteen names have been removed from
various causes, the number now on the roll being eighty-seven.

R. H. Perks, Chairman.
W. H. Setway, Jun., Hon. Sec.

Adelaide, 16th September, 1895.

‘Jornsveiy, pus Areqaroeg ‘uoH NOC SRVANIUS “H “AA

‘e681 ‘91 toquoqydeg ‘oprejepy

‘sioqpny { ‘NVIAVA ‘SOHL
: ‘VIV'S'd SNVAD ‘SOHL
‘qo01100 punoy pue poqIpny

O19 9EF
© F10 57 ae ene a “i puryp ul sourreg
0 OL 9I eee eee eee eee eee Aya1009

jehoy 03 1aA0 popuey “eajuoo aed se ‘suordiiosqng
G @ 6IF

U9 I aouepusqyIy ,,
9 oI T ‘ : SUISTILIOAPY ,,
0g & Mi "* Suquig 5,
IF 6 ; QUOIZVSIBAUOD ,,
0 SI é > ie Si sae selipung pur seseysog Ay
‘pp ‘8 F "‘SLNAWASUAASIC,

""a/)

”

”

O19 IF

0 OT 9ST SUOIZAIIOSGNG ,,
00 8st “ ws oe "+ Kgato0g [eAoY WoIy sZUBIDD ,,
Ot 9T I = ct paemaoj JYSNoIg souryeg OJ,
2 ~8s 5: "SLUIHOAY

“umd

‘C6-F68 UVAA AHL WOK SLENAWASHAYUSIGQT ANV SLdIgOayY

CD LIPS

PPL LL LS LIS IFS

eeryvvvvvvswry srry

‘VIIVULSAV HLOOS JO ALAIOOS I1VAOU AHL AO NOILOUS SLSTIVHOLVN CATA

ASTRONOMICAL SECTION

OF THE

Hoval Society of South Australia.

THIRD ANNUAL REPORT.

Since presenting the last Annual Report this Society has
endeavored to forward the object for which it was founded, viz.,
the encouragement of a popular interest in the science of
astronomy.

The roll of membership has kept up, and is (notwithstanding
unavoidable removals) slightly over that of last year.

During the past twelve months five general meetings have been
held, and the Committee met six times for the transaction of
business.

In the early part of the session a new departure was made by
the introduction of a question box, the contents of which have
provoked discussion on a variety of subjects, as “The effects of
the tides on the earth’s rotation,” ‘‘ Non-luminous bodies in space,”
“The methods by which terrestrial gravity is ascertained,” “ The
latest method for determinating difference in longitude,” ‘“ The
refractor and reflector telescopes,” ‘“‘The best method of con-
structing a planisphere,” “The motion of the stars in the line of
sight as measured by the spectroscope,” ‘‘ Method of determining
the right ascension and declination of stars,” ‘‘ On the changes of
gravity at different altitudes,” ‘‘ The dividing powers of the re-
fractor telescope,” ‘‘ The way of deducing the progressional motion
of the perigree from the time of perihelion passage and the longi-
tude as given in the Nautical Almanac,” ‘‘ Why the moon ap-
pears larger on the horizon than when at its highest altitude,”
and “* Why stars scintillate and the planets do not.”

In November last Mr. J. W. H. Hullett gave a paper on the
‘“‘ Determination of the Orbits of Comets and their Elements.”

The astronomical notes have been published monthly and a
copy sent to every member.

Adopted at annual meeting held at Adelaide Observatory 24th
September, 1895.

C. Topp, President.
W. E. Cueesman, Hon. Secretary.

‘tomnsved 7, “UOH ‘NVINSWUHHO “Ol “AN ‘COST “EG “Idag
‘quopisald “GdOk 0 SHLIGHTH9O “CHOld
‘qooIt0d pUNOF pue poyIpuy

665 8 & 66%
hal nee nee ea “ puey UL VOURTe ,,
Il me vine ey sie yueg Sssurarg ,,
jehoy oy} 09 aaro pred suorydraosqng ,,
el 9 — | a ( eae oe: ci agi uae nse ‘* qseleqUy ,,
0 0m —" ce yood-pavuyy pue pavogyprtq 45, 9g GEL oo” ae ay gy oy ‘* SUOTydIZOSqng ,,
Loa O. & “hk ao es a eeeisOg ay “eo <r os a ve “ Kyatoog pedoy Woz spUeIy ,,
(Yee [5 0 Wodaama ss suyiaMm-odAy, pure Aidu014yeyAG ,, S. Grek 2 Be oes oe oa = de URE a; :
Oo Caen ae “* sajon ATyQuopy Suryuug Ag |g g¢ Qo 7" ne oi Ex ey “* pury Ur souR[eg OF,
40) Taibo ag tte) ‘pe Sa. °F mq

'G-PGOST NVAA UO SLINTWASUASI(, ANV SLdIaoWyY

Ce te Sa a er ee he)

‘VITVULSAV HLAOS 1O ALAHIOOS 1VAOU WHEL AO NOJLOUS TVOINONOULSV

294

MALACOLOGICAL SECTION

OF THE

Koval Society of South Australia.

FIRST ANNUAL REPORT, 1895.

The preliminary meeting was held on September 20th, 1894,
when it was resolved—(1) That the name of the Section be the
Malacological Section of the Royal Society of South Australia.
(2) That the annual subscription from members of the Royal
Society shall be five shillings, and from others, if living within a
radius of ten miles of Adelaide, shall be ten shillings ; if beyond
that distance, five shillings. (3) That meetings shall be held on
the fourth Tuesday in each month. (4) That the Section shall
annually elect its Chairman and Secretary ; that the whole Sec-
tion shall at present constitute its Executive Committee. (5)
That a report of the proceedings of the Section, and original
papers by its members, approved by the Council of the Society,
shall be printed in the Transactions of the Royal Society, and
that a copy of such report and papers shall be distributed to each
member of the Section. The Section will secure about 50 copies
of all papers printed, as a stock for sale to future members of the
Section and others.

Tt was further resolved that the nomination of applicants for
membership shall take place at an ordinary meeting, and the
election at the next meeting. This shall be by ballot, and one
black ball in three shall exclude the applicant.

Two new members have been elected, Mr. M. Maughan and
Mr. A. Gosnell.

Twelve meetings have been held, and the same officers were at
the last meeting elected for another year.

The work done has consisted chietly in a critical revision of
the Marine Gasteropods of South Australia, taking as a basis for
discussion Mr. Adcock’s List of Species of Aquatic Mollusca,
1893 ; the first 84 of which have been examined. The results

295

have been, in part, embodied in a paper by the Chairman on a
Revision of the Marine Gasteropods of South Australia, printed
in part i., vol. XIX. of the Transactions of the Royal Society,
and it is anticipated that a series of similar papers will follow.

Prof. Tate exhibited a new species of Arcoperna, a worn speci-
men of Voluta Roadknighti, and an example of Solarium Reeve
from Tasmania ; collected by Mr. May.

Dr. Perks showed Mesodesma erycina, Lam., from the Grange
Beach, St. Vincent Gulf, and Mr. Bednall recorded it from
Aldinga.

Mr. Bednall—Specimens of Trophon squamosissima, Ten.-
Woods, allied to, if not a variety of, 7. Hanleyi from South Aus-
tralia and Tasmania.

Mr. Adcock—Examples of Clanculus Aloysi, Ten.-Woods,
from the South-East, and a Crepidula aculeata found by Mr.
Ashby at Middleton.

goose

‘LAIMNSVITT, PUB “O0G “NOH “ANTUITOAd LYUWdOuU
‘uemIrey) “OOUNA “O ‘SOL

$n

Ol VF O OL FF
iets “Sf ae SS = Ss, aes OOURT UY 5,
nas : et * gosuodxy yualing toy puey uy ,, |O QO Zo we “ og Aqaloo0g [vAoy wow query ,,
yes a ao ae “°° a “* woyvqoreg AG | QO OLS se is pertooar suoldiaosquyg oy
ee "SLNENAV ie 2

SLAIAOWY,

‘'C-F68SL SLAAHG-TONVIVYG

eg CISEETaerer re “-reees—_ ee S«< 0 0 0 0 0°00 OOOO LL

HONVU TVOIDOIOOVIVN—VIIVULSOV HLOAOS AO ALYIOOS 1VAOU

oT

GIN Te Re Te Na eX.

[The species and genera, the names of which are printed in italics
are described as new. |

Aborigines, circumcision-rite, 123 ; languages
Of le

Agonochila Koebelei, 201; stictica, 201.

Agrypnus Mastersi, 47.

Aire-river, tertiary strata at, 116.

Alethopteris, species of, 143.

Amphibolite, altered, 73.

Ananca Zietzi, 55.

Anthrophyopsis, species of, 141.

Aphileus feroz, 50.

Aphodius callabonnensis, 32.

Apolyta, bicolor, 152; marginata, 152; pal-
lescens, 152 ; pellucida, 151.

Arca Domingensis, plicata, 261

Astrzeus Meyricki, 45.

Atenius Zietzi, 32.

Augen-gneiss, 74.

Axinite amphibolite, 72.

Barronica scorpto, 202,

Berosus munitipennis, 30.

Biotite granites, 75, 76, 77.

Blackburn, Rev, T., on Australian Coleoptera,
27, 201.

Blattarie, on Australian species of, 19, 146.

Bubastes splendens, 46.

Bucolus frater, 255 ; posticalis, 256.

Cairnsia Cowleyi, 224.

Callabonica propria, 36.

Cape Otway, tertiary strata at, 109,

Carabide, notes on, 27 ; 124.

Carboniferous Foraminifera, 194,

Catocalephe minans, 220.

Catypnes planicollis, 58.

Ceratognathus Gilesi, 215.

Cerebrum of Notoryctes typhlops, 167.

Choristima Kershawi, 165.

Chrysobothris interioris, 46.

Circumcision, treatment after, 123.

Coelophora nigro-vittata, 237.

Coleoptera, descriptions of species of, 27;
124; 201,

Colpochila palpalis, 35.

Cornuspira Sehlumbergi, 195.

Cranterophorus clavicornis, 232.

Crassatella micra, 93; producta, 92.

Cretaceous Foraminifera, 198.

Cryptodon subjlexuosus, 262.

Cubicorhynchus tawrus, 220.

Cyanides, on some reactions of, 25,

Cycloneda barronensis, 238.

Cycloscymnus concolor, 254.

Dahl, Knut, treatment after circumcision,
123.

Daly River tribe, 123.

Dennant, J., Correlation of Marine Tertiaries,
108.

Dineutes inflatus, 28.

Diorite, altered, 73,

Dryscarasphorus laticeps, 326.

Ectobia margarita, 148; minima, 147; sub-
lucida, 147.

Hleothreptus punctulatus, 235.

Eonius atrofrons, 22; callabonnensis, 21.

Ephidonius parvicsllis, 52.

Epidote rock, 73.

Epilachna Terre-regine, 237,

Epilampra perpleza, 156.

Episcaphula brevicornis, 227; foveicollis, 227 ;
nigrofasciata, 226.

Equisetum, species of, 139.

Etheridge, R., jun., Plant-remains from the
Leigh Creek Coalfield, 138.

Eupecila balteata, 219.

Flora of extra-tropical S. Australia, 79.

Foraminifera, Carboniferous, 194, and Cre-
taceous, 198.

Fornax coloratus, 219.

Fossils of the Cape Otway tertiary beds, 111.

Frenelopsis (7), species of, 144,

Frondicularia Woodwardi, 197.

Garnetiferous gneiss, 74, 77.

Glacial features at Hallett’s Cove, 61.

Goyder, G. A., on some reactions of Double
Cyanides, 25.

Granite, 76.

Gymnoscymnus eaplanaztus, 240.

Hallett’s Cove, glacial features at, 61.

Haplophragmium australis, 198.

Helzus interioris, 51.

Hermit Hill tribe, 123.

Heteronyx suturalis, 37.

Homotrysis avida, callabonensis, sitiens, 53.

Horonotus optatus, 40.

Howchin, W., Glacial Features at Hallett’s
Cove, 61; New Species of Carboniferous,
191, and Cretaceous Foraminifera, 198.

Hydrochus /almerstoni, 29.

Hypharpax interioris, 135.

Hyphoryctes maculatus, 37.

ddiophyes brevis, 234.

Illena exilis, 59.

Inman Valley shale, 68.

Ischioplites metutus, 59.

Ischiopsopha Bourkei, 44.

Ischnoptera australis, 154; brumneonigra, 155 ;
longiuscula, 154,

Lacon Zietzt, 48.

Laius eremita, 51.

Lake Callabonna, Carabide from, 124,

Latirus aurantiacus, 79; Pulleinei, 90.

Leigh Creek Coal-field, plant-remains from,
138.

Lepidophora furcata, 20.

Liparetus aridus, distinctus, melanocephalus,
34,

Lipernes crever, gibbosus, 240,

Litochrus coloratus, 207; Koebelei, 208; major,
208 ; noteroides, 208 ; pulchellus, 207; tinctus,
208.

Loxandrus australiensis, 128.

Macroura Baileyi, 31.

Marine Mollusca of S. Australia, new species
of, 184.

Marine Tertiaries of Australia, correlation of,
108.

Metoponcus cdirnsensis, 204.

Monocrepidius commodus, 48 ; tnamenus, 49.

Moulden, J. C., South Australian petrology,
70.

Murex rojustus, 85; Tatei, 84, et spp. 95.

Muricide of South ‘Australia, 95.

Native Tongues in the neighborhood of Port
Darwin, 1.

Neda bicolor, 239.

Neocarenum Blackburni, 124.

Neostenus spinipennis, 223.

Nocar debilis, 55.

Nodosaria /rwinensis,

Notoberosus Zietzt, 30.

Notoryctes typhlops, neurology of, 167.

Novapus Uidentatus, 39; nitidus, 38.

Novius discotdalis, 253 ; limbatus, 254 ;
cipennis, 253 ; tripustulatus, 254.

Obsidian bombs, 77.

Oleandridium /luctuans, 139.

Olivene basalts, 70, 71.

Onthophagus Lear, 31.

Orcus Lecanii, 239 ; obscurus, 240.

Orthoptera, on Australian species of, 19, 146.

Pachydissus Frencht, 222.

Pachyura minima, 221,

Palaminus Nove-Guinee, 204; Vitiensis, 204.

Palmerstonia minor, 40.

Panesthia australis, 166,

Parandra Frenchi, 57.

Parasemus cornes, 212 ;

196.

sim.jit-

disco:deus, 211 ; doctus,

212; wternatus, 213; modestus, 212; obso-
letus, 213; torridus, 211. ‘
Paratemnopteryx australis, 149; d/attoides,

150; Zietzww, 20.

Parkhouse, T. A., on the Native Tongues
about Port Darwin, 1.

Pateilina Jonesi, 199.

Pegmatite, 75.

Penthoplophora Driffieldi, 23.

Periplaneta Jungii, 162; parva,
sionalis, 161.

Periptyctus russulus, 234.

Petrographical observations, 70.

Phalacrinus comis, 215; notabilis, 214.

Philhydrus eyrensis, 29.

Phorticosomus grandis, 134.

Phyllodromia (iturata, 150; magna, 19.

Plant-remains from Leigh Creek Coal-field,
138.

Platyomus bacceformis, 242 ; consimilis, 244;
cribratus, 242; Eugenie, 244; fulvo'irtus,
243 ; immaculatus, 243 ; Koebelei, 243 ; ob-
scuricollis, 244 ; terminalis, 245.

162; provi-

298

Platyzosteria atrata, 158; bifida, 159; Cool-
gardiensis, 159; maculimarginata, 160.

Pogonus hypharpagioi: (es, 126; Zretzi, 127.

Polyzosteria subreflexa, 158 ; viridicolor, 157.

Port Darwin, Native Tongues in neighbor-
hood of, 1.

Praovetha bimaculata, 223.

Pseudoryctes monstrosus, 39; trifidus, 40.

Pteroheleus fraternus, 51.

Quedius Koebelei, 203.

Rhizobius Crotchi, 256 ; discipennis, 257 ; emt-
nens, 257; gosfordensis, 257 $ subaustralis,
258.

Rhystisternus Arrheimensis, 133 ; callabon-
nensis, 132 ; obtusus, 129; Stuarti, 131.

Rhy tiphora Frenchi, 225.

Scopodes intricatus, 202.

Scymnodes spp., 243.

Secymnus ambulans, 252; brisbanensis, 246 ;
Cowley?, 248 ; ementitor, 248 ; impictus, 247 ;
kamerungensis. 249; mareebensis, 249;
mitior, 251; obumbratus, 247 ; operosus, 2465
styx, 249 ; subclarus, 250); sudevanidus, 250 ;
Terre-regine, 247; varipes, 252; yarrensix,
25k:

Semanopterus carinatus, dentatus, 43; per-
similis, 42; rectangulus, 41.

Serangium bicolor, 255.

Sloane, T. G., notes on Carabide, 124.

Smith, Dr. G. E., Comparative Anatomy of
the Cerebrum of Notoryctes typhlops, 167.
South Australian Muricide and Tritonide,

94; petrographical observations, 70.

Stenotarsus ar:thmeticus, 233 ; commodus, 233.

Syenite porphyry, 75.

Talaurinus strangulatus, 50.

Teniopteris /uctuans, 139; sp. ind., 140.

Tate, R., Correlation of Marine Tertiaries
108; Supplement toa Census of the Flora
of extra-tropical 8. Australia, 79.

Telmatophilus brevif.rmis, 218; cairnsensis,
217 ; Koebelei, 217 ; Sharpi, 216; singularis,
218; stygius, 218.

Temnelytra abbreviata, subtruncata, 164.

Temnopteryx ferruginea, 148.

Tepper, J. G. O., on Australian Orthoptera,
19, 146.

Tertiaries of Australia, Correlation of, 108.

Thallis dentipes, 231; femoralis, 230; Mac-
leayi, 228; 1erplera, 228; subvinula, 229;
venustula, 229.

Thyrsocera australis, 153.

Trechus atriceps, 28.

Tremolite schist, 78.

Trigonia Murravica, 262.

Tritonide of South Australia, 101.

Triton inmimeticus, 88, et spp. 101.

Trophon angustus, 86 ; levis, 87; et spp. 97.

Trox Crotchi, 33 ; strzeleckensis, 38,

Typhocesis adspersa, 59.

Vereo, Dr. J. C., New Species of Marine
Mollusca, 84; A revision of the 8S. Austra-
lian Muricide and Tritonide, 94,

Wodongia lunata, 155.

VARDON & PRITCHARD, PRINTERS, GRESHAM STREET

Vol. XIX Plate I.

H. B. Lith.

HAM

Vol. XIX Plate II.

Vol. XIX Plate Il.

Le eee ~

ff (F ny “sf \h i
(WN, ey NOW
‘ez x nm
J \

Y)

4

H.B. lith.

Hussey & GILLINGHAM.LITH

Vol. XIX, Plate IV.

ott

ty -

tea

cite

42

Pata ee A oes a ere SE ae al

wh ew ee tay

: ee

Vol. XIX. Plate V.

os Baril lobank

¢
oe

Betliebankt.

Vol XIX. Plate VI.

4 : ; ‘4,
alae ‘ Ta
fees RS >
; ‘ : ;
¥ oh , an
we ; ah a
‘ an 4
; Ro ie : 5 :
i: > ee) r ‘ 4.
4 ‘ e
> Pe es ‘
f
‘> ie! "
; ; te. 7 eu
& i 5 m } j
- 1 >
1
a & eo Ps
‘ %
é Z bE
a ¢
> 3
y t
cs f ™~
‘
,
: 7
5 ,
7 ‘~ < ;
‘
as :
vs -
AD ‘
si
y 7. ON 6
i +
- er.
iz .
: ‘ "
rd
-
; -
i ae .
‘ VF Aas
’ 4 a ~
*
:
i

7" : i
mF n° ri i 4
ee J aS ,
ms [ eae
ir. 9 ; an) +
* , - "
yard ‘ ‘ t
y oy,
i 7 x >
A ; f
; be % Ls
nye 3 i
fo

SIN sate Se ene ce ee a ates ewe Had) Se ek Wy RDN EO ae cere Hele ae

Vol. XIX. Plate VII.

7) Bie Yond y 4
Tt , rf : i Dan
? 5 ra
F ;
if id z : a yy a ba)
| pecine AME 8 eile Sat ce a) .
i] ’ - : oe
Ag = = : . - 7 . -
7 ~ at * ‘ ws va', . \ pipe fe
; @ .
: d A 3 o
. " .
\ 4 ‘ “
x ;
" 7 Py 4 ‘
j - de .
“* A .
- ‘ ' “a s
. . ce | .
i rT 24
< A 1
re, i es ‘ 2 ag
. ‘
*
fi ~ ' 5 ‘
4 a ee
as ; Ma 4 LS . , * >
. * ' : a ‘ ‘ €
a “ * ~
: . a s
a; 4 : a
s ge ae
ss ——
: , ‘ ?
. 4 be .
: 5
7 ~
-
,
= 4
*
‘ if ~
> oe e
"7 * te
;
‘
y - . .
~ t
~
_ - ' “
i i *
’
.
a
’ ‘
: 2 ’
: i &
« 1 .
hh
5 6
——
4
y * . ?
7 i -
= é
: 7 =
~3 “
7 ’
: - a ,
- « -
7 i be
hs - a x
q
' ® .
Aan f a
é ace °
1 .
¥
< 7 7
}
. od ra
z e'
2
u me ™
4 J e
e tem 4%
-~ a
« ‘
te é a .@
. 2
, é a
“3 .
' ¥ .
- Pp . - -
* ~
- oe - - ; *
ae Sed a i “ ay Se
pa .
' : uN * 7
" af - :
®
, t i
PASS as . af A a!
—— ¥, Ay P : t) 4 ¢
f =3

, : A . cae Ff a
‘ any on \* ‘ (viv )
ae . — ’
’ L's \ “
he Vie ¥ '
? - va PY
F : - wy
& pea, OD ped
4 o id r
Se é Z A
) 7 ra Y §
: (ey , 2 j _ ad bart Vn ‘a
5 — ~~: pty J :
wane > CO nt ee ae na a a a ee aS ewnemat a ee he
¥? zm
™ ~

Vol: XIX, Plate VEIL

he tri ttrthees Cp

1 ij
hi
i
n
i:
j
al
(y és
‘ik
i
is
ya ©,
*
Aone
% a

\ r - d ws

i .% ¥ ° Pala =. eS
oir oak wath HE sean ars le eed ches aera 4 He at me raindance a ee apa
4 E vy
' ? 7, :
7 e a
@ 7 \

Vol. XIX. Plate IX,

Hig HOE

4
Ves

Ey ees Beatecseae sh

= OL at hte ne

La 2 ‘ y
7.) ‘ :
’ 3
; \
=:
‘
ie} C
> pre ‘-.-
4 v ‘
#
a * ty
H ‘
{ ‘
is a :
t
* 4
er -
;. Fe ;
i ‘
r i
f .
“ .
er
: . \ ~
“= " = ’ 5
; ‘ ‘ ‘
= +s .
: 4 «
q . ’ ‘
i
x ‘
ae r é
- er : =
‘
a
. .
is i]
Ba) t -
"re = oo
. ‘ P "
1
7 3

Vol. XIX. Plate xX,

as,
”

n B: 2S Bn oe « .
wi bl dae gokart waste _ = SL at

ase

as Re

OF THE

i ROYAL SOIBTY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA [
|

NAA A AAEM

oe eS

VO. XX, Part I.

2 :
[With Turee Pratzs, |

ISSUED JULY, 1895.

EDITED BY PROFESSOR RALPH TATE.

Adelaide :

W. C. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.

~ Parcels for transmission to the Royai Society of South
_ Australia, from Europe and America, should be addressed
# per W. C. Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co.,
35, Milk Street, Cheapside, London.”’

ae se sececes eee —~<—

rai Seda aes

sree

ee CONTENTS

—

PAGE.

2 ae PaRrKuHovusE, T. A.: Native Tongues in the Neighbourhood of Port

Darwin |

- Tupeer, J. -G. O. : New or Little-known Orthoptera from Lake
Callabonna

petig ‘Goyprr, G. A. : Reactions of Double Cyanide, bearing upon the

Cyanide-process for Gold-extraction

_- Brackpurn, Rev. T.: Description of New Genera and Species of

- Australian Coleoptera (xvii.)

uae
¥

- Howcury, W.:. New Facts bearing on the Glacial Features of
-, Hallett’s Cove -

_ Movpen, J. C. : Petrographical Observations on some South Aus-

tralian Rocks _... Re ars

: ‘Tarr, Pror. R.: A Supplement to a Census of the Flora of Extra-
- tropical South Australia ;

-VERCO, Dr. J. C.: Descriptions of New Species of Marine Mollusca
: of South Australia (Plates 1-3)

fs A Revision of the Recent Gasteropods of South
Rig Australia (i.)
no Tats, Pror. R., and Dennant, J.: Correlation of the Marine Ter-
3 _tiaries of Australia, Part II., Victoria (continued )

19

61

84

108

T

FTRANSACTIONS.
a ;

OF THE

—____—_+—__--

VOL: XIX... Part. IT.
al 3 Pier! Savin Pein |

a ae 4
EP ae s o

ay INCLUDING PROCEEDINGS AND REPORTS.

| EDITED BY PROFESSOR RALPH TATE.

se Sauer
Adelaide :

~ W. ©. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.

;

|| Parcels for transmission. to the Royal Society of South

1 \ustralia, from Europe and America, should be addressed
«per W.>c! Rigby, ‘care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co.,
ee 35, Milk Street, Cheapside, London.”

VARDON & PRITCHARD, PRINTERS, GRESHAM STREET

‘y r wt DEN CUMOA Si de [Uke ils UTA a
ey j AS TAR ak a ey AN ae
i i) Yay |

ay At

oy i i

ea
With

a
ae
me ins i

BAD Ma 0,

HUI AA

3 2044